13.4.3 Inter-system mobility voice

36.523-13GPPEvolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA) and Evolved Packet Core (EPC)Part 1: Protocol conformance specificationRelease 17TSUser Equipment (UE) conformance specification

13.4.3.0 General

Unless stated otherwise in a test case, for all test cases in this clause, the UE shall contain either ISIM and USIM applications or only a USIM application on UICC.

13.4.3.1 Inter-system mobility / E-UTRA voice to UTRA CS voice / SRVCC

13.4.3.1.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE in E-UTRA RRC_CONNECTED state }

ensure that {

when { UE receives a MobilityFromEUTRACommand message and an IMS voice call is ongoing and an UTRA Speech RAB combination is configured for an UTRA cell}

then { UE transmits a HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMPLETE message on the utra cell}

}

13.4.3.1.2 Conformance requirements

References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 36.331, clause 5.4.3.3, TS 23.216, clause 6.2.2.1 and clause 6.2.2.1A.

[TS 36.331, clause 5.4.3.3]

The UE shall be able to receive a MobilityFromEUTRACommand message and perform a cell change order to GERAN, even if no prior UE measurements have been performed on the target cell.

The UE shall:

1> stop timer T310, if running;

1> if the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message includes the purpose set to ‘handover‘:

2> if the targetRAT-Type is set to ‘utra‘ or ‘geran‘:

3> consider inter-RAT mobility as initiated towards the RAT indicated by the targetRAT-Type included in the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message;

3> forward the nas-SecurityParamFromEUTRA to the upper layers;

3> access the target cell indicated in the inter-RAT message in accordance with the specifications of the target RAT;

[TS 23.216, clause 6.2.2.1]

Depicted in figure 6.2.2.1-1 is a call flow for SRVCC from E-UTRAN to GERAN without DTM support. The flow requires that eNB can determine that the target is GERAN without DTM support or that the UE is without DTM support.

Figure 6.2.2.1-1: SRVCC from E-UTRAN to GERAN without DTM support

1. UE sends measurement reports to E-UTRAN.

2. Based on UE measurement reports the source E‑UTRAN decides to trigger an SRVCC handover to GERAN.

3. Source E‑UTRAN sends Handover Required (Target ID, generic Source to Target Transparent Container, SRVCC HO Indication) message to the source MME. The E‑UTRAN places the "old BSS to new BSS information IE" for the CS domain in the generic Source to Target Transparent Container. The SRVCC HO indication indicates to the MME that target is only CS capable, hence this is a SRVCC handover operation only towards the CS domain. The message includes an indication that the UE is not available for the PS service in the target cell.

4. Based on the QCI associated with the voice bearer (QCI 1) and the SRVCC HO indication, the source MME splits the voice bearer from the non voice bearers and initiates the PS-CS handover procedure for the voice bearer only towards MSC Server.

5. The MME sends a SRVCC PS to CS Request (IMSI, Target ID, STN-SR, C‑MSISDN, generic Source to Target Transparent Container, MM Context, Emergency Indication) message to the MSC Server. The Emergency Indication and the equipment identifier are is included if the ongoing session is emergency session. Authenticated IMSI and C‑MSISDN shall also be included, if available. The MME received STN-SR and C‑MSISDN from the HSS as part of the subscription profile downloaded during the E‑UTRAN attach procedure. The MM Context contains security related information. CS security key is derived by the MME from the E‑UTRAN/EPS domain key as defined in TS 33.401 [22]. The CS Security key is sent in the MM Context.

6. The MSC Server interworks the PS-CS handover request with a CS inter‑MSC handover request by sending a Prepare Handover Request message to the target MSC. The MSC Server assigns a default SAI as Source ID on the interface to the target BSS and uses BSSMAP encapsulated for the Prepare Handover Request.

NOTE 1: The value of the default SAI is configured in the MSC and allows a release 8 and later BSC to identify that the source for the SRVCC Handover is E-UTRAN. To ensure correct statistics in the target BSS the default SAI should be different from the SAIs used in UTRAN.

7. Target MSC performs resource allocation with the target BSS by exchanging Handover Request/ Acknowledge messages.

8. Target MSC sends a Prepare Handover Response message to the MSC Server.

9. Establishment of circuit connection between the target MSC and the MGW associated with the MSC Server e.g. using ISUP IAM and ACM messages.

10. For non-emergency session, the MSC Server initiates the Session Transfer by using the STN-SR e.g. by sending an ISUP IAM (STN-SR) message towards the IMS. For emergency session, the MSC Server initiates the Session Transfer by using the locally configured E-STN-SR and by including the equipment identifier. Standard IMS Service Continuity or Emergency IMS Service Continuity procedures are applied for execution of the Session Transfer, see TS 23.237 [14].

NOTE 2: This step can be started after step 8.

NOTE 3: If the MSC Server is using an ISUP interface, then the initiation of the session transfer for non-emergency session may fail if the subscriber profile including CAMEL triggers is not available prior handover (see clause 7.3.2.1.3 in TS 23.292 [13]).

11. During the execution of the Session Transfer procedure the remote end is updated with the SDP of the CS access leg. The downlink flow of VoIP packets is switched towards the CS access leg at this point.

12. Source IMS access leg is released as per TS 23.237 [14].

NOTE 4: Steps 11 and 12 are independent of step 13.

13. MSC Server sends a SRVCC PS to CS Response (Target to Source Transparent Container) message to the source MME.

14. Source MME sends a Handover Command (Target to Source Transparent Container) message to the source E-UTRAN. The message includes information about the voice component only.

15. Source E-UTRAN sends a Handover from E-UTRAN Command message to the UE.

16. UE tunes to GERAN.

17. Handover Detection at the target BSS occurs. The UE sends a Handover Complete message via the target BSS to the target MSC. If the target MSC is not the MSC Server, then the Target MSC sends an SES (Handover Complete) message to the MSC Server.

18. The UE starts the Suspend procedure specified in TS 23.060 [10], clause 16.2.1.1.2. The TLLI and RAI pair are derived from the GUTI as described in TS 23.003 [27]. This triggers the Target SGSN to send a Suspend Notification message to the Source MME. The MME returns a Suspend Acknowledge to the Target SGSN.

NOTE 5: The MME might not be able to derive the GUTI from the received P-TMSI and RAI pair and therefore it might not be able to identify which UE context is associated with the Suspend Notification message. Also in this case the bearers are deactivated and/or suspended as in step 22a.

19. Target BSS sends a Handover Complete message to the target MSC.

20. Target MSC sends an SES (Handover Complete) message to the MSC Server. The speech circuit is through connected in the MSC Server/MGW according to TS 23.009 [18].

21. Completion of the establishment procedure with ISUP Answer message to the MSC Server according to TS 23.009 [18].

22. MSC Server sends a SRVCC PS to CS Complete Notification message to the source MME, informing it that the UE has arrived on the target side. Source MME acknowledges the information by sending a SRVCC PS to CS Complete Acknowledge message to the MSC Server.

22a. The MME deactivates bearers used for voice and other GBR bearers. All GBR bearers are deactivated towards S-GW and P-GW by initiating MME-initiated Dedicated Bearer Deactivation procedure as specified in TS 23.401 [2]. The MME does not send deactivation request toward the eNodeB on receiving PS-to-CS Complete Notification in step 22. PS-to-CS handover indicator is notified to P-GW for voice bearer during the bearer deactivation procedure. For GTP-based S5/S8, the S-GW requests the P-GW to delete all GBR bearer contexts by sending a Delete Bearer Command message. If dynamic PCC is deployed, the P‑GW may interact with PCRF as defined in TS 23.203 [31]. For PMIP-based S5/S8, S-GW interacts with the PCRF which in turn updates PCC rules for GBR traffic in the P-GW.

The MME starts preservation and suspension of non-GBR bearers by sending Suspend Notification message towards S-GW. For these non-GBR bearers, the S-GW releases S1-U bearers for the UE and sends Suspend Notification message to the P-GW(s). The MME stores in the UE context that UE is in suspended status. All the preserved non-GBR bearers are marked as suspended status in the S-GW and P-GW. The P-GW should discard packets if received for the suspended UE.

23a. If the HLR is to be updated, i.e. if the IMSI is authenticated but unknown in the VLR, the MSC Server performs a TMSI reallocation towards the UE using its own non-broadcast LAI and, if the MSC Server and other MSC/VLRs serve the same (target) LAI, with its own Network Resource Identifier (NRI).

NOTE 5: The TMSI reallocation is performed by the MSC Server towards the UE via target MSC.

23b. If the MSC Server performed a TMSI reallocation in step 23a, and if this TMSI reallocation was completed successfully, the MSC Server performs a MAP Update Location to the HSS/HLR.

NOTE 6: This Update Location is not initiated by the UE.

24. For an emergency services session after handover is complete, the source MME or the MSC Server may send a Subscriber Location Report carrying the identity of the MSC Server to a GMLC associated with the source or target side, respectively, as defined in TS 23.271 [29] to support location continuity.

NOTE 7: Any configuration of the choice between a source MME versus MSC Server update to a GMLC needs to ensure that a single update occurs from one of these entities when the control plane location solution is used on the source and/or target sides.

After the CS voice call is terminated and if the UE is still in GERAN (or for any other reason specified in TS 24.008), then the UE shall resume PS services as specified in TS 23.060 [10]. A Gn SGSN will follow TS 23.060 [10] to resume the PDP Context(s). An S4 SGSN will follow TS 23.060 [10] to resume the bearers, and will in addition inform S-GW and P-GW(s) to resume the suspended bearers. If the UE has returned to E-UTRAN after the CS voice call was terminated, then the UE shall resume PS service by sending TAU to MME. The MME will in addition inform S-GW and P-GW(s) to resume the suspended bearers. Resuming the suspended bearers in the S-GW and in the P-GW should be done by implicit resume using the Modify Bearer request message if it is triggered by the procedure in operation, e.g. RAU, TAU or Service Request. The S-GW is aware of the suspend state of the bearers and will forward the Modify Bearer request to the P-GW. Explicit resume using the Resume Notification message should be used in cases when Modify Bearer Request is not triggered by the procedure in operation.

[TS 23.216, clause 6.2.2.1A]

The call flow for this scenario is similar to the call flow depicted in figure 6.2.2.1‑1, with the exceptions that the Suspend procedure (step 18 and step 22a in figure 6.2.2.1-1) is not performed and that the MME only deactivates bearers used for voice (step 22a in figure 6.2.2.1-1) and sets the PS-to-CS handover indicator. The scenario requires that eNB can determine that the target is either GERAN with DTM but without DTM HO support and that the UE is supporting DTM or that the target is UTRAN (HSPA) without PS HO support. The message in step 3 in figure 6.2.2.1-1 includes an indication to the MME that the UE is available for PS service in the target cell. Furthermore, if the target is GERAN, the E‑UTRAN places in the generic Source to Target Transparent Container the "old BSS to new BSS information IE", while if the target is UTRAN, the generic Source to Target Transparent container is encoded according to the Source RNC to Target RNC Transparent Container IE definition. At the end of the procedure described in figure 6.2.2.1‑1, the remaining PS resources are re-established when the UE performs the Routeing Area update procedure. Triggers for performing Routeing Area update procedure are described in TS 23.060 [10]. The target SGSN may deactivate the PDP contexts that cannot be established as described in TS 23.060 [10].

13.4.3.1.3 Test description

13.4.3.1.3.1 Pre-test conditions

System Simulator:

– Cell 1 and Cell 5.

– System information combination 4 as defined in TS 36.508 [18] clause 4.4.3.1 is used in E-UTRA cells.

UE:

None.

Preamble:

– The UE is in state Registered, Idle mode (state 2) on Cell 1 according to [18].

13.4.3.1.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Table 13.4.3.1.3.2-1 illustrates the downlink power levels and other changing parameters to be applied for the cells at various time instants of the test execution. Row marked "T0" denotes the initial conditions after preamble, while columns marked "T1" is to be applied subsequently. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause.

Table 13.4.3.1.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes

Parameter

Unit

Cell 1

Cell 5

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-60

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B2 are not satisfied.

CPICH_Ec (UTRA FDD)

dBm/3.84 MHz

-88

PCCPCH_Ec (UTRA LCR TDD)

dBm/1.28 MHz

-88

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-84

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B2 are satisfied.

CPICH_Ec (UTRA FDD)

dBm/3.84 MHz

-64

PCCPCH_Ec (UTRA LCR TDD)

dBm/1.28 MHz

-64

T2

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

Non-suitable “Off”

CPICH_Ec (UTRA FDD)

dBm/3.84 MHz

-64

PCCPCH_Ec (UTRA LCR TDD)

dBm/1.28 MHz

-64

Table 13.4.3.1.3.2-2: Main behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

The SS configures UTRA cell 5 to reference configuration according 36.508 table 4.8.3-1, condition UTRA Speech.

2-25

Steps 1 to 24 of the generic test procedure for IMS MT speech call (TS 36.508 4.5A.7.3-1).

26-27

Void

28

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message on Cell 1 to setup inter RAT measurement and reporting for event B2.

<–

RRCConnectionReconfiguration

29

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message on Cell 1.

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

30

The SS changes the power level for Cell 1 and Cell 5 according to the row "T1" in table 13.4.3.1.3.2-1

31

The UE transmits a MeasurementReport message on Cell 1 to report event B2 for Cell 5.

–>

MeasurementReport

31A

The SS transmits a UECapabilityEnquiry message to request UE radio access capability information for E-UTRA and UTRA.

<–

UECapabilityEnquiry

31B

The UE transmits a UECapabilityInformation message on Cell 1.

NOTE: The start-CS values received, should be used to configure ciphering on cell 5.

–>

UECapabilityInformation

32

The SS transmits a MobilityFromEUTRACommand message on Cell 1.

<–

MobilityFromEUTRACommand

33

Check: Does the UE transmit a HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMPLETE message on cell 5?

–>

HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMPLETE

1

P

EXCEPTION: In parallel to the events described in step 34 to 39 the steps specified in table 13.4.3.1.3.2-5 takes place.

34

The SS transmits a SECURITY MODE COMMAND message for the CS domain.

<–

SECURITY MODE COMMAND

35

The UE transmits a SECURITY MODE COMPLETE message.

–>

SECURITY MODE COMPLETE

36

The SS transmits an UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION message to notify CN information.

<–

UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION

37

The UE transmits an UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION CONFIRM message.

–>

UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION CONFIRM

38

The SS transmits a TMSI REALLOCATION COMMAND message.

<–

TMSI REALLOCATION COMMAND

39

The UE transmits a TMSI REALLOCATION COMPLETE message.

–>

TMSI REALLOCATION COMPLETE

40

SS adjusts cell levels according to row T2 of table 13.4.3.1.3.2-1.

The UE is in end state UTRA CS call (U5).

Table 13.4.3.1.3.2-3: Void

Table 13.4.3.1.3.2-4: Void

Table 13.4.3.1.3.2-5: Parallel behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

Check: Does the UE transmit a ROUTING AREA UPDATE REQUEST message?

–>

ROUTING AREA UPDATE REQUEST

P

1A

The SS transmits a SECURITY MODE COMMAND message for the PS domain.

<–

SECURITY MODE COMMAND

1B

The UE transmits a SECURITY MODE COMPLETE message.

–>

SECURITY MODE COMPLETE

2

The SS transmits a ROUTING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT message.

<–

ROUTING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT

3

The UE transmits a ROUTING AREA UPDATE COMPLETE message.

–>

ROUTING AREA UPDATE COMPLETE

13.4.3.1.3.3 Specific message contents

Table 13.4.3.1.3.3-0: Conditions for specific message contents
in Table 13.4.3.1.3.3-3

Condition

Explanation

Band > 64

If band > 64 is selected

Table 13.4.3.1.3.3-1: ATTACH REQUEST (preamble)

Derivation path: 36.508 table 4.7.2-4

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MS network capability

SRVCC from UTRAN HSPA or E-UTRAN to GERAN/UTRAN supported

Mobile station classmark 2

Any allowed value

Supported Codecs

Any allowed value

Table 13.4.3.1.3.3-2: RRCConnectionReconfiguration (step 28, Table 13.4.3.1.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.1 table 4.6.1-8 with condition MEAS

Table 13.4.3.1.3.3-3: MeasConfig (step 28, Table 13.4.3.1.3.2-2)

Derivation path: 36.508 clause 4.6.6 table 4.6.6-1 with condition UTRAN

Information Element

Value/Remark

Comment

Condition

measurementConfiguration ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModifyList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF SEQUENCE {

2 entries

measObjectId[1]

IdMeasObject-f8

measObject[1]

MeasObjectUTRA-GENERIC(f8)

measObjectId[2]

IdMeasObject-f1

measObject[2]

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(f1)

measObject[2]

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(maxEARFCN)

Band > 64

}

reportConfigToAddModifyList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

reportConfigId[1]

IdReportConfigInterRAT-B2-UTRA

reportConfig[1]

ReportConfigInterRAT-B2-UTRA (-72, -76)

}

measIdToAddModifyList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMeasId)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

measId[1]

1

measObjectId[1]

IdMeasObject-f8

reportConfigId[1]

IdReportConfigInterRAT-B2-UTRA

}

measObjectToAddModList-v9e0 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF SEQUENCE {

Band > 64

    measObjectEUTRA-v9e0[1] SEQUENCE {}

measObjectEUTRA-v9e0[2] SEQUENCE {

carrierFreq-v9e0

Same downlink EARFCN as used for f1

}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.1.3.3-4: MeasurementReport (step 31, Table 13.4.3.1.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, table 4.6.1-5

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasurementReport ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE{

measurementReport-r8 SEQUENCE {

measResults SEQUENCE {

measId

1

measResultServCell SEQUENCE {

rsrpResult

(0..97)

rsrqResult

(0..34)

}

measResultNeighCells CHOICE {

measResultListUTRA SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

physCellId[1]

PhysicalCellIdentity of Cell 5

cgi-Info[1]

Not present

measResult[1] SEQUENCE {

utra-RSCP

(-5..91)

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.1.3.3-5: MobilityFromEUTRACommand (step 32, Table 13.4.3.1.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.1-6

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MobilityFromEUTRACommand ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE{

mobilityFromEUTRACommand-r8 SEQUENCE {

cs-FallbackIndicator

False

purpose CHOICE{

handover SEQUENCE {

targetRAT-Type

Utra

targetRAT-MessageContainer

HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMMAND(UTRA RRC message)

nas-SecurityParamFromEUTRA

The 4 least significant bits of the NAS downlink COUNT value

systemInformation

Not present

}

}

}

}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.1.3.3-6: HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMMAND (step 32, Table 13.4.3.1.3.3-5)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.7B.1-1, condition UTRA Speech

Table 13.4.3.1.3.3-7: UECapabilityEnquiry (step 31A, Table 13.4.3.1.3.2-2)

Derivation path: 36.508 clause 4.6.1 table 4.6.1-22

Information Element

Value/Remark

Comment

Condition

UECapabilityEnquiry ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {

ueCapabilityEnquiry-r8 SEQUENCE {

ue-CapabilityRequest SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxRAT-Capabilities)) OF SEQUENCE {

2 entry

RAT-Type[1]

eutra

RAT-Type[2]

utra

}

}

}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.1.3.3-8: SECURITY MODE COMMAND (step 34, Table 13.4.3.1.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.7B.1-n

Information Element

Condition

Value/remark

Ciphering mode info

Not Present

Table 13.4.3.1.3.3-9: Void

Table 13.4.3.1.3.3-10: QuantityConfig-DEFAULT-RSCP (Table 13.4.3.1.3.3-3)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.6-3A

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

quantityConfigUTRA SEQUENCE {

measQuantityUTRA-FDD

cpich-RSCP

measQuantityUTRA-TDD

pccpch-RSCP

filterCoefficient

Not present

DEFAULT fc4

}

Table 13.4.3.1.3.3-11: ROUTING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT (step 2, Table 13.4.3.1.3.2-5)

Derivation path: 36.508, Table 4.7B.2-2

Information Element

Value/Remark

Comment

Condition

PDP context status

0

NSAPI(0) – NSAPI(15) is set to 0, which means that the SM state of all PDP contexts is PDP-INACTIVE

Table 13.4.3.1.3.3-12: SECURITY MODE COMMAND (step 1A, Table 13.4.3.1.3.2-5)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.7B.1-n

Information Element

Condition

Value/remark

Ciphering mode info

StartRestart

Integrity protection mode info

modify

CN Domain Identity

ps-domain

13.4.3.2 Inter-system mobility / E-UTRA PS voice + PS data to UTRA CS voice + PS data / SRVCC

13.4.3.2.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE in E-UTRA RRC_CONNECTED state }

ensure that {

when { UE receives a MobilityFromEUTRACommand message and an IMS voice call is ongoing and an UTRA PS RB + Speech combination is configured for an UTRA cell}

then { UE transmits a HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMPLETE message on the utra cell}

}

13.4.3.2.2 Conformance requirements

References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 36.331, clause 5.4.3.3 and TS 23.216, clause 6.2.2.2.

[TS 36.331, clause 5.4.3.3]

The UE shall be able to receive a MobilityFromEUTRACommand message and perform a cell change order to GERAN, even if no prior UE measurements have been performed on the target cell.

The UE shall:

1> stop timer T310, if running;

1> if the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message includes the purpose set to ‘handover‘:

2> if the targetRAT-Type is set to ‘utra‘ or ‘geran‘:

3> consider inter-RAT mobility as initiated towards the RAT indicated by the targetRAT-Type included in the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message;

3> forward the nas-SecurityParamFromEUTRA to the upper layers;

3> access the target cell indicated in the inter-RAT message in accordance with the specifications of the target RAT;

[TS 23.216, clause 6.2.2.2]

Depicted in figure 6.2.2.2-1 is a call flow for SRVCC from E‑UTRAN to UTRAN or GERAN with DTM HO support, including the handling of the non‑voice component. The flow requires that eNB can determine that either the target is UTRAN with PS HO or the target is GERAN with DTM support and the UE is supporting DTM.

Figure 6.2.2.2-1: SRVCC from E-UTRAN to UTRAN with PS HO or GERAN with DTM HO support

1. UE sends measurement reports to E-UTRAN.

2. Based on UE measurement reports the source E‑UTRAN decides to trigger an SRVCC handover to UTRAN/GERAN.

3. If target is UTRAN, the source E‑UTRAN sends a Handover Required (Target ID, generic Source to Target Transparent Container, SRVCC HO indication) message to the source MME. SRVCC HO indication indicates to MME that this is for CS+PS HO.

NOTE 1: When the source E-UTRAN indicates using SRVCC HO Indication that target is both CS and PS capable and this is a CS+PS HO request, the source MME sends the single received transparent container to both the target CS domain and the target PS domain.

If target is GERAN, the source E UTRAN sends a Handover Required (Target ID, generic Source to Target Transparent Container, additional Source to Target Transparent Container, SRVCC HO Indication) message to the source MME. The E‑UTRAN places the "old BSS to new BSS information IE" for the CS domain in the additional Source to Target Transparent Container. The differentiation between CS and PS containers is described in TS 36.413 [30]. In this case, the MME identifies from SRVCC HO Indication that this is a request for a CS+PS handover.

4. Based on the QCI associated with the voice bearer (QCI 1) and the SRVCC HO Indication, the source MME splits the voice bearer from all other PS bearers and initiates their relocation towards MSC Server and SGSN, respectively.

5a) Source MME initiates the PS-CS handover procedure for the voice bearer by sending a SRVCC PS to CS Request (IMSI, Target ID, STN-SR, C‑MSISDN, Source to Target Transparent Container, MM Context, Emergency Indication) message to the MSC Server. The Emergency Indication and the equipment identifier are included if the ongoing session is emergency session. Authenticated IMSI and C‑MSISDN shall also be included if available. The message includes information relevant to the CS domain only. MME received STN-SR and C‑MSISDN from the HSS as part of the subscription profile downloaded during the E‑UTRAN attach procedure. MM Context contains security related information. CS security key is derived by the MME from the E‑UTRAN/EPS domain key as defined in TS 33.401 [22]. The CS Security key is sent in the MM Context.

5b) MSC Server interworks the PS-CS handover request with a CS inter‑MSC handover request by sending a Prepare Handover Request message to the target MSC. If the target system is GERAN, the MSC Server assigns a default SAI as Source ID on the interface to the target BSS and uses BSSMAP encapsulated for the Prepare Handover Request. If the target system is UTRAN, the MSC Server uses RANAP encapsulated for the Prepare Handover Request.

NOTE 2: The value of the default SAI is configured in the MSC and allows a release 8 and later BSC to identify that the source for the SRVCC Handover is E-UTRAN. To ensure correct statistics in the target BSS the default SAI should be different from the SAIs used in UTRAN.

5c) Target MSC requests resource allocation for the CS relocation by sending the Relocation Request/Handover Request message to the target RNS/BSS. If the target RAT is UTRAN, Relocation Request/Handover Request message contains the generic Source to Target Transparent Container. If the target RAT is GERAN, Relocation Request/Handover Request message contains the additional Source to Target Transparent Container.

6. In parallel to the previous step the source MME initiates relocation of the PS bearers. The following steps are performed (for details see TS 23.401 [2] clauses 5.5.2.1 and 5.5.2.3):

a) Source MME sends a Forward Relocation Request (generic Source to Target Transparent Container, MM Context, PDN Connections IE) message to the target SGSN. If the target SGSN uses S4 based interaction with S-GW and P-GW, the PDN Connections IE includes bearer information for all bearers except the voice bearer. The handling of security keys for PS handover of the remaining non-voice PS bearers is specified in TS 33.401 [22].

NOTE 3: If the target SGSN uses Gn/Gp based interaction with GGSN the Forward Relocation Request will contain PDP Contexts, instead of PDN Connections IE, including bearer information for all bearers except the voice bearer.

b) Target SGSN requests resource allocation for the PS relocation by sending the Relocation Request/Handover Request (Source to Target Transparent Container) message to the target RNS/BSS.

7. After the target RNS/BSS receives both the CS relocation/handover request with the PS relocation/handover request, it assigns the appropriate CS and PS resources. The following steps are performed:

a) Target RNS/BSS acknowledges the prepared PS relocation/handover by sending the Relocation Request Acknowledge/Handover Request Acknowledge (Target to Source Transparent Container) message to the target SGSN.

b) Target SGSN sends a Forward Relocation Response (Target to Source Transparent Container) message to the source MME.

8. In parallel to the previous step the following steps are performed:

a) Target RNS/BSS acknowledges the prepared CS relocation/handover by sending the Relocation Request Acknowledge/Handover Request Acknowledge (Target to Source Transparent Container) message to the target MSC.

b) Target MSC sends a Prepare Handover Response (Target to Source Transparent Container) message to the MSC Server.

c) Establishment of circuit connection between the target MSC and the MGW associated with the MSC Server e.g. using ISUP IAM and ACM messages.

NOTE 4: The Target to Source Transparent Container sent to the target SGSN is step 7a and the Target to Source Transparent Container sent to the target MSC in step 8a, include the same allocation of CS and PS resources (e.g. the target BSS includes the same DTM Handover Command in both containers).

9. For non-emergency session, the MSC Server initiates the Session Transfer by using the STN-SR e.g. by sending an ISUP IAM (STN-SR) message towards the IMS. For emergency session, the MSC Server initiates the Session Transfer by using the locally configured E-STN-SR and by including the equipment identifier. Standard IMS Service Continuity or Emergency IMS Service Continuity procedures are applied for execution of the Session Transfer, TS 23.237 [14].

NOTE 5: This step can be started after step 8b.

NOTE 6: If the MSC Server is using an ISUP interface, then the initiation of the session transfer for non-emergency sessions may fail if the subscriber profile including CAMEL triggers is not available prior handover (see clause 7.3.2.1.3 of TS 23.292 [13]).

10. During the execution of the Session Transfer procedure the remote end is updated with the SDP of the CS access leg according to TS 23.237 [14]. The downlink flow of VoIP packets is switched towards the CS access leg at this point.

11. The source IMS access leg is released according to TS 23.237 [14].

NOTE 7: Steps 10 and 11 are independent of step 12.

12. The MSC Server sends a SRVCC PS to CS Response (Target to Source Transparent Container) message to the source MME.

13. Source MME synchronises the two prepared relocations and sends a Handover Command (Target to Source Transparent Container) message to the source E‑UTRAN.

NOTE 8: When the target cell is GERAN, the MME may receive different Target to Source Transparent Containers from the MSC Server and from the SGSN, i.e. a "New BSS to Old BSS Information" (see TS 48.008 [23]) may be received from the MSC Server and a "Target BSS to Source BSS Transparent Container" (see TS 48.018 [24]) may be received from the SGSN.

14. E‑UTRAN sends a Handover from E‑UTRAN Command message to the UE.

15. UE tunes to the target UTRAN/GERAN cell.

16. Handover Detection at the target RNS/BSS occurs. The UE sends a Handover Complete message via the target RNS/BSS to the target MSC. If the target MSC is not the MSC Server, then the Target MSC sends an SES (Handover Complete) message to the MSC Server. At this stage, the UE re-establishes the connection with the network and can send/receive voice data.

17. The CS relocation/handover is complete. The following steps are performed:

a) Target RNS/BSS sends Relocation Complete/Handover Complete message to the target MSC.

b) Target MSC sends an SES (Handover Complete) message to the MSC Server. The speech circuit is through connected in the MSC Server/MGW according to TS 23.009 [18].

c) Completion of the establishment procedure with ISUP Answer message to the MSC Server according to TS 23.009 [18].

d) MSC Server sends a SRVCC PS to CS Complete Notification message to the source MME. Source MME acknowledges the information by sending a SRVCC PS to CS Complete Acknowledge message to the MSC Server.

e) The source MME deactivates the voice bearer towards S-GW/P-GW and sets the PS-to-CS handover indicator to Delete Bearer Command message. This triggers MME-initiated Dedicated Bearer Deactivation procedure as specified in TS 23.401 [2]. The MME does not send deactivation request toward the eNodeB on receiving PS-to-CS Complete Notification in step 17d. If dynamic PCC is deployed, the PGW may interact with PCRF as defined in TS 23.203 [31].

f) If the HLR is to be updated, i.e. if the IMSI is authenticated but unknown in the VLR, the MSC Server performs a TMSI reallocation towards the UE using its own non-broadcast LAI and, if the MSC Server and other MSC/VLRs serve the same (target) LAI, with its own Network Resource Identifier (NRI).

NOTE 9: The TMSI reallocation is performed by the MSC Server towards the UE via target MSC.

g) If the MSC Server performed a TMSI reallocation in step 17f, and if this TMSI reallocation was completed successfully, the MSC Server performs a MAP Update Location to the HSS/HLR.

NOTE 10: This Update Location is not initiated by the UE.

18. In parallel to the previous step, the PS relocation/handover is completed. The following steps are performed:

a) Target RNS/BSS sends Relocation Complete/Handover Complete message to target SGSN.

b) Target SGSN sends a Forward Relocation Complete message to the source MME. After having completed step 17e, the source MME acknowledges the information by sending a Forward Relocation Complete Acknowledge message to the target SGSN.

c) Target SGSN updates the bearer with S‑GW/P‑GW/GGSN as specified in TS 23.401 [2].

d) The MME sends Delete Session Request to the SGW as defined in TS 23.401 [2].

e) The source MME sends a Release Resources message to the Source eNodeB as defined in TS 23.401 [2]. The Source eNodeB releases its resources related to the UE.

NOTE 11: Routing Area Update procedures by the UE are done in accordance with TS 23.401 [2].

19. For an emergency services session after handover is complete, the source MME or the MSC Server may send a Subscriber Location Report carrying the identity of the MSC Server to a GMLC associated with the source or target side, respectively, as defined in TS 23.271 [29] to support location continuity.

NOTE 12: Any configuration of the choice between a source MME versus MSC Server update to a GMLC needs to ensure that a single update occurs from one of these entities when the control plane location solution is used on the source and/or target sides.

In case the MME determines that only the relocation of the voice bearer but not the relocation of one or more PS bearers succeeds, then the MME proceeds with step 13 after receiving SRVCC PS to CS Response from the MSC Server in step 12 and both UE and MME continue the procedure as described in clause 6.2.2.1A.

[24.237 Rel-12 , Clause 12.2.3]

After successful PS to CS SRVCC procedures (as described in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8]) have been completed, if the SC UE is not using ICS capabilities and the SC UE does not apply the MSC Server assisted mid-call feature as specified in subclause 12.2.3A, the SC UE shall replace the ongoing session with active speech media component which was made active most recently with the newly established CS voice call.

NOTE 1: In the case when ICS is not supported or used and the SC UE does not apply the MSC Server assisted mid-call feature, only the ongoing session with active speech media component which was made active most recently is transferred from PS to CS audio.

If the Gm reference point is:

1) retained upon successful PS handover completion;

NOTE 2: The SC UE knows that the Gm reference point is retained upon PS handover if, following handover, the SC UE has a dedicated PDP context for SIP signalling or has a general-purpose PDP context to carry the IM CN subsystem-related signalling, as described in 3GPP TS 24.229 [2] annex B.2.2.1.

a) and there are one or more remaining non-speech media component(s) in the IMS session other than the speech media component which were transferred to the CS Target Access Leg; the SC UE shall:

– send a SIP re-INVITE request to the SCC AS as specified for media removal in subclause 13.2.1; and

– indicate in the SDP offer the speech media component as removed.

b) and there are no more non-speech media component(s) remaining in the IMS session other than the speech media component which was transferred to the CS Target Access Leg; the SC UE shall either:

– send a SIP re-INVITE request to the SCC AS as specified for media removal in subclause 13.2.1 indicating in the SDP offer the speech media component as removed;

– wait for a period of time for a SIP BYE request to be received before clearing the SIP dialog state internally; or

– clear the SIP dialog state internally; or

2) not retained upon successful PS handover completion the SC UE shall clear the SIP dialog state internally.

NOTE 3: If a SIP BYE request is received after the UE has cleared the SIP dialog state internally the UE will send a SIP 481 Call/Transaction Does Not Exist response according to RFC 3261 [19].

13.4.3.2.3 Test description

13.4.3.2.3.1 Pre-test conditions

System Simulator:

– Cell 1 and Cell 5.

– System information combination 4 as defined in TS 36.508 [18] clause 4.4.3.1 is used in E-UTRA cells.

UE:

None.

Preamble:

– The UE is in state Registered, Idle mode (state 2) on Cell 1 according to [18].

13.4.3.2.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Table 13.4.3.2.3.2-1 illustrates the downlink power levels and other changing parameters to be applied for the cells at various time instants of the test execution. Row marked "T0" denotes the initial conditions after preamble, while columns marked "T1" is to be applied subsequently. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause.

Table 13.4.3.2.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes

Parameter

Unit

Cell 1

Cell 5

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-60

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B2 are not satisfied.

CPICH_Ec (UTRA FDD)

dBm/3.84 MHz

-88

PCCPCH_Ec (UTRA LCR TDD)

dBm/1.28 MHz

-88

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-84

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B2 are satisfied.

CPICH_Ec (UTRA FDD)

dBm/3.84 MHz

-64

PCCPCH_Ec (UTRA LCR TDD)

dBm/1.28 MHz

-64

T2

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

Non-suitable “Off”

CPICH_Ec (UTRA FDD)

dBm/3.84 MHz

-64

PCCPCH_Ec (UTRA LCR TDD)

dBm/1.28 MHz

-64

Table 13.4.3.2.3.2-2: Main behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

The SS configures UTRA cell 5 to reference configuration according TS 36.508 Table 4.8.3-1, condition UTRA PS RB + Speech.

2-25

Steps 1 to 24 of the generic test procedure for IMS MT speech call (TS 36.508, 4.5A.7.3-1).

26-27

Void

28

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message on Cell 1 to setup inter RAT measurement and reporting for event B2.

<–

RRCConnectionReconfiguration

29

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message on Cell 1.

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

30

The SS changes the power level for Cell 1 and Cell 5 according to the row "T1" in table 13.4.3.2.3.2-1

31

The UE transmits a MeasurementReport message on Cell 1 to report event B2 for Cell 5.

–>

MeasurementReport

32

The SS transmits a MobilityFromEUTRACommand message on Cell 1.

<–

MobilityFromEUTRACommand

32A

The SS transmits a UECapabilityEnquiry message to request UE radio access capability information for E-UTRA and UTRA.

<–

UECapabilityEnquiry

32B

The UE transmits a UECapabilityInformation message on Cell 1.

NOTE: The start-CS values received, should be used to configure ciphering on Cell 5.

–>

UECapabilityInformation

33

Check: Does the UE transmit a HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMPLETE message on Cell 5?

–>

HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMPLETE

1

P

EXCEPTION: In parallel to the events described in step 34 to 39 the steps specified in Table 13.4.3.2.3.2-5 take place.

34

The SS transmits a SECURITY MODE COMMAND message for the CS domain.

<–

SECURITY MODE COMMAND

35

The UE transmits a SECURITY MODE COMPLETE message.

–>

SECURITY MODE COMPLETE

36

The SS transmits an UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION message to notify CN information.

<–

UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION

37

The UE transmits an UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION CONFIRM message.

–>

UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION CONFIRM

38

The SS transmits a TMSI REALLOCATION COMMAND message.

<–

TMSI REALLOCATION COMMAND

39

The UE transmits a TMSI REALLOCATION COMPLETE message.

–>

TMSI REALLOCATION COMPLETE

40

SS adjusts cell levels according to row T2 of Table 13.4.3.2.3.2-1.

The UE is in end state UTRA CS call (U5).

Table 13.4.3.2.3.2-3: Void

Table 13.4.3.2.3.2-4: Void

Table 13.4.3.2.3.2-5: Parallel behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

EXCEPTION: In parallel to the events described in Step 1 to 3 the steps specified in Table 13.4.3.2.3.2-6 take place.

1

Check: Does the UE transmit a ROUTING AREA UPDATE REQUEST message?

–>

ROUTING AREA UPDATE REQUEST

P

1A

The SS transmits a SECURITY MODE COMMAND message for the PS domain.

<–

SECURITY MODE COMMAND

1B

The UE transmits a SECURITY MODE COMPLETE message.

–>

SECURITY MODE COMPLETE

2

The SS transmits a ROUTING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT message.

<–

ROUTING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT

3

The UE transmits a ROUTING AREA UPDATE COMPLETE message.

–>

ROUTING AREA UPDATE COMPLETE

EXCEPTION: Step 4a1-4a2 describe behaviour that depends on the UE implementation; the "lower case letter" identifies a step sequence that take place if the UE performs a certain action.

4a1

The UE transmits DEACTIVATE PDP CONTEXT REQUEST message

–>

DEACTIVATE PDP CONTEXT REQUEST

4a2

The SS transmits DEACTIVATE PDP CONTEXT ACCEPT message

<–

DEACTIVATE PDP CONTEXT ACCEPT

Table 13.4.3.2.3.2-6: Parallel behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

EXCEPTION: Steps 7a1 – 7b1 describe behaviour that depends on the UE implementation; the "lower case letter" identifies a step sequence that take place if the UE performs a certain action.

EXCEPTION: Step 7a1a1 describe behaviour that depends on the UE implementation; the "lower case letter" identifies a step sequence that take place if the UE performs a certain action.

1-6

Void

6a

Depending on the UE implementation, the generic test procedure for mobile initiated IMS SIP re-registration defined in Annex C.46 of TS 34.229-1 can take place

7a1a1

IF the UE wants to remove SRVCC media in the next 10 sec THEN the generic procedure defined in Annex C.24 of TS 34.229-1 [35] take place.

7a2

Generic procedure defined in Annex C.36 of TS 34.229-1 [35]. IMS session release.

7a3

Depending on the UE implementation, the generic test procedure for mobile initiated IMS SIP de-registration defined in Annex C.30 of TS 34.229-1 [35] take place.

7b1

Depending on the UE implementation, the generic test procedure for mobile initiated IMS SIP de-registration defined in Annex C.30 of TS 34.229-1 [35] take place.

13.4.3.2.3.3 Specific message contents

Table 13.4.3.2.3.3-0: Conditions for specific message contents
in Table 13.4.3.2.3.3-3

Condition

Explanation

Band > 64

If band > 64 is selected

Table 13.4.3.2.3.3-1: ATTACH REQUEST (preamble)

Derivation path: 36.508 table 4.7.2-4

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MS network capability

SRVCC from UTRAN HSPA or E-UTRAN to GERAN/UTRAN supported

Mobile station classmark 2

Any allowed value

Supported Codecs

Any allowed value

Table 13.4.3.2.3.3-2: RRCConnectionReconfiguration (step 28, Table 13.4.3.2.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.1 table 4.6.1-8 with condition MEAS

Table 13.4.3.2.3.3-3: MeasConfig (step 28, Table 13.4.3.2.3.2-2)

Derivation path: 36.508 clause 4.6.6 table 4.6.6-1 with condition UTRAN

Information Element

Value/Remark

Comment

Condition

measurementConfiguration ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModifyList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF SEQUENCE {

2 entries

measObjectId[1]

IdMeasObject-f8

measObject[1]

MeasObjectUTRA-GENERIC(f8)

measObjectId[2]

IdMeasObject-f1

measObject[2]

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(f1)

measObject[2]

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(maxEARFCN)

Band > 64

}

reportConfigToAddModifyList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

reportConfigId[1]

IdReportConfigInterRAT-B2-UTRA

reportConfig[1]

ReportConfigInterRAT-B2-UTRA (-72, -76)

}

measIdToAddModifyList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMeasId)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

measId[1]

1

measObjectId[1]

IdMeasObject-f8

reportConfigId[1]

IdReportConfigInterRAT-B2-UTRA

}

measObjectToAddModList-v9e0 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF SEQUENCE {

Band > 64

measObjectEUTRA-v9e0[1] SEQUENCE {}

measObjectEUTRA-v9e0[2] SEQUENCE {

carrierFreq-v9e0

Same downlink EARFCN as used for f1

}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.2.3.3-4: MeasurementReport (step 31, Table 13.4.3.2.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, table 4.6.1-5

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasurementReport ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE{

measurementReport-r8 SEQUENCE {

measResults SEQUENCE {

measId

1

measResultServCell SEQUENCE {

rsrpResult

(0..97)

rsrqResult

(0..34)

}

measResultNeighCells CHOICE {

measResultListUTRA SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

physCellId[1]

PhysicalCellIdentity of Cell 5

cgi-Info[1]

Not present

measResult[1] SEQUENCE {

utra-RSCP

(-5..91)

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.2.3.3-5: MobilityFromEUTRACommand (step 32, Table 13.4.3.2.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.1-6

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MobilityFromEUTRACommand ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE{

mobilityFromEUTRACommand-r8 SEQUENCE {

cs-FallbackIndicator

False

purpose CHOICE{

handover SEQUENCE {

targetRAT-Type

Utra

targetRAT-MessageContainer

HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMMAND(UTRA RRC message)

nas-SecurityParamFromEUTRA

The 4 least significant bits of the NAS downlink COUNT value

systemInformation

Not present

}

}

}

}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.2.3.3-6: HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMMAND (step 32, Table 13.4.3.2.3.3-5)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.7B.1-1, condition UTRA Speech + Packet RAB Setup after Speech RAB Setup in CELL_DCH

Table 13.4.3.2.3.3-7: UECapabilityEnquiry (step 32A, Table 13.4.3.2.3.2-2)

Derivation path: 36.508 clause 4.6.1 table 4.6.1-22

Information Element

Value/Remark

Comment

Condition

UECapabilityEnquiry ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {

ueCapabilityEnquiry-r8 SEQUENCE {

ue-CapabilityRequest SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxRAT-Capabilities)) OF SEQUENCE {

2 entry

RAT-Type[1]

eutra

RAT-Type[2]

utra

}

}

}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.2.3.3-8: SECURITY MODE COMMAND (step 34, Table 13.4.3.2.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.7B.1-n

Information Element

Condition

Value/remark

Ciphering mode info

Not Present

Table 13.4.3.2.3.3-9: Void

Table 13.4.3.2.3.3-10: Void

Table 13.4.3.2.3.3-11: ROUTING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT (step 2, Table 13.4.3.2.3.2-5)

Derivation path: 36.508, Table 4.7B.2-2

Information Element

Value/Remark

Comment

Condition

Update result

0 ‘ follow-on proceed’

PDP context status

‘0010000000000000’B

NSAPI 5

13.4.3.3 Inter-system mobility / E-UTRA voice to GSM CS voice / SRVCC

13.4.3.3.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE in E-UTRA RRC_CONNECTED state }

ensure that {

when { UE receives a MobilityFromEUTRACommand message and an IMS voice call is ongoing and an GERAN Speech RAB combination is configured for an GERAN cell}

then { UE transmits a HANDOVER COMPLETE message on the geran cell}

}

13.4.3.3.2 Conformance requirements

References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 36.331, clause 5.4.3.3 and TS 23.216, clause 6.2.2.1.

[TS 36.331, clause 5.4.3.3]

The UE shall be able to receive a MobilityFromEUTRACommand message and perform a cell change order to GERAN, even if no prior UE measurements have been performed on the target cell.

The UE shall:

1> stop timer T310, if running;

1> if the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message includes the purpose set to ‘handover‘:

2> if the targetRAT-Type is set to ‘utra‘ or ‘geran‘:

3> consider inter-RAT mobility as initiated towards the RAT indicated by the targetRAT-Type included in the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message;

3> forward the nas-SecurityParamFromEUTRA to the upper layers;

3> access the target cell indicated in the inter-RAT message in accordance with the specifications of the target RAT;

[TS 23.216, clause 6.2.2.1]

Depicted in figure 6.2.2.1-1 is a call flow for SRVCC from E-UTRAN to GERAN without DTM support. The flow requires that eNB can determine that the target is GERAN without DTM support or that the UE is without DTM support.

Figure 6.2.2.1-1: SRVCC from E-UTRAN to GERAN without DTM support

1. UE sends measurement reports to E-UTRAN.

2. Based on UE measurement reports the source E‑UTRAN decides to trigger an SRVCC handover to GERAN.

3. Source E‑UTRAN sends Handover Required (Target ID, generic Source to Target Transparent Container, SRVCC HO Indication) message to the source MME. The E‑UTRAN places the "old BSS to new BSS information IE" for the CS domain in the generic Source to Target Transparent Container. The SRVCC HO indication indicates to the MME that target is only CS capable, hence this is a SRVCC handover operation only towards the CS domain. The message includes an indication that the UE is not available for the PS service in the target cell.

4. Based on the QCI associated with the voice bearer (QCI 1) and the SRVCC HO indication, the source MME splits the voice bearer from the non voice bearers and initiates the PS-CS handover procedure for the voice bearer only towards MSC Server.

5. The MME sends a SRVCC PS to CS Request (IMSI, Target ID, STN-SR, C‑MSISDN, generic Source to Target Transparent Container, MM Context, Emergency Indication) message to the MSC Server. The Emergency Indication and the equipment identifier are is included if the ongoing session is emergency session. Authenticated IMSI and C‑MSISDN shall also be included, if available. The MME received STN-SR and C‑MSISDN from the HSS as part of the subscription profile downloaded during the E‑UTRAN attach procedure. The MM Context contains security related information. CS security key is derived by the MME from the E‑UTRAN/EPS domain key as defined in TS 33.401 [22]. The CS Security key is sent in the MM Context.

6. The MSC Server interworks the PS-CS handover request with a CS inter‑MSC handover request by sending a Prepare Handover Request message to the target MSC. The MSC Server assigns a default SAI as Source ID on the interface to the target BSS and uses BSSMAP encapsulated for the Prepare Handover Request.

NOTE 1: The value of the default SAI is configured in the MSC and allows a release 8 and later BSC to identify that the source for the SRVCC Handover is E-UTRAN. To ensure correct statistics in the target BSS the default SAI should be different from the SAIs used in UTRAN.

7. Target MSC performs resource allocation with the target BSS by exchanging Handover Request/ Acknowledge messages.

8. Target MSC sends a Prepare Handover Response message to the MSC Server.

9. Establishment of circuit connection between the target MSC and the MGW associated with the MSC Server e.g. using ISUP IAM and ACM messages.

10. For non-emergency session, the MSC Server initiates the Session Transfer by using the STN-SR e.g. by sending an ISUP IAM (STN-SR) message towards the IMS. For emergency session, the MSC Server initiates the Session Transfer by using the locally configured E-STN-SR and by including the equipment identifier. Standard IMS Service Continuity or Emergency IMS Service Continuity procedures are applied for execution of the Session Transfer, see TS 23.237 [14].

NOTE 2: This step can be started after step 8.

NOTE 3: If the MSC Server is using an ISUP interface, then the initiation of the session transfer for non-emergency session may fail if the subscriber profile including CAMEL triggers is not available prior handover (see clause 7.3.2.1.3 in TS 23.292 [13]).

11. During the execution of the Session Transfer procedure the remote end is updated with the SDP of the CS access leg. The downlink flow of VoIP packets is switched towards the CS access leg at this point.

12. Source IMS access leg is released as per TS 23.237 [14].

NOTE 4: Steps 11 and 12 are independent of step 13.

13. MSC Server sends a SRVCC PS to CS Response (Target to Source Transparent Container) message to the source MME.

14. Source MME sends a Handover Command (Target to Source Transparent Container) message to the source E-UTRAN. The message includes information about the voice component only.

15. Source E-UTRAN sends a Handover from E-UTRAN Command message to the UE.

16. UE tunes to GERAN.

17. Handover Detection at the target BSS occurs. The UE sends a Handover Complete message via the target BSS to the target MSC. If the target MSC is not the MSC Server, then the Target MSC sends an SES (Handover Complete) message to the MSC Server.

18. The UE starts the Suspend procedure specified in TS 23.060 [10], clause 16.2.1.1.2. The TLLI and RAI pair are derived from the GUTI as described in TS 23.003 [27]. This triggers the Target SGSN to send a Suspend Notification message to the Source MME. The MME returns a Suspend Acknowledge to the Target SGSN.

NOTE 5: The MME might not be able to derive the GUTI from the received P-TMSI and RAI pair and therefore it might not be able to identify which UE context is associated with the Suspend Notification message. Also in this case the bearers are deactivated and/or suspended as in step 22a.

19. Target BSS sends a Handover Complete message to the target MSC.

20. Target MSC sends an SES (Handover Complete) message to the MSC Server. The speech circuit is through connected in the MSC Server/MGW according to TS 23.009 [18].

21. Completion of the establishment procedure with ISUP Answer message to the MSC Server according to TS 23.009 [18].

22. MSC Server sends a SRVCC PS to CS Complete Notification message to the source MME, informing it that the UE has arrived on the target side. Source MME acknowledges the information by sending a SRVCC PS to CS Complete Acknowledge message to the MSC Server.

22a. The MME deactivates bearers used for voice and other GBR bearers. All GBR bearers are deactivated towards S-GW and P-GW by initiating MME-initiated Dedicated Bearer Deactivation procedure as specified in TS 23.401 [2]. The MME does not send deactivation request toward the eNodeB on receiving PS-to-CS Complete Notification in step 22. PS-to-CS handover indicator is notified to P-GW for voice bearer during the bearer deactivation procedure. For GTP-based S5/S8, the S-GW requests the P-GW to delete all GBR bearer contexts by sending a Delete Bearer Command message. If dynamic PCC is deployed, the P‑GW may interact with PCRF as defined in TS 23.203 [31]. For PMIP-based S5/S8, S-GW interacts with the PCRF which in turn updates PCC rules for GBR traffic in the P-GW.

The MME starts preservation and suspension of non-GBR bearers by sending Suspend Notification message towards S-GW. For these non-GBR bearers, the S-GW releases S1-U bearers for the UE and sends Suspend Notification message to the P-GW(s). The MME stores in the UE context that UE is in suspended status. All the preserved non-GBR bearers are marked as suspended status in the S-GW and P-GW. The P-GW should discard packets if received for the suspended UE.

23a. If the HLR is to be updated, i.e. if the IMSI is authenticated but unknown in the VLR, the MSC Server performs a TMSI reallocation towards the UE using its own non-broadcast LAI and, if the MSC Server and other MSC/VLRs serve the same (target) LAI, with its own Network Resource Identifier (NRI).

NOTE 5: The TMSI reallocation is performed by the MSC Server towards the UE via target MSC.

23b. If the MSC Server performed a TMSI reallocation in step 23a, and if this TMSI reallocation was completed successfully, the MSC Server performs a MAP Update Location to the HSS/HLR.

NOTE 6: This Update Location is not initiated by the UE.

24. For an emergency services session after handover is complete, the source MME or the MSC Server may send a Subscriber Location Report carrying the identity of the MSC Server to a GMLC associated with the source or target side, respectively, as defined in TS 23.271 [29] to support location continuity.

NOTE 7: Any configuration of the choice between a source MME versus MSC Server update to a GMLC needs to ensure that a single update occurs from one of these entities when the control plane location solution is used on the source and/or target sides.

13.4.3.3.3 Test description

13.4.3.3.3.1 Pre-test conditions

System Simulator:

– Cell 1 and Cell 24.

– System information combination 5 as defined in TS 36.508 [18] clause 4.4.3.1 is used in E-UTRA cells.

UE:

None.

Preamble:

– The UE is in state Registered, Idle mode (state 2) on Cell 1 according to [18].

13.4.3.3.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Table 13.4.3.3.3.2-1 illustrates the downlink power levels and other changing parameters to be applied for the cells at various time instants of the test execution. Row marked "T0" denotes the initial conditions after preamble, while columns marked "T1" is to be applied subsequently. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause.

Table 13.4.3.3.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes

Parameter

Unit

Cell 1

Cell 24

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B2 are not satisfied.

RSSI

dBm

-85

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B2 are satisfied.

RSSI

dBm

-65

T2

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

Non-suitable “Off”

RSSI

dBm

-65

Table 13.4.3.3.3.2-2: Main behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1-26

Steps 1 to 26 of the generic test procedure for IMS MT speech call (TS 36.508 4.5A.7.3-1).

27

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message on Cell 1 to setup inter RAT measurement and reporting for event B2.

<–

RRCConnectionReconfiguration

28

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message on Cell 1.

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

29

The SS changes the power level for Cell 1 and Cell 5 according to the row "T1" in table 13.4.3.3.3.2-1

30

The UE transmits a MeasurementReport message on Cell 1 to report event B2 for Cell 24.

–>

MeasurementReport

31

The SS transmits a MobilityFromEUTRACommand message on Cell 1.

<–

MobilityFromEUTRACommand

32

Check: Does the UE transmit a HANDOVER COMPLETE message on Cell 24?

–>

HANDOVER COMPLETE

1

P

33

The UE transmits a GPRS SUSPENSION REQUEST message

–>

GPRS SUSPENSION REQUEST

34

The SS transmits a TMSI REALLOCATION COMMAND message.

<–

TMSI REALLOCATION COMMAND

35

The UE transmits a TMSI REALLOCATION COMPLETE message.

–>

TMSI REALLOCATION COMPLETE

35A

SS adjusts cell levels according to row T2 of table 13.4.3.3.3.2-1.

36-50

Steps 20 to 34 of the generic test procedure described in TS36.508 subclause 6.4.3.8.1 are performed on Cell 24.

Table 13.4.3.3.3.2-4: Void

13.4.3.3.3.3 Specific message contents

Table 13.4.3.3.3.3-1: ATTACH REQUEST (preamble)

Derivation path: 36.508 table 4.7.2-4

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MS network capability

SRVCC from UTRAN HSPA or E-UTRAN to GERAN/UTRAN supported

Mobile station classmark 2

Any allowed value

Supported Codecs

Any allowed value

Table 13.4.3.3.3.3-2: RRCConnectionReconfiguration (step 27, Table 13.4.3.3.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.1 table 4.6.1-8 with condition MEAS

Table 13.4.3.3.3.3-3: MeasConfig (step 27, Table 13.4.3.3.3.2-2)

Derivation path: 36.508 clause 4.6.6 table 4.6.6-1 with condition GERAN

Information Element

Value/Remark

Comment

Condition

measurementConfiguration ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModifyList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF SEQUENCE {

2 entries

measObjectId[1]

IdMeasObject-f11

measObject[1]

MeasObjectGERAN-GENERIC(f11)

measObjectId[2]

IdMeasObject-f1

measObject[2]

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(f1)

measObject[2]

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(maxEARFCN)

Band > 64

}

reportConfigToAddModifyList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

reportConfigId[1]

IdReportConfigInterRAT-B2-GERAN

reportConfig[1]

ReportConfigInterRAT-B2-GERAN (-69, -75)

}

measIdToAddModifyList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMeasId)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

measId[1]

1

measObjectId[1]

IdMeasObject-f11

reportConfigId[1]

IdReportConfigInterRAT-B2-GERAN

}

measObjectToAddModList-v9e0 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF {

2 entries

Band > 64

measObjectEUTRA-v9e0[1] ::= SEQUENCE {}

measObjectEUTRA-v9e0[1] ::= SEQUENCE {

carrierFreq-v9e0

Same downlink EARFCN as used for f1

}

}

}

Condition

Explanation

Band > 64

If band > 64 is selected

Table 13.4.3.3.3.3-4: MeasurementReport (step 30, Table 13.4.3.3.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, table 4.6.1-5

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasurementReport ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE{

measurementReport-r8 SEQUENCE {

measResults SEQUENCE {

measId

1

measResultServCell SEQUENCE {

rsrpResult

(0..97)

rsrqResult

(0..34)

}

measResultNeighCells CHOICE {

measResultListGERAN SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

physCellId

PhysicalCellIdentity of Cell 24

cgi-Info[1]

Not present

measResult[1] SEQUENCE {

rssi

The value of rssi is present but contents not checked

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.3.3.3-5: MobilityFromEUTRACommand (step 31, Table 13.4.3.3.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.1-6

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MobilityFromEUTRACommand ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE{

mobilityFromEUTRACommand-r8 SEQUENCE {

cs-FallbackIndicator

False

purpose CHOICE{

handover SEQUENCE {

targetRAT-Type

geran

targetRAT-MessageContainer

HANDOVER COMMAND(GERAN RRC message), see Table 13.4.3.3.3.3-6

nas-SecurityParamFromEUTRA

The 4 least significant bits of the NAS downlink COUNT value

systemInformation

Not present

}

}

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

lateNonCriticalExtension

Not present

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

bandIndicator

Set according to the band used for Cell 24

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {}

Not present

}

}

}

}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.3.3.3-6: HANDOVER COMMAND (step 31, Table 13.4.3.3.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 51.010, Table 40.2.4.33

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

Cell Description

Network Colour Code

1

Base Station Colour Code

5

BCCH Carrier Number

The BCCH Carrier ARFCN as per table in clause 40.1.1 of 51.010-1.

Description of the First Channel, after time

Channel Description

Channel Type and TDMA offset

TCH/F + ACCH’s

Timeslot Number

Chosen arbitrarily, but not Zero.

Training Sequence Code

Same as the BCCH

Hopping channel

Single RF channel

ARFCN

The first ARFCN in the cell allocation as per table in clause 40.2.1.1.1 of 51.010-1

Cipher Mode Setting

1001xxxy

See TS 44.018 §9.1.15.10

xxx – px_GSM_CipherAlg

y – px_GSM_CipheringOnOff

Table 13.4.3.3.3.3-7: ROUTING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT (step 48, Table 13.4.3.3.3.2-2)

Derivation path: 36.508, Table 4.7B.2-2

Information Element

Value/Remark

Comment

Condition

PDP context status

0

NSAPI(0) – NSAPI(15) is set to 0, which means that the SM state of all PDP contexts is PDP-INACTIVE

13.4.3.4 Inter-system mobility / E-UTRA voice to UTRA CS voice / Unsuccessful case / Retry on old cell / SRVCC

13.4.3.4.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE in E-UTRA RRC_CONNECTED state }

ensure that {

when { UE receives a MobilityFromEUTRACommand message and an IMS voice call is ongoing and the UE does not succeed in establishing the connection to the target radio access technology }

then { UE initiates the connection re-establishment procedure }

}

(2)

with { UE in E-UTRA RRC_CONNECTED state }

ensure that {

when { UE successfully completes the RRC Connection re-establishment procedure }

then { UE is in E-UTRA RRC_CONNECTED state }

}

4.3.4.2 Conformance requirements

References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 36.331, clause 5.4.3.3, 5.4.3.5, 5.3.7.2, 5.3.7.3, 5.3.7.4, 5.3.7.5, TS 23.216, clause 6.2.2.1 and 6.2.2.1A.

[TS 36.331, clause 5.4.3.3]

The UE shall be able to receive a MobilityFromEUTRACommand message and perform a cell change order to GERAN, even if no prior UE measurements have been performed on the target cell.

The UE shall:

1> stop timer T310, if running;

1> if the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message includes the purpose set to ‘handover‘:

2> if the targetRAT-Type is set to ‘utra‘ or ‘geran‘:

3> consider inter-RAT mobility as initiated towards the RAT indicated by the targetRAT-Type included in the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message;

3> forward the nas-SecurityParamFromEUTRA to the upper layers;

3> access the target cell indicated in the inter-RAT message in accordance with the specifications of the target RAT;

[TS 36.331, clause 5.4.3.5]

The UE shall:

1> if T304 expires (mobility from E-UTRA failure); or

1> if the UE does not succeed in establishing the connection to the target radio access technology; or

1> if the UE is unable to comply with (part of) the configuration included in the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message; or

1> if there is a protocol error in the inter RAT information included in the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message, causing the UE to fail the procedure according to the specifications applicable for the target RAT:

2> stop T304, if running;

2> if the cs-FallbackIndicator in the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message was set to ‘TRUE‘:

3> indicate to upper layers that the CS Fallback procedure has failed;

2> revert back to the configuration used in the source cell, excluding the configuration configured by the physicalConfigDedicated, mac-MainConfig and sps-Config;

2> initiate the connection re-establishment procedure as specified in 5.3.7;

[TS 36.331, clause 5.3.7.2]

The UE shall only initiate the procedure when AS security has been activated. The UE initiates the procedure when one of the following conditions is met:

1> upon mobility from E-UTRA failure, in accordance with 5.4.3.5; or

Upon initiation of the procedure, the UE shall:

1> stop timer T310, if running;

1> start timer T311;

1> suspend all RBs except SRB0;

1> reset MAC;

1> apply the default physical channel configuration as specified in 9.2.4;

1> apply the default semi-persistent scheduling configuration as specified in 9.2.3;

1> apply the default MAC main configuration as specified in 9.2.2;

1> perform cell selection in accordance with the cell selection process as specified in TS 36.304 [4];

[TS 36.331, clause 5.3.7.3]

Upon selecting a suitable E-UTRA cell, the UE shall:

1> stop timer T311;

1> start timer T301;

1> apply the timeAlignmentTimerCommon included in SystemInformationBlockType2;

1> initiate transmission of the RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest message in accordance with 5.3.7.4;

[TS 36.331, clause 5.3.7.4]

The UE shall set the contents of RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest message as follows:

1> set the ue-Identity as follows:

2> set the c-RNTI to the C-RNTI used in the source cell (handover and mobility from E-UTRA failure) or used in the cell in which the trigger for the re-establishment occurred (other cases);

2> set the physCellId to the physical cell identity of the source cell (handover and mobility from E-UTRA failure) or of the cell in which the trigger for the re-establishment occurred (other cases);

2> set the shortMAC-I to the 16 least significant bits of the MAC-I calculated:

3> over the ASN.1 encoded as per section 8 (i.e., a multiple of 8 bits) VarShortMAC-Input;

3> with the KRRCint key and integrity protection algorithm that was used in the source cell (handover and mobility from E-UTRA failure) or of the cell in which the trigger for the re-establishment occurred (other cases); and

3> with all input bits for COUNT, BEARER and DIRECTION set to binary ones;

1> set the reestablishmentCause as follows:

2> else if the re-establishment procedure was initiated due to handover failure as specified in 5.3.5.6 (intra-LTE handover failure) or 5.4.3.5 (inter-RAT mobility from EUTRA failure):

3> set the reestablishmentCause to the value ‘handoverFailure‘;

The UE shall submit the RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest message to lower layers for transmission.

[TS 36.331, clause 5.3.7.5]

The UE shall:

1> stop timer T301;

1> re-establish PDCP for SRB1;

1> re-establish RLC for SRB1;

1> perform the radio resource configuration procedure in accordance with the received radioResourceConfigDedicated and as specified in 5.3.10;

1> resume SRB1;

1> update the KeNB key based on the KASME key to which the current KeNB is associated, using the nextHopChainingCount value indicated in the RRCConnectionReestablishment message, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];

1> store the nextHopChainingCount value;

1> derive the KRRCint key associated with the previously configured integrity algorithm, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];

1> derive the KRRCenc key and the KUPenc key associated with the previously configured ciphering algorithm, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];

1> configure lower layers to activate integrity protection using the previously configured algorithm and the KRRCint key immediately, i.e., integrity protection shall be applied to all subsequent messages received and sent by the UE, including the message used to indicate the successful completion of the procedure;

1> configure lower layers to apply ciphering using the previously configured algorithm, the KRRCenc key and the KUPenc key immediately, i.e., ciphering shall be applied to all subsequent messages received and sent by the UE, including the message used to indicate the successful completion of the procedure;

1> perform the measurement related actions as specified in 5.5.6.1;

1> submit the RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete message to lower layers for transmission, upon which the procedure ends;

[TS 23.216, clause 6.2.2.1]

Depicted in figure 6.2.2.1-1 is a call flow for SRVCC from E-UTRAN to GERAN without DTM support. The flow requires that eNB can determine that the target is GERAN without DTM support or that the UE is without DTM support.

Figure 6.2.2.1-1: SRVCC from E-UTRAN to GERAN without DTM support

1. UE sends measurement reports to E-UTRAN.

2. Based on UE measurement reports the source E‑UTRAN decides to trigger an SRVCC handover to GERAN.

3. Source E‑UTRAN sends Handover Required (Target ID, generic Source to Target Transparent Container, SRVCC HO Indication) message to the source MME. The E‑UTRAN places the "old BSS to new BSS information IE" for the CS domain in the generic Source to Target Transparent Container. The SRVCC HO indication indicates to the MME that target is only CS capable, hence this is a SRVCC handover operation only towards the CS domain. The message includes an indication that the UE is not available for the PS service in the target cell.

4. Based on the QCI associated with the voice bearer (QCI 1) and the SRVCC HO indication, the source MME splits the voice bearer from the non voice bearers and initiates the PS-CS handover procedure for the voice bearer only towards MSC Server.

5. The MME sends a SRVCC PS to CS Request (IMSI, Target ID, STN-SR, C‑MSISDN, generic Source to Target Transparent Container, MM Context, Emergency Indication) message to the MSC Server. The Emergency Indication and the equipment identifier are is included if the ongoing session is emergency session. Authenticated IMSI and C‑MSISDN shall also be included, if available. The MME received STN-SR and C‑MSISDN from the HSS as part of the subscription profile downloaded during the E‑UTRAN attach procedure. The MM Context contains security related information. CS security key is derived by the MME from the E‑UTRAN/EPS domain key as defined in TS 33.401 [22]. The CS Security key is sent in the MM Context.

6. The MSC Server interworks the PS-CS handover request with a CS inter‑MSC handover request by sending a Prepare Handover Request message to the target MSC. The MSC Server assigns a default SAI as Source ID on the interface to the target BSS and uses BSSMAP encapsulated for the Prepare Handover Request.

NOTE 1: The value of the default SAI is configured in the MSC and allows a release 8 and later BSC to identify that the source for the SRVCC Handover is E-UTRAN. To ensure correct statistics in the target BSS the default SAI should be different from the SAIs used in UTRAN.

7. Target MSC performs resource allocation with the target BSS by exchanging Handover Request/ Acknowledge messages.

8. Target MSC sends a Prepare Handover Response message to the MSC Server.

9. Establishment of circuit connection between the target MSC and the MGW associated with the MSC Server e.g. using ISUP IAM and ACM messages.

10. For non-emergency session, the MSC Server initiates the Session Transfer by using the STN-SR e.g. by sending an ISUP IAM (STN-SR) message towards the IMS. For emergency session, the MSC Server initiates the Session Transfer by using the locally configured E-STN-SR and by including the equipment identifier. Standard IMS Service Continuity or Emergency IMS Service Continuity procedures are applied for execution of the Session Transfer, see TS 23.237 [14].

NOTE 2: This step can be started after step 8.

NOTE 3: If the MSC Server is using an ISUP interface, then the initiation of the session transfer for non-emergency session may fail if the subscriber profile including CAMEL triggers is not available prior handover (see clause 7.3.2.1.3 in TS 23.292 [13]).

11. During the execution of the Session Transfer procedure the remote end is updated with the SDP of the CS access leg. The downlink flow of VoIP packets is switched towards the CS access leg at this point.

12. Source IMS access leg is released as per TS 23.237 [14].

NOTE 4: Steps 11 and 12 are independent of step 13.

13. MSC Server sends a SRVCC PS to CS Response (Target to Source Transparent Container) message to the source MME.

14. Source MME sends a Handover Command (Target to Source Transparent Container) message to the source E-UTRAN. The message includes information about the voice component only.

15. Source E-UTRAN sends a Handover from E-UTRAN Command message to the UE.

16. UE tunes to GERAN.

17. Handover Detection at the target BSS occurs. The UE sends a Handover Complete message via the target BSS to the target MSC. If the target MSC is not the MSC Server, then the Target MSC sends an SES (Handover Complete) message to the MSC Server.

18. The UE starts the Suspend procedure specified in TS 23.060 [10], clause 16.2.1.1.2. The TLLI and RAI pair are derived from the GUTI as described in TS 23.003 [27]. This triggers the Target SGSN to send a Suspend Notification message to the Source MME. The MME returns a Suspend Acknowledge to the Target SGSN.

NOTE 5: The MME might not be able to derive the GUTI from the received P-TMSI and RAI pair and therefore it might not be able to identify which UE context is associated with the Suspend Notification message. Also in this case the bearers are deactivated and/or suspended as in step 22a.

19. Target BSS sends a Handover Complete message to the target MSC.

20. Target MSC sends an SES (Handover Complete) message to the MSC Server. The speech circuit is through connected in the MSC Server/MGW according to TS 23.009 [18].

21. Completion of the establishment procedure with ISUP Answer message to the MSC Server according to TS 23.009 [18].

22. MSC Server sends a SRVCC PS to CS Complete Notification message to the source MME, informing it that the UE has arrived on the target side. Source MME acknowledges the information by sending a SRVCC PS to CS Complete Acknowledge message to the MSC Server.

22a. The MME deactivates bearers used for voice and other GBR bearers. All GBR bearers are deactivated towards S-GW and P-GW by initiating MME-initiated Dedicated Bearer Deactivation procedure as specified in TS 23.401 [2]. The MME does not send deactivation request toward the eNodeB on receiving PS-to-CS Complete Notification in step 22. PS-to-CS handover indicator is notified to P-GW for voice bearer during the bearer deactivation procedure. For GTP-based S5/S8, the S-GW requests the P-GW to delete all GBR bearer contexts by sending a Delete Bearer Command message. If dynamic PCC is deployed, the P‑GW may interact with PCRF as defined in TS 23.203 [31]. For PMIP-based S5/S8, S-GW interacts with the PCRF which in turn updates PCC rules for GBR traffic in the P-GW.

The MME starts preservation and suspension of non-GBR bearers by sending Suspend Notification message towards S-GW. For these non-GBR bearers, the S-GW releases S1-U bearers for the UE and sends Suspend Notification message to the P-GW(s). The MME stores in the UE context that UE is in suspended status. All the preserved non-GBR bearers are marked as suspended status in the S-GW and P-GW. The P-GW should discard packets if received for the suspended UE.

23a. If the HLR is to be updated, i.e. if the IMSI is authenticated but unknown in the VLR, the MSC Server performs a TMSI reallocation towards the UE using its own non-broadcast LAI and, if the MSC Server and other MSC/VLRs serve the same (target) LAI, with its own Network Resource Identifier (NRI).

NOTE 5: The TMSI reallocation is performed by the MSC Server towards the UE via target MSC.

23b. If the MSC Server performed a TMSI reallocation in step 23a, and if this TMSI reallocation was completed successfully, the MSC Server performs a MAP Update Location to the HSS/HLR.

NOTE 6: This Update Location is not initiated by the UE.

24. For an emergency services session after handover is complete, the source MME or the MSC Server may send a Subscriber Location Report carrying the identity of the MSC Server to a GMLC associated with the source or target side, respectively, as defined in TS 23.271 [29] to support location continuity.

NOTE 7: Any configuration of the choice between a source MME versus MSC Server update to a GMLC needs to ensure that a single update occurs from one of these entities when the control plane location solution is used on the source and/or target sides.

After the CS voice call is terminated and if the UE is still in GERAN (or for any other reason specified in TS 24.008), then the UE shall resume PS services as specified in TS 23.060 [10]. A Gn SGSN will follow TS 23.060 [10] to resume the PDP Context(s). An S4 SGSN will follow TS 23.060 [10] to resume the bearers, and will in addition inform S-GW and P-GW(s) to resume the suspended bearers. If the UE has returned to E-UTRAN after the CS voice call was terminated, then the UE shall resume PS service by sending TAU to MME. The MME will in addition inform S-GW and P-GW(s) to resume the suspended bearers. Resuming the suspended bearers in the S-GW and in the P-GW should be done by implicit resume using the Modify Bearer request message if it is triggered by the procedure in operation, e.g. RAU, TAU or Service Request. The S-GW is aware of the suspend state of the bearers and will forward the Modify Bearer request to the P-GW. Explicit resume using the Resume Notification message should be used in cases when Modify Bearer Request is not triggered by the procedure in operation.

[TS 23.216, clause 6.2.2.1A]

The call flow for this scenario is similar to the call flow depicted in figure 6.2.2.1‑1, with the exceptions that the Suspend procedure (step 18 and step 22a in figure 6.2.2.1-1) is not performed and that the MME only deactivates bearers used for voice (step 22a in figure 6.2.2.1-1) and sets the PS-to-CS handover indicator. The scenario requires that eNB can determine that the target is either GERAN with DTM but without DTM HO support and that the UE is supporting DTM or that the target is UTRAN (HSPA) without PS HO support. The message in step 3 in figure 6.2.2.1-1 includes an indication to the MME that the UE is available for PS service in the target cell. Furthermore, if the target is GERAN, the E‑UTRAN places in the generic Source to Target Transparent Container the "old BSS to new BSS information IE", while if the target is UTRAN, the generic Source to Target Transparent container is encoded according to the Source RNC to Target RNC Transparent Container IE definition. At the end of the procedure described in figure 6.2.2.1‑1, the remaining PS resources are re-established when the UE performs the Routeing Area update procedure. Triggers for performing Routeing Area update procedure are described in TS 23.060 [10]. The target SGSN may deactivate the PDP contexts that cannot be established as described in TS 23.060 [10].

13.4.3.4.3 Test description

13.4.3.4.3.1 Pre-test conditions

System Simulator:

– Cell 1 and Cell 5.

– System information combination 4 as defined in TS 36.508 [18] clause 4.4.3.1 is used in E-UTRA cells.

UE:

None.

Preamble:

  • The UE is in state Registered, Idle mode (state 2) on Cell 1 according to [18].

13.4.3.4.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Table 13.4.3.5.3.2-1 illustrates the downlink power levels and other changing parameters to be applied for the cells at various time instants of the test execution. Row marked "T0" denotes the initial conditions after preamble, while columns marked "T1" is to be applied subsequently. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause.

Table 13.4.3.4.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes

Parameter

Unit

Cell 1

Cell 5

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-60

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B2 are not satisfied.

CPICH_Ec (UTRA FDD)

dBm/3.84 MHz

-88

PCCPCH_Ec (UTRA LCR TDD)

dBm/1.28 MHz

-88

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-84

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B2 are satisfied.

CPICH_Ec (UTRA FDD)

dBm/3.84 MHz

-64

PCCPCH_Ec (UTRA LCR TDD)

dBm/1.28 MHz

-64

T2

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-60

CPICH_Ec (UTRA FDD)

dBm/3.84 MHz

“Off”

PCCPCH_Ec (UTRA LCR TDD)

dBm/1.28 MHz

“Off”

NOTE 1: Power level “Off” for Cell 5 is defined in TS 34.108 [5] Table 6.1.4

Table 13.4.3.4.3.2-2: Main behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

The SS configures UTRA cell 5 to reference configuration according 36.508 table 4.8.3-1, condition UTRA Speech.

2-25

Steps 1 to 24 of the generic test procedure for IMS MT speech call (TS 36.508 4.5A.7.3-1).

26-27

Void

28

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message on Cell 1 to setup inter RAT measurement and reporting for event B2.

<–

RRCConnectionReconfiguration

29

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message on Cell 1.

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

30

The SS changes the power level for Cell 1 and Cell 5 according to the row "T1" in table 13.4.3.4.3.2-1

31

The UE transmits a MeasurementReport message on Cell 1 to report event B2 for Cell 5.

–>

MeasurementReport

32

The SS changes the power level for Cell 1 and Cell 5 according to the row "T2" in table 13.4.3.4.3.2-1

33

The SS transmits a MobilityFromEUTRACommand message on Cell 1.

<–

MobilityFromEUTRACommand

EXCEPTION: In parallel to the events described in step 34 to 39 the steps specified in table 13.4.3.4.3.2-4 take place if requested by the UE. The SS shall wait up to 3s for the UE to trigger the generic test procedure for media re-establishment.

NOTE: The specified wait period of 3s is a working assumption to facilitate test case implementation.

34

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest on Cell 1.

–>

RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest

1

P

35

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReestablishment message on Cell 1.

<–

RRCConnectionReestablishment

36

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete on Cell 1

–>

RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete

37

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message to resume existing radio bearers.

<–

RRCConnectionReconfiguration

38

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message.

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationtComplete

39

Check: Does the test result of generic test procedure in TS 36.508 subclause 6.4.2.3 indicate that the UE is in E-UTRA RRC_CONNECTED state on Cell 1?

2

P

40

Generic test procedure for MT release of IMS call as described in annex C.33 of TS 34.229-1 [35] takes place.

Table 13.4.3.4.3.2-3: Void

Table 13.4.3.4.3.2-4: Parallel behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1-4

Steps 1 to 4 of the generic test procedure for media re-establishment after unsuccessful SRVCC handover (TS 34.229-1 [35], C31).

13.4.3.4.3.3 Specific message contents

Table 13.4.3.4.3.3-0: Conditions for specific message contents
in Table 13.4.3.4.3.3-3

Condition

Explanation

Band > 64

If band > 64 is selected

Table 13.4.3.4.3.3-1: ATTACH REQUEST (preamble)

Derivation path: 36.508 table 4.7.2-4

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MS network capability

SRVCC from UTRAN HSPA or E-UTRAN to GERAN/UTRAN supported

Mobile station classmark 2

Any allowed value

Supported Codecs

Any allowed value

Table 13.4.3.4.3.3-2: RRCConnectionReconfiguration (step28, Table 13.4.3.4.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.1 table 4.6.1-8 with condition MEAS

Table 13.4.3.4.3.3-3: MeasConfig (step28, Table 13.4.3.4.3.2-2)

Derivation path: 36.508 clause 4.6.6 table 4.6.6-1 with condition UTRAN

Information Element

Value/Remark

Comment

Condition

measurementConfiguration ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModifyList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF SEQUENCE {

2 entries

measObjectId[1]

IdMeasObject-f8

measObject[1]

MeasObjectUTRA-GENERIC(f8)

measObjectId[2]

IdMeasObject-f1

measObject[2]

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(f1)

measObject[2]

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(maxEARFCN)

Band > 64

}

reportConfigToAddModifyList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

reportConfigId[1]

IdReportConfigInterRAT-B2-UTRA

reportConfig[1]

ReportConfigInterRAT-B2-UTRA (-72, -76)

}

measIdToAddModifyList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMeasId)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

measId[1]

1

measObjectId[1]

IdMeasObject-f8

reportConfigId[1]

IdReportConfigInterRAT-B2-UTRA

}

measObjectToAddModList-v9e0 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF SEQUENCE {

Band > 64

measObjectEUTRA-v9e0[1] SEQUENCE {}

measObjectEUTRA-v9e0[2] SEQUENCE {

carrierFreq-v9e0

Same downlink EARFCN as used for f1

}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.4.3.3-4: MeasurementReport (step31, Table 13.4.3.4.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, table 4.6.1-5

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasurementReport ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE{

measurementReport-r8 SEQUENCE {

measResults SEQUENCE {

measId

1

measResultServCell SEQUENCE {

rsrpResult

(0..97)

rsrqResult

(0..34)

}

measResultNeighCells CHOICE {

measResultListUTRA SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

physCellId[1]

PhysicalCellIdentity of Cell 5

cgi-Info[1]

Not present

measResult[1] SEQUENCE {

utra-RSCP

(-5..91)

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.4.3.3-5: MobilityFromEUTRACommand (step 33, Table 13.4.3.4.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.1-6

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MobilityFromEUTRACommand ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE{

mobilityFromEUTRACommand-r8 SEQUENCE {

cs-FallbackIndicator

False

purpose CHOICE{

handover SEQUENCE {

targetRAT-Type

Utra

targetRAT-MessageContainer

HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMMAND(UTRA RRC message)

nas-SecurityParamFromEUTRA

The 4 least significant bits of the NAS downlink COUNT value

systemInformation

Not present

}

}

}

}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.4.3.3-6: HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMMAND (step33, Table 13.4.3.4.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.7B.1-1, condition UTRA Speech

Table 13.4.3.4.3.3-7: RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest (step34, Table 13.4.3.4.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.1-6

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

rrcConnectionReestablishmentRequest-r8 SEQUENCE {

ue-Identity SEQUENCE {

c-RNTI

the value of the C-RNTI of the UE

physCellId

PhysicalCellIdentity of Cell 1

shortMAC-I

The same value as the 16 least significant bits of the XMAC-I value

calculated by SS.

}

reestablishmentCause

handoverFailure

spare

Present but contents not checked

}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.4.3.3-8: RRCConnectionReconfiguration (step 37, Table 13.4.3.4.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.1-8

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

RRCConnectionReconfiguration ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE{

rrcConnectionReconfiguration-r8 SEQUENCE {

radioResourceConfigDedicated

RadioResourceConfigDedicated- HO

}

}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.4.3.3-9: Void

Table 13.4.3.4.3.3-10: Void

13.4.3.5 Inter-system mobility / E-UTRA voice to GSM CS voice / Unsuccessful case / Retry on old cell / SRVCC

13.4.3.5.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE in E-UTRA RRC_CONNECTED state }

ensure that {

when { UE receives a MobilityFromEUTRACommand message and an IMS voice call is ongoing and the UE does not succeed in establishing the connection to the target radio access technology }

then { UE initiates the connection re-establishment procedure }

}

(2)

with { UE in E-UTRA RRC_CONNECTED state }

ensure that {

when { UE successfully completes the RRC Connection re-establishment procedure }

then { UE is in E-UTRA RRC_CONNECTED state }

}

13.4.3.5.2 Conformance requirements

References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 36.331, clause 5.4.3.3, 5.4.3.5, 5.3.7.2, 5.3.7.3, 5.3.7.4, 5.3.7.5 and TS 23.216, clause 6.2.2.1.

[TS 36.331, clause 5.4.3.3]

The UE shall be able to receive a MobilityFromEUTRACommand message and perform a cell change order to GERAN, even if no prior UE measurements have been performed on the target cell.

The UE shall:

1> stop timer T310, if running;

1> if the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message includes the purpose set to ‘handover‘:

2> if the targetRAT-Type is set to ‘utra‘ or ‘geran‘:

3> consider inter-RAT mobility as initiated towards the RAT indicated by the targetRAT-Type included in the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message;

3> forward the nas-SecurityParamFromEUTRA to the upper layers;

  1. access the target cell indicated in the inter-RAT message in accordance with the specifications of the target RAT;

[TS 36.331, clause 5.4.3.5]

The UE shall:

1> if T304 expires (mobility from E-UTRA failure); or

1> if the UE does not succeed in establishing the connection to the target radio access technology; or

1> if the UE is unable to comply with (part of) the configuration included in the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message; or

1> if there is a protocol error in the inter RAT information included in the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message, causing the UE to fail the procedure according to the specifications applicable for the target RAT:

2> stop T304, if running;

2> if the cs-FallbackIndicator in the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message was set to ‘TRUE‘:

3> indicate to upper layers that the CS Fallback procedure has failed;

2> revert back to the configuration used in the source cell, excluding the configuration configured by the physicalConfigDedicated, mac-MainConfig and sps-Config;

2> initiate the connection re-establishment procedure as specified in 5.3.7;

[TS 36.331, clause 5.3.7.2]

The UE shall only initiate the procedure when AS security has been activated. The UE initiates the procedure when one of the following conditions is met:

1> upon mobility from E-UTRA failure, in accordance with 5.4.3.5; or

Upon initiation of the procedure, the UE shall:

1> stop timer T310, if running;

1> start timer T311;

1> suspend all RBs except SRB0;

1> reset MAC;

1> apply the default physical channel configuration as specified in 9.2.4;

1> apply the default semi-persistent scheduling configuration as specified in 9.2.3;

1> apply the default MAC main configuration as specified in 9.2.2;

1> release reportProximityConfig and clear any associated proximity status reporting timer;

1> perform cell selection in accordance with the cell selection process as specified in TS 36.304 [4];

[TS 36.331, clause 5.3.7.3]

Upon selecting a suitable E-UTRA cell, the UE shall:

1> stop timer T311;

1> start timer T301;

1> apply the timeAlignmentTimerCommon included in SystemInformationBlockType2;

1> initiate transmission of the RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest message in accordance with 5.3.7.4;

NOTE: This procedure applies also if the UE returns to the source cell.

Upon selecting an inter-RAT cell, the UE shall:

1> perform the actions upon leaving RRC_CONNECTED as specified in 5.3.12, with release cause ‘RRC connection failure’;

[TS 36.331, clause 5.3.7.4]

The UE shall set the contents of RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest message as follows:

1> set the ue-Identity as follows:

2> set the c-RNTI to the C-RNTI used in the source cell (handover and mobility from E-UTRA failure) or used in the cell in which the trigger for the re-establishment occurred (other cases);

2> set the physCellId to the physical cell identity of the source cell (handover and mobility from E-UTRA failure) or of the cell in which the trigger for the re-establishment occurred (other cases);

2> set the shortMAC-I to the 16 least significant bits of the MAC-I calculated:

3> over the ASN.1 encoded as per section 8 (i.e., a multiple of 8 bits) VarShortMAC-Input;

3> with the KRRCint key and integrity protection algorithm that was used in the source cell (handover and mobility from E-UTRA failure) or of the cell in which the trigger for the re-establishment occurred (other cases); and

3> with all input bits for COUNT, BEARER and DIRECTION set to binary ones;

1> set the reestablishmentCause as follows:

2> else if the re-establishment procedure was initiated due to handover failure as specified in 5.3.5.6 (intra-LTE handover failure) or 5.4.3.5 (inter-RAT mobility from EUTRA failure):

3> set the reestablishmentCause to the value ‘handoverFailure‘;

The UE shall submit the RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest message to lower layers for transmission.

[TS 36.331, clause 5.3.7.5]

The UE shall:

1> stop timer T301;

1> re-establish PDCP for SRB1;

1> re-establish RLC for SRB1;

1> perform the radio resource configuration procedure in accordance with the received radioResourceConfigDedicated and as specified in 5.3.10;

1> resume SRB1;

1> update the KeNB key based on the KASME key to which the current KeNB is associated, using the nextHopChainingCount value indicated in the RRCConnectionReestablishment message, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];

1> store the nextHopChainingCount value;

1> derive the KRRCint key associated with the previously configured integrity algorithm, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];

1> derive the KRRCenc key and the KUPenc key associated with the previously configured ciphering algorithm, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];

1> configure lower layers to activate integrity protection using the previously configured algorithm and the KRRCint key immediately, i.e., integrity protection shall be applied to all subsequent messages received and sent by the UE, including the message used to indicate the successful completion of the procedure;

1> configure lower layers to apply ciphering using the previously configured algorithm, the KRRCenc key and the KUPenc key immediately, i.e., ciphering shall be applied to all subsequent messages received and sent by the UE, including the message used to indicate the successful completion of the procedure;

  1. set the content of RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete message as follows:

2> include the rlf-InfoAvailable and set it to true, if the UE has radio link failure information available that is related to the last occurrence of radio link failure;

1> perform the measurement related actions as specified in 5.5.6.1;

1> submit the RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete message to lower layers for transmission, upon which the procedure ends;

[TS 23.216, clause 6.2.2.1]

Depicted in figure 6.2.2.1-1 is a call flow for SRVCC from E-UTRAN to GERAN without DTM support. The flow requires that eNB can determine that the target is GERAN without DTM support or that the UE is without DTM support.

Figure 6.2.2.1-1: SRVCC from E-UTRAN to GERAN without DTM support

1. UE sends measurement reports to E-UTRAN.

2. Based on UE measurement reports the source E‑UTRAN decides to trigger an SRVCC handover to GERAN.

3. Source E‑UTRAN sends Handover Required (Target ID, generic Source to Target Transparent Container, SRVCC HO Indication) message to the source MME. The E‑UTRAN places the "old BSS to new BSS information IE" for the CS domain in the generic Source to Target Transparent Container. The SRVCC HO indication indicates to the MME that target is only CS capable, hence this is a SRVCC handover operation only towards the CS domain. The message includes an indication that the UE is not available for the PS service in the target cell.

4. Based on the QCI associated with the voice bearer (QCI 1) and the SRVCC HO indication, the source MME splits the voice bearer from the non voice bearers and initiates the PS-CS handover procedure for the voice bearer only towards MSC Server.

5. The MME sends a SRVCC PS to CS Request (IMSI, Target ID, STN-SR, C‑MSISDN, generic Source to Target Transparent Container, MM Context, Emergency Indication) message to the MSC Server. The Emergency Indication and the equipment identifier are is included if the ongoing session is emergency session. Authenticated IMSI and C‑MSISDN shall also be included, if available. The MME received STN-SR and C‑MSISDN from the HSS as part of the subscription profile downloaded during the E‑UTRAN attach procedure. The MM Context contains security related information. CS security key is derived by the MME from the E‑UTRAN/EPS domain key as defined in TS 33.401 [22]. The CS Security key is sent in the MM Context.

6. The MSC Server interworks the PS-CS handover request with a CS inter‑MSC handover request by sending a Prepare Handover Request message to the target MSC. The MSC Server assigns a default SAI as Source ID on the interface to the target BSS and uses BSSMAP encapsulated for the Prepare Handover Request.

NOTE 1: The value of the default SAI is configured in the MSC and allows a release 8 and later BSC to identify that the source for the SRVCC Handover is E-UTRAN. To ensure correct statistics in the target BSS the default SAI should be different from the SAIs used in UTRAN.

7. Target MSC performs resource allocation with the target BSS by exchanging Handover Request/ Acknowledge messages.

8. Target MSC sends a Prepare Handover Response message to the MSC Server.

9. Establishment of circuit connection between the target MSC and the MGW associated with the MSC Server e.g. using ISUP IAM and ACM messages.

10. For non-emergency session, the MSC Server initiates the Session Transfer by using the STN-SR e.g. by sending an ISUP IAM (STN-SR) message towards the IMS. For emergency session, the MSC Server initiates the Session Transfer by using the locally configured E-STN-SR and by including the equipment identifier. Standard IMS Service Continuity or Emergency IMS Service Continuity procedures are applied for execution of the Session Transfer, see TS 23.237 [14].

NOTE 2: This step can be started after step 8.

NOTE 3: If the MSC Server is using an ISUP interface, then the initiation of the session transfer for non-emergency session may fail if the subscriber profile including CAMEL triggers is not available prior handover (see clause 7.3.2.1.3 in TS 23.292 [13]).

11. During the execution of the Session Transfer procedure the remote end is updated with the SDP of the CS access leg. The downlink flow of VoIP packets is switched towards the CS access leg at this point.

12. Source IMS access leg is released as per TS 23.237 [14].

NOTE 4: Steps 11 and 12 are independent of step 13.

13. MSC Server sends a SRVCC PS to CS Response (Target to Source Transparent Container) message to the source MME.

14. Source MME sends a Handover Command (Target to Source Transparent Container) message to the source E-UTRAN. The message includes information about the voice component only.

15. Source E-UTRAN sends a Handover from E-UTRAN Command message to the UE.

16. UE tunes to GERAN.

17. Handover Detection at the target BSS occurs. The UE sends a Handover Complete message via the target BSS to the target MSC. If the target MSC is not the MSC Server, then the Target MSC sends an SES (Handover Complete) message to the MSC Server.

18. The UE starts the Suspend procedure specified in TS 23.060 [10], clause 16.2.1.1.2. The TLLI and RAI pair are derived from the GUTI as described in TS 23.003 [27]. This triggers the Target SGSN to send a Suspend Notification message to the Source MME. The MME returns a Suspend Acknowledge to the Target SGSN.

NOTE 5: The MME might not be able to derive the GUTI from the received P-TMSI and RAI pair and therefore it might not be able to identify which UE context is associated with the Suspend Notification message. Also in this case the bearers are deactivated and/or suspended as in step 22a.

19. Target BSS sends a Handover Complete message to the target MSC.

20. Target MSC sends an SES (Handover Complete) message to the MSC Server. The speech circuit is through connected in the MSC Server/MGW according to TS 23.009 [18].

21. Completion of the establishment procedure with ISUP Answer message to the MSC Server according to TS 23.009 [18].

22. MSC Server sends a SRVCC PS to CS Complete Notification message to the source MME, informing it that the UE has arrived on the target side. Source MME acknowledges the information by sending a SRVCC PS to CS Complete Acknowledge message to the MSC Server.

22a. The MME deactivates bearers used for voice and other GBR bearers. All GBR bearers are deactivated towards S-GW and P-GW by initiating MME-initiated Dedicated Bearer Deactivation procedure as specified in TS 23.401 [2]. The MME does not send deactivation request toward the eNodeB on receiving PS-to-CS Complete Notification in step 22. PS-to-CS handover indicator is notified to P-GW for voice bearer during the bearer deactivation procedure. For GTP-based S5/S8, the S-GW requests the P-GW to delete all GBR bearer contexts by sending a Delete Bearer Command message. If dynamic PCC is deployed, the P‑GW may interact with PCRF as defined in TS 23.203 [31]. For PMIP-based S5/S8, S-GW interacts with the PCRF which in turn updates PCC rules for GBR traffic in the P-GW.

The MME starts preservation and suspension of non-GBR bearers by sending Suspend Notification message towards S-GW. For these non-GBR bearers, the S-GW releases S1-U bearers for the UE and sends Suspend Notification message to the P-GW(s). The MME stores in the UE context that UE is in suspended status. All the preserved non-GBR bearers are marked as suspended status in the S-GW and P-GW. The P-GW should discard packets if received for the suspended UE.

23a. If the HLR is to be updated, i.e. if the IMSI is authenticated but unknown in the VLR, the MSC Server performs a TMSI reallocation towards the UE using its own non-broadcast LAI and, if the MSC Server and other MSC/VLRs serve the same (target) LAI, with its own Network Resource Identifier (NRI).

NOTE 5: The TMSI reallocation is performed by the MSC Server towards the UE via target MSC.

23b. If the MSC Server performed a TMSI reallocation in step 23a, and if this TMSI reallocation was completed successfully, the MSC Server performs a MAP Update Location to the HSS/HLR.

NOTE 6: This Update Location is not initiated by the UE.

24. For an emergency services session after handover is complete, the source MME or the MSC Server may send a Subscriber Location Report carrying the identity of the MSC Server to a GMLC associated with the source or target side, respectively, as defined in TS 23.271 [29] to support location continuity.

NOTE 7: Any configuration of the choice between a source MME versus MSC Server update to a GMLC needs to ensure that a single update occurs from one of these entities when the control plane location solution is used on the source and/or target sides.

13.4.3.5.3 Test description

13.4.3.5.3.1 Pre-test conditions

System Simulator:

– Cell 1 and Cell 24.

– System information combination 5 as defined in TS 36.508 [18] clause 4.4.3.1 is used in E-UTRA cells.

UE:

None.

Preamble:

  • The UE is in state Registered, Idle mode (state 2) on Cell 1 according to [18].

13.4.3.5.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Table 13.4.3.5.3.2-1 illustrates the downlink power levels and other changing parameters to be applied for the cells at various time instants of the test execution. Row marked "T0" denotes the initial conditions after preamble, while columns marked "T1" is to be applied subsequently. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause.

Table 13.4.3.5.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes

Parameter

Unit

Cell 1

Cell 24

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B2 are not satisfied.

RSSI

dBm

-85

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-100

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B2 are satisfied.

RSSI

dBm

-65

T2

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

RSSI

dBm

“Off”

Table 13.4.3.5.3.2-2: Main behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1-24

Steps 1 to 24 of the generic test procedure for IMS MT speech call (TS 36.508 4.5A.7.3-1).

25-26

Void

27

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message on Cell 1 to setup inter RAT measurement and reporting for event B2.

<–

RRCConnectionReconfiguration

28

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message on Cell 1.

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

29

The SS changes the power level for Cell 1 and Cell 24 according to the row "T1" in table 13.4.3.5.3.2-1

30

The UE transmits a MeasurementReport message on Cell 1 to report event B2 for Cell 24.

–>

MeasurementReport

31

The SS changes the power level for Cell 1 and Cell 24 according to the row "T2" in table 13.4.3.5.3.2-1

32

The SS transmits a MobilityFromEUTRACommand message on Cell 1.

<–

MobilityFromEUTRACommand

EXCEPTION: In parallel to the events described in step 33 to 38 the steps specified in table 13.4.3.5.3.2-3 take place if requested by the UE. The SS shall wait up to 3s for the UE to trigger the generic test procedure for media re-establishment.

NOTE: The specified wait period of 3s is a working assumption to facilitate test case implementation.

33

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest on Cell 1.

–>

RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest

1

P

34

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReestablishment message on Cell 1.

<–

RRCConnectionReestablishment

35

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete on Cell 1

–>

RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete

36

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message to resume existing radio bearers.

<–

RRCConnectionReconfiguration

37

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message.

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationtComplete

38

Check: Does the test result of generic test procedure in TS 36.508 subclause 6.4.2.3 indicate that the UE is in E-UTRA RRC_CONNECTED state on Cell 1?

2

P

39

Generic test procedure for MT release of IMS call as described in annex C.33 of TS 34.229-1 [35] takes place.

Table 13.4.3.5.3.2-3: Parallel behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1-4

Steps 1 to 4 of the generic test procedure for media re-establishment after unsuccessful SRVCC handover (TS 34.229-1 [35], C31).

13.4.3.5.3.3 Specific message contents

Table 13.4.3.5.3.3-1: ATTACH REQUEST (preamble)

Derivation path: 36.508 table 4.7.2-4

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MS network capability

SRVCC from UTRAN HSPA or E-UTRAN to GERAN/UTRAN supported

Mobile station classmark 2

Any allowed value

Supported Codecs

Any allowed value

Table 13.4.3.5.3.3-2: RRCConnectionReconfiguration (step 27, Table 13.4.3.5.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.1 table 4.6.1-8 with condition MEAS

Table 13.4.3.5.3.3-3: MeasConfig (step 27, Table 13.4.3.5.3.2-2)

Derivation path: 36.508 clause 4.6.6 table 4.6.6-1 with condition GERAN

Information Element

Value/Remark

Comment

Condition

measurementConfiguration ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModifyList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF SEQUENCE {

2 entries

measObjectId[1]

IdMeasObject-f11

measObject[1]

MeasObjectGERAN-GENERIC(f11)

measObjectId[2]

IdMeasObject-f1

measObject[2]

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(f1)

measObject[2]

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(maxEARFCN)

Band > 64

}

reportConfigToAddModifyList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

reportConfigId[1]

IdReportConfigInterRAT-B2-GERAN

reportConfig[1]

ReportConfigInterRAT-B2-GERAN (-69, -94)

}

measIdToAddModifyList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMeasId)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

measId[1]

1

measObjectId[1]

IdMeasObject-f11

reportConfigId[1]

IdReportConfigInterRAT-B2-GERAN

}

measObjectToAddModList-v9e0 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF {

2 entries

Band > 64

measObjectEUTRA-v9e0[1] ::= SEQUENCE {}

measObjectEUTRA-v9e0[1] ::= SEQUENCE {

carrierFreq-v9e0

Same downlink EARFCN as used for f1

}

}

}

Condition

Explanation

Band > 64

If band > 64 is selected

Table 13.4.3.5.3.3-4: MeasurementReport (step 30, Table 13.4.3.5.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, table 4.6.1-5

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasurementReport ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE{

measurementReport-r8 SEQUENCE {

measResults SEQUENCE {

measId

1

measResultServCell SEQUENCE {

rsrpResult

(0..97)

rsrqResult

(0..34)

}

measResultNeighCells CHOICE {

measResultListGERAN SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

physCellId

PhysicalCellIdentity of Cell 24

cgi-Info[1]

Not present

measResult[1] SEQUENCE {

rssi

The value of rssi is present but contents not checked

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.5.3.3-5: MobilityFromEUTRACommand (step 32, Table 13.4.3.5.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.1-6

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MobilityFromEUTRACommand ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE{

mobilityFromEUTRACommand-r8 SEQUENCE {

cs-FallbackIndicator

False

purpose CHOICE{

handover SEQUENCE {

targetRAT-Type

GERAN

targetRAT-MessageContainer

HANDOVER COMMAND(GERAN RRC message) , see Table 13.4.3.5.3.3-5a

nas-SecurityParamFromEUTRA

The 4 least significant bits of the NAS downlink COUNT value

systemInformation

Not present

}

}

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

lateNonCriticalExtension

Not present

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

bandIndicator

Set according to the band used for Cell 24

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {}

Not present

}

}

}

}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.5.3.3-5a: HANDOVER COMMAND (step 32, Table 13.4.3.5.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 51.01040.018, Table 40.2.4.339.1.15.1

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

Cell Description

Network Colour Code

1

Base Station Colour Code

5

BCCH Carrier Number

The BCCH Carrier ARFCN as per table in clause 40.1.1 of 51.010-1.

Description of the First Channel, after time

Channel Description

Channel Type and TDMA offset

TCH/F + ACCH’s

Timeslot Number

Chosen arbitrarily, but not Zero.

Training Sequence Code

Same as the BCCH

Hopping channel

Single RF channel

ARFCN

The first ARFCN in the cell allocation as per table in clause 40.2.1.1.1 of 51.010-1

Cipher Mode Setting

1001xxxy

See TS 44.018 §9.1.15.10

xxx – px_GSM_CipherAlg

y – px_GSM_CipheringOnOff

Table 13.4.3.5.3.3-6: RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest (step 33, Table 13.4.3.5.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.1-6

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

rrcConnectionReestablishmentRequest-r8 SEQUENCE {

ue-Identity SEQUENCE {

c-RNTI

the value of the C-RNTI of the UE

physCellId

PhysicalCellIdentity of Cell 1

shortMAC-I

The same value as the 16 least significant bits of the XMAC-I value

calculated by SS.

}

reestablishmentCause

handoverFailure

spare

Present but contents not checked

}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.5.3.3-7: RRCConnectionReconfiguration (step 36, Table 13.4.3.5.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.1-8

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

RRCConnectionReconfiguration ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE{

rrcConnectionReconfiguration-r8 SEQUENCE {

radioResourceConfigDedicated

RadioResourceConfigDedicated- HO

}

}

}

}

13.4.3.6 Inter-system mobility / E-UTRA PS voice + PS Data / HO cancelled / Notification procedure / SRVCC

13.4.3.6.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE in E-UTRA RRC_CONNECTED state }

ensure that {

when { UE receives a NOTIFICATION message and an IMS voice call is ongoing and an UTRA PS RB + Speech combination is configured for an UTRA cell}

then { UE transmits a SIP re-INVITE message on the e-utra cell}

}

13.4.3.6.2 Conformance requirements

References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 23.216, clauses 8.1.3; TS 24.237, clause 12.2.4.1, 12.2.4.2; TS 24.301, clause 6.6.2.2; TS 24.301, clause 6.6.2.3

[TS 23.216, clause 8.1.3]

If the source E-UTRAN/UTRAN decides to terminate the handover procedure before its completion, the MME/SGSN shall return to its state before the handover procedure was triggered. The MME/SGSN attempts to trigger, at the MSC Server enhanced for SRVCC, handover cancellation procedures according to TS 23.009 [18]. The MSC Server enhanced for SRVCC shall take no SRVCC-specific action towards IMS.

The MME/SGSN shall also send a session reestablishment trigger notification to UE to start the recovery procedure if it receives notification from the MSC Server that the Session Transfer procedure is in progress. Figure 8.1.3-1 shows the overall procedure for SRVCC handover cancellation.

For vSRVCC the MME and MSC also behave the same way as in the case of SRVCC handover cancellation.

Figure 8.1.3-1: SRVCC Handover Cancellation Procedure

1. Network has started the SRVCC procedure. SGSN/MME has sent the SRVCC PS to CS request to MSC Server.

2. MSC Server is performing the CS HO procedure with target network, and has also started the Session Transfer procedure with IMS with STN-SR, see TS 23.237 [14].

3. Source UTRAN/E-UTRAN decides to cancel the SRVCC HO Procedure by sending a Cancel message to SGSN/MME.

4. Source SGSN/MME indicates SRVCC PS to CS Cancel Notification to MSC Server to start the HO cancellation procedure as according to TS 23.009 [18].

5. MSC Server acks the PS to CS Cancel Notification with an indication that Session Transfer procedure is in progress.

6. Due to the Session Transfer procedure in progress indication, the source SGSN/MME sends a Session Reestablishment trigger notification to UE to start the session re-establishment procedure

7. UE starts the re-establishment procedure, by attempting to return to E-UTRAN/UTRAN by sending a re-INVITE towards IMS for the related session. If the session is no longer active, then this session transfer request shall be rejected by the IMS.

[TS 24.237, clause 12.2.4.1]

If the SC UE engaged in one or more ongoing IMS sessions and:

– receives a SM NOTIFICATION message containing an "SRVCC handover cancelled, IMS session re-establishment required" as described in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8] or 3GPP TS 24.301 [52] depending on the access in use; or

– does not successfully retune to the 3GPP UTRAN or 3GPP GERAN after it receives the handover command from the eNodeB (as described in 3GPP TS 36.331 [62]) or from the NodeB (as described in 3GPP TS 25.331 [61]);

then the SC UE shall send a SIP re-INVITE request containing:

1) an SDP offer, including the media characteristics as used in the existing dialog; and

2) a Reason header field containing protocol "SIP" and reason parameter "cause" with value "487" as specified in IETF RFC 3326 [57] and with reason-text text set to either "handover cancelled" or "failure to transition to CS domain";

by following the rules of 3GPP TS 24.229 [2] in each transferred session.

[TS 24.237, clause 12.2.4.2]

If the SC UE is engaged in a session in early dialog state and:

– receives a SM NOTIFICATION message containing an "SRVCC handover cancelled, IMS session re-establishment required" as described in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8] or 3GPP TS 24.301 [52] depending on the access in use; or

– does not successfully retune to the 3GPP UTRAN or 3GPP GERAN after it receives the handover command from the eNodeB (as described in 3GPP TS 36.331 [62]) or from the NodeB (as described in 3GPP TS 25.331 [61]);

then the SC UE shall send a SIP UPDATE request containing:

1) an SDP offer, including the media characteristics as used in the existing dialog; and

2) a Reason header field containing protocol "SIP" and reason parameter "cause" with value "487" as specified in IETF RFC 3326 [57], and with reason-text set to either "handover cancelled" or "failure to transition to CS domain";

by following the rules of 3GPP TS 24.229 [2] in each transferred session.

[TS 24.301, clause 6.6.2.2]

The network initiates the notification procedure by sending a NOTIFICATION message to the UE (see example in figure 6.6.2.2.1).

Figure 6.6.2.2.1: Notification procedure

[TS 24.301, clause 6.6.2.3]

When the UE receives a NOTIFICATION message, the ESM protocol entity in the UE shall provide the notification indicator to the upper layer.

The notification indicator can have the following value:

#1: SRVCC handover cancelled, IMS session re-establishment required.

13.4.3.6.3 Test description

13.4.3.6.3.1 Pre-test conditions

System Simulator:

– Cell 1 and Cell 5.

– System information combination 4 as defined in TS 36.508 [18] clause 4.4.3.1 is used in E-UTRA cells.

UE:

None.

Preamble:

– The UE is in state Registered, Idle mode (state 2) on Cell 1 according to [18].

13.4.3.6.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Table 13.4.3.6.3.2-1 illustrates the downlink power levels and other changing parameters to be applied for the cells at various time instants of the test execution. Row marked "T0" denotes the initial conditions after preamble, while c

10AA

The SS transmits an DLInformationTransfer containing a tunnelled 1xRTT GCSNA encapsulated Registration Request order on Cell 2.

<–

DLInformationTransfer

olumns marked "T1" is to be applied subsequently. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause.

Table 13.4.3.6.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes

Parameter

Unit

Cell 1

Cell 5

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-60

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B2 are not satisfied.

CPICH_Ec

(UTRA FDD)

dBm/3.84 MHz

-88

PCCPCH_Ec (UTRA LCR TDD)

dBm/1.28 MHz

-88

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-84

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B2 are satisfied.

CPICH_Ec

(UTRA FDD)

dBm/3.84 MHz

-64

PCCPCH_Ec (UTRA LCR TDD)

dBm/1.28 MHz

-64

Table 13.4.3.6.3.2-2: Main behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

The SS configures UTRA cell 5 to reference configuration according 36.508 table 4.8.3-1, condition UTRA PS RB + Speech.

2-27

Steps 1 to 26 of the generic test procedure for IMS MT speech call (TS 36.508 4.5A.7.3-1).

28

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message on Cell 1 to setup inter RAT measurement and reporting for event B2.

<–

RRCConnectionReconfiguration

29

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message on Cell 1.

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

30

The SS changes the power level for Cell 1 and Cell 5 according to the row "T1" in table 13.4.3.6.3.2-1

31

The UE transmits a MeasurementReport message on Cell 1 to report event B2 for Cell 5.

–>

MeasurementReport

32

The SS transmits a NOTIFICATION message on Cell 1.

<–

NOTIFICATION

33-36

Check: Does the UE perform steps 1 to 4 of the generic test procedure for media re-establishment after unsuccessful SRVCC handover (TS 34.229-1 [35], C31) and subsequently continues the call on EUTRA ?

(Note: Verdict assigned if SIP re-INVITE message is received in step 1 of TS 34.229-1, C.31).

1

P

37

Generic test procedure for MT release of IMS call as described in annex C.33 of TS 34.229-1 [35] takes place.

13.4.3.6.3.3 Specific message contents

Table 13.4.3.6.3.3-0: Conditions for specific message contents
in Table 13.4.3.6.3.3-3

Condition

Explanation

Band > 64

If band > 64 is selected

Table 13.4.3.6.3.3-1: ATTACH REQUEST (preamble)

Derivation path: 36.508 table 4.7.2-4

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MS network capability

SRVCC from UTRAN HSPA or E-UTRAN to GERAN/UTRAN supported

Mobile station classmark 2

Any allowed value

Supported Codecs

Any allowed value

Table 13.4.3.6.3.3-2: RRCConnectionReconfiguration (step28, Table 13.4.3.6.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.1 table 4.6.1-8 with condition MEAS

Table 13.4.3.6.3.3-3: MeasConfig (step28, Table 13.4.3.6.3.2-2)

Derivation path: 36.508 clause 4.6.6 table 4.6.6-1 with condition UTRAN

Information Element

Value/Remark

Comment

Condition

measurementConfiguration ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModifyList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF SEQUENCE {

2 entries

measObjectId[1]

IdMeasObject-f8

measObject[1]

MeasObjectUTRA-GENERIC(f8)

measObjectId[2]

IdMeasObject-f1

measObject[2]

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(f1)

measObject[2]

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(maxEARFCN)

Band > 64

}

reportConfigToAddModifyList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

reportConfigId[1]

IdReportConfigInterRAT-B2-UTRA

reportConfig[1]

ReportConfigInterRAT-B2-UTRA(-72, -76)

}

measIdToAddModifyList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMeasId)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

measId[1]

1

measObjectId[1]

IdMeasObject-f8

reportConfigId[1]

IdReportConfigInterRAT-B2-UTRA

}

measObjectToAddModList-v9e0 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF SEQUENCE {

Band > 64

measObjectEUTRA-v9e0[1] SEQUENCE {}

measObjectEUTRA-v9e0[2] SEQUENCE {

carrierFreq-v9e0

Same downlink EARFCN as used for f1

}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.6.3.3-4: MeasurementReport (step31, Table 13.4.3.6.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, table 4.6.1-5

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasurementReport ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE{

measurementReport-r8 SEQUENCE {

measResults SEQUENCE {

measId

1

measResultServCell SEQUENCE {

rsrpResult

(0..97)

rsrqResult

(0..34)

}

measResultNeighCells CHOICE {

measResultListUTRA SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

physCellId[1]

PhysicalCellIdentity of Cell 5

cgi-Info[1]

Not present

measResult[1] SEQUENCE {

utra-RSCP

(-5..91)

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.6.3.3-5: NOTIFICATION (step32, Table 13.4.3.6.3.2-2)

Notification Indicator

01 “SRVCC handover cancelled, IMS session re-establishment required”

Table 13.4.3.6.3.3-6: Void

13.4.3.7 Inter-system mobility / E-UTRA voice to UTRA CS voice / aSRVCC / MO call

13.4.3.7.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE is in E-UTRA RRC_CONNECTED state and an IMS MO speech call is in alerting phase }

ensure that {

when { UE receives a MobilityFromEUTRACommand message }

then { UE transmits a HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMPLETE message on the UTRA cell }

}

(2)

with { UE is in UTRA CELL_DCH state and an SRVCC procedure for MO call in alerting phase is completed }

ensure that {

when { UE receives a CONNECT message }

then { UE transmits a CONNECT ACKNOWLEDGE message }

}

13.4.3.7.2 Conformance requirements

References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 36.331, clause 5.4.3.3, TS 23.237, clause 6.3.2.1.4d, TS 23.216, clause 6.2.2.2, TS 24.237, clauses 12.1, 12.2.3B.1, 12.2.3B.2, 12.2.3B.3.2, and TS 24.008, clause 5.2.4.2.

[TS 36.331, clause 5.4.3.3]

The UE shall:

1> stop timer T310, if running;

1> if the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message includes the purpose set to handover:

2> if the targetRAT-Type is set to utra or geran:

3> consider inter-RAT mobility as initiated towards the RAT indicated by the targetRAT-Type included in the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message;

3> forward the nas-SecurityParamFromEUTRA to the upper layers;

3> access the target cell indicated in the inter-RAT message in accordance with the specifications of the target RAT;

[TS 23.237, clause 6.3.2.1.4d]

Figure 6.3.2.1.4d-1 PS-CS: PS to CS – Single Radio, outgoing call in alerting phase, provides an information flow for Access Transfer of media of an IMS session in PS to CS direction for Access Transfers as specified in TS 23.216 [10].

The flow requires that the user is active in an outgoing IMS session and that the SIP session is in alerting state and there is no other ongoing session; procedures and capabilities specified in TS 23.216 [10], clause 6.2.1 are used for the switching of access networks at the transport layer. It further requires that the MSC Server supports I2 reference point.

Figure 6.3.2.1.4d-1: PS-CS: PS to CS – Single Radio, outgoing call in alerting phase

1-4. Standard procedures are used to initiate a SIP session from the UE towards the remote end. The remote end is alerting the user for the incoming voice session.

10. The MSC moves to the corresponding CS call state, e.g. Call Delivered in TS 24.008 [24].

10b. In parallel to step 10, the UE has received the HO command as described in TS 23.216 [10]. The UE determines the local call state in the SIP session, and creates the corresponding CS call state, e.g. Call Delivered in TS 24.008 [24]. The UE ensures that the same ring back tone is played to the end user.

14. The MSC uses the standard procedure to send the CS connect message to UE as e.g. described in TS 24.008 [24].

15. The MSC moves to Active state.

16. The UE moves to Active state.

[TS 23.216, clause 6.2.2.2]

Depicted in figure 6.2.2.2-1 is a call flow for SRVCC from E‑UTRAN to UTRAN or GERAN with DTM HO support, including the handling of the non‑voice component. The flow requires that eNB can determine that either the target is UTRAN with PS HO or the target is GERAN with DTM support and the UE is supporting DTM.

Figure 6.2.2.2-1: SRVCC from E-UTRAN to UTRAN with PS HO or GERAN with DTM HO support

1. UE sends measurement reports to E-UTRAN.

14. E‑UTRAN sends a Handover from E‑UTRAN Command message to the UE.

15. UE tunes to the target UTRAN/GERAN cell.

16. Handover Detection at the target RNS/BSS occurs. The UE sends a Handover Complete message via the target RNS/BSS to the target MSC. If the target MSC is not the MSC Server, then the Target MSC sends an SES (Handover Complete) message to the MSC Server. At this stage, the UE re-establishes the connection with the network and can send/receive voice data.

17. The CS relocation/handover is complete. The following steps are performed:

a) Target RNS/BSS sends Relocation Complete/Handover Complete message to the target MSC.

b) Target MSC sends an SES (Handover Complete) message to the MSC Server. The speech circuit is through connected in the MSC Server/MGW according to TS 23.009 [18].

c) Completion of the establishment procedure with ISUP Answer message to the MSC Server according to TS 23.009 [18].

d) MSC Server sends a SRVCC PS to CS Complete Notification message to the source MME. Source MME acknowledges the information by sending a SRVCC PS to CS Complete Acknowledge message to the MSC Server.

e) The source MME deactivates the voice bearer towards S-GW/P-GW and sets the PS-to-CS handover indicator to Delete Bearer Command message. This triggers MME-initiated Dedicated Bearer Deactivation procedure as specified in TS 23.401 [2]. The MME does not send deactivation request toward the eNodeB on receiving PS-to-CS Complete Notification in step 17d. If dynamic PCC is deployed, the PGW may interact with PCRF as defined in TS 23.203 [31].

f) If the HLR is to be updated, i.e. if the IMSI is authenticated but unknown in the VLR, the MSC Server performs a TMSI reallocation towards the UE using its own non-broadcast LAI and, if the MSC Server and other MSC/VLRs serve the same (target) LAI, with its own Network Resource Identifier (NRI).

NOTE 9: The TMSI reallocation is performed by the MSC Server towards the UE via target MSC.

g) If the MSC Server performed a TMSI reallocation in step 17f, and if this TMSI reallocation was completed successfully, the MSC Server performs a MAP Update Location to the HSS/HLR.

NOTE 10: This Update Location is not initiated by the UE.

[TS 24.237, clause 12.1]

In order to fulfil the requirements for PS-CS access transfer in SR-VCC for calls in alerting state, the SC UE needs to be engaged in a session with speech media component in early dialog state according to the following conditions before SR-VCC access transfer is performed:

– a SIP 180 (Ringing) response for the initial SIP INVITE request to establish this session has been sent or received; and

– a SIP final response for the initial SIP INVITE request to establish this session has not been sent or received.

[TS 24.237, clause 12.2.3B.1]

The SC UE shall apply the procedures in subclauses 12.2.3B.3 for access transfer for calls in alerting state if:

1) the SC UE supports single radio PS to CS access transfer for calls in alerting state; and

2) there are one or more early dialogs created by the same SIP INVITE request with at least one dialog that is an early dialog supporting a session with active speech media component where the SC UE:

– has sent a Contact header field in a SIP INVITE request or 180 (Ringing) response containing the g.3gpp.srvcc-alerting media feature tag (as described in annex C); and

– has received a Feature-Caps header field in a SIP INVITE request or 180 (Ringing) response containing the g.3gpp.srvcc-alerting feature capability indicator (as described in annex C).

[TS 24.237, clause 12.2.3B.2]

If the SC UE applies the procedures in subclause 12.2.3B.3 and the SC UE only has a single call in alerting state following access transfer, then the SC UE shall associate this session with transaction identifier value and TI flag as described in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8].

[TS 24.237, clause 12.2.3B.3.2]

If the SC UE has initiated an outgoing call which is in the early dialog state according to the conditions in subclauses 12.1 and 12.2.3B.1 and the SC UE successfully performs access transfer to the CS domain, then the UE continues in Ringing state in CS, i.e. UE moves to Call Delivered (U4) state as described in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8].

[TS 24.008, clause 5.2.4.2]

If the MS supports single radio PS to CS access transfer for calls in alerting state as specified in 3GPP TS 24.237 [136] subclause 12.2.3B, and the MS has a single voice media stream over the PS domain that is handed over to the CS domain via SRVCC, and the call control entity in "null" state receives an indication "MM connection establishment due to SRVCC handover", then:

– if the voice media stream is associated with a mobile originated session in the "early" state (defined in IETF RFC 3261 [137]) according to the conditions specified in 3GPP TS 24.237 [136] subclause 12.2.3B.3.2, the call control entity of the MS shall enter the "call delivered" state for this transaction. The MS and the network shall locally set the TI value of the call to "000" and the TI flag value as in mobile terminated call; and

If the MS has additional voice media streams carried over the PS domain that are handed over to the CS domain via SRVCC, the state for the transactions and the setting of the TI value and TI flag for these additional media streams is described in 3GPP TS 24.237 [136].

13.4.3.7.3 Test description

13.4.3.7.3.1 Pre-test conditions

System Simulator:

– Cell 1 and Cell 5.

– System information combination 4 as defined in TS 36.508 [18] clause 4.4.3.1 is used in E-UTRA cell.

UE:

None.

Preamble:

– The UE is in state Registered, Idle mode (state 2) on Cell 1 according to [18].

13.4.3.7.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Table 13.4.3.7.3.2-1 illustrates the downlink power levels and other changing parameters to be applied for the cells at various time instants of the test execution. Row marked "T0" denotes the initial conditions after preamble, while columns marked "T1" is to be applied subsequently. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause.

Table 13.4.3.7.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes

Parameter

Unit

Cell 1

Cell 5

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-60

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B2 are not satisfied.

CPICH_Ec (UTRA FDD)

dBm/3.84 MHz

-88

PCCPCH_Ec (UTRA LCR TDD)

dBm/1.28 MHz

-88

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-84

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B2 are satisfied.

CPICH_Ec (UTRA FDD)

dBm/3.84 MHz

-64

PCCPCH_Ec (UTRA LCR TDD)

dBm/1.28 MHz

-64

T2

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

Non-suitable “Off”

CPICH_Ec (UTRA FDD)

dBm/3.84 MHz

-64

PCCPCH_Ec (UTRA LCR TDD)

dBm/1.28 MHz

-64

Table 13.4.3.7.3.2-2: Main behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

The SS configures UTRA Cell 5 to reference configuration according 36.508 Table 4.8.3-1, condition UTRA Speech.

2-13

Steps 1 to 12 of the generic test procedure for IMS MO speech call (TS 36.508 4.5A.6.3-1).

EXCEPTION: In parallel to the events described in steps 14 to 15 the steps specified in Table 13.4.3.7.3.2-3 should take place.

14

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message on Cell 1 to confirm the establishment of the new data radio bearer, associated with the dedicated EPS bearer.

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

15

The UE transmits an ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT message on Cell 1.

–>

ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT

16

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message on Cell 1 to setup inter-RAT measurement and reporting for event B2.

<–

RRCConnectionReconfiguration

17

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message on Cell 1.

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

18

The SS changes the power level for Cell 1 and Cell 5 according to the row "T1" in Table 13.4.3.7.3.2-1.

19

The UE transmits a MeasurementReport message on Cell 1 to report event B2 for Cell 5.

–>

MeasurementReport

20

The SS transmits a UECapabilityEnquiry message on Cell 1 to request UE radio access capability information for E-UTRA and UTRA.

<–

UECapabilityEnquiry

21

The UE transmits a UECapabilityInformation message on Cell 1.

NOTE: The start-CS values received, should be used to configure ciphering on Cell 5.

–>

UECapabilityInformation

22

The SS transmits a MobilityFromEUTRACommand message on Cell 1.

<–

MobilityFromEUTRACommand

23

Check: Does the UE transmit a HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMPLETE message on Cell 5?

–>

HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMPLETE

1

P

EXCEPTION: In parallel to the events described in step 24 to 29 the steps specified in Table 13.4.3.7.3.2-4 takes place.

24

The SS transmits a SECURITY MODE COMMAND message for the CS domain on Cell 5.

<–

SECURITY MODE COMMAND

25

The UE transmits a SECURITY MODE COMPLETE message on Cell 5.

–>

SECURITY MODE COMPLETE

26

The SS transmits an UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION message on Cell 5 to notify CN information.

<–

UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION

27

The UE transmits an UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION CONFIRM message on Cell 5.

–>

UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION CONFIRM

28

The SS transmits a TMSI REALLOCATION COMMAND message on Cell 5.

<–

TMSI REALLOCATION COMMAND

29

The UE transmits a TMSI REALLOCATION COMPLETE message on Cell 5.

–>

TMSI REALLOCATION COMPLETE

30

The SS transmits a CONNECT message on Cell 5.

<–

CONNECT

31

Check: Does the UE transmit a CONNECT ACKNOWLEDGE message on Cell 5?

–>

CONNECT ACKNOWLEDGE

2

P

40

SS adjusts cell levels according to row T2 of table 13.4.3.7.3.2-1.

The UE is in end state UTRA CS call (U5).

Table 13.4.3.7.3.2-3: Parallel behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1-7

Steps 5-11 expected sequence defined in annex C.21 of TS 34.229-1 [35].

NOTE: IMS MO speech call is in alerting phase.

Table 13.4.3.7.3.2-4: Parallel behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

The UE transmits a ROUTING AREA UPDATE REQUEST message on Cell 5.

–>

ROUTING AREA UPDATE REQUEST

2

The SS transmits a SECURITY MODE COMMAND message for the PS domain on Cell 5.

<–

SECURITY MODE COMMAND

3

The UE transmits a SECURITY MODE COMPLETE message on Cell 5.

–>

SECURITY MODE COMPLETE

4

The SS transmits a ROUTING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT message on Cell 5.

<–

ROUTING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT

5

The UE transmits a ROUTING AREA UPDATE COMPLETE message on Cell 5.

–>

ROUTING AREA UPDATE COMPLETE

13.4.3.7.3.3 Specific message contents

Table 13.4.3.7.3.3-0: Conditions for specific message contents
in Table 13.4.3.7.3.3-3

Condition

Explanation

Band > 64

If band > 64 is selected

Table 13.4.3.7.3.3-1: ATTACH REQUEST (preamble)

Derivation path: 36.508 Table 4.7.2-4

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MS network capability

SRVCC from UTRAN HSPA or E-UTRAN to GERAN/UTRAN supported

Mobile station classmark 2

Any allowed value

Supported Codecs

Any allowed value

Table 13.4.3.7.3.3-2: RRCConnectionReconfiguration (step 16, Table 13.4.3.7.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.1-8, condition MEAS

Table 13.4.3.7.3.3-3: MeasConfig (Table 13.4.3.7.3.3-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.6-1, condition UTRAN

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF SEQUENCE {

2 entries

measObjectId[1]

IdMeasObject-f1

measObject[1]

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(f1)

measObject[1]

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(maxEARFCN)

Band > 64

measObjectId[2]

IdMeasObject-f8

measObject[2]

MeasObjectUTRA-f8

}

reportConfigToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

reportConfigId[1]

IdReportConfig-B2-UTRA

reportConfig[1]

ReportConfigInterRAT-B2-UTRA (-72, -76)

}

measIdToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMeasId)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

measId[1]

1

measObjectId[1]

IdMeasObject-f8

reportConfigId[1]

IdReportConfig-B2-UTRA

}

measObjectToAddModList-v9e0 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF SEQUENCE {

Band > 64

measObjectEUTRA-v9e0[1] SEQUENCE {

carrierFreq-v9e0

Same downlink EARFCN as used for f1

}

    measObjectEUTRA-v9e0[2] SEQUENCE {}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.7.3.3-4: MeasObjectUTRA-f8 (Table 13.4.3.7.3.3-3)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.6-3

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasObjectUTRA ::= SEQUENCE {

carrierFreq

Same downlink ARFCN as used for Cell 5

cellsToAddModList CHOICE {

cellsToAddModListUTRA-FDD SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeas)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

UTRA-FDD

cellIndex[1]

1

physCellId[1]

PhysicalCellIdentity of Cell 5

}

cellsToAddModListUTRA-TDD SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeas)) OF SEQUENCE {

UTRA-TDD

cellIndex[1]

1

physCellId[1]

PhysicalCellIdentity of Cell 5

}

}

csg-allowedReportingCells-v930

Not present

}

Condition

Explanation

UTRA-FDD

UTRA FDD cell environment

UTRA-TDD

UTRA TDD cell environment

Table 13.4.3.7.3.3-5: MeasurementReport (step 19, Table 13.4.3.7.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.1-5

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasurementReport ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {

measurementReport-r8 SEQUENCE {

measResults SEQUENCE {

measId

1

measResultPCell SEQUENCE {

rsrpResult

(0..97)

rsrqResult

(0..34)

}

measResultNeighCells CHOICE {

measResultListUTRA SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

physCellId[1] CHOICE {

fdd

PhysicalCellIdentity of Cell 5

UTRA-FDD

tdd

PhysicalCellIdentity of Cell 5

UTRA-TDD

}

cgi-Info[1]

Not present

measResult[1] SEQUENCE {

utra-RSCP

(-5..91)

utra-EcN0

Not present

additionalSI-Info-r9

Not present

}

}

}

measResultForECID-r9

Not present

locationInfo-r10

Not present

measResultServFreqList-r10

Not present

}

}

}

}

}

Condition

Explanation

UTRA-FDD

UTRA FDD cell environment

UTRA-TDD

UTRA TDD cell environment

Table 13.4.3.7.3.3-6: UECapabilityEnquiry (step 20, Table 13.4.3.7.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.1-22

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

UECapabilityEnquiry ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {

ueCapabilityEnquiry-r8 SEQUENCE {

ue-CapabilityRequest (SIZE (1..maxRAT-Capabilities)) OF SEQUENCE {

2 entries

RAT-Type[1]

eutra

RAT-Type[2]

utra

}

}

}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.7.3.3-7: MobilityFromEUTRACommand (step 22, Table 13.4.3.7.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.1-6

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MobilityFromEUTRACommand ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {

mobilityFromEUTRACommand-r8 SEQUENCE {

cs-FallbackIndicator

False

purpose CHOICE {

handover SEQUENCE {

targetRAT-Type

utra

targetRAT-MessageContainer

HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMMAND(UTRA RRC message)

nas-SecurityParamFromEUTRA

The 4 least significant bits of the NAS downlink COUNT value

systemInformation

Not present

}

}

}

}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.7.3.3-8: HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMMAND (Table 13.4.3.7.3.3-7)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.7B.1-1, condition UTRA Speech

Table 13.4.3.7.3.3-9: SECURITY MODE COMMAND (step 24, Table 13.4.3.7.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.7B.1-n

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

Ciphering mode info

Not present

Table 13.4.3.7.3.3-10: CONNECT (step 30, Table 13.4.3.7.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 24.008 Table 9.59

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

Transaction identifier

TI flag

‘0’B

The message is sent from the side that originates the TI

TIO

‘000’B

TI value 0

Table 13.4.3.7.3.3-11: CONNECT ACKNOWLEDGE (step 31, Table 13.4.3.7.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 24.008 Table 9.60

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

Transaction identifier

TI flag

‘1’B

The message is sent to the side that originates the TI

TIO

‘000’B

TI value 0

Table 13.4.3.7.3.3-12: ROUTING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT (step 4, Table 13.4.3.7.3.2-4)

Derivation path: 36.508, Table 4.7B.2-2

Information Element

Value/Remark

Comment

Condition

PDP context status

0

NSAPI(0) – NSAPI(15) is set to 0, which means that the SM state of all PDP contexts is PDP-INACTIVE

13.4.3.8 Inter-system mobility / E-UTRA voice to UTRA CS voice / aSRVCC / MO call / Forked responses

13.4.3.8.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE is in E-UTRA RRC_CONNECTED state, an IMS MO speech call is in alerting phase and UE has received several SIP forked responses }

ensure that {
when { UE receives a MobilityFromEUTRACommand message }

then { UE transmits a HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMPLETE message on the UTRA cell }

}

(2)

with { UE is in UTRA CELL_DCH state and an SRVCC procedure for MO call in alerting phase is completed }

ensure that {
when { UE receives a CONNECT message }

then { UE transmits a CONNECT ACKNOWLEDGE message }

}

13.4.3.8.2 Conformance requirements

References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 36.331, clause 5.4.3.3, TS 23.237, clause 6.3.2.1.4d, TS 23.216, clause 6.2.2.2, TS 24.237, clauses 12.1, 12.2.3B.1, 12.2.3B.2, 12.2.3B.3.2, A.17.6 and TS 24.008, clause 5.2.4.2.

[TS 36.331, clause 5.4.3.3]

The UE shall:

1> stop timer T310, if running;

1> if the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message includes the purpose set to handover:

2> if the targetRAT-Type is set to utra or geran:

3> consider inter-RAT mobility as initiated towards the RAT indicated by the targetRAT-Type included in the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message;

3> forward the nas-SecurityParamFromEUTRA to the upper layers;

3> access the target cell indicated in the inter-RAT message in accordance with the specifications of the target RAT;

[TS 23.237, clause 6.3.2.1.4d]

Figure 6.3.2.1.4d-1 PS-CS: PS to CS – Single Radio, outgoing call in alerting phase, provides an information flow for Access Transfer of media of an IMS session in PS to CS direction for Access Transfers as specified in TS 23.216 [10].

The flow requires that the user is active in an outgoing IMS session and that the SIP session is in alerting state and there is no other ongoing session; procedures and capabilities specified in TS 23.216 [10], clause 6.2.1 are used for the switching of access networks at the transport layer. It further requires that the MSC Server supports I2 reference point.

Figure 6.3.2.1.4d-1: PS-CS: PS to CS – Single Radio, outgoing call in alerting phase

1-4. Standard procedures are used to initiate a SIP session from the UE towards the remote end. The remote end is alerting the user for the incoming voice session.

10. The MSC moves to the corresponding CS call state, e.g. Call Delivered in TS 24.008 [24].

10b. In parallel to step 10, the UE has received the HO command as described in TS 23.216 [10]. The UE determines the local call state in the SIP session, and creates the corresponding CS call state, e.g. Call Delivered in TS 24.008 [24]. The UE ensures that the same ring back tone is played to the end user.

14. The MSC uses the standard procedure to send the CS connect message to UE as e.g. described in TS 24.008 [24].

15. The MSC moves to Active state.

16. The UE moves to Active state.

[TS 23.216, clause 6.2.2.2]

Depicted in figure 6.2.2.2-1 is a call flow for SRVCC from E‑UTRAN to UTRAN or GERAN with DTM HO support, including the handling of the non‑voice component. The flow requires that eNB can determine that either the target is UTRAN with PS HO or the target is GERAN with DTM support and the UE is supporting DTM.

Figure 6.2.2.2-1: SRVCC from E-UTRAN to UTRAN with PS HO or GERAN with DTM HO support

1. UE sends measurement reports to E-UTRAN.

14. E‑UTRAN sends a Handover from E‑UTRAN Command message to the UE.

15. UE tunes to the target UTRAN/GERAN cell.

16. Handover Detection at the target RNS/BSS occurs. The UE sends a Handover Complete message via the target RNS/BSS to the target MSC. If the target MSC is not the MSC Server, then the Target MSC sends an SES (Handover Complete) message to the MSC Server. At this stage, the UE re-establishes the connection with the network and can send/receive voice data.

17. The CS relocation/handover is complete. The following steps are performed:

a) Target RNS/BSS sends Relocation Complete/Handover Complete message to the target MSC.

b) Target MSC sends an SES (Handover Complete) message to the MSC Server. The speech circuit is through connected in the MSC Server/MGW according to TS 23.009 [18].

c) Completion of the establishment procedure with ISUP Answer message to the MSC Server according to TS 23.009 [18].

d) MSC Server sends a SRVCC PS to CS Complete Notification message to the source MME. Source MME acknowledges the information by sending a SRVCC PS to CS Complete Acknowledge message to the MSC Server.

e) The source MME deactivates the voice bearer towards S-GW/P-GW and sets the PS-to-CS handover indicator to Delete Bearer Command message. This triggers MME-initiated Dedicated Bearer Deactivation procedure as specified in TS 23.401 [2]. The MME does not send deactivation request toward the eNodeB on receiving PS-to-CS Complete Notification in step 17d. If dynamic PCC is deployed, the PGW may interact with PCRF as defined in TS 23.203 [31].

f) If the HLR is to be updated, i.e. if the IMSI is authenticated but unknown in the VLR, the MSC Server performs a TMSI reallocation towards the UE using its own non-broadcast LAI and, if the MSC Server and other MSC/VLRs serve the same (target) LAI, with its own Network Resource Identifier (NRI).

NOTE 9: The TMSI reallocation is performed by the MSC Server towards the UE via target MSC.

g) If the MSC Server performed a TMSI reallocation in step 17f, and if this TMSI reallocation was completed successfully, the MSC Server performs a MAP Update Location to the HSS/HLR.

NOTE 10: This Update Location is not initiated by the UE.

[TS 24.237, clause 12.1]

In order to fulfil the requirements for PS-CS access transfer in SR-VCC for calls in alerting state, the SC UE needs to be engaged in a session with speech media component in early dialog state according to the following conditions before SR-VCC access transfer is performed:

– a SIP 180 (Ringing) response for the initial SIP INVITE request to establish this session has been sent or received; and

– a SIP final response for the initial SIP INVITE request to establish this session has not been sent or received.

[TS 24.237, clause 12.2.3B.1]

The SC UE shall apply the procedures in subclauses 12.2.3B.3 for access transfer for calls in alerting state if:

1) the SC UE supports single radio PS to CS access transfer for calls in alerting state; and

2) there are one or more early dialogs created by the same SIP INVITE request with at least one dialog that is an early dialog supporting a session with active speech media component where the SC UE:

– has sent a Contact header field in a SIP INVITE request or 180 (Ringing) response containing the g.3gpp.srvcc-alerting media feature tag (as described in annex C); and

– has received a Feature-Caps header field in a SIP INVITE request or 180 (Ringing) response containing the g.3gpp.srvcc-alerting feature capability indicator (as described in annex C).

[TS 24.237, clause 12.2.3B.2]

If the SC UE applies the procedures in subclause 12.2.3B.3 and the SC UE only has a single call in alerting state following access transfer, then the SC UE shall associate this session with transaction identifier value and TI flag as described in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8].

[TS 24.237, clause 12.2.3B.3.2]

If the SC UE has initiated an outgoing call which is in the early dialog state according to the conditions in subclauses 12.1 and 12.2.3B.1 and the SC UE successfully performs access transfer to the CS domain, then the UE continues in Ringing state in CS, i.e. UE moves to Call Delivered (U4) state as described in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8].

[TS 24.237, clause A.17.6]

In the example flow at the figure A.17.6-1, SC UE A initiates an originating session with speech media component which has received several forked responses. The call is anchored at SCC AS and in alerting phase. Based upon measurement reports sent from the UE to E-UTRAN, the source E-UTRAN decides to trigger a SRVCC handover to CS access.

Figure A.17.6-1: PS-CS SRVCC, incoming call in alerting phase with forked responses

[TS 24.008, clause 5.2.4.2]

If the MS supports single radio PS to CS access transfer for calls in alerting state as specified in 3GPP TS 24.237 [136] subclause 12.2.3B, and the MS has a single voice media stream over the PS domain that is handed over to the CS domain via SRVCC, and the call control entity in "null" state receives an indication "MM connection establishment due to SRVCC handover", then:

– if the voice media stream is associated with a mobile originated session in the "early" state (defined in IETF RFC 3261 [137]) according to the conditions specified in 3GPP TS 24.237 [136] subclause 12.2.3B.3.2, the call control entity of the MS shall enter the "call delivered" state for this transaction. The MS and the network shall locally set the TI value of the call to "000" and the TI flag value as in mobile terminated call; and

If the MS has additional voice media streams carried over the PS domain that are handed over to the CS domain via SRVCC, the state for the transactions and the setting of the TI value and TI flag for these additional media streams is described in 3GPP TS 24.237 [136].

13.4.3.8.3 Test description

13.4.3.8.3.1 Pre-test conditions

System Simulator:

– Cell 1 and Cell 5.

– System information combination 4 as defined in TS 36.508 [18] clause 4.4.3.1 is used in E-UTRA cell.

UE:

None.

Preamble:

– The UE is in state Registered, Idle mode (state 2) on Cell 1 according to [18].

13.4.3.8.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Table 13.4.3.1.3.2-1 illustrates the downlink power levels and other changing parameters to be applied for the cells at various time instants of the test execution. Row marked "T0" denotes the initial conditions after preamble, while columns marked "T1" is to be applied subsequently. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause.

Table 13.4.3.8.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes

Parameter

Unit

Cell 1

Cell 5

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-60

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B2 are not satisfied.

CPICH_Ec (UTRA FDD)

dBm/3.84 MHz

-88

PCCPCH_Ec (UTRA LCR TDD)

dBm/1.28 MHz

-88

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-84

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B2 are satisfied.

CPICH_Ec (UTRA FDD)

dBm/3.84 MHz

-64

PCCPCH_Ec (UTRA LCR TDD)

dBm/1.28 MHz

-64

T2

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

Non-suitable “Off”

CPICH_Ec (UTRA FDD)

dBm/3.84 MHz

-64

PCCPCH_Ec (UTRA LCR TDD)

dBm/1.28 MHz

-64

Table 13.4.3.8.3.2-2: Main behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

The SS configures UTRA Cell 5 to reference configuration according 36.508 Table 4.8.3-1, condition UTRA Speech.

2-13

Steps 1 to 12 of the generic test procedure for IMS MO speech call (TS 36.508 4.5A.6.3-1).

EXCEPTION: In parallel to the events described in steps 14 to 15 the steps specified in Table 13.4.3.8.3.2-3 should take place.

14

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message on Cell 1 to confirm the establishment of the new data radio bearer, associated with the dedicated EPS bearer.

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

15

The UE transmits an ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT message on Cell 1.

–>

ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT

16

Expected sequence defined in annex C.27 of TS 34.229-1 [35].

NOTE: The UE receives forked response.

17

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message on Cell 1 to setup inter-RAT measurement and reporting for event B2.

<–

RRCConnectionReconfiguration

18

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message on Cell 1.

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

19

The SS changes the power level for Cell 1 and Cell 5 according to the row "T1" in Table 13.4.3.8.3.2-1.

20

The UE transmits a MeasurementReport message on Cell 1 to report event B2 for Cell 5.

–>

MeasurementReport

21

The SS transmits a UECapabilityEnquiry message on Cell 1 to request UE radio access capability information for E-UTRA and UTRA.

<–

UECapabilityEnquiry

22

The UE transmits a UECapabilityInformation message on Cell 1.

NOTE: The start-CS values received, should be used to configure ciphering on Cell 5.

–>

UECapabilityInformation

23

The SS transmits a MobilityFromEUTRACommand message on Cell 1.

<–

MobilityFromEUTRACommand

24

Check: Does the UE transmit a HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMPLETE message on Cell 5?

–>

HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMPLETE

1

P

EXCEPTION: In parallel to the events described in step 25 to 30 the steps specified in Table 13.4.3.8.3.2-4 takes place.

25

The SS transmits a SECURITY MODE COMMAND message for the CS domain on Cell 5.

<–

SECURITY MODE COMMAND

26

The UE transmits a SECURITY MODE COMPLETE message on Cell 5.

–>

SECURITY MODE COMPLETE

27

The SS transmits an UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION message on Cell 5 to notify CN information.

<–

UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION

28

The UE transmits an UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION CONFIRM message on Cell 5.

–>

UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION CONFIRM

29

The SS transmits a TMSI REALLOCATION COMMAND message on Cell 5.

<–

TMSI REALLOCATION COMMAND

30

The UE transmits a TMSI REALLOCATION COMPLETE message on Cell 5.

–>

TMSI REALLOCATION COMPLETE

31

The SS transmits a CONNECT message on Cell 5.

<–

CONNECT

32

Check: Does the UE transmit a CONNECT ACKNOWLEDGE message on Cell 5?

–>

CONNECT ACKNOWLEDGE

2

P

33

SS adjusts cell levels according to row T2 of table 13.4.3.8.3.2-1.

The UE is in end state UTRA CS call (U5).

Table 13.4.3.8.3.2-3: Parallel behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1-7

Steps 5-11 expected sequence defined in annex C.21 of TS 34.229-1 [35].

NOTE: IMS MO speech call is in alerting phase.

Table 13.4.3.8.3.2-4: Parallel behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

The UE transmits a ROUTING AREA UPDATE REQUEST message on Cell 5.

–>

ROUTING AREA UPDATE REQUEST

2

The SS transmits a SECURITY MODE COMMAND message for the PS domain on Cell 5.

<–

SECURITY MODE COMMAND

3

The UE transmits a SECURITY MODE COMPLETE message on Cell 5.

–>

SECURITY MODE COMPLETE

4

The SS transmits a ROUTING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT message on Cell 5.

<–

ROUTING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT

5

The UE transmits a ROUTING AREA UPDATE COMPLETE message on Cell 5.

–>

ROUTING AREA UPDATE COMPLETE

13.4.3.8.3.3 Specific message contents

Table 13.4.3.8.3.3-0: Conditions for specific message contents
in Table 13.4.3.8.3.3-3.

Condition

Explanation

Band > 64

If band > 64 is selected

Table 13.4.3.8.3.3-1: ATTACH REQUEST (preamble)

Derivation path: 36.508 Table 4.7.2-4

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MS network capability

SRVCC from UTRAN HSPA or E-UTRAN to GERAN/UTRAN supported

Mobile station classmark 2

Any allowed value

Supported Codecs

Any allowed value

Table 13.4.3.8.3.3-2: RRCConnectionReconfiguration (step 17, Table 13.4.3.8.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.1-8, condition MEAS

Table 13.4.3.8.3.3-3: MeasConfig (Table 13.4.3.8.3.3-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.6-1, condition UTRAN

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF SEQUENCE {

2 entries

measObjectId[1]

IdMeasObject-f1

measObject[1]

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(f1)

measObject[1]

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(maxEARFCN)

Band > 64

measObjectId[2]

IdMeasObject-f8

measObject[2]

MeasObjectUTRA-f8

}

reportConfigToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

reportConfigId[1]

IdReportConfig-B2-UTRA

reportConfig[1]

ReportConfigInterRAT-B2-UTRA (-72, -76)

}

measIdToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMeasId)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

measId[1]

1

measObjectId[1]

IdMeasObject-f8

reportConfigId[1]

IdReportConfig-B2-UTRA

}

measObjectToAddModList-v9e0 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF SEQUENCE {

Band > 64

measObjectEUTRA-v9e0[1] SEQUENCE {

carrierFreq-v9e0

Same downlink EARFCN as used for f1

}

measObjectEUTRA-v9e0[2] SEQUENCE {}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.8.3.3-4: MeasObjectUTRA-f8 (Table 13.4.3.8.3.3-3)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.6-3

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasObjectUTRA ::= SEQUENCE {

carrierFreq

Same downlink ARFCN as used for Cell 5

cellsToAddModList CHOICE {

cellsToAddModListUTRA-FDD SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeas)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

UTRA-FDD

cellIndex[1]

1

physCellId[1]

PhysicalCellIdentity of Cell 5

}

cellsToAddModListUTRA-TDD SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeas)) OF SEQUENCE {

UTRA-TDD

cellIndex[1]

1

physCellId[1]

PhysicalCellIdentity of Cell 5

}

}

csg-allowedReportingCells-v930

Not present

}

Condition

Explanation

UTRA-FDD

UTRA FDD cell environment

UTRA-TDD

UTRA TDD cell environment

Table 13.4.3.8.3.3-5: MeasurementReport (step 20, Table 13.4.3.8.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.1-5

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasurementReport ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {

measurementReport-r8 SEQUENCE {

measResults SEQUENCE {

measId

1

measResultPCell SEQUENCE {

rsrpResult

(0..97)

rsrqResult

(0..34)

}

measResultNeighCells CHOICE {

measResultListUTRA SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

physCellId[1] CHOICE {

fdd

PhysicalCellIdentity of Cell 5

UTRA-FDD

tdd

PhysicalCellIdentity of Cell 5

UTRA-TDD

}

cgi-Info[1]

Not present

measResult[1] SEQUENCE {

utra-RSCP

(-5..91)

utra-EcN0

Not present

additionalSI-Info-r9

Not present

}

}

}

measResultForECID-r9

Not present

locationInfo-r10

Not present

measResultServFreqList-r10

Not present

}

}

}

}

}

Condition

Explanation

UTRA-FDD

UTRA FDD cell environment

UTRA-TDD

UTRA TDD cell environment

Table 13.4.3.8.3.3-6: UECapabilityEnquiry (step 21, Table 13.4.3.8.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.1-22

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

UECapabilityEnquiry ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {

ueCapabilityEnquiry-r8 SEQUENCE {

ue-CapabilityRequest (SIZE (1..maxRAT-Capabilities)) OF SEQUENCE {

2 entries

RAT-Type[1]

eutra

RAT-Type[2]

utra

}

}

}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.8.3.3-7: MobilityFromEUTRACommand (step 23, Table 13.4.3.8.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.1-6

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MobilityFromEUTRACommand ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {

mobilityFromEUTRACommand-r8 SEQUENCE {

cs-FallbackIndicator

False

purpose CHOICE {

handover SEQUENCE {

targetRAT-Type

utra

targetRAT-MessageContainer

HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMMAND(UTRA RRC message)

nas-SecurityParamFromEUTRA

The 4 least significant bits of the NAS downlink COUNT value

systemInformation

Not present

}

}

}

}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.8.3.3-8: HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMMAND (Table 13.4.3.8.3.3-7)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.7B.1-1, condition UTRA Speech

Table 13.4.3.8.3.3-9: SECURITY MODE COMMAND (step 25 Table 13.4.3.8.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.7B.1-n

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

Ciphering mode info

Not present

Table 13.4.3.8.3.3-10: CONNECT (step 31, Table 13.4.3.8.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 24.008 Table 9.59

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

Transaction identifier

TI flag

‘0’B

The message is sent from the side that originates the TI

TIO

‘000’B

TI value 0

Table 13.4.3.8.3.3-11: CONNECT ACKNOWLEDGE (step 32, Table 13.4.3.8.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 24.008 Table 9.60

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

Transaction identifier

TI flag

‘1’B

The message is sent to the side that originates the TI

TIO

‘000’B

TI value 0

Table 13.4.3.8.3.3-12: ROUTING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT (step 4, Table 13.4.3.8.3.2-4)

Derivation path: 36.508, Table 4.7B.2-2

Information Element

Value/Remark

Comment

Condition

PDP context status

0

NSAPI(0) – NSAPI(15) is set to 0, which means that the SM state of all PDP contexts is PDP-INACTIVE

13.4.3.9 Inter-system mobility / E-UTRA voice to UTRA CS voice / aSRVCC / MO call / SRVCC HO failure

13.4.3.9.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE is in E-UTRA RRC_CONNECTED state, an IMS MO speech call is in alerting phase and UE receives a MobilityFromEUTRACommand message }

ensure that {
when { UE detects radio link failure }

then { UE transmits SIP UPDATE message after RRC connection re-establishment procedure }

}

13.4.3.9.2 Conformance requirements

References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 36.331, clauses 5.4.3.3, 5.4.3.5, 5.3.7.2, 5.3.7.3, 5.3.7.4, 5.3.7.5 and TS 24.237, clause 12.2.4.2.

[TS 36.331, clause 5.4.3.3]

The UE shall:

1> stop timer T310, if running;

1> if the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message includes the purpose set to handover:

2> if the targetRAT-Type is set to utra or geran:

3> consider inter-RAT mobility as initiated towards the RAT indicated by the targetRAT-Type included in the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message;

3> forward the nas-SecurityParamFromEUTRA to the upper layers;

3> access the target cell indicated in the inter-RAT message in accordance with the specifications of the target RAT;

[TS 36.331, clause 5.4.3.5]

The UE shall:

1> if T304 expires (mobility from E-UTRA failure); or

1> if the UE does not succeed in establishing the connection to the target radio access technology; or

1> if the UE is unable to comply with (part of) the configuration included in the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message; or

1> if there is a protocol error in the inter RAT information included in the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message, causing the UE to fail the procedure according to the specifications applicable for the target RAT:

2> stop T304, if running;

2> if the cs-FallbackIndicator in the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message was set to TRUE:

3> indicate to upper layers that the CS Fallback procedure has failed;

2> revert back to the configuration used in the source PCell, excluding the configuration configured by the physicalConfigDedicated, mac-MainConfig and sps-Config;

2> initiate the connection re-establishment procedure as specified in 5.3.7;

[TS 36.331, clause 5.3.7.2]

The UE shall only initiate the procedure when AS security has been activated. The UE initiates the procedure when one of the following conditions is met:

1> upon mobility from E-UTRA failure, in accordance with 5.4.3.5; or

Upon initiation of the procedure, the UE shall:

1> stop timer T310, if running;

1> start timer T311;

1> suspend all RBs except SRB0;

1> reset MAC;

1> release the SCell(s), if configured, in accordance with 5.3.10.3a;

1> apply the default physical channel configuration as specified in 9.2.4;

1> apply the default semi-persistent scheduling configuration as specified in 9.2.3;

1> apply the default MAC main configuration as specified in 9.2.2;

1> release reportProximityConfig and clear any associated proximity status reporting timer;

1> release measSubframePatternPCell, if configured;

1> perform cell selection in accordance with the cell selection process as specified in TS 36.304 [4];

[TS 36.331, clause 5.3.7.3]

Upon selecting a suitable E-UTRA cell, the UE shall:

1> stop timer T311;

1> start timer T301;

1> apply the timeAlignmentTimerCommon included in SystemInformationBlockType2;

1> initiate transmission of the RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest message in accordance with 5.3.7.4;

[TS 36.331, clause 5.3.7.4]

If the procedure was initiated due to radio link failure or handover failure, the UE shall:

1> set the reestablishmentCellId in the VarRLF-Report to the global cell identity of the selected cell;

The UE shall set the contents of RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest message as follows:

1> set the ue-Identity as follows:

2> set the c-RNTI to the C-RNTI used in the source PCell (handover and mobility from E-UTRA failure) or used in the PCell in which the trigger for the re-establishment occurred (other cases);

2> set the physCellId to the physical cell identity of the source PCell (handover and mobility from E-UTRA failure) or of the PCell in which the trigger for the re-establishment occurred (other cases);

2> set the shortMAC-I to the 16 least significant bits of the MAC-I calculated:

3> over the ASN.1 encoded as per section 8 (i.e., a multiple of 8 bits) VarShortMAC-Input;

3> with the KRRCint key and integrity protection algorithm that was used in the source PCell (handover and mobility from E-UTRA failure) or of the PCell in which the trigger for the re-establishment occurred (other cases); and

3> with all input bits for COUNT, BEARER and DIRECTION set to binary ones;

1> set the reestablishmentCause as follows:

2> else if the re-establishment procedure was initiated due to handover failure as specified in 5.3.5.6 (intra-LTE handover failure) or 5.4.3.5 (inter-RAT mobility from EUTRA failure):

3> set the reestablishmentCause to the value handoverFailure;

The UE shall submit the RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest message to lower layers for transmission.

[TS 36.331, clause 5.3.7.5]

The UE shall:

1> stop timer T301;

1> consider the current cell to be the PCell;

1> re-establish PDCP for SRB1;

1> re-establish RLC for SRB1;

1> perform the radio resource configuration procedure in accordance with the received radioResourceConfigDedicated and as specified in 5.3.10;

1> resume SRB1;

NOTE: E-UTRAN should not transmit any message on SRB1 prior to receiving the RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete message.

1> update the KeNB key based on the KASME key to which the current KeNB is associated, using the nextHopChainingCount value indicated in the RRCConnectionReestablishment message, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];

1> store the nextHopChainingCount value;

1> derive the KRRCint key associated with the previously configured integrity algorithm, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];

1> derive the KRRCenc key and the KUPenc key associated with the previously configured ciphering algorithm, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];

1> configure lower layers to activate integrity protection using the previously configured algorithm and the KRRCint key immediately, i.e., integrity protection shall be applied to all subsequent messages received and sent by the UE, including the message used to indicate the successful completion of the procedure;

1> configure lower layers to apply ciphering using the previously configured algorithm, the KRRCenc key and the KUPenc key immediately, i.e., ciphering shall be applied to all subsequent messages received and sent by the UE, including the message used to indicate the successful completion of the procedure;

1> set the content of RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete message as follows:

2> if the UE has radio link failure or handover failure information available in VarRLF-Report and plmn-Identity stored in VarRLF-Report is equal to the RPLMN:

3> include the rlf-InfoAvailable;

1> perform the measurement related actions as specified in 5.5.6.1;

1> perform the measurement identity autonomous removal as specified in 5.5.2.2a;

1> submit the RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete message to lower layers for transmission, upon which the procedure ends;

[TS 24.237, clause 12.2.4.2]

If the SC UE is engaged in a session in early dialog state and:

– does not successfully retune to the 3GPP UTRAN or 3GPP GERAN after it receives the handover command from the eNodeB (as described in 3GPP TS 36.331 [62]) or from the NodeB (as described in 3GPP TS 25.331 [61]);

then if the SC UE the SC UE shall send a SIP UPDATE request containing:

1) an SDP offer, including the media characteristics as used in the existing dialog; and

2) a Reason header field containing protocol "SIP" and reason parameter "cause" with value "487" as specified in IETF RFC 3326 [57], and with reason-text set to either "handover cancelled" or "failure to transition to CS domain";

by following the rules of 3GPP TS 24.229 [2] in each transferred session.

13.4.3.9.3 Test description

13.4.3.9.3.1 Pre-test conditions

System Simulator:

– Cell 1 and Cell 5.

– System information combination 4 as defined in TS 36.508 [18] clause 4.4.3.1 is used in E-UTRA cell.

UE:

None.

Preamble:

– The UE is in state Registered, Idle mode (state 2) on Cell 1 according to [18].

13.4.3.9.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Table 13.4.3.9.3.2-1 illustrates the downlink power levels and other changing parameters to be applied for the cells at various time instants of the test execution. Row marked "T0" denotes the initial conditions after preamble, while columns marked "T1" and "T2" are to be applied subsequently. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause.

Table 13.4.3.9.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes

Parameter

Unit

Cell 1

Cell 5

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-60

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B2 are not satisfied.

CPICH_Ec (UTRA FDD)

dBm/3.84 MHz

-88

PCCPCH_Ec (UTRA LCR TDD)

dBm/1.28 MHz

-88

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-84

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B2 are satisfied.

CPICH_Ec (UTRA FDD)

dBm/3.84 MHz

-64

PCCPCH_Ec (UTRA LCR TDD)

dBm/1.28 MHz

-64

T2

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

Only Cell 1 is available.

(NOTE 1)

CPICH_Ec (UTRA FDD)

dBm/3.84 MHz

"Off"

PCCPCH_Ec (UTRA LCR TDD)

dBm/1.28 MHz

"Off"

NOTE 1: Power level "Off" for UTRA cell is defined in TS 34.108 Table 6.1.4 and Table 6.1.9.

Table 13.4.3.9.3.2-2: Main behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

The SS configures UTRA Cell 5 to reference configuration according 36.508 Table 4.8.3-1, condition UTRA Speech.

2-13

Steps 1 to 12 of the generic test procedure for IMS MO speech call (TS 36.508 4.5A.6.3-1).

EXCEPTION: In parallel to the events described in steps 14 to 15 the steps specified in Table 13.4.3.9.3.2-3 should take place.

14

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message on Cell 1 to confirm the establishment of the new data radio bearer, associated with the dedicated EPS bearer.

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

15

The UE transmits an ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT message on Cell 1.

–>

ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT

16

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message on Cell 1 to setup inter-RAT measurement and reporting for event B2.

<–

RRCConnectionReconfiguration

17

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message on Cell 1.

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

18

The SS changes the power level for Cell 1 and Cell 5 according to the row "T1" in Table 13.4.3.9.3.2-1.

19

The UE transmits a MeasurementReport message on Cell 1 to report event B2 for Cell 5.

–>

MeasurementReport

20

The SS changes the power level for Cell 1 and Cell 5 according to the row "T2" in Table 13.4.3.9.3.2-1.

21

The SS transmits a UECapabilityEnquiry message on Cell 1 to request UE radio access capability information for E-UTRA and UTRA.

<–

UECapabilityEnquiry

22

The UE transmits a UECapabilityInformation message on Cell 1.

NOTE: The start-CS values received, should be used to configure ciphering on Cell 5.

–>

UECapabilityInformation

23

The SS transmits a MobilityFromEUTRACommand message on Cell 1.

<–

MobilityFromEUTRACommand

24

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest message on Cell 1.

–>

RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest

25

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReestablishment message on Cell 1.

<–

RRCConnectionReestablishment

26

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete message on Cell 1.

–>

RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete

27

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message on Cell 1.

<–

RRCConnectionReconfiguration

EXCEPTION: In parallel to the events described in step 28 the steps specified in Table 13.4.3.9.3.2-4 should take place.

28

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message on Cell 1.

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

29-30

Steps 12-13 expected sequence defined in annex C.21 of TS 34.229-1 [35].

31

Generic test procedure for MO release of IMS call as described in annex C.32of TS 34.229-1 [35] takes place.

Table 13.4.3.9.3.2-3: Parallel behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1-7

Steps 5-11 expected sequence defined in annex C.21 of TS 34.229-1 [35].

NOTE: IMS MO speech call is in alerting phase.

Table 13.4.3.9.3.2-4: Parallel behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

Check: Does the UE transmit SIP UPDATE request on Cell 1?

NOTE: Step 1 defined in annex C.28 of TS 34.229-1 [35] is performed.

1

P

2

Step 2 expected sequence defined in annex C.28 of TS 34.229-1 [35].

13.4.3.9.3.3 Specific message contents

Table 13.4.3.9.3.3-0: Conditions for specific message contents
in Table 13.4.3.9.3.3-3

Condition

Explanation

Band > 64

If band > 64 is selected

Table 13.4.3.9.3.3-1: ATTACH REQUEST (preamble)

Derivation path: 36.508 Table 4.7.2-4

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MS network capability

SRVCC from UTRAN HSPA or E-UTRAN to GERAN/UTRAN supported

Mobile station classmark 2

Any allowed value

Supported Codecs

Any allowed value

Table 13.4.3.9.3.3-2: RRCConnectionReconfiguration (step 16, Table 13.4.3.9.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.1-8, condition MEAS

Table 13.4.3.9.3.3-3: MeasConfig (Table 13.4.3.9.3.3-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.6-1, condition UTRAN

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF SEQUENCE {

2 entries

measObjectId[1]

IdMeasObject-f1

measObject[1]

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(f1)

measObject[1]

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(maxEARFCN)

Band > 64

measObjectId[2]

IdMeasObject-f8

measObject[2]

MeasObjectUTRA-f8

}

reportConfigToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

reportConfigId[1]

IdReportConfig-B2-UTRA

reportConfig[1]

ReportConfigInterRAT-B2-UTRA (-72, -76)

}

measIdToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMeasId)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

measId[1]

1

measObjectId[1]

IdMeasObject-f8

reportConfigId[1]

IdReportConfig-B2-UTRA

}

measObjectToAddModList-v9e0 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF SEQUENCE {

Band > 64

measObjectEUTRA-v9e0[1] SEQUENCE {

carrierFreq-v9e0

Same downlink EARFCN as used for f1

}

measObjectEUTRA-v9e0[2] SEQUENCE {}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.9.3.3-4: MeasObjectUTRA-f8 (Table 13.4.3.9.3.3-3)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.6-3

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasObjectUTRA ::= SEQUENCE {

carrierFreq

Same downlink ARFCN as used for Cell 5

cellsToAddModList CHOICE {

cellsToAddModListUTRA-FDD SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeas)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

UTRA-FDD

cellIndex[1]

1

physCellId[1]

PhysicalCellIdentity of Cell 5

}

cellsToAddModListUTRA-TDD SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeas)) OF SEQUENCE {

UTRA-TDD

cellIndex[1]

1

physCellId[1]

PhysicalCellIdentity of Cell 5

}

}

csg-allowedReportingCells-v930

Not present

}

Condition

Explanation

UTRA-FDD

UTRA FDD cell environment

UTRA-TDD

UTRA TDD cell environment

Table 13.4.3.9.3.3-5: MeasurementReport (step 19, Table 13.4.3.9.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.1-5

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasurementReport ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {

measurementReport-r8 SEQUENCE {

measResults SEQUENCE {

measId

1

measResultPCell SEQUENCE {

rsrpResult

(0..97)

rsrqResult

(0..34)

}

measResultNeighCells CHOICE {

measResultListUTRA SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

physCellId[1] CHOICE {

fdd

PhysicalCellIdentity of Cell 5

UTRA-FDD

tdd

PhysicalCellIdentity of Cell 5

UTRA-TDD

}

cgi-Info[1]

Not present

measResult[1] SEQUENCE {

utra-RSCP

(-5..91)

utra-EcN0

Not present

additionalSI-Info-r9

Not present

}

}

}

measResultForECID-r9

Not present

locationInfo-r10

Not present

measResultServFreqList-r10

Not present

}

}

}

}

}

Condition

Explanation

UTRA-FDD

UTRA FDD cell environment

UTRA-TDD

UTRA TDD cell environment

Table 13.4.3.9.3.3-6: UECapabilityEnquiry (step 21, Table 13.4.3.9.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.1-22

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

UECapabilityEnquiry ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {

ueCapabilityEnquiry-r8 SEQUENCE {

ue-CapabilityRequest (SIZE (1..maxRAT-Capabilities)) OF SEQUENCE {

2 entries

RAT-Type[1]

eutra

RAT-Type[2]

utra

}

}

}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.9.3.3-7: MobilityFromEUTRACommand (step 23, Table 13.4.3.9.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.1-6

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MobilityFromEUTRACommand ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {

mobilityFromEUTRACommand-r8 SEQUENCE {

cs-FallbackIndicator

False

purpose CHOICE {

handover SEQUENCE {

targetRAT-Type

utra

targetRAT-MessageContainer

HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMMAND(UTRA RRC message)

nas-SecurityParamFromEUTRA

The 4 least significant bits of the NAS downlink COUNT value

systemInformation

Not present

}

}

}

}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.9.3.3-8: HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMMAND (Table 13.4.3.9.3.3-7)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.7B.1-1, condition UTRA Speech

Table 13.4.3.9.3.3-9: RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest (step 24, Table 13.4.3.9.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.1-13

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

rrcConnectionReestablishmentRequest-r8 SEQUENCE {

ue-Identity SEQUENCE {

c-RNTI

the value of the C-RNTI of the UE

physCellId

PhysicalCellIdentity of Cell 1

shortMAC-I

The same value as the 16 least significant bits of the XMAC-I value calculated by SS

}

reestablishmentCause

handoverFailure

}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.9.3.3-10: RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete (step 26, Table 13.4.3.9.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.1-11

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

rrcConnectionReestablishmentComplete-r8 = SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension

Not present or any allowed value

}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.9.3.3-11: RRCConnectionReconfiguration (step 27, Table 13.4.3.9.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.1-8

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

RRCConnectionReconfiguration ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE{

rrcConnectionReconfiguration-r8 SEQUENCE {

radioResourceConfigDedicated

RadioResourceConfigDedicated-HO

}

}

}

}

13.4.3.10 Inter-system mobility / E-UTRA voice to UTRA CS voice / aSRVCC / MT call

13.4.3.10.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE is in E-UTRA RRC_CONNECTED state and an IMS MT speech call is in alerting phase }

ensure that {
when { UE receives a MobilityFromEUTRACommand message }

then { UE transmits a HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMPLETE message on the UTRA cell }

}

(2)

with { UE is in UTRA CELL_DCH state and an SRVCC procedure for MT call in alerting phase is completed }

ensure that {
when { User answers the MT call }

then { UE transmits a CONNECT message }

}

13.4.3.10.2 Conformance requirements

References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 36.331, clause 5.4.3.3, TS 23.237, clause 6.3.2.1.4c, TS 23.216, clause 6.2.2.2, TS 24.237, clauses 12.1, 12.2.3B.1, 12.2.3B.2, 12.2.3B.3.1, and TS 24.008 clause 5.2.4.2.

[TS 36.331, clause 5.4.3.3]

The UE shall:

1> stop timer T310, if running;

1> if the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message includes the purpose set to handover:

2> if the targetRAT-Type is set to utra or geran:

3> consider inter-RAT mobility as initiated towards the RAT indicated by the targetRAT-Type included in the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message;

3> forward the nas-SecurityParamFromEUTRA to the upper layers;

3> access the target cell indicated in the inter-RAT message in accordance with the specifications of the target RAT;

[TS 23.237, clause 6.3.2.1.4c]

Figure 6.3.2.1.4c-1 PS-CS: PS to CS – Single Radio, incoming call in alerting phase, provides an information flow for Access Transfer of media of an IMS session in PS to CS direction for Access Transfers as specified in TS 23.216 [10].

The flow requires that the user is active in a terminating IMS session and that the SIP session is in alerting state there is no other ongoing session and the UE has not responded over the access leg; procedures and capabilities specified in TS 23.216 [10], clause 6.2.1 are used for the switching of access networks at the transport layer. It further requires that the MSC Server supports I2 reference point.

Figure 6.3.2.1.4c-1: PS-CS: PS to CS – Single Radio, incoming call in alerting phase

1-4. Standard procedures are used to initiate a SIP session towards the UE. The UE is alerting the user for the incoming voice session.

10. The MSC moves to the corresponding CS call state, e.g. Call Received in TS 24.008 [24].

NOTE 2: In call received state the MSC does not generate an in-band ring tone to the calling party.

10b. In parallel to step 10, the UE has received the HO command as described in TS 23.216 [10]. The UE determines the local call state in the SIP session, and creates the corresponding CS call state, e.g. Call Received in TS 24.008 [24]. The UE continues to alert the user for incoming call.

11. The user answers to the call.

11a. UE moves to Active state.

12. The UE uses the standard procedure to send the CS connect message to MSC as e.g. described in TS 24.008 [24].

[TS 23.216, clause 6.2.2.2]

Depicted in figure 6.2.2.2-1 is a call flow for SRVCC from E‑UTRAN to UTRAN or GERAN with DTM HO support, including the handling of the non‑voice component. The flow requires that eNB can determine that either the target is UTRAN with PS HO or the target is GERAN with DTM support and the UE is supporting DTM.

Figure 6.2.2.2-1: SRVCC from E-UTRAN to UTRAN with PS HO or GERAN with DTM HO support

1. UE sends measurement reports to E-UTRAN.

14. E‑UTRAN sends a Handover from E‑UTRAN Command message to the UE.

15. UE tunes to the target UTRAN/GERAN cell.

16. Handover Detection at the target RNS/BSS occurs. The UE sends a Handover Complete message via the target RNS/BSS to the target MSC. If the target MSC is not the MSC Server, then the Target MSC sends an SES (Handover Complete) message to the MSC Server. At this stage, the UE re-establishes the connection with the network and can send/receive voice data.

17. The CS relocation/handover is complete. The following steps are performed:

a) Target RNS/BSS sends Relocation Complete/Handover Complete message to the target MSC.

b) Target MSC sends an SES (Handover Complete) message to the MSC Server. The speech circuit is through connected in the MSC Server/MGW according to TS 23.009 [18].

c) Completion of the establishment procedure with ISUP Answer message to the MSC Server according to TS 23.009 [18].

d) MSC Server sends a SRVCC PS to CS Complete Notification message to the source MME. Source MME acknowledges the information by sending a SRVCC PS to CS Complete Acknowledge message to the MSC Server.

e) The source MME deactivates the voice bearer towards S-GW/P-GW and sets the PS-to-CS handover indicator to Delete Bearer Command message. This triggers MME-initiated Dedicated Bearer Deactivation procedure as specified in TS 23.401 [2]. The MME does not send deactivation request toward the eNodeB on receiving PS-to-CS Complete Notification in step 17d. If dynamic PCC is deployed, the PGW may interact with PCRF as defined in TS 23.203 [31].

f) If the HLR is to be updated, i.e. if the IMSI is authenticated but unknown in the VLR, the MSC Server performs a TMSI reallocation towards the UE using its own non-broadcast LAI and, if the MSC Server and other MSC/VLRs serve the same (target) LAI, with its own Network Resource Identifier (NRI).

NOTE 9: The TMSI reallocation is performed by the MSC Server towards the UE via target MSC.

g) If the MSC Server performed a TMSI reallocation in step 17f, and if this TMSI reallocation was completed successfully, the MSC Server performs a MAP Update Location to the HSS/HLR.

NOTE 10: This Update Location is not initiated by the UE.

[TS 24.237, clause 12.1]

In order to fulfil the requirements for PS-CS access transfer in SR-VCC for calls in alerting state, the SC UE needs to be engaged in a session with speech media component in early dialog state according to the following conditions before SR-VCC access transfer is performed:

– a SIP 180 (Ringing) response for the initial SIP INVITE request to establish this session has been sent or received; and

– a SIP final response for the initial SIP INVITE request to establish this session has not been sent or received.

[TS 24.237, clause 12.2.3B.1]

The SC UE shall apply the procedures in subclauses 12.2.3B.3 for access transfer for calls in alerting state if:

1) the SC UE supports single radio PS to CS access transfer for calls in alerting state; and

2) there are one or more early dialogs created by the same SIP INVITE request with at least one dialog that is an early dialog supporting a session with active speech media component where the SC UE:

– has sent a Contact header field in a SIP INVITE request or 180 (Ringing) response containing the g.3gpp.srvcc-alerting media feature tag (as described in annex C); and

– has received a Feature-Caps header field in a SIP INVITE request or 180 (Ringing) response containing the g.3gpp.srvcc-alerting feature capability indicator (as described in annex C).

[TS 24.237, clause 12.2.3B.2]

If the SC UE applies the procedures in subclause 12.2.3B.3 and the SC UE only has a single call in alerting state following access transfer, then the SC UE shall associate this session with transaction identifier value and TI flag as described in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8].

[TS 24.237, clause 12.2.3B.3.1]

If the SC UE:

– has received a terminating call which is in the early dialog state according to the conditions in subclauses 12.1 and 12.2.3B.1; and

– successfully performs access transfer to the CS domain;

then the UE continues in Ringing state in CS, i.e. UE moves to Call Received (U7) state as described in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8].

[TS 24.008, clause 5.2.4.2]

If the MS supports single radio PS to CS access transfer for calls in alerting state as specified in 3GPP TS 24.237 [136] subclause 12.2.3B, and the MS has a single voice media stream over the PS domain that is handed over to the CS domain via SRVCC, and the call control entity in "null" state receives an indication "MM connection establishment due to SRVCC handover", then:

– if the voice media stream is associated with a mobile terminating session in the "early" state (defined in IETF RFC 3261 [137]) according to the conditions specified in 3GPP TS 24.237 [136] subclause 12.2.3B.3.1, the call control entity of the MS shall enter the "call received" state for this transaction. The MS and the network shall locally set the TI value of the call to "000" and the TI flag value as in mobile terminated call.

If the MS has additional voice media streams carried over the PS domain that are handed over to the CS domain via SRVCC, the state for the transactions and the setting of the TI value and TI flag for these additional media streams is described in 3GPP TS 24.237 [136].

13.4.3.10.3 Test description

13.4.3.10.3.1 Pre-test conditions

System Simulator:

– Cell 1 and Cell 5

– System information combination 4 as defined in TS 36.508 [18] clause 4.4.3.1 is used in E-UTRA cell.

UE:

None.

Preamble:

– The UE is in state Registered, Idle mode (state 2) on Cell 1 according to [18].

13.4.3.10.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Table 13.4.3.10.3.2-1 illustrates the downlink power levels and other changing parameters to be applied for the cells at various time instants of the test execution. Row marked "T0" denotes the initial conditions after preamble, while columns marked "T1" is to be applied subsequently. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause.

Table 13.4.3.10.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes

Parameter

Unit

Cell 1

Cell 5

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-60

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B2 are not satisfied.

CPICH_Ec (UTRA FDD)

dBm/3.84 MHz

-88

PCCPCH_Ec (UTRA LCR TDD)

dBm/1.28 MHz

-88

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-84

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B2 are satisfied.

CPICH_Ec (UTRA FDD)

dBm/3.84 MHz

-64

PCCPCH_Ec (UTRA LCR TDD)

dBm/1.28 MHz

-64

T2

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

Non-suitable “Off”

CPICH_Ec (UTRA FDD)

dBm/3.84 MHz

-64

PCCPCH_Ec (UTRA LCR TDD)

dBm/1.28 MHz

-64

Table 13.4.3.10.3.2-2: Main behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

The SS configures UTRA Cell 5 to reference configuration according 36.508 Table 4.8.3-1, condition UTRA Speech.

2-23

Steps 1 to 22 of the generic test procedure for IMS MT speech call (TS 36.508 4.5A.7.3-1).

24

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message on Cell 1 to setup inter-RAT measurement and reporting for event B2.

<–

RRCConnectionReconfiguration

25

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message on Cell 1.

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

26

The SS changes the power level for Cell 1 and Cell 5 according to the row "T1" in Table 13.4.3.10.3.2-1

27

The UE transmits a MeasurementReport message on Cell 1 to report event B2 for Cell 5.

–>

MeasurementReport

28

The SS transmits a UECapabilityEnquiry message on Cell 1 to request UE radio access capability information for E-UTRA and UTRA.

<–

UECapabilityEnquiry

29

The UE transmits a UECapabilityInformation message on Cell 1.

NOTE: The start-CS values received, should be used to configure ciphering on Cell 5.

–>

UECapabilityInformation

30

The SS transmits a MobilityFromEUTRACommand message on Cell 1.

<–

MobilityFromEUTRACommand

31

Check: Does the UE transmit a HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMPLETE message on Cell 5?

–>

HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMPLETE

1

P

EXCEPTION: In parallel to the events described in step 32 to 37 the steps specified in Table 13.4.3.10.3.2-3 takes place.

32

The SS transmits a SECURITY MODE COMMAND message for the CS domain on Cell 5.

<–

SECURITY MODE COMMAND

33

The UE transmits a SECURITY MODE COMPLETE message on Cell 5.

–>

SECURITY MODE COMPLETE

34

The SS transmits an UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION message on Cell 5 to notify CN information.

<–

UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION

35

The UE transmits an UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION CONFIRM message on Cell 5.

–>

UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION CONFIRM

36

The SS transmits a TMSI REALLOCATION COMMAND message on Cell 5.

<–

TMSI REALLOCATION COMMAND

37

The UE transmits a TMSI REALLOCATION COMPLETE message on Cell 5.

–>

TMSI REALLOCATION COMPLETE

38

Cause the UE to answer an MT call. (NOTE 1)

39

Check: Does the UE transmit a CONNECT message on Cell 5?

–>

CONNECT

2

P

40

The SS transmits a CONNECT ACKNOWLEDGE message on Cell 5.

<–

CONNECT ACKNOWLEDGE

41

SS adjusts cell levels according to row T2 of table 13.4.3.10.3.2-1.

The UE is in end state UTRA CS call (U5).

NOTE 1: The request may be triggered by MMI or by AT command A.

Table 13.4.3.10.3.2-3: Parallel behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

The UE transmits a ROUTING AREA UPDATE REQUEST message on Cell 5.

–>

ROUTING AREA UPDATE REQUEST

2

The SS transmits a SECURITY MODE COMMAND message for the PS domain on Cell 5.

<–

SECURITY MODE COMMAND

3

The UE transmits a SECURITY MODE COMPLETE message on Cell 5.

–>

SECURITY MODE COMPLETE

4

The SS transmits a ROUTING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT message on Cell 5.

<–

ROUTING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT

5

The UE transmits a ROUTING AREA UPDATE COMPLETE message on Cell 5.

–>

ROUTING AREA UPDATE COMPLETE

13.4.3.10.3.3 Specific message contents

Table 13.4.3.10.3.3-0: Conditions for specific message contents
in Table 13.4.3.10.3.3-3

Condition

Explanation

Band > 64

If band > 64 is selected

Table 13.4.3.10.3.3-1: ATTACH REQUEST (preamble)

Derivation path: 36.508 Table 4.7.2-4

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MS network capability

SRVCC from UTRAN HSPA or E-UTRAN to GERAN/UTRAN supported

Mobile station classmark 2

Any allowed value

Supported Codecs

Any allowed value

Table 13.4.3.10.3.3-2: RRCConnectionReconfiguration (step 24, Table 13.4.3.10.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.1-8, condition MEAS

Table 13.4.3.10.3.3-3: MeasConfig (Table 13.4.3.10.3.3-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.6-1, condition UTRAN

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF SEQUENCE {

2 entries

measObjectId[1]

IdMeasObject-f1

measObject[1]

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(f1)

measObject[1]

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(maxEARFCN)

Band > 64

measObjectId[2]

IdMeasObject-f8

measObject[2]

MeasObjectUTRA-f8

}

reportConfigToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

reportConfigId[1]

IdReportConfig-B2-UTRA

reportConfig[1]

ReportConfigInterRAT-B2-UTRA (-72, -76)

}

measIdToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMeasId)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

measId[1]

1

measObjectId[1]

IdMeasObject-f8

reportConfigId[1]

IdReportConfig-B2-UTRA

}

measObjectToAddModList-v9e0 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF SEQUENCE {

Band > 64

measObjectEUTRA-v9e0[1] SEQUENCE {

carrierFreq-v9e0

Same downlink EARFCN as used for f1

}

measObjectEUTRA-v9e0[2] SEQUENCE {}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.10.3.3-4: MeasObjectUTRA-f8 (Table 13.4.3.10.3.3-3)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.6-3

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasObjectUTRA ::= SEQUENCE {

carrierFreq

Same downlink ARFCN as used for Cell 5

cellsToAddModList CHOICE {

cellsToAddModListUTRA-FDD SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeas)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

UTRA-FDD

cellIndex[1]

1

physCellId[1]

PhysicalCellIdentity of Cell 5

}

cellsToAddModListUTRA-TDD SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeas)) OF SEQUENCE {

UTRA-TDD

cellIndex[1]

1

physCellId[1]

PhysicalCellIdentity of Cell 5

}

}

csg-allowedReportingCells-v930

Not present

}

Condition

Explanation

UTRA-FDD

UTRA FDD cell environment

UTRA-TDD

UTRA TDD cell environment

Table 13.4.3.10.3.3-5: MeasurementReport (step 27, Table 13.4.3.10.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.1-5

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasurementReport ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {

measurementReport-r8 SEQUENCE {

measResults SEQUENCE {

measId

1

measResultPCell SEQUENCE {

rsrpResult

(0..97)

rsrqResult

(0..34)

}

measResultNeighCells CHOICE {

measResultListUTRA SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

physCellId[1] CHOICE {

fdd

PhysicalCellIdentity of Cell 5

UTRA-FDD

tdd

PhysicalCellIdentity of Cell 5

UTRA-TDD

}

cgi-Info[1]

Not present

measResult[1] SEQUENCE {

utra-RSCP

(-5..91)

utra-EcN0

Not present

additionalSI-Info-r9

Not present

}

}

}

measResultForECID-r9

Not present

locationInfo-r10

Not present

measResultServFreqList-r10

Not present

}

}

}

}

}

Condition

Explanation

UTRA-FDD

UTRA FDD cell environment

UTRA-TDD

UTRA TDD cell environment

Table 13.4.3.10.3.3-6: UECapabilityEnquiry (step 28, Table 13.4.3.10.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.1-22

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

UECapabilityEnquiry ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {

ueCapabilityEnquiry-r8 SEQUENCE {

ue-CapabilityRequest (SIZE (1..maxRAT-Capabilities)) OF SEQUENCE {

2 entries

RAT-Type[1]

eutra

RAT-Type[2]

utra

}

}

}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.10.3.3-7: MobilityFromEUTRACommand (step 30, Table 13.4.3.10.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.1-6

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MobilityFromEUTRACommand ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {

mobilityFromEUTRACommand-r8 SEQUENCE {

cs-FallbackIndicator

False

purpose CHOICE {

handover SEQUENCE {

targetRAT-Type

utra

targetRAT-MessageContainer

HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMMAND(UTRA RRC message)

nas-SecurityParamFromEUTRA

The 4 least significant bits of the NAS downlink COUNT value

systemInformation

Not present

}

}

}

}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.10.3.3-8: HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMMAND (Table 13.4.3.10.3.3-7)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.7B.1-1, condition UTRA Speech

Table 13.4.3.10.3.3-9: SECURITY MODE COMMAND (step 32 Table 13.4.3.10.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.7B.1-n

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

Ciphering mode info

Not present

Table 13.4.3.10.3.3-10: CONNECT (step 39, Table 13.4.3.10.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 24.008 Table 9.59a

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

Transaction identifier

TI flag

‘1’B

The message is sent to the side that originates the TI

TIO

‘000’B

TI value 0

Table 13.4.3.10.3.3-11: CONNECT ACKNOWLEDGE (step 40, Table 13.4.3.10.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 24.008 Table 9.60

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

Transaction identifier

TI flag

‘0’B

The message is sent from the side that originates the TI

TIO

‘000’B

TI value 0

Table 13.4.3.10.3.3-12: ROUTING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT (step 4, Table 13.4.3.10.3.2-3)

Derivation path: 36.508, Table 4.7B.2-2

Information Element

Value/Remark

Comment

Condition

PDP context status

0

NSAPI(0) – NSAPI(15) is set to 0, which means that the SM state of all PDP contexts is PDP-INACTIVE

13.4.3.11 Inter-system mobility / E-UTRA voice to UTRA CS voice / aSRVCC / MT call / SRVCC HO failure

13.4.3.11.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE is in E-UTRA RRC_CONNECTED state, an IMS MT speech call is in alerting phase and UE receives a MobilityFromEUTRACommand message }

ensure that {
when { UE detects radio link failure }

then { UE transmits SIP UPDATE message after RRC connection re-establishment procedure }

}

13.4.3.11.2 Conformance requirements

References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 36.331, clauses 5.4.3.3, 5.4.3.5, 5.3.7.2, 5.3.7.3, 5.3.7.4, 5.3.7.5 and TS 24.237, clause 12.2.4.2.

[TS 36.331, clause 5.4.3.3]

The UE shall:

1> stop timer T310, if running;

1> if the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message includes the purpose set to handover:

2> if the targetRAT-Type is set to utra or geran:

3> consider inter-RAT mobility as initiated towards the RAT indicated by the targetRAT-Type included in the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message;

3> forward the nas-SecurityParamFromEUTRA to the upper layers;

3> access the target cell indicated in the inter-RAT message in accordance with the specifications of the target RAT;

[TS 36.331, clause 5.4.3.5]

The UE shall:

1> if T304 expires (mobility from E-UTRA failure); or

1> if the UE does not succeed in establishing the connection to the target radio access technology; or

1> if the UE is unable to comply with (part of) the configuration included in the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message; or

1> if there is a protocol error in the inter RAT information included in the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message, causing the UE to fail the procedure according to the specifications applicable for the target RAT:

2> stop T304, if running;

2> if the cs-FallbackIndicator in the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message was set to TRUE:

3> indicate to upper layers that the CS Fallback procedure has failed;

2> revert back to the configuration used in the source PCell, excluding the configuration configured by the physicalConfigDedicated, mac-MainConfig and sps-Config;

2> initiate the connection re-establishment procedure as specified in 5.3.7;

[TS 36.331, clause 5.3.7.2]

The UE shall only initiate the procedure when AS security has been activated. The UE initiates the procedure when one of the following conditions is met:

1> upon mobility from E-UTRA failure, in accordance with 5.4.3.5; or

Upon initiation of the procedure, the UE shall:

1> stop timer T310, if running;

1> start timer T311;

1> suspend all RBs except SRB0;

1> reset MAC;

1> release the SCell(s), if configured, in accordance with 5.3.10.3a;

1> apply the default physical channel configuration as specified in 9.2.4;

1> apply the default semi-persistent scheduling configuration as specified in 9.2.3;

1> apply the default MAC main configuration as specified in 9.2.2;

1> release reportProximityConfig and clear any associated proximity status reporting timer;

1> release measSubframePatternPCell, if configured;

1> perform cell selection in accordance with the cell selection process as specified in TS 36.304 [4];

[TS 36.331, clause 5.3.7.3]

Upon selecting a suitable E-UTRA cell, the UE shall:

1> stop timer T311;

1> start timer T301;

1> apply the timeAlignmentTimerCommon included in SystemInformationBlockType2;

1> initiate transmission of the RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest message in accordance with 5.3.7.4;

[TS 36.331, clause 5.3.7.4]

If the procedure was initiated due to radio link failure or handover failure, the UE shall:

1> set the reestablishmentCellId in the VarRLF-Report to the global cell identity of the selected cell;

The UE shall set the contents of RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest message as follows:

1> set the ue-Identity as follows:

2> set the c-RNTI to the C-RNTI used in the source PCell (handover and mobility from E-UTRA failure) or used in the PCell in which the trigger for the re-establishment occurred (other cases);

2> set the physCellId to the physical cell identity of the source PCell (handover and mobility from E-UTRA failure) or of the PCell in which the trigger for the re-establishment occurred (other cases);

2> set the shortMAC-I to the 16 least significant bits of the MAC-I calculated:

3> over the ASN.1 encoded as per section 8 (i.e., a multiple of 8 bits) VarShortMAC-Input;

3> with the KRRCint key and integrity protection algorithm that was used in the source PCell (handover and mobility from E-UTRA failure) or of the PCell in which the trigger for the re-establishment occurred (other cases); and

3> with all input bits for COUNT, BEARER and DIRECTION set to binary ones;

1> set the reestablishmentCause as follows:

2> else if the re-establishment procedure was initiated due to handover failure as specified in 5.3.5.6 (intra-LTE handover failure) or 5.4.3.5 (inter-RAT mobility from EUTRA failure):

3> set the reestablishmentCause to the value handoverFailure;

The UE shall submit the RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest message to lower layers for transmission.

[TS 36.331, clause 5.3.7.5]

The UE shall:

1> stop timer T301;

1> consider the current cell to be the PCell;

1> re-establish PDCP for SRB1;

1> re-establish RLC for SRB1;

1> perform the radio resource configuration procedure in accordance with the received radioResourceConfigDedicated and as specified in 5.3.10;

1> resume SRB1;

NOTE: E-UTRAN should not transmit any message on SRB1 prior to receiving the RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete message.

1> update the KeNB key based on the KASME key to which the current KeNB is associated, using the nextHopChainingCount value indicated in the RRCConnectionReestablishment message, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];

1> store the nextHopChainingCount value;

1> derive the KRRCint key associated with the previously configured integrity algorithm, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];

1> derive the KRRCenc key and the KUPenc key associated with the previously configured ciphering algorithm, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];

1> configure lower layers to activate integrity protection using the previously configured algorithm and the KRRCint key immediately, i.e., integrity protection shall be applied to all subsequent messages received and sent by the UE, including the message used to indicate the successful completion of the procedure;

1> configure lower layers to apply ciphering using the previously configured algorithm, the KRRCenc key and the KUPenc key immediately, i.e., ciphering shall be applied to all subsequent messages received and sent by the UE, including the message used to indicate the successful completion of the procedure;

1> set the content of RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete message as follows:

2> if the UE has radio link failure or handover failure information available in VarRLF-Report and plmn-Identity stored in VarRLF-Report is equal to the RPLMN:

3> include the rlf-InfoAvailable;

1> perform the measurement related actions as specified in 5.5.6.1;

1> perform the measurement identity autonomous removal as specified in 5.5.2.2a;

1> submit the RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete message to lower layers for transmission, upon which the procedure ends;

[TS 24.237, clause 12.2.4.2]

If the SC UE is engaged in a session in early dialog state and:

– does not successfully retune to the 3GPP UTRAN or 3GPP GERAN after it receives the handover command from the eNodeB (as described in 3GPP TS 36.331 [62]) or from the NodeB (as described in 3GPP TS 25.331 [61]);

then if the SC UE the SC UE shall send a SIP UPDATE request containing:

1) an SDP offer, including the media characteristics as used in the existing dialog; and

2) a Reason header field containing protocol "SIP" and reason parameter "cause" with value "487" as specified in IETF RFC 3326 [57], and with reason-text set to either "handover cancelled" or "failure to transition to CS domain";

by following the rules of 3GPP TS 24.229 [2] in each transferred session.

13.4.3.11.3 Test description

13.4.3.11.3.1 Pre-test conditions

System Simulator:

– Cell 1 and Cell 5.

– System information combination 4 as defined in TS 36.508 [18] clause 4.4.3.1 is used in E-UTRA cell.

UE:

None.

Preamble:

– The UE is in state Registered, Idle mode (state 2) on Cell 1 according to [18].

13.4.3.11.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Table 13.4.3.11.3.2-1 illustrates the downlink power levels and other changing parameters to be applied for the cells at various time instants of the test execution. Row marked "T0" denotes the initial conditions after preamble, while columns marked "T1" and "T2" are to be applied subsequently. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause.

Table 13.4.3.11.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes

Parameter

Unit

Cell 1

Cell 5

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-60

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B2 are not satisfied.

CPICH_Ec (UTRA FDD)

dBm/3.84 MHz

-88

PCCPCH_Ec (UTRA LCR TDD)

dBm/1.28 MHz

-88

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-84

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B2 are satisfied.

CPICH_Ec (UTRA FDD)

dBm/3.84 MHz

-64

PCCPCH_Ec (UTRA LCR TDD)

dBm/1.28 MHz

-64

T2

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

Only Cell 1 is available.

(NOTE 1)

CPICH_Ec (UTRA FDD)

dBm/3.84 MHz

"Off"

PCCPCH_Ec (UTRA LCR TDD)

dBm/1.28 MHz

"Off"

NOTE 1: Power level "Off" for UTRA cell is defined in TS 34.108 Table 6.1.4 and Table 6.1.9.

Table 13.4.3.11.3.2-2: Main behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

The SS configures UTRA Cell 5 to reference configuration according 36.508 Table 4.8.3-1, condition UTRA Speech.

2-23

Steps 1 to 22 of the generic test procedure for IMS MT speech call (TS 36.508 4.5A.7.3-1).

24

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message on Cell 1 to setup inter-RAT measurement and reporting for event B2.

<–

RRCConnectionReconfiguration

25

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message on Cell 1.

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

26

The SS changes the power level for Cell 1 and Cell 5 according to the row "T1" in Table 13.4.3.11.3.2-1

27

The UE transmits a MeasurementReport message on Cell 1 to report event B2 for Cell 5.

–>

MeasurementReport

28

The SS changes the power level for Cell 1 and Cell 5 according to the row "T2" in Table 13.4.3.11.3.2-1.

29

The SS transmits a UECapabilityEnquiry message on Cell 1 to request UE radio access capability information for E-UTRA and UTRA.

<–

UECapabilityEnquiry

30

The UE transmits a UECapabilityInformation message on Cell 1.

NOTE: The start-CS values received, should be used to configure ciphering on Cell 5.

–>

UECapabilityInformation

31

The SS transmits a MobilityFromEUTRACommand message on Cell 1.

<–

MobilityFromEUTRACommand

32

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest message on Cell 1.

–>

RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest

33

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReestablishment message on Cell 1.

<–

RRCConnectionReestablishment

34

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete message on Cell 1.

–>

RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete

35

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message on Cell 1.

<–

RRCConnectionReconfiguration

EXCEPTION: In parallel to the events described in step 36 the steps specified in Table 13.4.3.11.3.2-3 should take place.

36

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message on Cell 1.

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

36A

Make UE to accept the session

37-38

Steps 12-13 expected sequence defined in annex C.21 of TS 34.229-1 [35].

39

Generic test procedure for MT release of IMS call as described in annex C.33 of TS 34.229-1 [35] takes place.

Table 13.4.3.11.3.2-3: Parallel behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

Check: Does the UE transmit SIP UPDATE request on Cell 1?

NOTE: Step 1 defined in annex C.28 of TS 34.229-1 [35] is performed.

1

P

2

Step 2 expected sequence defined in annex C.28 of TS 34.229-1 [35].

13.4.3.11.3.3 Specific message contents

Table 13.4.3.11.3.3-0: Conditions for specific message contents
in Table 13.4.3.11.3.3-3

Condition

Explanation

Band > 64

If band > 64 is selected

Table 13.4.3.11.3.3-1: ATTACH REQUEST (preamble)

Derivation path: 36.508 Table 4.7.2-4

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MS network capability

SRVCC from UTRAN HSPA or E-UTRAN to GERAN/UTRAN supported

Mobile station classmark 2

Any allowed value

Supported Codecs

Any allowed value

Table 13.4.3.11.3.3-2: RRCConnectionReconfiguration (step 24, Table 13.4.3.11.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.1-8, condition MEAS

Table 13.4.3.11.3.3-3: MeasConfig (Table 13.4.3.11.3.3-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.6-1, condition UTRAN

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF SEQUENCE {

2 entries

measObjectId[1]

IdMeasObject-f1

measObject[1]

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(f1)

measObject[1]

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(maxEARFCN)

Band > 64

measObjectId[2]

IdMeasObject-f8

measObject[2]

MeasObjectUTRA-f8

}

reportConfigToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

reportConfigId[1]

IdReportConfig-B2-UTRA

reportConfig[1]

ReportConfigInterRAT-B2-UTRA (-72, -76)

}

measIdToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMeasId)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

measId[1]

1

measObjectId[1]

IdMeasObject-f8

reportConfigId[1]

IdReportConfig-B2-UTRA

}

measObjectToAddModList-v9e0 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF SEQUENCE {

Band > 64

measObjectEUTRA-v9e0[1] SEQUENCE {

carrierFreq-v9e0

Same downlink EARFCN as used for f1

}

measObjectEUTRA-v9e0[2] SEQUENCE {}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.11.3.3-4: MeasObjectUTRA-f8 (Table 13.4.3.11.3.3-3)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.6-3

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasObjectUTRA ::= SEQUENCE {

carrierFreq

Same downlink ARFCN as used for Cell 5

cellsToAddModList CHOICE {

cellsToAddModListUTRA-FDD SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeas)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

UTRA-FDD

cellIndex[1]

1

physCellId[1]

PhysicalCellIdentity of Cell 5

}

cellsToAddModListUTRA-TDD SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeas)) OF SEQUENCE {

UTRA-TDD

cellIndex[1]

1

physCellId[1]

PhysicalCellIdentity of Cell 5

}

}

csg-allowedReportingCells-v930

Not present

}

Condition

Explanation

UTRA-FDD

UTRA FDD cell environment

UTRA-TDD

UTRA TDD cell environment

Table 13.4.3.11.3.3-5: MeasurementReport (step 27, Table 13.4.3.11.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.1-5

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasurementReport ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {

measurementReport-r8 SEQUENCE {

measResults SEQUENCE {

measId

1

measResultPCell SEQUENCE {

rsrpResult

(0..97)

rsrqResult

(0..34)

}

measResultNeighCells CHOICE {

measResultListUTRA SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

physCellId[1] CHOICE {

fdd

PhysicalCellIdentity of Cell 5

UTRA-FDD

tdd

PhysicalCellIdentity of Cell 5

UTRA-TDD

}

cgi-Info[1]

Not present

measResult[1] SEQUENCE {

utra-RSCP

(-5..91)

utra-EcN0

Not present

additionalSI-Info-r9

Not present

}

}

}

measResultForECID-r9

Not present

locationInfo-r10

Not present

measResultServFreqList-r10

Not present

}

}

}

}

}

Condition

Explanation

UTRA-FDD

UTRA FDD cell environment

UTRA-TDD

UTRA TDD cell environment

Table 13.4.3.11.3.3-6: UECapabilityEnquiry (step 29, Table 13.4.3.11.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.1-22

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

UECapabilityEnquiry ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {

ueCapabilityEnquiry-r8 SEQUENCE {

ue-CapabilityRequest (SIZE (1..maxRAT-Capabilities)) OF SEQUENCE {

2 entries

RAT-Type[1]

eutra

RAT-Type[2]

utra

}

}

}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.11.3.3-7: MobilityFromEUTRACommand (step 31, Table 13.4.3.11.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.1-6

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MobilityFromEUTRACommand ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {

mobilityFromEUTRACommand-r8 SEQUENCE {

cs-FallbackIndicator

False

purpose CHOICE {

handover SEQUENCE {

targetRAT-Type

utra

targetRAT-MessageContainer

HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMMAND(UTRA RRC message)

nas-SecurityParamFromEUTRA

The 4 least significant bits of the NAS downlink COUNT value

systemInformation

Not present

}

}

}

}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.11.3.3-8: HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMMAND (Table 13.4.3.11.3.3-7)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.7B.1-1, condition UTRA Speech

Table 13.4.3.11.3.3-9: RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest (step 32, Table 13.4.3.11.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.1-13

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

rrcConnectionReestablishmentRequest-r8 SEQUENCE {

ue-Identity SEQUENCE {

c-RNTI

the value of the C-RNTI of the UE

physCellId

PhysicalCellIdentity of Cell 1

shortMAC-I

The same value as the 16 least significant bits of the XMAC-I value calculated by SS

}

reestablishmentCause

handoverFailure

}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.11.3.3-10: RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete (step 34, Table 13.4.3.11.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.1-11

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

rrcConnectionReestablishmentComplete-r8 = SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension

Not present or any allowed value

}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.11.3.3-11: RRCConnectionReconfiguration (step 35, Table 13.4.3.11.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.1-8

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

RRCConnectionReconfiguration ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE{

rrcConnectionReconfiguration-r8 SEQUENCE {

radioResourceConfigDedicated

RadioResourceConfigDedicated-HO

}

}

}

}

13.4.3.12 Void

13.4.3.13 Inter-system mobility / E-UTRA voice to UTRA CS voice / aSRVCC / MT call / SRVCC HO cancelled / User answers in PS domain

13.4.3.13.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE is in E-UTRA RRC_CONNECTED state and an IMS MT speech call is in alerting phase }

ensure that {
when { UE receives a NOTIFICATION message }

then { UE transmits an UPDATE message on the E-UTRA cell and successfully answers the MT call in E-UTRA }

}

13.4.3.13.2 Conformance requirements

References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 23.216, clause 6.2.2.2, clause 8.1.3, TS 24.237, clauses 12.1, 12.2.3B.1, clause 12.2.4.2 and TS 24.301, clause 6.6.2.2, clause 6.6.2.3.

[TS 23.216, clause 6.2.2.2]

Depicted in figure 6.2.2.2-1 is a call flow for SRVCC from E‑UTRAN to UTRAN or GERAN with DTM HO support, including the handling of the non‑voice component. The flow requires that eNB can determine that either the target is UTRAN with PS HO or the target is GERAN with DTM support and the UE is supporting DTM.

Figure 6.2.2.2-1: SRVCC from E-UTRAN to UTRAN with PS HO or GERAN with DTM HO support

1. UE sends measurement reports to E-UTRAN.

14. E‑UTRAN sends a Handover from E‑UTRAN Command message to the UE.

15. UE tunes to the target UTRAN/GERAN cell.

16. Handover Detection at the target RNS/BSS occurs. The UE sends a Handover Complete message via the target RNS/BSS to the target MSC. If the target MSC is not the MSC Server, then the Target MSC sends an SES (Handover Complete) message to the MSC Server. At this stage, the UE re-establishes the connection with the network and can send/receive voice data.

17. The CS relocation/handover is complete. The following steps are performed:

a) Target RNS/BSS sends Relocation Complete/Handover Complete message to the target MSC.

b) Target MSC sends an SES (Handover Complete) message to the MSC Server. The speech circuit is through connected in the MSC Server/MGW according to TS 23.009 [18].

c) Completion of the establishment procedure with ISUP Answer message to the MSC Server according to TS 23.009 [18].

d) MSC Server sends a SRVCC PS to CS Complete Notification message to the source MME. Source MME acknowledges the information by sending a SRVCC PS to CS Complete Acknowledge message to the MSC Server.

e) The source MME deactivates the voice bearer towards S-GW/P-GW and sets the PS-to-CS handover indicator to Delete Bearer Command message. This triggers MME-initiated Dedicated Bearer Deactivation procedure as specified in TS 23.401 [2]. The MME does not send deactivation request toward the eNodeB on receiving PS-to-CS Complete Notification in step 17d. If dynamic PCC is deployed, the PGW may interact with PCRF as defined in TS 23.203 [31].

f) If the HLR is to be updated, i.e. if the IMSI is authenticated but unknown in the VLR, the MSC Server performs a TMSI reallocation towards the UE using its own non-broadcast LAI and, if the MSC Server and other MSC/VLRs serve the same (target) LAI, with its own Network Resource Identifier (NRI).

NOTE 9: The TMSI reallocation is performed by the MSC Server towards the UE via target MSC.

g) If the MSC Server performed a TMSI reallocation in step 17f, and if this TMSI reallocation was completed successfully, the MSC Server performs a MAP Update Location to the HSS/HLR.

NOTE 10: This Update Location is not initiated by the UE.

[TS 23.216, clause 8.1.3]

If the source E-UTRAN/UTRAN decides to terminate the handover procedure before its completion, the MME/SGSN shall return to its state before the handover procedure was triggered. The MME/SGSN attempts to trigger, at the MSC Server enhanced for SRVCC, handover cancellation procedures according to TS 23.009 [18]. The MSC Server enhanced for SRVCC shall take no SRVCC-specific action towards IMS.

The MME/SGSN shall also send a session reestablishment trigger notification to UE to start the recovery procedure if it receives notification from the MSC Server that the Session Transfer procedure is in progress. Figure 8.1.3-1 shows the overall procedure for SRVCC handover cancellation.

Figure 8.1.3-1: SRVCC Handover Cancellation Procedure

1. Network has started the SRVCC procedure. SGSN/MME has sent the SRVCC PS to CS request to MSC Server.

2. MSC Server is performing the CS HO procedure with target network, and has also started the Session Transfer procedure with IMS with STN-SR, see TS 23.237 [14].

3. Source UTRAN/E-UTRAN decides to cancel the SRVCC HO Procedure by sending a Cancel message to SGSN/MME.

4. Source SGSN/MME indicates SRVCC PS to CS Cancel Notification to MSC Server to start the HO cancellation procedure as according to TS 23.009 [18].

5. MSC Server acks the PS to CS Cancel Notification with an indication that Session Transfer procedure is in progress.

6. Due to the Session Transfer procedure in progress indication, the source SGSN/MME sends a Session Reestablishment trigger notification to UE to start the session re-establishment procedure

7. UE starts the re-establishment procedure, by attempting to return to E-UTRAN/UTRAN by sending a re-INVITE towards IMS for the related session. If the session is no longer active, then this session transfer request shall be rejected by the IMS.

[TS 24.237, clause 12.1]

In order to fulfil the requirements for PS-CS access transfer in SR-VCC for calls in alerting state, the SC UE needs to be engaged in a session with speech media component in early dialog state according to the following conditions before SR-VCC access transfer is performed:

– a SIP 180 (Ringing) response for the initial SIP INVITE request to establish this session has been sent or received; and

– a SIP final response for the initial SIP INVITE request to establish this session has not been sent or received.

[TS 24.237, clause 12.2.3B.1]

The SC UE shall apply the procedures in subclauses 12.2.3B.3 for access transfer for calls in alerting state if:

1) the SC UE supports single radio PS to CS access transfer for calls in alerting state; and

2) there are one or more early dialogs created by the same SIP INVITE request with at least one dialog that is an early dialog supporting a session with active speech media component where the SC UE:

– has sent a Contact header field in a SIP INVITE request or 180 (Ringing) response containing the g.3gpp.srvcc-alerting media feature tag (as described in annex C); and

– has received a Feature-Caps header field in a SIP INVITE request or 180 (Ringing) response containing the g.3gpp.srvcc-alerting feature capability indicator (as described in annex C).

[TS 24.237, clause 12.2.4.2]

If the SC UE is engaged in a session in early dialog state and:

– receives a SM NOTIFICATION message containing an "SRVCC handover cancelled, IMS session re-establishment required" as described in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8] or 3GPP TS 24.301 [52] depending on the access in use; or

– does not successfully retune to the 3GPP UTRAN or 3GPP GERAN after it receives the handover command from the eNodeB (as described in 3GPP TS 36.331 [62]) or from the NodeB (as described in 3GPP TS 25.331 [61]);

then if the SC UE the SC UE shall send a SIP UPDATE request containing:

1) an SDP offer, including the media characteristics as used in the existing dialog; and

2) a Reason header field containing protocol "SIP" and reason parameter "cause" with value "487" as specified in IETF RFC 3326 [57], and with reason-text set to either "handover cancelled" or "failure to transition to CS domain";

by following the rules of 3GPP TS 24.229 [2] in each transferred session.

[TS 24.301, clause 6.6.2.2]

The network initiates the notification procedure by sending a NOTIFICATION message to the UE (see example in figure 6.6.2.2.1).

Figure 6.6.2.2.1: Notification procedure

[TS 24.301, clause 6.6.2.3]

When the UE receives a NOTIFICATION message, the ESM protocol entity in the UE shall provide the notification indicator to the upper layer.

The notification indicator can have the following value:

  1. #1: SRVCC handover cancelled, IMS session re-establishment required.

13.4.3.13.3 Test description

13.4.3.13.3.1 Pre-test conditions

System Simulator:

– Cell 1 and Cell 5

– System information combination 4 as defined in TS 36.508 [18] clause 4.4.3.1 is used in E-UTRA cell.

UE:

None.

Preamble:

– The UE is in state Registered, Idle mode (state 2) on Cell 1 according to [18].

13.4.3.13.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Table 13.4.3.13.3.2-1 illustrates the downlink power levels and other changing parameters to be applied for the cells at various time instants of the test execution. Row marked "T0" denotes the initial conditions after preamble, while columns marked "T1" is to be applied subsequently. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause.

Table 13.4.3.13.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes

Parameter

Unit

Cell 1

Cell 5

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-60

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B2 are not satisfied.

CPICH_Ec (UTRA FDD)

dBm/3.84 MHz

-88

PCCPCH_Ec (UTRA LCR TDD)

dBm/1.28 MHz

-88

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-84

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B2 are satisfied.

CPICH_Ec (UTRA FDD)

dBm/3.84 MHz

-64

PCCPCH_Ec (UTRA LCR TDD)

dBm/1.28 MHz

-64

Table 13.4.3.13.3.2-2: Main behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

The SS configures UTRA Cell 5 to reference configuration according 36.508 Table 4.8.3-1, condition UTRA Speech.

2-23

Steps 1 to 22 of the generic test procedure for IMS MT speech call (TS 36.508 4.5A.7.3-1).

24

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message on Cell 1 to setup inter-RAT measurement and reporting for event B2.

<–

RRCConnectionReconfiguration

25

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message on Cell 1.

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

26

The SS changes the power level for Cell 1 and Cell 5 according to the row "T1" in Table 13.4.3.13.3.2-1

27

The UE transmits a MeasurementReport message on Cell 1 to report event B2 for Cell 5.

–>

MeasurementReport

28

Void

29

Void

30

The SS transmits a NOTIFICATION message on Cell 1.

<–

NOTIFICATION

31

Check: Does the UE transmit SIP UPDATE request on Cell 1?

NOTE: Step 1 defined in annex C.28 of TS 34.229-1 [35] is performed.

1

P

32

Step 2 expected sequence defined in annex C.28 of TS 34.229-1 [35].

33-35

Step 11A to 13 of the generic test procedure for IMS MT speech call (TS 34.229-1 annex C.11).

36

Generic test procedure for MT release of IMS call as described in annex C.33 of TS 34.229-1 [35] takes place.

13.4.3.13.3.3 Specific message contents

Table 13.4.3.13.3.3-0: Conditions for specific message contents
in Table 13.4.3.13.3.3-3

Condition

Explanation

Band > 64

If band > 64 is selected

Table 13.4.3.13.3.3-1: ATTACH REQUEST (preamble)

Derivation path: 36.508 Table 4.7.2-4

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MS network capability

SRVCC from UTRAN HSPA or E-UTRAN to GERAN/UTRAN supported

Mobile station classmark 2

Any allowed value

Supported Codecs

Any allowed value

Table 13.4.3.13.3.3-2: RRCConnectionReconfiguration (step 24, Table 13.4.3.13.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.1-8, condition MEAS

Table 13.4.3.13.3.3-3: MeasConfig (Table 13.4.3.13.3.3-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.6-1, condition UTRAN

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF SEQUENCE {

2 entries

measObjectId[1]

IdMeasObject-f1

measObject[1]

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(f1)

measObject[1]

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(maxEARFCN)

Band > 64

measObjectId[2]

IdMeasObject-f8

measObject[2]

MeasObjectUTRA-f8

}

reportConfigToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

reportConfigId[1]

IdReportConfig-B2-UTRA

reportConfig[1]

ReportConfigInterRAT-B2-UTRA (-72, -76)

}

measIdToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMeasId)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

measId[1]

1

measObjectId[1]

IdMeasObject-f8

reportConfigId[1]

IdReportConfig-B2-UTRA

}

quantityConfig

QuantityConfig-DEFAULT-RSCP

measObjectToAddModList-v9e0 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF SEQUENCE {

Band > 64

measObjectEUTRA-v9e0[1] SEQUENCE {

carrierFreq-v9e0

Same downlink EARFCN as used for f1

}

measObjectEUTRA-v9e0[2] SEQUENCE {}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.13.3.3-4: MeasObjectUTRA-f8 (Table 13.4.3.13.3.3-3)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.6-3

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasObjectUTRA ::= SEQUENCE {

carrierFreq

Same downlink ARFCN as used for Cell 5

cellsToAddModList CHOICE {

cellsToAddModListUTRA-FDD SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeas)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

UTRA-FDD

cellIndex[1]

1

physCellId[1]

PhysicalCellIdentity of Cell 5

}

cellsToAddModListUTRA-TDD SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeas)) OF SEQUENCE {

UTRA-TDD

cellIndex[1]

1

physCellId[1]

PhysicalCellIdentity of Cell 5

}

}

csg-allowedReportingCells-v930

Not present

}

Condition

Explanation

UTRA-FDD

UTRA FDD cell environment

UTRA-TDD

UTRA TDD cell environment

Table 13.4.3.13.3.3-5: MeasurementReport (step 27, Table 13.4.3.13.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.1-5

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasurementReport ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {

measurementReport-r8 SEQUENCE {

measResults SEQUENCE {

measId

1

measResultPCell SEQUENCE {

rsrpResult

(0..97)

rsrqResult

(0..34)

}

measResultNeighCells CHOICE {

measResultListUTRA SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

physCellId[1] CHOICE {

fdd

PhysicalCellIdentity of Cell 5

UTRA-FDD

tdd

PhysicalCellIdentity of Cell 5

UTRA-TDD

}

cgi-Info[1]

Not present

measResult[1] SEQUENCE {

utra-RSCP

(-5..91)

utra-EcN0

Not present

additionalSI-Info-r9

Not present

}

}

}

measResultForECID-r9

Not present

locationInfo-r10

Not present

measResultServFreqList-r10

Not present

}

}

}

}

}

Condition

Explanation

UTRA-FDD

UTRA FDD cell environment

UTRA-TDD

UTRA TDD cell environment

Table 13.4.3.13.3.3-6: NOTIFICATION (step 30, Table 13.4.3.13.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.7.3-19A, condition SRVCC-HO-CANCELLED

13.4.3.14 Inter-system mobility / E-UTRA PS voice + PS data to UTRA CS voice + PS data / aSRVCC / MO call

13.4.3.14.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE in E-UTRA RRC_CONNECTED state }

ensure that {

when { UE receives a MobilityFromEUTRACommand message and an MO IMS voice call is in alerting state and an UTRA PS RB + Speech combination is configured for an UTRA cell}

then { UE transmits a HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMPLETE message on the utra cell}

}

(2)

with { UE having transmitted a HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMPLETE message }

ensure that {

when { the voice call is accepted }

then { UE transmits a CONNECT ACKNOWLEDGE message on the utra cell}

}

(3)

with { UE having sent CONNECT ACKLOWDGEMENT}

ensure that {

when { the voice call is accepted }

then { UE deletes early IMS dialog }

13.4.3.14.2 Conformance requirements

References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 36.331, clause 5.4.3.3, TS 24.237 clause 12.2.3B.1 and clause 12.2.3B.3.2.

[TS 36.331, clause 5.4.3.3]

The UE shall be able to receive a MobilityFromEUTRACommand message and perform a cell change order to GERAN, even if no prior UE measurements have been performed on the target cell.

The UE shall:

1> stop timer T310, if running;

1> if the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message includes the purpose set to ‘handover‘:

2> if the targetRAT-Type is set to ‘utra‘ or ‘geran‘:

3> consider inter-RAT mobility as initiated towards the RAT indicated by the targetRAT-Type included in the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message;

3> forward the nas-SecurityParamFromEUTRA to the upper layers;

3> access the target cell indicated in the inter-RAT message in accordance with the specifications of the target RAT;

[TS 24.237 clause 12.2.3B.1]

The SC UE shall apply the procedures in subclauses 12.2.3B.3 for access transfer for calls in alerting state if:

1) the SC UE supports single radio PS to CS access transfer for calls in alerting state; and

2) there are one or more early dialogs created by the same SIP INVITE request with at least one dialog that is an early dialog supporting a session with active speech media component where the SC UE:

– has sent a Contact header field in a SIP INVITE request or 180 (Ringing) response containing the g.3gpp.srvcc-alerting media feature tag (as described in annex C); and

– has received a Feature-Caps header field in a SIP INVITE request or 180 (Ringing) response containing the g.3gpp.srvcc-alerting feature capability indicator (as described in annex C).

[TS 24.237 clause 12.2.3B.3.2]

If the SC UE has initiated an outgoing call which is in the early dialog state according to the conditions in subclauses 12.1 and 12.2.3B.1 and the SC UE successfully performs access transfer to the CS domain, then the UE continues in Ringing state in CS, i.e. UE moves to Call Delivered (U4) state as described in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8].

[TS 24.237 clause 12.3.8]

Upon receiving the SIP ACK request from target access leg, and after an operator specific timer has expired, the SCC AS shall:

1) for each session where no in-dialog request has been received in the source access leg of the session with transferred media component(s) within the operator defined time:

a) if the session is a session with an active or inactive media component, send a SIP BYE request toward the S-CSCF for sending to the served SC UE;

b) if the session is an early dialog on originating side send a SIP 404 (Not Found) response; and

c) if the session is an early dialog on terminating side send a SIP CANCEL request; and

NOTE 1: The SC UE will receive the SIP request or response only if the SC UE is using Gm after the PS-CS access transfer is completed.

NOTE 2: Delaying the SIP request or response as described above allows an ICS UE to add Gm control if needed and an SC UE to reuse the PS dialog in case of SRVCC cancellation.

2) for each session in the transferable session set for which the speech media component, or the speech media and video media component in case of vSRVCC, was not transferred:

a) if the speech media component or the speech media and video media components is the only media component(s) of the session, release remote leg and source access leg; and

b) if the speech media component or the speech media and video media components are not the only media components of the session, modify the remote leg and source access leg and remove the media component(s).

NOTE 3: In case of a SIP INVITE request due to STN-SR, video media components are not removed or causing release of the remote leg.

[TS 24.237 clause A.17.3]

In the example flow at the figure A.17.3-1, SC UE A has invited for an originating session with speech media component which is anchored at SCC AS. The session is in alerting phase. Based upon measurement reports sent from the UE to E-UTRAN, the source E-UTRAN decides to trigger a PS to CS SRVCC handover to CS access.

Figure A.17.3-1: PS-CS SRVCC, incoming call in alerting phase

NOTE 1: For clarity, the SIP 100 (Trying) responses are not shown in the signalling flow.

1. SC UE A has setup an outgoing call

The outgoing call has been anchored at the SCC AS of SC UE A. Both ends have reserved the resources and SC UE A has received a SIP 180 (Ringing) response.

1a. The ringing tone is played to the originating user

The ringing tone is played by the originating UE as the locally generated ringing tone.

2. SC UE A attaches to the CS domain

UE A sends the measurement reports to E-UTRAN, and the source E-UTRAN decides to trigger an PS to CS SRVCC handover to CS access. The MSC server initiates the session transfer with the STN-SR, refer to 3GPP TS 23.237 [9]. The ringing tone is kept playing to the originating user.

3. SIP INVITE request transferring the session (MSC server to intermediate IM CN subsystem entities) – see example in table A.17.3-1

The MSC server sends an initial SIP INVITE request with STN-SR.

Table A.17.3-1: SIP INVITE request (MSC server to intermediate IM CN subsystem entities)

INVITE tel: +1-237-555-3333 SIP/2.0

Via: SIP/2.0/UDP msc1.visit1.net;branch=z9hG4bk731b87

Max-Forwards: 70

Route: <sip:icscf1.visit1.net;lr>

P-Asserted-Identity: <tel:+1-237-555-1111>

P-Charging-Vector: icid-value="AyretyU0dm+6O2IrT5tAFrbHLso=023551024";orig-ioi=visit1.net

Privacy: none

From: <tel:+1-237-555-1111>;tag=171828

To: <tel:+1-237-555-3333>

Call-ID: cb03a0s09a2sdfglkj490334

Cseq: 127 INVITE

Supported: 100rel, precondition, gruu

Accept-Contact: *;+g.3gpp.icsi-ref="urn%3Aurn-7%3gpp-service.ims.icsi.mmtel"

P-Asserted-Service: urn:urn-7:3gpp-service.ims.icsi.mmtel

Contact: <sip: msc1.visit1.net:1357>;+g.3gpp.icsi-ref="urn%3Aurn-7%3gpp-service.ims.icsi.mmtel"; +g.3gpp.srvcc-alerting

Allow: INVITE, ACK, CANCEL, BYE, PRACK, UPDATE, REFER

Recv-Info: g.3gpp.state-and-event

Content-Type: application/sdp

Content-Length: (…)

P-Early-Media: supported

v=0

o=- 2987933615 2987933615 IN IP6 5555::aaa:bbb:ccc:eee

s=

c=IN IP6 5555::aaa:bbb:ccc:eee

t=0 0

m=audio 3456 RTP/AVP 97 96

a=tcap:1 RTP/AVPF

a=pcfg:1 t=1

b=AS:25.4

a=curr:qos local sendrecv

a=curr:qos remote none

a=des:qos mandatory local sendrecv

a=des:qos none remote sendrecv

a=rtpmap:97 AMR

a=fmtp:97 mode-set=0,2,5,7; mode-change-period=2

a=rtpmap:96 telephone-event

a=maxptime:20

Request-URI: contains the STN-SR.

SDP: The SDP contains set of codecs supported by the MGW.

Contact: contains the +g.3gpp.srvcc-alerting feature tag.

4. SIP INVITE request transferring the session (intermediate IM CN subsystem entities to SCC AS)

The SIP INVITE is routed towards the SCC AS, based on filter criteria in S-CSCF.

4a. Remote Leg Update

The SCC AS correlates SIP INVITE request to the local and remote call legs of the existing session between the UE A and the remote end. The SCC AS performs the Remote Leg update by sending SIP UPDATE request towards the remote UE B.

5. SIP UPDATE request (SCC AS to intermediate IM CN subsystem entities)

The SCC AS acting as a B2BUA generates a SIP UPDATE request based upon the received SIP INVITE request and the information previously stored against this session.

6. SIP UPDATE request (Intermediate IM CN subsystem entities to UE B)

The intermediate IM CN subsystem entities forward the SIP UPDATE request to remote UE B.

7. SIP 200 (OK) response (UE B to Intermediate IM CN subsystem entities)

Upon receiving the SIP UPDATE request containing the SDP offer for the leg to the MSC, the far end sends a SIP 200 (OK) response.

8. SIP 200 (OK) response (Intermediate IM CN subsystem entities to SCC AS)

The intermediate IM CN subsystem entities forward the SIP 200 (OK) response to the SCC AS.

9. SIP 183 (Session Progress) response (SCC AS to Intermediate IM CN subsystem entities)

The SCC AS sends a SIP 183 (Session Progress) response containing the SDP answer as received from the far end UE. The SDP answer indicates that resources are available

10. SIP 183 (Session Progress) response (Intermediate IM CN subsystem entities to MSC server)

The intermediate IM CN subsystem entities forward the 183 (Session Progress) response to the MSC server.

11. SIP PRACK request (MSC server to Intermediate IM CN subsystem entities)

The MSC acknowledges the receipt of the SIP 183 (Session Progress) response.

12. SIP PRACK request (Intermediate IM CN subsystem entities to SCC AS)

The intermediate IM CN subsystem entities forward the SIP PRACK request to the SCC AS.

13. SIP 200 (OK) response (SCC AS to Intermediate IM CN subsystem entities)

The SCC AS acknowledges the PRACK request.

14. SIP 200 (OK) response (Intermediate IM CN subsystem entities to MSC server)

The intermediate IM CN subsystem entities forward the SIP 200 (OK) response to the MSC server.

15. SIP INFO request (SCC AS to intermediate IM CN subsystem entities) – see example in table A.17.3-2

Table A.17.3-2: INFO request (SCC AS to intermediate IM CN subsystem entities)

INFO sip: msc1.visit1.net:1357 SIP/2.0

Via SIP/2.0/UDP sip:sccas1.home1.net;branch=z9hG4bK332b23.1

Max-Forwards: 68

Route: <sip:scscf1.home1.net;lr>

From: <tel: +1-237-555-3333>;tag=314159

To: <tel:+1-237-555-1111>;tag=171828

Call-ID: cb03a0s09a2sdfglkj490334

Cseq: 129 INFO

Info-Package: g.3gpp.state-and-event

Content-Disposition: Info-Package

Content-Type: application/vnd.3gpp.state-and-event-info+xml

Content-Length:

<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>

<state-and-event-info>

<state-info>early</state-info>

<direction>initiator</direction>

</state-and-event-info>

16. SIP INFO request (Intermediate IM CN subsystem entities to MSC server)

The intermediate IM CN subsystem entities forward the SIP INFO request to the MSC server. The MSC server is aware that the call that is transferred is in originating alerting state.

17. SIP 200 (OK) response (MSC server to Intermediate IM CN subsystem entities)

The MSC Server acknowledges the receipt of the SIP INFO request.

18. SIP 200 (OK) response (Intermediate IM CN subsystem entities to SCC AS)

The intermediate IM CN subsystem entities forward the SIP 200 (OK) response to the SCC AS.

19. MSC goes in Call delivered state

The MSC enters Call delivered state due to the information received in the SIP INFO request.

20. SIP 200 (OK) response (UE B to intermediate IM CN subsystem entities)

The UE B accepts the call and sends a SIP 200 (OK) response.

21. SIP 200 (OK) response (Intermediate IM CN subsystem entities to SCC AS)

The SIP 200 (OK) response is forwarded to SCC AS.

22 SIP 200 (OK) response (SCC AS to intermediate IM CN subsystem entities)

The SCC AS sends the SIP 200 (OK) response to indicate that the terminating UE B has accepted the call.

23 200 (OK) response (Intermediate IM CN subsystem entities to MSC server)

The SIP 200 (OK) response is forwarded to the MSC server.

24 CC CONNECT message (MSC server to SC UE A)

The MSC server indicates to the SC UA A that the far end has accepted the call.

24a Stop the ringing tone

The UE stops playing the locally generated ringing tone.

25 CC CONNECTACKNOWLEDGE (MSC server to SC UE A)

SC UE A acknowledges the CS CONNECT message.

26 SIP ACK request (MSC server to intermediate IM CN subsystem entities)

The MSC server acknowledges the SIP 200 (OK) response received from SCC AS

27. SIP ACK request (Intermediate IM CN subsystem entities to SCC AS)

The SIP ACK request is forwarded to the SCC AS.

28 SIP ACK request (SCC AS to intermediate IM CN subsystem entities)

The SCC AS acknowledges the SIP 200 (OK) response received towards far end.

29 SIP ACK request (Intermediate IM CN subsystem entities to far end)

The SIP ACK request is forwarded towards the far end.

30 – 33 The SCC AS releases the original source leg towards the SC UE A

The SCC AS sends a SIP 404 (Not Found) response in order to release to original source dialog towards the SC UE A

NOTE: Steps 31-32 are performed only if the SC UE A uses Gm the PS-CS access transfer in alerting phase is completed; otherwise, the SC UE A and the network release the source access leg locally, without any signalling between the SC UE A and the network.

13.4.3.14.3 Test description

13.4.3.14.3.1 Pre-test conditions

System Simulator:

– Cell 1 and Cell 5.

– System information combination 4 as defined in TS 36.508 [18] clause 4.4.3.1 is used in E-UTRA cells.

UE:

None.

Preamble:

– The UE is in state Registered, Idle mode (state 2) on Cell 1 according to [18].

13.4.3.14.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Table 13.4.3.14.3.2-1 illustrates the downlink power levels and other changing parameters to be applied for the cells at various time instants of the test execution. Row marked "T0" denotes the initial conditions after preamble, while columns marked "T1" is to be applied subsequently. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause.

Table 13.4.3.14.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes

Parameter

Unit

Cell 1

Cell 5

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-60

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B2 are not satisfied.

CPICH_Ec (UTRA FDD)

dBm/3.84 MHz

-88

PCCPCH_Ec (UTRA LCR TDD)

dBm/1.28 MHz

-88

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-84

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B2 are satisfied.

CPICH_Ec (UTRA FDD)

dBm/3.84 MHz

-64

PCCPCH_Ec (UTRA LCR TDD)

dBm/1.28 MHz

-64

T2

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

Non-suitable “Off”

CPICH_Ec (UTRA FDD)

dBm/3.84 MHz

-64

PCCPCH_Ec (UTRA LCR TDD)

dBm/1.28 MHz

-64

Table 13.4.3.14.3.2-2: Main behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

The SS configures UTRA cell 5 to reference configuration according to TS 36.508 Table 4.8.3-1, condition UTRA PS RB + Speech.

2-15

Steps 1 to 14 of the generic test procedure for IMS MO speech call and aSRVCC (TS 36.508 4.5A.10.3-1).

16

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message on Cell 1 to setup inter RAT measurement and reporting for event B2.

<–

RRCConnectionReconfiguration

17

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message on Cell 1.

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

18

The SS changes the power level for Cell 1 and Cell 5 according to the row "T1" in Table 13.4.3.14.3.2-1

19

The UE transmits a MeasurementReport message on Cell 1 to report event B2 for Cell 5.

–>

MeasurementReport

20

The SS transmits a UECapabilityEnquiry message to request UE radio access capability information for E-UTRA and UTRA.

<–

UECapabilityEnquiry

21

The UE transmits a UECapabilityInformation message on Cell 1.

NOTE: The start-PS and start-CS values received, should be used to configure ciphering on Cell 5.

–>

UECapabilityInformation

22

The SS transmits a MobilityFromEUTRACommand message on Cell 1.

<–

MobilityFromEUTRACommand

23

Check: Does the UE transmit a HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMPLETE message on Cell 5?

–>

HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMPLETE

1

P

EXCEPTION: In parallel to the events described in step 24 to 31 the steps specified in Table 13.4.3.14.3.2-3 take place.

24

The SS transmits a SECURITY MODE COMMAND message for the CS domain.

<–

SECURITY MODE COMMAND

25

The UE transmits a SECURITY MODE COMPLETE message.

–>

SECURITY MODE COMPLETE

26

The SS transmits an UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION message to notify CN information.

<–

UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION

27

The UE transmits an UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION CONFIRM message.

–>

UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION CONFIRM

28

The SS transmits a TMSI REALLOCATION COMMAND message.

<–

TMSI REALLOCATION COMMAND

29

The UE transmits a TMSI REALLOCATION COMPLETE message.

–>

TMSI REALLOCATION COMPLETE

30

The SS transmits a CONNECT message on Cell 5.

<–

CONNECT

31

Check: Does the UE transmit a CONNECT ACKNOWLEDGE message on Cell 5?

–>

CONNECT ACKNOWLEDGE

2

P

32-37

Void

EXCEPTION: Step 37Aa1 describes behaviour that depends on UE implementation; the “lower case letter” identifies a step sequence that take place if IMS SIP de-registration defined in Table 13.4.3.14.3.2-4 has not occurred.

37Aa1

Generic test procedure to remove IMS early dialog of outgoing call definedin Annex C.34 of TS 34.229-1 [35] takes place.

37A-37B

Void

38

SS adjusts cell levels according to row T2 of Table 13.4.3.14.3.2-1.

The UE is in end state UTRA CS call (U5).

Table 13.4.3.14.3.2-3: Parallel behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

EXCEPTION: In parallel to the events described in step 1 to 5 and depending on the UE implementation the steps defined in Table 13.4.3.14.3.2-4 may take place.

1

Check: Does the UE transmit a ROUTING AREA UPDATE REQUEST message?

–>

ROUTING AREA UPDATE REQUEST

2

The SS transmits a SECURITY MODE COMMAND message for the PS domain on Cell 5.

<–

SECURITY MODE COMMAND

3

The UE transmits a SECURITY MODE COMPLETE message on Cell 5.

–>

SECURITY MODE COMPLETE

4

The SS transmits a ROUTING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT message on Cell 5.

<–

ROUTING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT

5

The UE transmits a ROUTING AREA UPDATE COMPLETE message on Cell 5.

–>

ROUTING AREA UPDATE COMPLETE

5A

Wait for 2 seconds to provide enough time to finish up optional IMS deregistration.

EXCEPTION: Step 6a1-6a2 describe behaviour that depends on the UE implementation; the "lower case letter" identifies a step sequence that take place if the UE performs a certain action.

6a1

The UE transimts PDP CONTEXT Deactivaiton message

<–

DEACTIVATE PDP CONTEXT REQUEST

6a2

The UE transimts PDP CONTEXT Deactivaiton message

<–

DEACTIVATE PDP CONTEXT ACCEPT

Table 13.4.3.14.3.2-4: Parallel behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

Generic test procedure for mobile initiated IMS SIP re-registration or de-registration defined in Annex C.46 or C.30, respectively, of TS 34.229-1 [35] can take place.

13.4.3.14.3.3 Specific message contents

Table 13.4.3.14.3.3-0: Conditions for specific message contents
in Table 13.4.3.14.3.3-3

Condition

Explanation

Band > 64

If band > 64 is selected

Table 13.4.3.14.3.3-1: ATTACH REQUEST (preamble)

Derivation path: 36.508 table 4.7.2-4

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MS network capability

SRVCC from UTRAN HSPA or E-UTRAN to GERAN/UTRAN supported

Mobile station classmark 2

Any allowed value

Supported Codecs

Any allowed value

Table 13.4.3.14.3.3-2: RRCConnectionReconfiguration (step 16, Table 13.4.3.14.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.1 table 4.6.1-8 with condition MEAS

Table 13.4.3.14.3.3-3: MeasConfig (step 16, Table 13.4.3.14.3.2-2)

Derivation path: 36.508 clause 4.6.6 table 4.6.6-1 with condition UTRAN

Information Element

Value/Remark

Comment

Condition

measurementConfiguration ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModifyList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF SEQUENCE {

2 entries

measObjectId[1]

IdMeasObject-f8

measObject[1]

MeasObjectUTRA-GENERIC(f8)

measObjectId[2]

IdMeasObject-f1

measObject[2]

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(f1)

measObject[2]

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(maxEARFCN)

Band > 64

}

reportConfigToAddModifyList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

reportConfigId[1]

IdReportConfigInterRAT-B2-UTRA

reportConfig[1]

ReportConfigInterRAT-B2-UTRA (-72, -76)

}

measIdToAddModifyList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMeasId)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

measId[1]

1

measObjectId[1]

IdMeasObject-f8

reportConfigId[1]

IdReportConfigInterRAT-B2-UTRA

}

measObjectToAddModList-v9e0 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF SEQUENCE {

Band > 64

    measObjectEUTRA-v9e0[1] SEQUENCE {}

measObjectEUTRA-v9e0[2] SEQUENCE {

carrierFreq-v9e0

Same downlink EARFCN as used for f1

}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.14.3.3-4: MeasurementReport (step 19, Table 13.4.3.14.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, table 4.6.1-5

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasurementReport ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE{

measurementReport-r8 SEQUENCE {

measResults SEQUENCE {

measId

1

measResultServCell SEQUENCE {

rsrpResult

(0..97)

rsrqResult

(0..34)

}

measResultNeighCells CHOICE {

measResultListUTRA SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

physCellId[1]

PhysicalCellIdentity of Cell 5

cgi-Info[1]

Not present

measResult[1] SEQUENCE {

utra-RSCP

(-5..91)

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.14.3.3-5: MobilityFromEUTRACommand (step 20, Table 13.4.3.14.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.1-6

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MobilityFromEUTRACommand ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE{

mobilityFromEUTRACommand-r8 SEQUENCE {

cs-FallbackIndicator

False

purpose CHOICE{

handover SEQUENCE {

targetRAT-Type

Utra

targetRAT-MessageContainer

HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMMAND(UTRA RRC message)

nas-SecurityParamFromEUTRA

The 4 least significant bits of the NAS downlink COUNT value

systemInformation

Not present

}

}

}

}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.14.3.3-6: HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMMAND (step 20, Table 13.4.3.14.3.3-5)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.7B.1-1, condition UTRA PS RB + Speech

Table 13.4.3.14.3.3-7: UECapabilityEnquiry (step 21, Table 13.4.3.14.3.2-2)

Derivation path: 36.508 clause 4.6.1 table 4.6.1-22

Information Element

Value/Remark

Comment

Condition

UECapabilityEnquiry ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {

ueCapabilityEnquiry-r8 SEQUENCE {

ue-CapabilityRequest SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxRAT-Capabilities)) OF SEQUENCE {

2 entry

RAT-Type[1]

eutra

RAT-Type[2]

utra

}

}

}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.14.3.3-8: SECURITY MODE COMMAND (step 26, Table 13.4.3.14.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.7B.1-n

Information Element

Condition

Value/remark

Ciphering mode info

Not Present

Table 13.4.3.14.3.3-9: ROUTING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT (step 4, Table 13.4.3.2.3.2-3)

Derivation path: 36.508, Table 4.7B.2-2

Information Element

Value/Remark

Comment

Condition

Update result

0 ‘follow-on proceed’

PDP context status

‘0010000000000000’B

NSAPI 5

13.4.3.15 Inter-system mobility / E-UTRA PS voice + PS data to UTRA CS voice + PS data / aSRVCC / MO call / SRVCC HO cancelled

13.4.3.15.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE in E-UTRA RRC_CONNECTED state and an MO IMS PS voice + PS data call is in alerting state with a SRVCC procedure started over an UTRA cell for which UTRA PS RB + Speech combination is configured }

ensure that {

when { the source E-UTRAN decides to terminate the handover procedure before its completion indicating this to the UE with a NOTIFICATION message }

then { UE starts a recovery procedure, transmits a SIP UPDATE message and successfully completes the MO call on the E-UTRA }

}

13.4.3.15.2 Conformance requirements

References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 23.216, clause 6.2.2.2 and clause 8.1.3, TS 24.301, clause 6.6.2.2, TS 24.237 clauses 12.1, 12.2.3B.1, clause 12.2.4.2.

[TS 23.216, clause 6.2.2.2]

Depicted in figure 6.2.2.2-1 is a call flow for SRVCC from E‑UTRAN to UTRAN or GERAN with DTM HO support, including the handling of the non‑voice component. The flow requires that eNB can determine that either the target is UTRAN with PS HO or the target is GERAN with DTM support and the UE is supporting DTM.

Figure 6.2.2.2-1: SRVCC from E-UTRAN to UTRAN with PS HO or GERAN with DTM HO support

1. UE sends measurement reports to E-UTRAN.

2. Based on UE measurement reports the source E‑UTRAN decides to trigger an SRVCC handover to UTRAN/GERAN.

[TS 23.216, clause 8.1.3]

If the source E-UTRAN/UTRAN decides to terminate the handover procedure before its completion, the MME/SGSN shall return to its state before the handover procedure was triggered. The MME/SGSN attempts to trigger, at the MSC Server enhanced for SRVCC, handover cancellation procedures according to TS 23.009 [18]. The MSC Server enhanced for SRVCC shall take no SRVCC-specific action towards IMS.

The MME/SGSN shall also send a session reestablishment trigger notification to UE to start the recovery procedure if it receives notification from the MSC Server that the Session Transfer procedure is in progress. Figure 8.1.3-1 shows the overall procedure for SRVCC handover cancellation.

Figure 8.1.3-1: SRVCC Handover Cancellation Procedure

6. Due to the Session Transfer procedure in progress indication, the source SGSN/MME sends a Session Reestablishment trigger notification to UE to start the session re-establishment procedure

7. UE starts the re-establishment procedure, by attempting to return to E-UTRAN/UTRAN by sending a re-INVITE towards IMS for the related session. If the session is no longer active, then this session transfer request shall be rejected by the IMS.

[TS 24.301, clause 6.6.2.2]

The network initiates the notification procedure by sending a NOTIFICATION message to the UE (see example in figure 6.6.2.2.1).

Figure 6.6.2.2.1: Notification procedure

[TS 24.237, clause 12.1]

In order to fulfil the requirements for PS-CS access transfer in SR-VCC for calls in alerting state, the SC UE needs to be engaged in a session with speech media component in early dialog state according to the following conditions before SR-VCC access transfer is performed:

– a SIP 180 (Ringing) response for the initial SIP INVITE request to establish this session has been sent or received; and

– a SIP final response for the initial SIP INVITE request to establish this session has not been sent or received.

[TS 24.237, clause 12.2.3B.1]

The SC UE shall apply the procedures in subclauses 12.2.3B.3 for access transfer for calls in alerting state if:

1) the SC UE supports single radio PS to CS access transfer for calls in alerting state; and

2) there are one or more early dialogs created by the same SIP INVITE request with at least one dialog that is an early dialog supporting a session with active speech media component where the SC UE:

– has sent a Contact header field in a SIP INVITE request or 180 (Ringing) response containing the g.3gpp.srvcc-alerting media feature tag (as described in annex C); and

– has received a Feature-Caps header field in a SIP INVITE request or 180 (Ringing) response containing the g.3gpp.srvcc-alerting feature capability indicator (as described in annex C).

[TS 24.237, clause 12.2.4.2]

If the SC UE is engaged in a session in early dialog state and:

– receives a SM NOTIFICATION message containing an "SRVCC handover cancelled, IMS session re-establishment required" as described in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8] or 3GPP TS 24.301 [52] depending on the access in use; or

then if the SC UE the SC UE shall send a SIP UPDATE request containing:

1) an SDP offer, including the media characteristics as used in the existing dialog; and

2) a Reason header field containing protocol "SIP" and reason parameter "cause" with value "487" as specified in IETF RFC 3326 [57], and with reason-text set to either "handover cancelled" or "failure to transition to CS domain";

by following the rules of 3GPP TS 24.229 [2] in each transferred session.

13.4.3.15.3 Test description

13.4.3.15.3.1 Pre-test conditions

System Simulator:

– Cell 1 and Cell 5.

– System information combination 4 as defined in TS 36.508 [18] clause 4.4.3.1 is used in E-UTRA cells.

UE:

None.

.

Preamble:

– The UE is in state Registered, Idle mode (state 2) on Cell 1 according to [18].

13.4.3.15.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Table 13.4.3.15.3.2-1 illustrates the downlink power levels and other changing parameters to be applied for the cells at various time instants of the test execution. Row marked "T0" denotes the initial conditions after preamble, while columns marked "T1" is to be applied subsequently. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause.

Table 13.4.3.15.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes

Parameter

Unit

Cell 1

Cell 5

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-60

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B2 are not satisfied.

CPICH_Ec (UTRA FDD)

dBm/3.84 MHz

-88

PCCPCH_Ec (UTRA LCR TDD)

dBm/1.28 MHz

-88

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-84

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B2 are satisfied.

CPICH_Ec (UTRA FDD)

dBm/3.84 MHz

-64

PCCPCH_Ec (UTRA LCR TDD)

dBm/1.28 MHz

-64

Table 13.4.3.15.3.2-2: Main behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

The SS configures UTRA cell 5 to reference configuration according 36.508 [18] table 4.8.3-1, condition UTRA PS RB + Speech.

The following messages are to be observed on Cell 1 unless explicitly stated otherwise.

2-13

Steps 1 to 12 of the generic test procedure for IMS MO speech call and aSRVCC (TS 36.508 [18] 4.5A.6.3-1).

EXCEPTION: In parallel to the events described in steps 14 to 15 the steps specified in Table 13.4.3.15.3.2-3 should take place.

14

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message to setup inter RAT measurement and reporting for event B2.

<–

RRCConnectionReconfiguration

15

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message.

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

16

The SS changes the power level for Cell 1 and Cell 5 according to the row "T1" in table 13.4.3.15.3.2-1

17

The UE transmits a MeasurementReport message to report event B2 for Cell 5.

–>

MeasurementReport

18

The SS transmits a NOTIFICATION message.

<–

NOTIFICATION

19

Check: Does the UE start the procedure for SIP UPDATE after aSRVCC handover is cancelled?

Note: Step 1 of the Generic test procedure for SIP UPDATE after aSRVCC handover failure/cancelled defined in annex C.28 of TS 34.229-1 [35] is performed (UE sends UPDATE).

1

P

20

SS Sends 200 OK message.

Note: Step 2 of the Generic test procedure for SIP UPDATE after aSRVCC handover failure/cancelled defined in annex C.28 of TS 34.229-1 [35].

21

SS sends 200 OK message.

Note: Step 12 of the expected sequence defined in annex C.21 of TS 34.229-1 [35].

22

Check: Does the UE send ACK message?

Note: Steps 13 of the expected sequence defined in annex C.21 of TS 34.229-1 [35].

1

P

23

Generic test procedure for MO release of IMS call as described in annex C.32 of TS 34.229-1 [35] takes place.

Table 13.4.3.15.3.2-3: Parallel behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1-7

Steps 5-11 expected sequence defined in annex C.21 of TS 34.229-1 [35].

NOTE: IMS MO speech call establishment gets to alerting phase.

13.4.3.15.3.3 Specific message contents

Table 13.4.3.15.3.3-0: Conditions for specific message contents
in Table 13.4.3.15.3.3-3

Condition

Explanation

Band > 64

If band > 64 is selected

Table 13.4.3.15.3.3-1: ATTACH REQUEST (preamble)

Derivation path: 36.508 [18], table 4.7.2-4

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MS network capability

SRVCC from UTRAN HSPA or E-UTRAN to GERAN/UTRAN supported

Mobile station classmark 2

Any allowed value

Supported Codecs

Any allowed value

Table 13.4.3.15.3.3-2: RRCConnectionReconfiguration (step 14, Table 13.4.3.15.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508 [18], table 4.6.1-8 with condition MEAS

Table 13.4.3.15.3.3-3: MeasConfig (Table 13.4.3.15.3.3-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508 [18], table 4.6.6-1, condition UTRAN

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF SEQUENCE {

2 entries

measObjectId[1]

IdMeasObject-f1

measObject[1]

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(f1)

measObject[1]

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(maxEARFCN)

Band > 64

measObjectId[2]

IdMeasObject-f8

measObject[2]

MeasObjectUTRA-f8

}

reportConfigToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

reportConfigId[1]

IdReportConfig-B2-UTRA

reportConfig[1]

ReportConfigInterRAT-B2-UTRA (-72, -76)

}

measIdToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMeasId)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

measId[1]

1

measObjectId[1]

IdMeasObject-f8

reportConfigId[1]

IdReportConfig-B2-UTRA

}

measObjectToAddModList-v9e0 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF SEQUENCE {

Band > 64

measObjectEUTRA-v9e0[1] SEQUENCE {

carrierFreq-v9e0

Same downlink EARFCN as used for f1

}

measObjectEUTRA-v9e0[2] SEQUENCE {}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.15.3.3-4: MeasObjectUTRA-f8 (Table 13.4.3.15.3.3-3)

Derivation Path: 36.508 [18], table 4.6.6-3

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasObjectUTRA ::= SEQUENCE {

carrierFreq

Same downlink ARFCN as used for Cell 5

cellsToAddModList CHOICE {

cellsToAddModListUTRA-FDD SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeas)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

UTRA-FDD

cellIndex[1]

1

physCellId[1]

PhysicalCellIdentity of Cell 5

}

cellsToAddModListUTRA-TDD SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeas)) OF SEQUENCE {

UTRA-TDD

cellIndex[1]

1

physCellId[1]

PhysicalCellIdentity of Cell 5

}

}

csg-allowedReportingCells-v930

Not present

}

Condition

Explanation

UTRA-FDD

UTRA FDD cell environment

UTRA-TDD

UTRA TDD cell environment

Table 13.4.3.15.3.3-5: MeasurementReport (step 17, Table 13.4.3.15.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508 [18], table 4.6.1-5

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasurementReport ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {

measurementReport-r8 SEQUENCE {

measResults SEQUENCE {

measId

1

measResultPCell SEQUENCE {

rsrpResult

(0..97)

rsrqResult

(0..34)

}

measResultNeighCells CHOICE {

measResultListUTRA SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

physCellId[1] CHOICE {

fdd

PhysicalCellIdentity of Cell 5

UTRA-FDD

tdd

PhysicalCellIdentity of Cell 5

UTRA-TDD

}

cgi-Info[1]

Not present

measResult[1] SEQUENCE {

utra-RSCP

(-5..91)

utra-EcN0

Not present

additionalSI-Info-r9

Not present

}

}

}

measResultForECID-r9

Not present

locationInfo-r10

Not present

measResultServFreqList-r10

Not present

}

}

}

}

}

Condition

Explanation

UTRA-FDD

UTRA FDD cell environment

UTRA-TDD

UTRA TDD cell environment

Table 13.4.3.15.3.3-6: NOTIFICATION (step18, Table 13.4.3.15.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508 [18], table 4.7.3-18A, condition SRVCC-HO-CANCELLED

13.4.3.16 Inter-system mobility / E-UTRA PS voice + PS data to UTRA CS voice + PS data / aSRVCC / MT call

13.4.3.16.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE in E-UTRA RRC_CONNECTED state }

ensure that {

when { UE receives a MobilityFromEUTRACommand message and an MT IMS voice call is in alerting state and an UTRA PS RB + Speech combination is configured for an UTRA cell}

then { UE transmits a HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMPLETE message on the utra cell}

}

(2)

with { UE having transmitted a HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMPLETE message }

ensure that {

when { the voice call is accepted }

then { UE transmits a CONNECT message on the utra cell}

}

(3)

with { UE having received CONNECT ACKLOWDGEMENT}

ensure that {

when { the voice call is accepted }

then { UE deletes early IMS dialog }

13.4.3.16.2 Conformance requirements

References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 36.331, clause 5.4.3.3, TS 24.237 clause 12.2.3B.1 and clause 12.2.3B.3.1.

[TS 36.331, clause 5.4.3.3]

The UE shall be able to receive a MobilityFromEUTRACommand message and perform a cell change order to GERAN, even if no prior UE measurements have been performed on the target cell.

The UE shall:

1> stop timer T310, if running;

1> if the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message includes the purpose set to ‘handover‘:

2> if the targetRAT-Type is set to ‘utra‘ or ‘geran‘:

3> consider inter-RAT mobility as initiated towards the RAT indicated by the targetRAT-Type included in the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message;

3> forward the nas-SecurityParamFromEUTRA to the upper layers;

3> access the target cell indicated in the inter-RAT message in accordance with the specifications of the target RAT;

[TS 24.237 clause 12.2.3B.1]

The SC UE shall apply the procedures in subclauses 12.2.3B.3 for access transfer for calls in alerting state if:

1) the SC UE supports single radio PS to CS access transfer for calls in alerting state; and

2) there are one or more early dialogs created by the same SIP INVITE request with at least one dialog that is an early dialog supporting a session with active speech media component where the SC UE:

– has sent a Contact header field in a SIP INVITE request or 180 (Ringing) response containing the g.3gpp.srvcc-alerting media feature tag (as described in annex C); and

– has received a Feature-Caps header field in a SIP INVITE request or 180 (Ringing) response containing the g.3gpp.srvcc-alerting feature capability indicator (as described in annex C).

[TS 24.237 clause 12.2.3B.3.1]

If the SC UE:

– has received a terminating call which is in the early dialog state according to the conditions in subclauses 12.1 and 12.2.3B.1; and

– successfully performs access transfer to the CS domain;

then the UE continues in Ringing state in CS, i.e. UE moves to Call Received (U7) state as described in 3GPP TS 24.008.

[24.237 clause 12.3.8]

Upon receiving the SIP ACK request from target access leg, and after an operator specific timer has expired, the SCC AS shall:

1) for each session where no in-dialog request has been received in the source access leg of the session with transferred media component(s) within the operator defined time:

a) if the session is a session with an active or inactive media component, send a SIP BYE request toward the S-CSCF for sending to the served SC UE;

b) if the session is an early dialog on originating side send a SIP 404 (Not Found) response; and

c) if the session is an early dialog on terminating side send a SIP CANCEL request; and

NOTE 1: The SC UE will receive the SIP request or response only if the SC UE is using Gm after the PS-CS access transfer is completed.

NOTE 2: Delaying the SIP request or response as described above allows an ICS UE to add Gm control if needed and an SC UE to reuse the PS dialog in case of SRVCC cancellation.

2) for each session in the transferable session set for which the speech media component, or the speech media and video media component in case of vSRVCC, was not transferred:

a) if the speech media component or the speech media and video media components is the only media component(s) of the session, release remote leg and source access leg; and

b) if the speech media component or the speech media and video media components are not the only media components of the session, modify the remote leg and source access leg and remove the media component(s).

NOTE 3: In case of INVITE request due to STN-SR video media components are not removed or causing release of the remote leg.

[TS 24.237 clause A.s]

In the example flow at the figure A.17.2-1, SC UE A has an incoming session with speech media component which is anchored at SCC AS. The session is in alerting phase. Based upon measurement reports sent from the UE to E-UTRAN, the source E-UTRAN decides to trigger a PS to CS SRVCC handover to CS access.

Figure A.17.2-1: PS-CS SRVCC, incoming call in alerting phase

NOTE 1: For clarity, the SIP 100 (Trying) responses are not shown in the signalling flow.

1. SC UE A has received an incoming call and is in Ringing State

The incoming call has been anchored at the SCC AS of SC UE A. Both ends have reserved the resources and SC UE A has sent a SIP 180 (Ringing) response.

2. SC UE A attaches to the CS domain

UE A sends the measurement reports to E-UTRAN, and the source E-UTRAN decides to trigger an PS to CS SRVCC handover to CS access. The MSC server initiates the session transfer with the STN-SR, refer to 3GPP TS 23.237 [9]. The UE continues ringing.

3. SIP INVITE request transferring the session (MSC server to intermediate IM CN subsystem entities) – see example in table A.17.2-1

The MSC server sends an initial SIP INVITE request with STN-SR.

Table A.17.2-1: SIP INVITE request (MSC server to intermediate IM CN subsystem entities)

INVITE tel: +1-237-555-3333 SIP/2.0

Via: SIP/2.0/UDP msc1.visit1.net;branch=z9hG4bk731b87

Max-Forwards: 70

Route: <sip:icscf1.visit1.net;lr>

P-Asserted-Identity: <tel:+1-237-555-1111>

P-Charging-Vector: icid-value="AyretyU0dm+6O2IrT5tAFrbHLso=023551024";orig-ioi=visit1.net

Privacy: none

From: <tel:+1-237-555-1111>;tag=171828

To: <tel:+1-237-555-3333>

Call-ID: cb03a0s09a2sdfglkj490334

Cseq: 127 INVITE

Supported: 100rel, precondition, gruu

Accept-Contact: *;+g.3gpp.icsi-ref="urn%3Aurn-7%3A3gpp-service.ims.icsi.mmtel"

P-Asserted-Service: urn:urn-7:3gpp-service.ims.icsi.mmtel

Contact: <sip:msc1.visit1.net:1357>;+g.3gpp.icsi-ref="urn%3Aurn-7%3A3gpp-service.ims.icsi.mmtel"; +g.3gpp.srvcc-alerting

Allow: INVITE, ACK, CANCEL, BYE, PRACK, UPDATE, REFER

Recv-Info: g.3gpp.state-and-event

Content-Type: application/sdp

Content-Length: (…)

P-Early-Media: supported

v=0

o=- 2987933615 2987933615 IN IP6 5555::aaa:bbb:ccc:eee

s=

c=IN IP6 5555::aaa:bbb:ccc:eee

t=0 0

m=audio 3456 RTP/AVP 97 96

a=tcap:1 RTP/AVPF

a=pcfg:1 t=1

b=AS:25.4

a=curr:qos local sendrecv

a=curr:qos remote none

a=des:qos mandatory local sendrecv

a=des:qos none remote sendrecv

a=rtpmap:97 AMR

a=fmtp:97 mode-set=0,2,5,7; mode-change-period=2

a=rtpmap:96 telephone-event

a=maxptime:20

Request-URI: contains the STN-SR.

SDP: The SDP contains set of codecs supported by the MGW.

Contact: contains the +g.3gpp.srvcc-alerting feature tag.

4. SIP INVITE request transferring the session (intermediate IM CN subsystem entities to SCC AS)

The SIP INVITE request is routed towards the SCC AS, based on filter criteria in S-CSCF.

4a. Remote Leg Update

The SCC AS correlates SIP INVITE request to the local and remote call legs of the existing session between the UE A and the remote end. The SCC AS performs the Remote Leg update by sending the SIP sending a SIP UPDATE request towards the Remote Leg.

5. SIP UPDATE request (SCC AS to intermediate IM CN subsystem entities)

The SCC AS acting as a B2BUA generates a SIP UPDATE request based upon the received SIP INVITE request and the information previously stored against this session.

6. SIP UPDATE request (Intermediate IM CN subsystem entities to UE B)

The intermediate IM CN subsystem entities forward the SIP UPDATE request to remote UE B.

7. SIP 200 (OK) response (far end UE to Intermediate IM CN subsystem entities)

Upon receiving the SIP UPDATE request containing the SDP offer for the leg to the MSC, the far end sends a SIP 200 (OK) response.

8. SIP 200 (OK) response (Intermediate IM CN subsystem entities to SCC AS)

The intermediate IM CN subsystem entities forward the SIP 200 (OK) response to the SCC AS.

9. SIP 183 (Session Progress) response (SCC AS to Intermediate IM CN subsystem entities)

The SCC AS sends a SIP 183 (Session Progress) response containing the SDP answer as received from the far end UE B. The SDP answer indicates that resources are available. The SIP 183 (Session Progress) response will contain a Recv-Info header field set to g.3gpp.state-and-event.

10. SIP 183 (Session Progress) response (Intermediate IM CN subsystem entities to MSC server)

The intermediate IM CN subsystem entities forward the 183 (Session Progress) response to the MSC server.

11. SIP PRACK request (MSC server to Intermediate IM CN subsystem entities)

The MSC acknowledges the receipt of the SIP 183 (Session Progress) response.

12. SIP PRACK request (Intermediate IM CN subsystem entities to SCC AS)

The intermediate IM CN subsystem forward the SIP PRACK request to the SCC AS.

13. SIP 200 (OK) response (SCC AS to Intermediate IM CN subsystem entities)

The SCC AS acknowledges the SIP PRACK request.

14. SIP 200 (OK) response (Intermediate IM CN subsystem entities to MSC server)

The intermediate IM CN subsystem entities forward the SIP 200 (OK) response to the MSC server.

15. SIP INFO request (SCC AS to intermediate IM CN subsystem entities) – see example in table A.17.2-2

Table A.17.2-2: INFO request (SCC AS to intermediate IM CN subsystem entities)

INFO sip:msc1.visit1.net:1357 SIP/2.0

Via SIP/2.0/UDP sip:sccas1.home1.net;branch=z9hG4bK332b23.1

Max-Forwards: 68

Route: <sip:scscf1.home1.net;lr>

From: <tel: +1-237-555-3333>;tag=314159

To: <tel:+1-237-555-1111>;tag=171828

Call-ID: cb03a0s09a2sdfglkj490334

Cseq: 129 INFO

Info-Package: g.3gpp.state-and-event

Content-Disposition: Info-Package

Content-Type: application/vnd.3gpp.state-and-event-info+xml

Content-Length:

<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>

<state-and-event-info>

<state-info>early</state-info>

<direction>receiver</direction>

</state-and-event-info>

16. SIP INFO request (Intermediate IM CN subsystem entities to MSC server)

The intermediate IM CN subsystem entities forward the SIP INFO request to the MSC server. The MSC server is aware that the call that is transferred is in terminating alerting phase.

17. SIP 200 (OK) response (MSC server to Intermediate IM CN subsystem entities)

The MSC server acknowledges the receipt of the SIP INFO request.

18. SIP 200 (OK) response (Intermediate IM CN subsystem entities to SCC AS)

The intermediate IM CN subsystem entities forward the SIP 200 (OK) response to the SCC AS.

19. MSC goes in Call received state

The MSC enters Call received state due to the information received in the SIP INFO request.

20a. User answers the call

20. CC CONNECT message from SC UE A to MSC server

The SC UE A accepts the call and sends CC CONNECT message.

21 CC CONNECT ACKNOWLEDGE message (MSC server to SC UE A)

22. SIP INFO request (MSC server to intermediate IM CN subsystem entities) – see example in table A.17.2-3

Table A.17.2-3: INFO request (MSC server to intermediate IM CN subsystem entities)

INFO sip:sccas1.home1.net;gr SIP/2.0

Via: SIP/2.0/UDP msc1.visit1.net;branch=z9hG4bk731b87

Max-Forwards: 68

Route: <sip:scscf1.home1.net;lr>

From: <tel:+1-237-555-1111>;tag=171828

To: <tel: +1-237-555-3333>;tag=171828

Call-ID: cb03a0s09a2sdfglkj490334

Cseq: 130 INFO

Info-Package: g.3gpp.state-and-event

Content-Disposition: Info-Package

Content-Type: application/vnd.3gpp.state-and-event-info+xml

Content-Length:

<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>

<state-and-event-info>

<event>call-accepted</event>

</state-and-event-info>

23. SIP INFO request (Intermediate IM CN subsystem entities to SCC AS)

The intermediate IM CN subsystem entities forward the SIP INFO request to the SCC AS. The SCC AS gets informed that the SC UE A has accepted the call.

24 SIP 200 (OK) response (SCC AS to intermediate IM CN subsystem entities)

The SCC AS acknowledges the receipt of the SIP INFO request indicating that the SC UE A has accepted the call

25 SIP 200 (OK) response (Intermediate IM CN subsystem entities to MSC server)

The SIP 200 (OK) response is forwarded to the MSC server.

26 SIP 200 (OK) response (SCC AS to intermediate IM CN subsystem entities)

The SCC AS sends a SIP 200 (OK) response to indicate to the far end that the SC UE A has accepted the call.

27 SIP 200 (OK) response (Intermediate IM CN subsystem entities to far end)

The SIP 200 (OK) response is forwarded to the far end)

28 SIP ACK request (far end to intermediate IM CN subsystem entities)

The far end UE acknowledges the SIP 200 (OK) response received from SCC AS

29 SIP ACK request (Intermediate IM CN subsystem entities to SCC AS)

The SIP ACK request is forwarded to the SCC AS.

30 SIP 200 (OK) response (SCC AS to intermediate IM CN subsystem entities)

The SCC AS sends a SIP 200 (OK) response to indicate the successful access transfer to the MSC server.

31 SIP 200 (OK) response (Intermediate IM CN subsystem entities to far end)

The SIP 200 (OK) response is forwarded to the MSC server.

32 SIP ACK request (MSC server to intermediate IM CN subsystem entities)

MSC server acknowledges the SIP 200 (OK) response received from SCC AS

  1. SIP ACK request (Intermediate IM CN subsystem entities to SCC AS)

The SIP ACK request is forwarded to the SCC AS.

34-41 SIP CANCEL Processing

The SCC AS cancels the SIP dialog towards the SC UE

NOTE: Steps 36-41 are performed only if the SC UE A usesGm after the PS-CS access transfer in alerting phase is completed; otherwise, the SC UE A and the network release the source access leg locally, without any signalling between the SC UE A and the network.

13.4.3.16.3 Test description

13.4.3.16.3.1 Pre-test conditions

System Simulator:

– Cell 1 and Cell 5.

– System information combination 4 as defined in TS 36.508 [18] clause 4.4.3.1 is used in E-UTRA cells.

UE:

None.

Preamble:

– The UE is in state Registered, Idle mode (state 2) on Cell 1 according to [18].

13.4.3.16.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Table 13.4.3.16.3.2-1 illustrates the downlink power levels and other changing parameters to be applied for the cells at various time instants of the test execution. Row marked "T0" denotes the initial conditions after preamble, while columns marked "T1" is to be applied subsequently. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause.

Table 13.4.3.16.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes

Parameter

Unit

Cell 1

Cell 5

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-60

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B2 are not satisfied.

CPICH_Ec (UTRA FDD)

dBm/3.84 MHz

-88

PCCPCH_Ec (UTRA LCR TDD)

dBm/1.28 MHz

-88

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-84

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B2 are satisfied.

CPICH_Ec (UTRA FDD)

dBm/3.84 MHz

-64

PCCPCH_Ec (UTRA LCR TDD)

dBm/1.28 MHz

-64

T2

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

Non-suitable “Off”

CPICH_Ec (UTRA FDD)

dBm/3.84 MHz

-64

PCCPCH_Ec (UTRA LCR TDD)

dBm/1.28 MHz

-64

Table 13.4.3.16.3.2-2: Main behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

The SS configures UTRA Cell 5 to reference configuration according 36.508 Table 4.8.3-1, condition UTRA PS RB + Speech.

2-23

Steps 1 to 22 of the generic test procedure for IMS MT speech call (TS 36.508, 4.5A.7.3-1).

24

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message on Cell 1 to setup inter RAT measurement and reporting for event B2.

<–

RRCConnectionReconfiguration

25

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message on Cell 1.

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

26

The SS changes the power level for Cell 1 and Cell 5 according to the row "T1" in Table 13.4.3.16.3.2-1

27

The UE transmits a MeasurementReport message on Cell 1 to report event B2 for Cell 5.

–>

MeasurementReport

28

The SS transmits a UECapabilityEnquiry message to request UE radio access capability information for E-UTRA and UTRA.

<–

UECapabilityEnquiry

29

The UE transmits a UECapabilityInformation message on Cell 1.

NOTE: The start-PS and start-CS values received, should be used to configure ciphering on Cell 5.

–>

UECapabilityInformation

30

The SS transmits a MobilityFromEUTRACommand message on Cell 1.

<–

MobilityFromEUTRACommand

31

Check: Does the UE transmit a HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMPLETE message on Cell 5?

–>

HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMPLETE

1

P

EXCEPTION: In parallel to the events described in step 32 to 39 the steps specified in Table 13.4.3.16.3.2-3 take place.

32

The SS transmits a SECURITY MODE COMMAND message for the CS domain.

<–

SECURITY MODE COMMAND

33

The UE transmits a SECURITY MODE COMPLETE message.

–>

SECURITY MODE COMPLETE

34

The SS transmits an UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION message to notify CN information.

<–

UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION

35

The UE transmits an UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION CONFIRM message.

–>

UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION CONFIRM

36

The SS transmits a TMSI REALLOCATION COMMAND message.

<–

TMSI REALLOCATION COMMAND

37

The UE transmits a TMSI REALLOCATION COMPLETE message.

–>

TMSI REALLOCATION COMPLETE

38

Step 23A of the generic test procedure or IMS MT speech call (TS 36.508, 4.5A.7.3-1). Accept the call.

–>

CONNECT

2

P

39

The SS transmits a CONNECT ACKNOWLEDGE message.

<–

CONNECT ACKNOWLEDGE

40-47

Void

EXCEPTION: Step 47Aa1 describes behaviour that depends on UE implementation; the “lower case letter” identifies a step sequence that take place if IMS SIP de-registration defined in Table 13.4.3.16.3.2-4 has not occurred.

47Aa1

Generic test procedure for removal of IMS early dialog of incoming call defined in Annex C.35 of TS 34.229-1 [35] takes place.

3

P

47A-47D

Void.

48

SS adjusts cell levels according to row T2 of Table 13.4.3.16.3.2-1.

The UE is in end state UTRA CS call (U5).

Table 13.4.3.16.3.2-3: Parallel behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

EXCEPTION: In parallel to the events described in step 1 to 5 and depending on the UE implementation the steps defined in Table 13.4.3.16.3.2-4 take place.

1

Check: Does the UE transmit a ROUTING AREA UPDATE REQUEST message?

–>

ROUTING AREA UPDATE REQUEST

2

The SS transmits a SECURITY MODE COMMAND message for the PS domain on Cell 5.

<–

SECURITY MODE COMMAND

3

The UE transmits a SECURITY MODE COMPLETE message on Cell 5.

–>

SECURITY MODE COMPLETE

4

The SS transmits a ROUTING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT message on Cell 5.

<–

ROUTING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT

5

The UE transmits a ROUTING AREA UPDATE COMPLETE message on Cell 5.

–>

ROUTING AREA UPDATE COMPLETE

5A

Wait for 2 seconds to provide enough time to finish up optional IMS deregistration.

EXCEPTION: Step 6a1-6a2 describe behaviour that depends on the UE implementation; the "lower case letter" identifies a step sequence that take place if the UE performs a certain action.

6a1

The UE transimts PDP CONTEXT Deactivaiton message

<–

DEACTIVATE PDP CONTEXT REQUEST

6a2

The UE transimts PDP CONTEXT Deactivaiton message

<–

DEACTIVATE PDP CONTEXT ACCEPT

Table 13.4.3.16.3.2-4: Parallel behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

Generic test procedure for mobile initiated IMS SIP re-registration or de-registration defined in Annex C.46 or C.3, respectively,0 of TS 34.229-1 [35] can take place.

13.4.3.16.3.3 Specific message contents

Table 13.4.3.16.3.3-0: Conditions for specific message contents
in Table 13.4.3.16.3.3-3

Condition

Explanation

Band > 64

If band > 64 is selected

Table 13.4.3.16.3.3-1: ATTACH REQUEST (preamble)

Derivation path: 36.508 table 4.7.2-4

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MS network capability

SRVCC from UTRAN HSPA or E-UTRAN to GERAN/UTRAN supported

Mobile station classmark 2

Any allowed value

Supported Codecs

Any allowed value

Table 13.4.3.16.3.3-2: RRCConnectionReconfiguration (step 24, Table 13.4.3.16.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.1 table 4.6.1-8 with condition MEAS

Table 13.4.3.16.3.3-3: MeasConfig (step 24, Table 13.4.3.16.3.2-2)

Derivation path: 36.508 clause 4.6.6 table 4.6.6-1 with condition UTRAN

Information Element

Value/Remark

Comment

Condition

measurementConfiguration ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModifyList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF SEQUENCE {

2 entries

measObjectId[1]

IdMeasObject-f8

measObject[1]

MeasObjectUTRA-GENERIC(f8)

measObjectId[2]

IdMeasObject-f1

measObject[2]

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(f1)

measObject[2]

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(maxEARFCN)

Band > 64

}

reportConfigToAddModifyList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

reportConfigId[1]

IdReportConfigInterRAT-B2-UTRA

reportConfig[1]

ReportConfigInterRAT-B2-UTRA (-72, -76)

}

measIdToAddModifyList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMeasId)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

measId[1]

1

measObjectId[1]

IdMeasObject-f8

reportConfigId[1]

IdReportConfigInterRAT-B2-UTRA

}

measObjectToAddModList-v9e0 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF SEQUENCE {

Band > 64

measObjectEUTRA-v9e0[1] SEQUENCE {}

measObjectEUTRA-v9e0[2] SEQUENCE {

carrierFreq-v9e0

Same downlink EARFCN as used for f1

}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.16.3.3-3A: MeasObjectUTRA-f8 (Table 13.4.3.16.3.3-3)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.6-3

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasObjectUTRA ::= SEQUENCE {

carrierFreq

Same downlink ARFCN as used for Cell 5

cellsToAddModList CHOICE {

cellsToAddModListUTRA-FDD SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeas)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

UTRA-FDD

cellIndex[1]

1

physCellId[1]

PhysicalCellIdentity of Cell 5

}

cellsToAddModListUTRA-TDD SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeas)) OF SEQUENCE {

UTRA-TDD

cellIndex[1]

1

physCellId[1]

PhysicalCellIdentity of Cell 5

}

}

csg-allowedReportingCells-v930

Not present

}

Condition

Explanation

UTRA-FDD

UTRA FDD cell environment

UTRA-TDD

UTRA TDD cell environment

Table 13.4.3.16.3.3-4: MeasurementReport (step 27, Table 13.4.3.16.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, table 4.6.1-5

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasurementReport ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE{

measurementReport-r8 SEQUENCE {

measResults SEQUENCE {

measId

1

measResultServCell SEQUENCE {

rsrpResult

(0..97)

rsrqResult

(0..34)

}

measResultNeighCells CHOICE {

measResultListUTRA SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

physCellId[1]

PhysicalCellIdentity of Cell 5

cgi-Info[1]

Not present

measResult[1] SEQUENCE {

utra-RSCP

(-5..91)

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.16.3.3-5: MobilityFromEUTRACommand (step 28, Table 13.4.3.16.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.1-6

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MobilityFromEUTRACommand ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE{

mobilityFromEUTRACommand-r8 SEQUENCE {

cs-FallbackIndicator

False

purpose CHOICE{

handover SEQUENCE {

targetRAT-Type

Utra

targetRAT-MessageContainer

HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMMAND(UTRA RRC message)

nas-SecurityParamFromEUTRA

The 4 least significant bits of the NAS downlink COUNT value

systemInformation

Not present

}

}

}

}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.16.3.3-6: HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMMAND (step 28, Table 13.4.3.16.3.3-5)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.7B.1-1, condition UTRA PS RB + Speech

Table 13.4.3.16.3.3-7: UECapabilityEnquiry (step 29, Table 13.4.3.16.3.2-2)

Derivation path: 36.508 clause 4.6.1 table 4.6.1-22

Information Element

Value/Remark

Comment

Condition

UECapabilityEnquiry ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {

ueCapabilityEnquiry-r8 SEQUENCE {

ue-CapabilityRequest SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxRAT-Capabilities)) OF SEQUENCE {

2 entry

RAT-Type[1]

eutra

RAT-Type[2]

utra

}

}

}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.16.3.3-8: SECURITY MODE COMMAND (step 34, Table 13.4.3.16.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.7B.1-n

Information Element

Condition

Value/remark

Ciphering mode info

Not Present

Table 13.4.3.16.3.3-9: ROUTING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT (step 4, Table 13.4.3.16.3.2-3)

Derivation path: 36.508, Table 4.7B.2-2

Information Element

Value/Remark

Comment

Condition

Update result

0 ‘ follow-on proceed’

PDP context status

‘0010000000000000’B

NSAPI 5

Table 13.4.3.16.3.3-10: CONNECT (step 38, Table 13.4.3.16.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 24.008 Table 9.59a

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

Transaction identifier

TI flag

‘1’B

The message is sent to the side that originates the TI

TIO

‘000’B

TI value 0

Table 13.4.3.16.3.3-11: CONNECT ACKNOWLEDGE (step 39, Table 13.4.3.16.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 24.008 Table 9.60

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

Transaction identifier

TI flag

‘0’B

The message is sent from the side that originates the TI

TIO

‘000’B

TI value 0

13.4.3.17 Void

13.4.3.18 Inter-system mobility / E-UTRA PS voice + PS data to UTRA CS voice + PS data / bSRVCC / MO call

13.4.3.18.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE in E-UTRA RRC_CONNECTED state }

ensure that {

when { UE receives a MobilityFromEUTRACommand message and an MO IMS voice call is in before alerting state and an UTRA PS RB + Speech combination is configured for an UTRA cell }

then { UE transmits a HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMPLETE message on the UTRA cell }

}

(2)

with { UE having transmitted a HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMPLETE message }

ensure that {

when { UE receives a CONNECT message on the utra cell }

then { UE transmits a CONNECT ACKNOWLEDGE message on the utra cell }

}

13.4.3.18.2 Conformance requirements

References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 23.216 clause 6.2.2.2, TS 24.237 clauses 12.1, 12.2.3B.1, 12.2.3B.1A, 12.2.3B.2, clause 12.2.3B.3.3 and clause 12.2.4.2. Unless otherwise stated these are Rel-12 requirements.

[TS 23.216, clause 6.2.2.2]

Depicted in figure 6.2.2.2-1 is a call flow for SRVCC from E‑UTRAN to UTRAN or GERAN with DTM HO support, including the handling of the non‑voice component. The flow requires that eNB can determine that either the target is UTRAN with PS HO or the target is GERAN with DTM support and the UE is supporting DTM.

Figure 6.2.2.2-1: SRVCC from E-UTRAN to UTRAN with PS HO or GERAN with DTM HO support

1. UE sends measurement reports to E-UTRAN.

2. Based on UE measurement reports the source E‑UTRAN decides to trigger an SRVCC handover to UTRAN/GERAN.

[TS 24.237, clause 12.1]

In order to fulfil the requirements for PS-CS access transfer in SR-VCC for calls in alerting state, the SC UE needs to be engaged in a session with speech media component in early dialog state according to the following conditions before SR-VCC access transfer is performed:

– a SIP 180 (Ringing) response for the initial SIP INVITE request to establish this session has been sent or received; and

– a SIP final response for the initial SIP INVITE request to establish this session has not been sent or received.

[TS 24.237, clause 12.2.3B.1]

The SC UE shall apply the procedures in subclauses 12.2.3B.3.3 if one of the following is true:

1) there are zero, one or more dialogs supporting a session with speech media component and a SIP INVITE request was sent by SC UE such that:

A) all dialogs are early dialogs created by a SIP response to the SIP INVITE request;

B) a final SIP response to the SIP INVITE request has not been received yet;

C) a SIP 180 (Ringing) response to the SIP INVITE request has not been received yet in any existing early dialog created by a SIP response to the SIP INVITE request;

D) the SC UE included in the SIP INVITE request a Contact header field containing the g.3gpp.ps2cs-srvcc-orig-pre-alerting media feature tag as described in annex C; and

E) a SIP 1xx response to the SIP INVITE request was received where the SIP 1xx response contained a Feature-Caps header field with the g.3gpp.ps2cs-srvcc-orig-pre-alerting feature-capability indicator as described in annex C; or

NOTE: UE can have zero dialogs if all the early dialogs were terminated by 199 (Early Dialog Terminated) as described in RFC 6228 [80].

2) there are one or more dialogs supporting a session with speech media component such that:

A) there are zero, one or more early dialogs and the remaining dialogs are confirmed dialogs;

B) all the confirmed dialogs support sessions with inactive speech media component;

C) the UE does not apply the MSC server assisted mid-call feature according to subclause 12.2.3A;

D) a SIP INVITE request was sent by SC UE such that:

a) all early dialogs are created by a SIP response to the SIP INVITE request;

b) a final SIP response to the SIP INVITE request has not been received yet;

c) a SIP 180 (Ringing) response to the SIP INVITE request has not been received yet in any existing early dialog created by a SIP response to the SIP INVITE request;

d) the SC UE included in the SIP INVITE request a Contact header field containing the g.3gpp.ps2cs-srvcc-orig-pre-alerting media feature tag as described in annex C; and

e) a SIP 1xx response to the SIP INVITE request was received where the SIP 1xx response contained a Feature-Caps header field with the g.3gpp.ps2cs-srvcc-orig-pre-alerting feature-capability indicator as described in annex C.

[TS 24.237, clause 12.2.3B.1A]

2) there are one or more dialogs supporting sessions with speech media component according to the following conditions:

A) there are zero, one or more early dialogs and the remaining dialog(s) are confirmed dialog(s);

B) all the confirmed dialogs support sessions with inactive speech media component;

C) the UE applies the MSC server assisted mid-call feature according to subclause 12.2.3A;

D) a SIP INVITE request was sent by SC UE such that:

a) all the early dialogs are created by a SIP response to the SIP INVITE request;

b) a final SIP response to the SIP INVITE request has not been received yet;

c) a SIP 180 (Ringing) response to the SIP INVITE request has not been received yet in any existing early dialog created by a SIP response to the SIP INVITE request;

d) the SC UE included in the SIP INVITE request a Contact header field containing the g.3gpp.ps2cs-srvcc-orig-pre-alerting media feature tag as described in annex C; and

e) a SIP 1xx response to the SIP INVITE request was received where the SIP 1xx response contained a Feature-Caps header field with the g.3gpp.ps2cs-srvcc-orig-pre-alerting feature-capability indicator as described in annex C.

[TS 24.237, clause 12.2.3B.2]

If the SC UE applies the procedures in subclause 12.2.3B.3 and the SC UE only has a single call:

– in alerting phase following access transfer; or

– in pre-alerting phase and the SC UE supports the PS to CS SRVCC for originating calls in pre-alerting phase;

the SC UE shall associate this session with transaction identifier value and TI flag as described in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8].

If the SC UE applies the procedures in subclause 12.2.3B.4 and the SC UE has an established session and an additional session in alerting phase or pre-alerting phase following access transfer, then the SC UE shall associate the transferred session that was in alerting phase or pre-alerting phase with CS call with transaction identifier 1 and TI flag value as in mobile terminated call.

NOTE: For the procedures in subclause 12.2.3B.4.2, the held transaction identifier value is described in subclause 12.2.3A as for single inactive session transfer and the active session transaction identifier value is described in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8]

[TS 24.237, clause 12.2.3B.3.3]

If the SC UE supports the PS to CS SRVCC for originating calls in pre-alerting phase and this subclause is invoked according to the conditions in subclause 12.2.3B.1 and the SC UE successfully performs access transfer to the CS domain, then the UE continues the call in the CS domain in the "Mobile originating call proceeding" (U3) call state as described in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8].

If the SC UE has generated and rendered the locally generated communication progress information before the access transfer to the CS domain, the UE keeps generating and rending the locally generated communication progress information after the access transfer to the CS domain.

If the SC UE has rendered received early media before the access transfer to the CS domain, the UE attaches the user connection, as specified in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8].

[TS 24.237, clause 12.2.4.2]

If the SC UE is engaged in a session in early dialog state and:

– receives a SM NOTIFICATION message containing an "SRVCC handover cancelled, IMS session re-establishment required" as described in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8] or 3GPP TS 24.301 [52] depending on the access in use; or

then if the SC UE the SC UE shall send a SIP UPDATE request containing:

1) an SDP offer, including the media characteristics as used in the existing dialog; and

2) a Reason header field containing protocol "SIP" and reason parameter "cause" with value "487" as specified in IETF RFC 3326 [57], and with reason-text set to either "handover cancelled" or "failure to transition to CS domain";

by following the rules of 3GPP TS 24.229 [2] in each transferred session.

13.4.3.18.3 Test description

13.4.3.18.3.1 Pre-test conditions

System Simulator:

– Cell 1 and Cell 5.

– System information combination 4 as defined in TS 36.508 [18] clause 4.4.3.1 is used in E-UTRA cells.

UE:

None.

Preamble:

– The UE is in state Registered, Idle mode (state 2) on Cell 1 according to [18].

13.4.3.18.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Table 13.4.3.18.3.2-1 illustrates the downlink power levels and other changing parameters to be applied for the cells at various time instants of the test execution. Row marked "T0" denotes the initial conditions after preamble, while columns marked "T1" is to be applied subsequently. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause.

Table 13.4.3.18.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes

Parameter

Unit

Cell 1

Cell 5

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-60

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B2 are not satisfied.

CPICH_Ec (UTRA FDD)

dBm/3.84 MHz

-88

PCCPCH_Ec (UTRA LCR TDD)

dBm/1.28 MHz

-88

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-84

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B2 are satisfied.

CPICH_Ec (UTRA FDD)

dBm/3.84 MHz

-64

PCCPCH_Ec (UTRA LCR TDD)

dBm/1.28 MHz

-64

T2

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

Non-suitable “Off”

CPICH_Ec (UTRA FDD)

dBm/3.84 MHz

-64

PCCPCH_Ec (UTRA LCR TDD)

dBm/1.28 MHz

-64

Table 13.4.3.18.3.2-2: Main behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

The SS configures UTRA cell 5 to reference configuration according TS 36.508 [18] Table 4.8.3-1, condition UTRA PS RB + Speech.

EXCEPTION: The following messages are to be observed on Cell 1 unless explicitly stated otherwise.

2-13

Steps 1 to 12 of the generic test procedure for IMS MO speech call (TS 36.508 [18], 4.5A.6.3-1).

EXCEPTION: In parallel to the events described in step 14 to 15 the steps specified in Table 13.4.3.18.3.2-3 should take place.

14

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message to confirm the establishment of the new data radio bearer, associated with the dedicated EPS bearer.

–>

RRC: RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

15

The UE transmits an ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT message.

–>

RRC: ULInformationTransfer

NAS:ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT

16

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message to setup inter RAT measurement and reporting for event B2.

<–

RRCConnectionReconfiguration

17

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message.

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

18

The SS changes the power level for Cell 1 and Cell 5 according to the row "T1" in Table 13.4.3.18.3.2-1

19

The UE transmits a MeasurementReport message to report event B2 for Cell 5.

–>

MeasurementReport

20

The SS transmits a UECapabilityEnquiry message to request UE radio access capability information for E-UTRA and UTRA.

<–

UECapabilityEnquiry

21

The UE transmits a UECapabilityInformation message on Cell 1.

NOTE: The start-PS and start-CS values received, should be used to configure ciphering on Cell 5.

–>

UECapabilityInformation

22

The SS transmits a MobilityFromEUTRACommand message on Cell 1.

<–

MobilityFromEUTRACommand

EXCEPTION: In parallel to the events described in step 23 to 30 the steps specified in Table 13.4.3.18.3.2-3 take place.

23

Check: Does the UE transmit a HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMPLETE message on Cell 5?

–>

HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMPLETE

1

P

24

The SS transmits a SECURITY MODE COMMAND message for the CS domain.

<–

SECURITY MODE COMMAND

25

The UE transmits a SECURITY MODE COMPLETE message.

–>

SECURITY MODE COMPLETE

26

The SS transmits an UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION message to notify CN information.

<–

UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION

27

The UE transmits an UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION CONFIRM message.

–>

UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION CONFIRM

28

The SS transmits a TMSI REALLOCATION COMMAND message.

<–

TMSI REALLOCATION COMMAND

29

The UE transmits a TMSI REALLOCATION COMPLETE message.

–>

TMSI REALLOCATION COMPLETE

EXCEPTION: In parallel to the events described in step 29A to 33A and depending on the UE implementation the steps defined in Table 13.4.3.18.3.2-4 take place.

29A

Check Does the UE transmit a ROUTING AREA UPDATE REQUEST message?

–>

ROUTING AREA UPDATE REQUEST

30

The SS transmits a SECURITY MODE COMMAND message for the PS domain on Cell 5.

<–

SECURITY MODE COMMAND

31

The UE transmits a SECURITY MODE COMPLETE message on Cell 5.

–>

SECURITY MODE COMPLETE

32

The SS transmits a ROUTING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT message on Cell 5.

<–

ROUTING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT

33

The UE transmits a ROUTING AREA UPDATE COMPLETE message on Cell 5.

–>

ROUTING AREA UPDATE COMPLETE

33A

Wait for 2 seconds to provide enough time to finish up optional IMS deregistration.

EXCEPTION: In parallel to the events described in step 33A to 37 the steps specified in Table 13.4.3.18.3.2-5 take place.

34

The SS transmits a CC_ALERTING message

<–

CC_ALERTING

35

The SS transmits a CONNECT message on Cell 5.

<–

CONNECT

36

Check: Does the UE transmit a CONNECT ACKNOWLEDGE message on Cell 5?

–>

CONNECT ACKNOWLEDGE

2

P

37

SS adjusts cell levels according to row T2 of Table 13.4.3.18.3.2-1.

The UE is in end state UTRA CS call (U5).

Table 13.4.3.18.3.2-3: Parallel behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1-4

Steps 5-8 expected sequence defined in annex C.21 of TS 34.229-1 [35].

NOTE: IMS MO speech call establishment gets to pre-alerting phase.

Table 13.4.3.18.3.2-4: Parallel behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

Generic test procedure for mobile initiated IMS SIP re-registration or de-registration defined in Annex C.46 or C.30, respectively, of TS 34.229-1 [35] can take place.

Table 13.4.3.18.3.2-5: Parallel behaviour

EXCEPTION: Step 1a1-1a2 describe behaviour that depends on the UE implementation; the "lower case letter" identifies a step sequence that take place if the UE performs a certain action.

1a1

The UE transimts PDP CONTEXT Deactivaiton message

<–

DEACTIVATE PDP CONTEXT REQUEST

1a2

The UE transimts PDP CONTEXT Deactivaiton message

<–

DEACTIVATE PDP CONTEXT ACCEPT

13.4.3.18.3.3 Specific message contents

Table 13.4.3.18.3.3-0: Conditions for specific message contents
in Table 13.4.3.18.3.3-3

Condition

Explanation

Band > 64

If band > 64 is selected

Table 13.4.3.18.3.3-1: ATTACH REQUEST (preamble)

Derivation path: 36.508 table 4.7.2-4

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MS network capability

SRVCC from UTRAN HSPA or E-UTRAN to GERAN/UTRAN supported

Mobile station classmark 2

Any allowed value

Supported Codecs

Any allowed value

Table 13.4.3.18.3.3-2: RRCConnectionReconfiguration (step 16, Table 13.4.3.18.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.1 table 4.6.1-8 with condition MEAS

Table 13.4.3.18.3.3-3: MeasConfig (step 16, Table 13.4.3.18.3.3-2)

Derivation path: 36.508 clause 4.6.6 table 4.6.6-1 with condition UTRAN

Information Element

Value/Remark

Comment

Condition

measurementConfiguration ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModifyList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF SEQUENCE {

2 entries

measObjectId[1]

IdMeasObject-f8

measObject[1]

MeasObjectUTRA-GENERIC(f8)

measObjectId[2]

IdMeasObject-f1

measObject[2]

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(f1)

measObject[2]

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(maxEARFCN)

Band > 64

}

reportConfigToAddModifyList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

reportConfigId[1]

IdReportConfigInterRAT-B2-UTRA

reportConfig[1]

ReportConfigInterRAT-B2-UTRA (-72, -76)

}

measIdToAddModifyList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMeasId)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

measId[1]

1

measObjectId[1]

IdMeasObject-f8

reportConfigId[1]

IdReportConfigInterRAT-B2-UTRA

}

measObjectToAddModList-v9e0 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF SEQUENCE {

Band > 64

measObjectEUTRA-v9e0[1] SEQUENCE {}

measObjectEUTRA-v9e0[2] SEQUENCE {

carrierFreq-v9e0

Same downlink EARFCN as used for f1

}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.18.3.3-4: MeasurementReport (step 19, Table 13.4.3.18.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, table 4.6.1-5

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasurementReport ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE{

measurementReport-r8 SEQUENCE {

measResults SEQUENCE {

measId

1

measResultServCell SEQUENCE {

rsrpResult

(0..97)

rsrqResult

(0..34)

}

measResultNeighCells CHOICE {

measResultListUTRA SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

physCellId[1]

PhysicalCellIdentity of Cell 5

cgi-Info[1]

Not present

measResult[1] SEQUENCE {

utra-RSCP

(-5..91)

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.18.3.3-5: MobilityFromEUTRACommand (step 22, Table 13.4.3.18.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.1-6

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MobilityFromEUTRACommand ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE{

mobilityFromEUTRACommand-r8 SEQUENCE {

cs-FallbackIndicator

False

purpose CHOICE{

handover SEQUENCE {

targetRAT-Type

Utra

targetRAT-MessageContainer

HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMMAND(UTRA RRC message)

nas-SecurityParamFromEUTRA

The 4 least significant bits of the NAS downlink COUNT value

systemInformation

Not present

}

}

}

}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.18.3.3-6: HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMMAND (step 23, Table 13.4.3.18.3.3-5)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.7B.1-1, condition UTRA PS RB + Speech

Table 13.4.3.18.3.3-7: UECapabilityEnquiry (step 20, Table 13.4.3.18.3.2-2)

Derivation path: 36.508 clause 4.6.1 table 4.6.1-22

Information Element

Value/Remark

Comment

Condition

UECapabilityEnquiry ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {

ueCapabilityEnquiry-r8 SEQUENCE {

ue-CapabilityRequest SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxRAT-Capabilities)) OF SEQUENCE {

2 entry

RAT-Type[1]

eutra

RAT-Type[2]

utra

}

}

}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.18.3.3-7A: ROUTING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT (step 32, Table 13.4.3.18.3.2-2)

Derivation path: 36.508, Table 4.7B.2-2

Information Element

Value/Remark

Comment

Condition

Update result

0 ‘ follow-on proceed’

PDP context status

‘0010000000000000’B

NSAPI 5

Table 13.4.3.18.3.3-8: CONNECT (step 35, Table 13.4.3.18.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 24.008 Table 9.59

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

Transaction identifier

TI flag

‘0’B

The message is sent from the side that originates the TI

TIO

‘000’B

TI value 0

Table 13.4.3.18.3.3-9: CONNECT ACKNOWLEDGE (step 36, Table 13.4.3.18.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 24.008 Table 9.60

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

Transaction identifier

TI flag

‘1’B

The message is sent to the side that originates the TI

TIO

‘000’B

TI value 0

13.4.3.19 Inter-system mobility / E-UTRA PS voice + PS data to UTRA CS voice + PS data / bSRVCC / MO call / SRVCC HO cancelled

13.4.3.19.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE in E-UTRA RRC_CONNECTED state and an MO IMS PS voice + PS data call is in pre-alerting state with a SRVCC procedure started over an UTRA cell for which UTRA PS RB + Speech combination is configured }

ensure that {

when { the source E-UTRAN decides to terminate the handover procedure before its completion indicating this to the UE with a NOTIFICATION message }

then { UE starts a recovery procedure, transmits a SIP UPDATE message and successfully completes the MO call on the E-UTRA }

}

13.4.3.19.2 Conformance requirements

References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 23.216 clause 6.2.2.2 and clause 8.1.3, TS 24.301 clause 6.6.2.2, TS 24.237 clauses 12.1, 12.2.3B.1, 12.2.3B.1A, 12.2.3B.2, clause 12.2.3B.3.3 and clause 12.2.4.2. Unless otherwise stated these are Rel-12 requirements.

[TS 23.216, clause 6.2.2.2]

Depicted in figure 6.2.2.2-1 is a call flow for SRVCC from E‑UTRAN to UTRAN or GERAN with DTM HO support, including the handling of the non‑voice component. The flow requires that eNB can determine that either the target is UTRAN with PS HO or the target is GERAN with DTM support and the UE is supporting DTM.

Figure 6.2.2.2-1: SRVCC from E-UTRAN to UTRAN with PS HO or GERAN with DTM HO support

1. UE sends measurement reports to E-UTRAN.

2. Based on UE measurement reports the source E‑UTRAN decides to trigger an SRVCC handover to UTRAN/GERAN.

[TS 23.216, clause 8.1.3]

If the source E-UTRAN/UTRAN decides to terminate the handover procedure before its completion, the MME/SGSN shall return to its state before the handover procedure was triggered. The MME/SGSN attempts to trigger, at the MSC Server enhanced for SRVCC, handover cancellation procedures according to TS 23.009 [18]. The MSC Server enhanced for SRVCC shall take no SRVCC-specific action towards IMS.

The MME/SGSN shall also send a session reestablishment trigger notification to UE to start the recovery procedure if it receives notification from the MSC Server that the Session Transfer procedure is in progress. Figure 8.1.3-1 shows the overall procedure for SRVCC handover cancellation.

Figure 8.1.3-1: SRVCC Handover Cancellation Procedure

6. Due to the Session Transfer procedure in progress indication, the source SGSN/MME sends a Session Reestablishment trigger notification to UE to start the session re-establishment procedure

7. UE starts the re-establishment procedure, by attempting to return to E-UTRAN/UTRAN by sending a re-INVITE towards IMS for the related session. If the session is no longer active, then this session transfer request shall be rejected by the IMS.

[TS 24.301, clause 6.6.2.2]

The network initiates the notification procedure by sending a NOTIFICATION message to the UE (see example in figure 6.6.2.2.1).

Figure 6.6.2.2.1: Notification procedure

[TS 24.237, clause 12.1]

In order to fulfil the requirements for PS-CS access transfer in SR-VCC for calls in alerting state, the SC UE needs to be engaged in a session with speech media component in early dialog state according to the following conditions before SR-VCC access transfer is performed:

– a SIP 180 (Ringing) response for the initial SIP INVITE request to establish this session has been sent or received; and

– a SIP final response for the initial SIP INVITE request to establish this session has not been sent or received.

[TS 24.237, clause 12.2.3B.1]

The SC UE shall apply the procedures in subclauses 12.2.3B.3.3 if one of the following is true:

1) there are zero, one or more dialogs supporting a session with speech media component and a SIP INVITE request was sent by SC UE such that:

A) all dialogs are early dialogs created by a SIP response to the SIP INVITE request;

B) a final SIP response to the SIP INVITE request has not been received yet;

C) a SIP 180 (Ringing) response to the SIP INVITE request has not been received yet in any existing early dialog created by a SIP response to the SIP INVITE request;

D) the SC UE included in the SIP INVITE request a Contact header field containing the g.3gpp.ps2cs-srvcc-orig-pre-alerting media feature tag as described in annex C; and

E) a SIP 1xx response to the SIP INVITE request was received where the SIP 1xx response contained a Feature-Caps header field with the g.3gpp.ps2cs-srvcc-orig-pre-alerting feature-capability indicator as described in annex C; or

NOTE: UE can have zero dialogs if all the early dialogs were terminated by 199 (Early Dialog Terminated) as described in RFC 6228 [80].

2) there are one or more dialogs supporting a session with speech media component such that:

A) there are zero, one or more early dialogs and the remaining dialogs are confirmed dialogs;

B) all the confirmed dialogs support sessions with inactive speech media component;

C) the UE does not apply the MSC server assisted mid-call feature according to subclause 12.2.3A;

D) a SIP INVITE request was sent by SC UE such that:

a) all early dialogs are created by a SIP response to the SIP INVITE request;

b) a final SIP response to the SIP INVITE request has not been received yet;

c) a SIP 180 (Ringing) response to the SIP INVITE request has not been received yet in any existing early dialog created by a SIP response to the SIP INVITE request;

d) the SC UE included in the SIP INVITE request a Contact header field containing the g.3gpp.ps2cs-srvcc-orig-pre-alerting media feature tag as described in annex C; and

e) a SIP 1xx response to the SIP INVITE request was received where the SIP 1xx response contained a Feature-Caps header field with the g.3gpp.ps2cs-srvcc-orig-pre-alerting feature-capability indicator as described in annex C.

[TS 24.237, clause 12.2.3B.1A]

2) there are one or more dialogs supporting sessions with speech media component according to the following conditions:

A) there are zero, one or more early dialogs and the remaining dialog(s) are confirmed dialog(s);

B) all the confirmed dialogs support sessions with inactive speech media component;

C) the UE applies the MSC server assisted mid-call feature according to subclause 12.2.3A;

D) a SIP INVITE request was sent by SC UE such that:

a) all the early dialogs are created by a SIP response to the SIP INVITE request;

b) a final SIP response to the SIP INVITE request has not been received yet;

c) a SIP 180 (Ringing) response to the SIP INVITE request has not been received yet in any existing early dialog created by a SIP response to the SIP INVITE request;

d) the SC UE included in the SIP INVITE request a Contact header field containing the g.3gpp.ps2cs-srvcc-orig-pre-alerting media feature tag as described in annex C; and

e) a SIP 1xx response to the SIP INVITE request was received where the SIP 1xx response contained a Feature-Caps header field with the g.3gpp.ps2cs-srvcc-orig-pre-alerting feature-capability indicator as described in annex C.

[TS 24.237, clause 12.2.3B.2]

If the SC UE applies the procedures in subclause 12.2.3B.3 and the SC UE only has a single call:

– in alerting phase following access transfer; or

– in pre-alerting phase and the SC UE supports the PS to CS SRVCC for originating calls in pre-alerting phase;

the SC UE shall associate this session with transaction identifier value and TI flag as described in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8].

If the SC UE applies the procedures in subclause 12.2.3B.4 and the SC UE has an established session and an additional session in alerting phase or pre-alerting phase following access transfer, then the SC UE shall associate the transferred session that was in alerting phase or pre-alerting phase with CS call with transaction identifier 1 and TI flag value as in mobile terminated call.

NOTE: For the procedures in subclause 12.2.3B.4.2, the held transaction identifier value is described in subclause 12.2.3A as for single inactive session transfer and the active session transaction identifier value is described in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8]

[TS 24.237, clause 12.2.4.2]

If the SC UE is engaged in a session in early dialog state and:

– receives a SM NOTIFICATION message containing an "SRVCC handover cancelled, IMS session re-establishment required" as described in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8] or 3GPP TS 24.301 [52] depending on the access in use; or

then if the SC UE the SC UE shall send a SIP UPDATE request containing:

1) an SDP offer, including the media characteristics as used in the existing dialog; and

2) a Reason header field containing protocol "SIP" and reason parameter "cause" with value "487" as specified in IETF RFC 3326 [57], and with reason-text set to either "handover cancelled" or "failure to transition to CS domain";

by following the rules of 3GPP TS 24.229 [2] in each transferred session.

13.4.3.19.3 Test description

13.4.3.19.3.1 Pre-test conditions

System Simulator:

– Cell 1 and Cell 5.

– System information combination 4 as defined in TS 36.508 [18] clause 4.4.3.1 is used in E-UTRA cells.

UE:

None.

.

Preamble:

– The UE is in state Registered, Idle mode (state 2) on Cell 1 according to [18].

13.4.3.19.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Table 13.4.3.19.3.2-1 illustrates the downlink power levels and other changing parameters to be applied for the cells at various time instants of the test execution. Row marked "T0" denotes the initial conditions after preamble, while columns marked "T1" is to be applied subsequently. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause.

Table 13.4.3.19.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes

Parameter

Unit

Cell 1

Cell 5

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-60

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B2 are not satisfied.

CPICH_Ec (UTRA FDD)

dBm/3.84 MHz

-88

PCCPCH_Ec (UTRA LCR TDD)

dBm/1.28 MHz

-88

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-84

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B2 are satisfied.

CPICH_Ec (UTRA FDD)

dBm/3.84 MHz

-64

PCCPCH_Ec (UTRA LCR TDD)

dBm/1.28 MHz

-64

Table 13.4.3.19.3.2-2: Main behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

The SS configures UTRA cell 5 to reference configuration according 36.508 [18] table 4.8.3-1, condition UTRA PS RB + Speech.

The following messages are to be observed on Cell 1 unless explicitly stated otherwise.

2-13

Steps 1 to 12 of the generic test procedure for IMS MO speech call (TS 36.508 [18] 4.5A.6.3-1).

EXCEPTION: In parallel to the events described in steps 14 to 15 the steps specified in Table 13.4.3.19.3.2-3 shall take place

14

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message to confirm the establishment of the new data radio bearer, associated with the dedicated EPS bearer.

–>

RRC: RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

15

The UE transmits an ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT message.

–>

RRC: ULInformationTransfer

NAS:ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT

EXCEPTION: In parallel to the events described in steps 16 to 17 the steps specified in Table 13.4.3.19.3.2-3 should take place.

16

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message to setup inter RAT measurement and reporting for event B2.

<–

RRCConnectionReconfiguration

17

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message.

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

18

The SS changes the power level for Cell 1 and Cell 5 according to the row "T1" in table 13.4.3.19.3.2-1

19

The UE transmits a MeasurementReport message to report event B2 for Cell 5.

–>

MeasurementReport

20

The SS transmits a NOTIFICATION message.

<–

NOTIFICATION

21

Check: Does the UE start the procedure for SIP UPDATE after bSRVCC handover is cancelled?

Note: Step 1 of the Generic test procedure for SIP UPDATE after bSRVCC handover failure/cancelled defined in annex C.28 of TS 34.229-1 [35] is performed (UE sends UPDATE).

1

P

22

SS Sends 200 OK message.

Note: Step 2 of the Generic test procedure for SIP UPDATE after bSRVCC handover failure/cancelled defined in annex C.28 of TS 34.229-1 [35].

22A-22C

Steps 9-11 expected sequence defined in annex C.21 of TS 34.229-1 [35].

NOTE: IMS MO speech call establishment gets to alerting phase.

23

SS sends 200 OK message.

Note: Step 12 of the expected sequence defined in annex C.21 of TS 34.229-1 [35].

24

Check: Does the UE send ACK message?

Note: Step 13 of the expected sequence defined in annex C.21 of TS 34.229-1 [35].

1

P

25

Generic test procedure for MO Call release of IMS call as described in annex C.32 of TS 34.229-1 [35] takes place.

Table 13.4.3.19.3.2-3: Parallel behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1-4

Steps 5-8 expected sequence defined in annex C.21 of TS 34.229-1 [35].

NOTE: IMS MO speech call establishment gets to pre-alerting phase.

13.4.3.19.3.3 Specific message contents

Table 13.4.3.19.3.3-0: Conditions for specific message contents
in Table 13.4.3.19.3.3-3

Condition

Explanation

Band > 64

If band > 64 is selected

Table 13.4.3.19.3.3-1: ATTACH REQUEST (preamble)

Derivation path: 36.508 [18], table 4.7.2-4

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MS network capability

SRVCC from UTRAN HSPA or E-UTRAN to GERAN/UTRAN supported

Mobile station classmark 2

Any allowed value

Supported Codecs

Any allowed value

Table 13.4.3.19.3.3-2: RRCConnectionReconfiguration (step 16, Table 13.4.3.19.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508 [18], table 4.6.1-8 with condition MEAS

Table 13.4.3.19.3.3-3: MeasConfig (Table 13.4.3.19.3.3-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508 [18], table 4.6.6-1, condition UTRAN

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF SEQUENCE {

2 entries

measObjectId[1]

IdMeasObject-f1

measObject[1]

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(f1)

measObject[1]

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(maxEARFCN)

Band > 64

measObjectId[2]

IdMeasObject-f8

measObject[2]

MeasObjectUTRA-f8

}

reportConfigToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

reportConfigId[1]

IdReportConfig-B2-UTRA

reportConfig[1]

ReportConfigInterRAT-B2-UTRA (-72, -76)

}

measIdToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMeasId)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

measId[1]

1

measObjectId[1]

IdMeasObject-f8

reportConfigId[1]

IdReportConfig-B2-UTRA

}

measObjectToAddModList-v9e0 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF SEQUENCE {

Band > 64

measObjectEUTRA-v9e0[1] SEQUENCE {

carrierFreq-v9e0

Same downlink EARFCN as used for f1

}

measObjectEUTRA-v9e0[2] SEQUENCE {}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.19.3.3-4: MeasObjectUTRA-f8 (Table 13.4.3.19.3.3-3)

Derivation Path: 36.508 [18], table 4.6.6-3

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasObjectUTRA ::= SEQUENCE {

carrierFreq

Same downlink ARFCN as used for Cell 5

cellsToAddModList CHOICE {

cellsToAddModListUTRA-FDD SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeas)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

UTRA-FDD

cellIndex[1]

1

physCellId[1]

PhysicalCellIdentity of Cell 5

}

cellsToAddModListUTRA-TDD SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeas)) OF SEQUENCE {

UTRA-TDD

cellIndex[1]

1

physCellId[1]

PhysicalCellIdentity of Cell 5

}

}

csg-allowedReportingCells-v930

Not present

}

Condition

Explanation

UTRA-FDD

UTRA FDD cell environment

UTRA-TDD

UTRA TDD cell environment

Table 13.4.3.19.3.3-5: MeasurementReport (step 19, Table 13.4.3.19.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508 [18], table 4.6.1-5

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasurementReport ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {

measurementReport-r8 SEQUENCE {

measResults SEQUENCE {

measId

1

measResultPCell SEQUENCE {

rsrpResult

(0..97)

rsrqResult

(0..34)

}

measResultNeighCells CHOICE {

measResultListUTRA SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

physCellId[1] CHOICE {

fdd

PhysicalCellIdentity of Cell 5

UTRA-FDD

tdd

PhysicalCellIdentity of Cell 5

UTRA-TDD

}

cgi-Info[1]

Not present

measResult[1] SEQUENCE {

utra-RSCP

(-5..91)

utra-EcN0

Not present

additionalSI-Info-r9

Not present

}

}

}

measResultForECID-r9

Not present

locationInfo-r10

Not present

measResultServFreqList-r10

Not present

}

}

}

}

}

Condition

Explanation

UTRA-FDD

UTRA FDD cell environment

UTRA-TDD

UTRA TDD cell environment

Table 13.4.3.19.3.3-6: NOTIFICATION (step20, Table 13.4.3.19.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508 [18], table 4.7.3-18A, condition SRVCC-HO-CANCELLED

13.4.3.20 Inter-system mobility / E-UTRA voice to UTRA CS voice / bSRVCC / MO call / SRVCC HO failure

13.4.3.20.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE in E-UTRA RRC_CONNECTED state and an MO IMS PS voice is in pre-alerting state with a SRVCC procedure started over an UTRA cell for which UTRA CS Speech is configured }

ensure that {

when { the UE detects handover failure procedure before its completion }

then { UE transmits a SIP UPDATE message after RRC connection re-establishment procedure }

}

(2)

with { UE having transmitted a SIP UPDATE message after RRC connection re-establishment }

ensure that {

when { the UE receives 180 Ringing for INVITE from the SS }

then { UE transits to alerting state }

}

13.4.3.20.2 Conformance requirements

References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 23.216 clause 6.2.2.2, TS 24.237 clauses 12.1, 12.2.3B.1, 12.2.3B.1A, 12.2.3B.2, clause 12.2.3B.3.3 and clause 12.2.4.2.

[TS 23.216, clause 6.2.2.2]

Depicted in figure 6.2.2.2-1 is a call flow for SRVCC from E‑UTRAN to UTRAN or GERAN with DTM HO support, including the handling of the non‑voice component. The flow requires that eNB can determine that either the target is UTRAN with PS HO or the target is GERAN with DTM support and the UE is supporting DTM.

Figure 6.2.2.2-1: SRVCC from E-UTRAN to UTRAN with PS HO or GERAN with DTM HO support

1. UE sends measurement reports to E-UTRAN.

2. Based on UE measurement reports the source E‑UTRAN decides to trigger an SRVCC handover to UTRAN/GERAN.

3. If target is UTRAN, the source E‑UTRAN sends a Handover Required (Target ID, generic Source to Target Transparent Container, SRVCC HO indication) message to the source MME. SRVCC HO indication indicates to MME that this is for CS+PS HO.

NOTE 1: When the source E-UTRAN indicates using SRVCC HO Indication that target is both CS and PS capable and this is a CS+PS HO request, the source MME sends the single received transparent container to both the target CS domain and the target PS domain.

[TS 24.237, clause 12.1]

In order to fulfil the requirements for PS-CS access transfer in SR-VCC for calls in alerting state, the SC UE needs to be engaged in a session with speech media component in early dialog state according to the following conditions before SR-VCC access transfer is performed:

– a SIP 180 (Ringing) response for the initial SIP INVITE request to establish this session has been sent or received; and

– a SIP final response for the initial SIP INVITE request to establish this session has not been sent or received.

[TS 24.237, clause 12.2.3B.1]

The SC UE shall apply the procedures in subclauses 12.2.3B.3.3 if one of the following is true:

1) there are zero, one or more dialogs supporting a session with speech media component and a SIP INVITE request was sent by SC UE such that:

A) all dialogs are early dialogs created by a SIP response to the SIP INVITE request;

B) a final SIP response to the SIP INVITE request has not been received yet;

C) a SIP 180 (Ringing) response to the SIP INVITE request has not been received yet in any existing early dialog created by a SIP response to the SIP INVITE request;

D) the SC UE included in the SIP INVITE request a Contact header field containing the g.3gpp.ps2cs-srvcc-orig-pre-alerting media feature tag as described in annex C; and

E) a SIP 1xx response to the SIP INVITE request was received where the SIP 1xx response contained a Feature-Caps header field with the g.3gpp.ps2cs-srvcc-orig-pre-alerting feature-capability indicator as described in annex C; or

NOTE: UE can have zero dialogs if all the early dialogs were terminated by 199 (Early Dialog Terminated) as described in RFC 6228 [80].

2) there are one or more dialogs supporting a session with speech media component such that:

A) there are zero, one or more early dialogs and the remaining dialogs are confirmed dialogs;

B) all the confirmed dialogs support sessions with inactive speech media component;

C) the UE does not apply the MSC server assisted mid-call feature according to subclause 12.2.3A;

D) a SIP INVITE request was sent by SC UE such that:

a) all early dialogs are created by a SIP response to the SIP INVITE request;

b) a final SIP response to the SIP INVITE request has not been received yet;

c) a SIP 180 (Ringing) response to the SIP INVITE request has not been received yet in any existing early dialog created by a SIP response to the SIP INVITE request;

d) the SC UE included in the SIP INVITE request a Contact header field containing the g.3gpp.ps2cs-srvcc-orig-pre-alerting media feature tag as described in annex C; and

e) a SIP 1xx response to the SIP INVITE request was received where the SIP 1xx response contained a Feature-Caps header field with the g.3gpp.ps2cs-srvcc-orig-pre-alerting feature-capability indicator as described in annex C.

[TS 24.237, clause 12.2.3B.1A]

2) there are one or more dialogs supporting sessions with speech media component according to the following conditions:

A) there are zero, one or more early dialogs and the remaining dialog(s) are confirmed dialog(s);

B) all the confirmed dialogs support sessions with inactive speech media component;

C) the UE applies the MSC server assisted mid-call feature according to subclause 12.2.3A;

D) a SIP INVITE request was sent by SC UE such that:

a) all the early dialogs are created by a SIP response to the SIP INVITE request;

b) a final SIP response to the SIP INVITE request has not been received yet;

c) a SIP 180 (Ringing) response to the SIP INVITE request has not been received yet in any existing early dialog created by a SIP response to the SIP INVITE request;

d) the SC UE included in the SIP INVITE request a Contact header field containing the g.3gpp.ps2cs-srvcc-orig-pre-alerting media feature tag as described in annex C; and

e) a SIP 1xx response to the SIP INVITE request was received where the SIP 1xx response contained a Feature-Caps header field with the g.3gpp.ps2cs-srvcc-orig-pre-alerting feature-capability indicator as described in annex C.

[TS 24.237, clause 12.2.3B.2]

If the SC UE applies the procedures in subclause 12.2.3B.3 and the SC UE only has a single call:

– in alerting phase following access transfer; or

– in pre-alerting phase and the SC UE supports the PS to CS SRVCC for originating calls in pre-alerting phase;

the SC UE shall associate this session with transaction identifier value and TI flag as described in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8].

If the SC UE applies the procedures in subclause 12.2.3B.4 and the SC UE has an established session and an additional session in alerting phase or pre-alerting phase following access transfer, then the SC UE shall associate the transferred session that was in alerting phase or pre-alerting phase with CS call with transaction identifier 1 and TI flag value as in mobile terminated call.

NOTE: For the procedures in subclause 12.2.3B.4.2, the held transaction identifier value is described in subclause 12.2.3A as for single inactive session transfer and the active session transaction identifier value is described in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8]

[TS 24.237, clause 12.2.3B.3.3]

If the SC UE supports the PS to CS SRVCC for originating calls in pre-alerting phase and this subclause is invoked according to the conditions in subclause 12.2.3B.1 and the SC UE successfully performs access transfer to the CS domain, then the UE continues the call in the CS domain in the "Mobile originating call proceeding" (U3) call state as described in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8].

If the SC UE has generated and rendered the locally generated communication progress information before the access transfer to the CS domain, the UE keeps generating and rending the locally generated communication progress information after the access transfer to the CS domain.

If the SC UE has rendered received early media before the access transfer to the CS domain, the UE attaches the user connection, as specified in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8].

[TS 24.237, clause 12.2.4.2]

If the SC UE is engaged in a session in early dialog state and:

– does not successfully retune to the 3GPP UTRAN or 3GPP GERAN after it receives the handover command from the eNodeB (as described in 3GPP TS 36.331 [62])

then if the SC UE the SC UE shall send a SIP UPDATE request containing:

1) an SDP offer, including the media characteristics as used in the existing dialog; and

2) a Reason header field containing protocol "SIP" and reason parameter "cause" with value "487" as specified in IETF RFC 3326 [57], and with reason-text set to either "handover cancelled" or "failure to transition to CS domain";

by following the rules of 3GPP TS 24.229 [2] in each transferred session.

13.4.3.20.3 Test description

13.4.3.20.3.1 Pre-test conditions

System Simulator:

– Cell 1 and Cell 5.

– System information combination 4 as defined in TS 36.508 [18] clause 4.4.3.1 is used in E-UTRA cells.

UE:

None.

Preamble:

– The UE is in state Registered, Idle mode (state 2) on Cell 1 according to [18].

13.4.3.20.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Table 13.4.3.20.3.2-1 illustrates the downlink power levels and other changing parameters to be applied for the cells at various time instants of the test execution. Row marked "T0" denotes the initial conditions after preamble, while columns marked "T1" and "T2" are to be applied subsequently. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause.

Table 13.4.3.20.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes

Parameter

Unit

Cell 1

Cell 5

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-60

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B2 are not satisfied.

CPICH_Ec (UTRA FDD)

dBm/3.84 MHz

-84

PCCPCH_Ec (UTRA LCR TDD)

dBm/1.28 MHz

-84

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-88

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B2 are satisfied.

CPICH_Ec (UTRA FDD)

dBm/3.84 MHz

-64

PCCPCH_Ec (UTRA LCR TDD)

dBm/1.28 MHz

-64

T2

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-88

Only Cell 1 is available

CPICH_Ec (UTRA FDD)

dBm/3.84 MHz

“OFF”

PCCPCH_Ec (UTRA LCR TDD)

dBm/1.28 MHz

“OFF”

Table 13.4.3.20.3.2-2: Main behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

The SS configures UTRA cell 5 to reference configuration according 36.508 [18] table 4.8.3-1, condition UTRA Speech.

The following messages are to be observed on Cell 1 unless explicitly stated otherwise.

2-13

Steps 1 to 12 of the generic test procedure for IMS MO speech call (TS 36.508 [18] 4.5A.6.3-1).

EXCEPTION: In parallel to the events described in steps 14 to 15 the steps specified in Table 13.4.3.20.3.2-3 should take place.

14

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message to confirm the establishment of the new data radio bearer, associated with the dedicated EPS bearer.

–>

RRC: RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

15

The UE transmits an ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT message.

–>

RRC: ULInformationTransfer

NAS:ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT

16

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message to setup inter RAT measurement and reporting for event B2.

<–

RRCConnectionReconfiguration

17

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message.

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

18

The SS changes the power level for Cell 1 and Cell 5 according to the row "T1" in table 13.4.3.20.3.2-1

19

The UE transmits a MeasurementReport message to report event B2 for Cell 5.

–>

MeasurementReport

20

The SS changes the power level for Cell 1 and Cell 5 according to the row "T2" in Table 13.4.3.20.3.2-1.

21

The SS transmits a UECapabilityEnquiry message to request UE radio access capability information for E-UTRA and UTRA.

<–

UECapabilityEnquiry

22

The UE transmits a UECapabilityInformation message on Cell 1.

NOTE: The start-PS and start-CS values received should be used to configure ciphering on cell 5.

–>

UECapabilityInformation

23

The SS transmits a MobilityFromEUTRACommand message on Cell 1.

<–

MobilityFromEUTRACommand

24

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest message on Cell 1.

–>

RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest

25

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReestablishment message on Cell 1.

<–

RRCConnectionReestablishment

26

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete message on Cell 1.

–>

RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete

27

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message on Cell 1.

<–

RRCConnectionReconfiguration

EXCEPTION: In parallel to the events described in step 28 the steps specified in Table 13.4.3.20.3.2-4 should take place.

28

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message on Cell 1.

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

29-33

Steps 9-13 expected sequence defined in annex C.21 of TS 34.229-1 [35].

2

P

34

Generic test procedure for MO release of IMS call as described in annex C.32 of TS 34.229-1 [35] takes place.

Table 13.4.3.20.3.2-3: Parallel behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1-4

Steps 5-8 expected sequence defined in annex C.21 of TS 34.229-1 [35].

NOTE: IMS MO speech call establishment gets to pre-alerting phase.

Table 13.4.3.20.3.2-4: Parallel behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

Check: Does the UE transmit SIP UPDATE request on Cell 1?

NOTE: Step 1 defined in annex C.28 of TS 34.229-1 [35] is performed.

1

P

2

Step 2 expected sequence defined in annex C.28 of TS 34.229-1 [35].

13.4.3.20.3.3 Specific message contents

Table 13.4.3.20.3.3-0: Conditions for specific message contents
in Table 13.4.3.20.3.3-3

Condition

Explanation

Band > 64

If band > 64 is selected

Table 13.4.3.20.3.3-1: ATTACH REQUEST (preamble)

Derivation path: 36.508 table 4.7.2-4

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MS network capability

SRVCC from UTRAN HSPA or E-UTRAN to GERAN/UTRAN supported

Mobile station classmark 2

Any allowed value

Supported Codecs

Any allowed value

Table 13.4.3.20.3.3-2: RRCConnectionReconfiguration (step 16, Table 13.4.3.20.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.1 table 4.6.1-8 with condition MEAS

Table 13.4.3.20.3.3-3: MeasConfig (step 16, Table 13.4.3.20.3.2-2)

Derivation path: 36.508 clause 4.6.6 table 4.6.6-1 with condition UTRAN

Information Element

Value/Remark

Comment

Condition

measurementConfiguration ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModifyList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF SEQUENCE {

2 entries

measObjectId[1]

IdMeasObject-f8

measObject[1]

MeasObjectUTRA-GENERIC(f8)

measObjectId[2]

IdMeasObject-f1

measObject[2]

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(f1)

measObject[2]

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(maxEARFCN)

Band > 64

}

reportConfigToAddModifyList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

reportConfigId[1]

IdReportConfigInterRAT-B2-UTRA

reportConfig[1]

ReportConfigInterRAT-B2-UTRA (-72, -76)

}

measIdToAddModifyList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMeasId)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

measId[1]

1

measObjectId[1]

IdMeasObject-f8

reportConfigId[1]

IdReportConfigInterRAT-B2-UTRA

}

measObjectToAddModList-v9e0 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF SEQUENCE {

Band > 64

measObjectEUTRA-v9e0[1] SEQUENCE {}

measObjectEUTRA-v9e0[2] SEQUENCE {

carrierFreq-v9e0

Same downlink EARFCN as used for f1

}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.20.3.3-4: MeasurementReport (step 19, Table 13.4.3.20.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, table 4.6.1-5

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasurementReport ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE{

measurementReport-r8 SEQUENCE {

measResults SEQUENCE {

measId

1

measResultServCell SEQUENCE {

rsrpResult

(0..97)

rsrqResult

(0..34)

}

measResultNeighCells CHOICE {

measResultListUTRA SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

physCellId[1]

PhysicalCellIdentity of Cell 5

cgi-Info[1]

Not present

measResult[1] SEQUENCE {

utra-RSCP

(-5..91)

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.20.3.3-5: UECapabilityEnquiry (step 21, Table 13.4.3.20.3.2-2)

Derivation path: 36.508 clause 4.6.1 table 4.6.1-22

Information Element

Value/Remark

Comment

Condition

UECapabilityEnquiry ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {

ueCapabilityEnquiry-r8 SEQUENCE {

ue-CapabilityRequest SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxRAT-Capabilities)) OF SEQUENCE {

2 entry

RAT-Type[1]

eutra

RAT-Type[2]

utra

}

}

}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.20.3.3-6: MobilityFromEUTRACommand (step 23, Table 13.4.3.20.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.1-6

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MobilityFromEUTRACommand ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE{

mobilityFromEUTRACommand-r8 SEQUENCE {

cs-FallbackIndicator

False

purpose CHOICE{

handover SEQUENCE {

targetRAT-Type

Utra

targetRAT-MessageContainer

HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMMAND(UTRA RRC message)

nas-SecurityParamFromEUTRA

The 4 least significant bits of the NAS downlink COUNT value

systemInformation

Not present

}

}

}

}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.20.3.3-7: HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMMAND (Table 13.4.3.20.3.3-5)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.7B.1-1, condition UTRA Speech

Table 13.4.3.20.3.3-8: RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest (step 24, Table 13.4.3.20.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.1-13

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

rrcConnectionReestablishmentRequest-r8 SEQUENCE {

ue-Identity SEQUENCE {

c-RNTI

the value of the C-RNTI of the UE

physCellId

PhysicalCellIdentity of Cell 1

shortMAC-I

The same value as the 16 least significant bits of the XMAC-I value calculated by SS

}

reestablishmentCause

handoverFailure

}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.20.3.3-9: RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete (step 26, Table 13.4.3.20.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.1-11

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

rrcConnectionReestablishmentComplete-r8 = SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension

Not present or any allowed value

}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.20.3.3-10: RRCConnectionReconfiguration (step 27, Table 13.4.3.20.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.1-8

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

RRCConnectionReconfiguration ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE{

rrcConnectionReconfiguration-r8 SEQUENCE {

radioResourceConfigDedicated

RadioResourceConfigDedicated-HO

}

}

}

}

13.4.3.21 Inter-system mobility / E-UTRA PS voice to GSM CS voice / bSRVCC / MO call

13.4.3.21.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE is in E-UTRA RRC_CONNECTED state and an IMS MO speech call is in alerting phase }

ensure that {

when { UE receives a MobilityFromEUTRACommand message and an MO IMS voice call is in before alerting state }

then { UE transmits a HANDOVER COMPLETE message on the geran cell }

}

(2)

with { UE having transmitted a HANDOVER COMPLETE message }

ensure that {

when { UE receives a CONNECT message }

then { UE transmits a CONNECT ACKNOWLEDGE message }

}

13.4.3.21.2 Conformance requirements

References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 36.331, clause 5.4.3.3, TS 23.216 clause 6.2.2.1, TS 24.237 clauses 12.1, 12.2.3B.1, 12.2.3B.1A, 12.2.3B.2, clause 12.2.3B.3.3 and clause 12.2.4.2. Unless otherwise stated these are Rel-12 requirements.

[TS 36.331, clause 5.4.3.3]

The UE shall:

1> stop timer T310, if running;

1> if the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message includes the purpose set to handover:

2> if the targetRAT-Type is set to utra or geran:

3> consider inter-RAT mobility as initiated towards the RAT indicated by the targetRAT-Type included in the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message;

3> forward the nas-SecurityParamFromEUTRA to the upper layers;

3> access the target cell indicated in the inter-RAT message in accordance with the specifications of the target RAT;

[TS 23.216, clause 6.2.2.1]

Depicted in figure 6.2.2.1-1 is a call flow for SRVCC from E-UTRAN to GERAN without DTM support. The flow requires that eNB can determine that the target is GERAN without DTM support or that the UE is without DTM support.

Figure 6.2.2.1-1: SRVCC from E-UTRAN to GERAN without DTM support

1. UE sends measurement reports to E-UTRAN.

2. Based on UE measurement reports the source E‑UTRAN decides to trigger an SRVCC handover to GERAN.

3. Source E‑UTRAN sends Handover Required (Target ID, generic Source to Target Transparent Container, SRVCC HO Indication) message to the source MME. The E‑UTRAN places the "old BSS to new BSS information IE" for the CS domain in the generic Source to Target Transparent Container. The SRVCC HO indication indicates to the MME that target is only CS capable, hence this is a SRVCC handover operation only towards the CS domain. The message includes an indication that the UE is not available for the PS service in the target cell.

4. Based on the QCI associated with the voice bearer (QCI 1) and the SRVCC HO indication, the source MME splits the voice bearer from the non voice bearers and initiates the PS-CS handover procedure for the voice bearer only towards MSC Server.

5. The MME sends a SRVCC PS to CS Request (IMSI, Target ID, STN-SR, C‑MSISDN, generic Source to Target Transparent Container, MM Context, Emergency Indication) message to the MSC Server. The Emergency Indication and the equipment identifier are is included if the ongoing session is emergency session. Authenticated IMSI and C‑MSISDN shall also be included, if available. The MME received STN-SR and C‑MSISDN from the HSS as part of the subscription profile downloaded during the E‑UTRAN attach procedure. The MM Context contains security related information. CS security key is derived by the MME from the E‑UTRAN/EPS domain key as defined in TS 33.401 [22]. The CS Security key is sent in the MM Context.

6. The MSC Server interworks the PS-CS handover request with a CS inter‑MSC handover request by sending a Prepare Handover Request message to the target MSC. The MSC Server assigns a default SAI as Source ID on the interface to the target BSS and uses BSSMAP encapsulated for the Prepare Handover Request.

NOTE 1: The value of the default SAI is configured in the MSC and allows a release 8 and later BSC to identify that the source for the SRVCC Handover is E-UTRAN. To ensure correct statistics in the target BSS the default SAI should be different from the SAIs used in UTRAN.

7. Target MSC performs resource allocation with the target BSS by exchanging Handover Request/ Acknowledge messages.

8. Target MSC sends a Prepare Handover Response message to the MSC Server.

9. Establishment of circuit connection between the target MSC and the MGW associated with the MSC Server e.g. using ISUP IAM and ACM messages.

10. For non-emergency session, the MSC Server initiates the Session Transfer by using the STN-SR e.g. by sending an ISUP IAM (STN-SR) message towards the IMS. For emergency session, the MSC Server initiates the Session Transfer by using the locally configured E-STN-SR and by including the equipment identifier. Standard IMS Service Continuity or Emergency IMS Service Continuity procedures are applied for execution of the Session Transfer, see TS 23.237 [14].

NOTE 2: This step can be started after step 8.

NOTE 3: If the MSC Server is using an ISUP interface, then the initiation of the session transfer for non-emergency session may fail if the subscriber profile including CAMEL triggers is not available prior handover (see clause 7.3.2.1.3 in TS 23.292 [13]).

11. During the execution of the Session Transfer procedure the remote end is updated with the SDP of the CS access leg. The downlink flow of VoIP packets is switched towards the CS access leg at this point.

12. Source IMS access leg is released as per TS 23.237 [14].

NOTE 4: Steps 11 and 12 are independent of step 13.

13. MSC Server sends a SRVCC PS to CS Response (Target to Source Transparent Container) message to the source MME.

14. Source MME sends a Handover Command (Target to Source Transparent Container) message to the source E-UTRAN. The message includes information about the voice component only.

15. Source E-UTRAN sends a Handover from E-UTRAN Command message to the UE.

16. UE tunes to GERAN.

17. Handover Detection at the target BSS occurs. The UE sends a Handover Complete message via the target BSS to the target MSC. If the target MSC is not the MSC Server, then the Target MSC sends an SES (Handover Complete) message to the MSC Server.

18. The UE starts the Suspend procedure specified in TS 23.060 [10], clause 16.2.1.1.2. The TLLI and RAI pair are derived from the GUTI as described in TS 23.003 [27]. This triggers the Target SGSN to send a Suspend Notification message to the Source MME. The MME returns a Suspend Acknowledge to the Target SGSN.

NOTE 5: The MME might not be able to derive the GUTI from the received P-TMSI and RAI pair and therefore it might not be able to identify which UE context is associated with the Suspend Notification message. Also in this case the bearers are deactivated and/or suspended as in step 22a.

19. Target BSS sends a Handover Complete message to the target MSC.

20. Target MSC sends an SES (Handover Complete) message to the MSC Server. The speech circuit is through connected in the MSC Server/MGW according to TS 23.009 [18].

21. Completion of the establishment procedure with ISUP Answer message to the MSC Server according to TS 23.009 [18].

22. MSC Server sends a SRVCC PS to CS Complete Notification message to the source MME, informing it that the UE has arrived on the target side. Source MME acknowledges the information by sending a SRVCC PS to CS Complete Acknowledge message to the MSC Server.

22a. The MME deactivates bearers used for voice and other GBR bearers. All GBR bearers are deactivated towards S-GW and P-GW by initiating MME-initiated Dedicated Bearer Deactivation procedure as specified in TS 23.401 [2]. The MME does not send deactivation request toward the eNodeB on receiving PS-to-CS Complete Notification in step 22. PS-to-CS handover indicator is notified to P-GW for voice bearer during the bearer deactivation procedure. For GTP-based S5/S8, the S-GW requests the P-GW to delete all GBR bearer contexts by sending a Delete Bearer Command message. If dynamic PCC is deployed, the P‑GW may interact with PCRF as defined in TS 23.203 [31]. For PMIP-based S5/S8, S-GW interacts with the PCRF which in turn updates PCC rules for GBR traffic in the P-GW.

The MME starts preservation and suspension of non-GBR bearers by sending Suspend Notification message towards S-GW. For these non-GBR bearers, the S-GW releases S1-U bearers for the UE and sends Suspend Notification message to the P-GW(s). The MME stores in the UE context that UE is in suspended status. All the preserved non-GBR bearers are marked as suspended status in the S-GW and P-GW. The P-GW should discard packets if received for the suspended UE.

23a. If the HLR is to be updated, i.e. if the IMSI is authenticated but unknown in the VLR, the MSC Server performs a TMSI reallocation towards the UE using its own non-broadcast LAI and, if the MSC Server and other MSC/VLRs serve the same (target) LAI, with its own Network Resource Identifier (NRI).

NOTE 5: The TMSI reallocation is performed by the MSC Server towards the UE via target MSC.

23b. If the MSC Server performed a TMSI reallocation in step 23a, and if this TMSI reallocation was completed successfully, the MSC Server performs a MAP Update Location to the HSS/HLR.

NOTE 6: This Update Location is not initiated by the UE.

24. For an emergency services session after handover is complete, the source MME or the MSC Server may send a Subscriber Location Report carrying the identity of the MSC Server to a GMLC associated with the source or target side, respectively, as defined in TS 23.271 [29] to support location continuity.

NOTE 7: Any configuration of the choice between a source MME versus MSC Server update to a GMLC needs to ensure that a single update occurs from one of these entities when the control plane location solution is used on the source and/or target sides.

[TS 24.237, clause 12.1]

In order to fulfil the requirements for PS-CS access transfer in SR-VCC for calls in alerting state, the SC UE needs to be engaged in a session with speech media component in early dialog state according to the following conditions before SR-VCC access transfer is performed:

– a SIP 180 (Ringing) response for the initial SIP INVITE request to establish this session has been sent or received; and

– a SIP final response for the initial SIP INVITE request to establish this session has not been sent or received.

[TS 24.237, clause 12.2.3B.1]

The SC UE shall apply the procedures in subclauses 12.2.3B.3.3 if one of the following is true:

1) there are zero, one or more dialogs supporting a session with speech media component and a SIP INVITE request was sent by SC UE such that:

A) all dialogs are early dialogs created by a SIP response to the SIP INVITE request;

B) a final SIP response to the SIP INVITE request has not been received yet;

C) a SIP 180 (Ringing) response to the SIP INVITE request has not been received yet in any existing early dialog created by a SIP response to the SIP INVITE request;

D) the SC UE included in the SIP INVITE request a Contact header field containing the g.3gpp.ps2cs-srvcc-orig-pre-alerting media feature tag as described in annex C; and

E) a SIP 1xx response to the SIP INVITE request was received where the SIP 1xx response contained a Feature-Caps header field with the g.3gpp.ps2cs-srvcc-orig-pre-alerting feature-capability indicator as described in annex C; or

NOTE: UE can have zero dialogs if all the early dialogs were terminated by 199 (Early Dialog Terminated) as described in RFC 6228 [80].

2) there are one or more dialogs supporting a session with speech media component such that:

A) there are zero, one or more early dialogs and the remaining dialogs are confirmed dialogs;

B) all the confirmed dialogs support sessions with inactive speech media component;

C) the UE does not apply the MSC server assisted mid-call feature according to subclause 12.2.3A;

D) a SIP INVITE request was sent by SC UE such that:

a) all early dialogs are created by a SIP response to the SIP INVITE request;

b) a final SIP response to the SIP INVITE request has not been received yet;

c) a SIP 180 (Ringing) response to the SIP INVITE request has not been received yet in any existing early dialog created by a SIP response to the SIP INVITE request;

d) the SC UE included in the SIP INVITE request a Contact header field containing the g.3gpp.ps2cs-srvcc-orig-pre-alerting media feature tag as described in annex C; and

e) a SIP 1xx response to the SIP INVITE request was received where the SIP 1xx response contained a Feature-Caps header field with the g.3gpp.ps2cs-srvcc-orig-pre-alerting feature-capability indicator as described in annex C.

[TS 24.237, clause 12.2.3B.1A]

2) there are one or more dialogs supporting sessions with speech media component according to the following conditions:

A) there are zero, one or more early dialogs and the remaining dialog(s) are confirmed dialog(s);

B) all the confirmed dialogs support sessions with inactive speech media component;

C) the UE applies the MSC server assisted mid-call feature according to subclause 12.2.3A;

D) a SIP INVITE request was sent by SC UE such that:

a) all the early dialogs are created by a SIP response to the SIP INVITE request;

b) a final SIP response to the SIP INVITE request has not been received yet;

c) a SIP 180 (Ringing) response to the SIP INVITE request has not been received yet in any existing early dialog created by a SIP response to the SIP INVITE request;

d) the SC UE included in the SIP INVITE request a Contact header field containing the g.3gpp.ps2cs-srvcc-orig-pre-alerting media feature tag as described in annex C; and

e) a SIP 1xx response to the SIP INVITE request was received where the SIP 1xx response contained a Feature-Caps header field with the g.3gpp.ps2cs-srvcc-orig-pre-alerting feature-capability indicator as described in annex C.

[TS 24.237, clause 12.2.3B.2]

If the SC UE applies the procedures in subclause 12.2.3B.3 and the SC UE only has a single call:

– in alerting phase following access transfer; or

– in pre-alerting phase and the SC UE supports the PS to CS SRVCC for originating calls in pre-alerting phase;

the SC UE shall associate this session with transaction identifier value and TI flag as described in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8].

If the SC UE applies the procedures in subclause 12.2.3B.4 and the SC UE has an established session and an additional session in alerting phase or pre-alerting phase following access transfer, then the SC UE shall associate the transferred session that was in alerting phase or pre-alerting phase with CS call with transaction identifier 1 and TI flag value as in mobile terminated call.

NOTE: For the procedures in subclause 12.2.3B.4.2, the held transaction identifier value is described in subclause 12.2.3A as for single inactive session transfer and the active session transaction identifier value is described in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8]

[TS 24.237, clause 12.2.3B.3.3]

If the SC UE supports the PS to CS SRVCC for originating calls in pre-alerting phase and this subclause is invoked according to the conditions in subclause 12.2.3B.1 and the SC UE successfully performs access transfer to the CS domain, then the UE continues the call in the CS domain in the "Mobile originating call proceeding" (U3) call state as described in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8].

If the SC UE has generated and rendered the locally generated communication progress information before the access transfer to the CS domain, the UE keeps generating and rending the locally generated communication progress information after the access transfer to the CS domain.

If the SC UE has rendered received early media before the access transfer to the CS domain, the UE attaches the user connection, as specified in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8].

[TS 24.237, clause 12.2.4.2]

If the SC UE is engaged in a session in early dialog state and:

– receives a SM NOTIFICATION message containing an "SRVCC handover cancelled, IMS session re-establishment required" as described in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8] or 3GPP TS 24.301 [52] depending on the access in use; or

then if the SC UE the SC UE shall send a SIP UPDATE request containing:

1) an SDP offer, including the media characteristics as used in the existing dialog; and

2) a Reason header field containing protocol "SIP" and reason parameter "cause" with value "487" as specified in IETF RFC 3326 [57], and with reason-text set to either "handover cancelled" or "failure to transition to CS domain";

by following the rules of 3GPP TS 24.229 [2] in each transferred session.

13.4.3.21.3 Test description

13.4.3.21.3.1 Pre-test conditions

System Simulator:

– Cell 1 and Cell 24.

– System information combination 5 as defined in TS 36.508 [18] clause 4.4.3.1 is used in E-UTRA cell.

UE:

None.

Preamble:

– The UE is in state Registered, Idle mode (state 2) on Cell 1 according to [18].

13.4.3.21.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Table 13.4.3.21.3.2-1 illustrates the downlink power levels and other changing parameters to be applied for the cells at various time instants of the test execution. Row marked "T0" denotes the initial conditions after preamble, while columns marked "T1" is to be applied subsequently. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause.

Table 13.4.3.21.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes

Parameter

Unit

Cell 1

Cell 24

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B2 are not satisfied.

RSSI

dBm

-85

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B2 are satisfied.

RSSI

dBm

-65

T2

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

Non-suitable “Off”

RSSI

dBm

-65

Table 13.4.3.21.3.2-2: Main behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1-12

Steps 1 to 12 of the generic test procedure for IMS MO speech call (TS 36.508 4.5A.6.3-1).

EXCEPTION: In parallel to the events described in steps 13 to 14 the steps specified in Table 13.4.3.21.3.2-3 should take place.

13

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message on Cell 1 to confirm the establishment of the new data radio bearer, associated with the dedicated EPS bearer.

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

14

The UE transmits an ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT message on Cell 1.

–>

ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT

15

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message on Cell 1 to setup inter-RAT measurement and reporting for event B2.

<–

RRCConnectionReconfiguration

16

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message on Cell 1.

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

17

The SS changes the power level for Cell 1 and Cell 24 according to the row "T1" in Table 13.4.3.21.3.2-1.

18

The UE transmits a MeasurementReport message on Cell 1 to report event B2 for Cell 24.

–>

MeasurementReport

19

The SS transmits a MobilityFromEUTRACommand message on Cell 1.

<–

MobilityFromEUTRACommand

20

Check: Does the UE transmit a HANDOVER COMPLETE message on cell 24?

–>

HANDOVER COMPLETE

1

P

21

The UE transmits a GPRS SUSPENSION REQUEST message

–>

GPRS SUSPENSION REQUEST

22

The SS transmits a TMSI REALLOCATION COMMAND message.

<–

TMSI REALLOCATION COMMAND

23

The UE transmits a TMSI REALLOCATION COMPLETE message.

–>

TMSI REALLOCATION COMPLETE

23A

SS adjusts cell levels according to row T2 of table 13.4.3.21.3.2-1.

24

The SS transmits a ALERTING message

<–

ALERTING

25

The SS transmits a CONNECT message on Cell 24.

<–

CONNECT

26

Check: Does the UE transmit a CONNECT ACKNOWLEDGE message on Cell 24?

–>

CONNECT ACKNOWLEDGE

2

P

27-41

Steps 20 to 34 of the generic test procedure described in TS 36.508 subclause 6.4.3.8.1 are performed on Cell 24.

NOTE: Call is released and UE performs a RAU procedure.

Table 13.4.3.21.3.2-3: Parallel behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1-4

Steps 5-8 expected sequence defined in annex C.21 of TS 34.229-1 [35].

NOTE: IMS MO speech call establishment gets to pre-alerting phase.

13.4.3.21.3.3 Specific message contents

Table 13.4.3.21.3.3-1: ATTACH REQUEST (preamble)

Derivation path: 36.508 Table 4.7.2-4

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MS network capability

SRVCC from UTRAN HSPA or E-UTRAN to GERAN/UTRAN supported

Mobile station classmark 2

Any allowed value

Supported Codecs

Any allowed value

Table 13.4.3.21.3.3-2: RRCConnectionReconfiguration (step 15, Table 13.4.3.21.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.1-8, condition MEAS

Table 13.4.3.21.3.3-3: MeasConfig (step 15, Table 13.4.3.21.3.2-2)

Derivation path: 36.508 clause 4.6.6 table 4.6.6-1 with condition GERAN

Information Element

Value/Remark

Comment

Condition

measurementConfiguration ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModifyList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF SEQUENCE {

2 entries

measObjectId[1]

IdMeasObject-f11

measObject[1]

MeasObjectGERAN-GENERIC(f11)

measObjectId[2]

IdMeasObject-f1

measObject[2]

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(f1)

measObject[2]

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(maxEARFCN)

Band > 64

}

reportConfigToAddModifyList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

reportConfigId[1]

IdReportConfigInterRAT-B2-GERAN

reportConfig[1]

ReportConfigInterRAT-B2-GERAN (-69, -75)

}

measIdToAddModifyList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMeasId)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

measId[1]

1

measObjectId[1]

IdMeasObject-f11

reportConfigId[1]

IdReportConfigInterRAT-B2-GERAN

}

measObjectToAddModList-v9e0 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF {

2 entries

Band > 64

measObjectEUTRA-v9e0[1] ::= SEQUENCE {}

    measObjectEUTRA-v9e0[1] ::= SEQUENCE {

carrierFreq-v9e0

Same downlink EARFCN as used for f1

}

}

}

Condition

Explanation

Band > 64

If band > 64 is selected

Table 13.4.3.21.3.3-4: MeasurementReport (step 18, Table 13.4.3.21.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, table 4.6.1-5

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasurementReport ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE{

measurementReport-r8 SEQUENCE {

measResults SEQUENCE {

measId

1

measResultServCell SEQUENCE {

rsrpResult

(0..97)

rsrqResult

(0..34)

}

measResultNeighCells CHOICE {

measResultListGERAN SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

physCellId

PhysicalCellIdentity of Cell 24

cgi-Info[1]

Not present

measResult[1] SEQUENCE {

rssi

The value of rssi is present but contents not checked

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.21.3.3-5: MobilityFromEUTRACommand (step 19, Table 13.4.3.21.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.1-6

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MobilityFromEUTRACommand ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE{

mobilityFromEUTRACommand-r8 SEQUENCE {

cs-FallbackIndicator

False

purpose CHOICE{

handover SEQUENCE {

targetRAT-Type

GERAN

targetRAT-MessageContainer

HANDOVER COMMAND(GERAN RR message) , see Table 13.4.3.21.3.3-5a

nas-SecurityParamFromEUTRA

The 4 least significant bits of the NAS downlink COUNT value

systemInformation

Not present

}

}

}

}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.21.3.3-6: HANDOVER COMMAND (step 19, Table 13.4.3.21.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 51.010, Table 40.2.4.33

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

Cell Description

Network Colour Code

1

Base Station Colour Code

5

BCCH Carrier Number

The BCCH Carrier ARFCN as per table in clause 40.1.1 of 51.010-1.

Description of the First Channel, after time

Channel Description

Channel Type and TDMA offset

TCH/F + ACCH’s

Timeslot Number

Chosen arbitrarily, but not Zero.

Training Sequence Code

Same as the BCCH

Hopping channel

Single RF channel

ARFCN

The first ARFCN in the cell allocation as per table in clause 40.2.1.1.1 of 51.010-1

Cipher Mode Setting

1001xxxy

See TS 44.018 §9.1.15.10

xxx – px_GSM_CipherAlg

y – px_GSM_CipheringOnOff

Table 13.4.3.21.3.3-7: CONNECT (step 25, Table 13.4.3.21.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 24.008 Table 9.59

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

Transaction identifier

TI flag

‘0’B

The message is sent from the side that originates the TI

TIO

‘000’B

TI value 0

Table 13.4.3.21.3.3-8: CONNECT ACKNOWLEDGE (step 26, Table 13.4.3.21.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 24.008 Table 9.60

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

Transaction identifier

TI flag

‘1’B

The message is sent to the side that originates the TI

TIO

‘000’B

TI value 0

Table 13.4.3.21.3.3-9: ROUTING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT (step 39, Table 13.4.3.21.3.2-2)

Derivation path: 36.508, Table 4.7B.2-2

Information Element

Value/Remark

Comment

Condition

PDP context status

0

NSAPI(0) – NSAPI(15) is set to 0, which means that the SM state of all PDP contexts is PDP-INACTIVE

13.4.3.22 Inter-system mobility / E-UTRA PS voice to GSM CS voice / bSRVCC / MO call / SRVCC HO cancelled

13.4.3.22.1 Test Purpose (TP)

with { UE in E-UTRA RRC_CONNECTED state and an MO IMS PS voice is in pre-alerting state with a SRVCC procedure started over an GSM cell}

ensure that {

when { the source E-UTRAN decides to terminate the handover procedure before its completion indicating this to the UE with a NOTIFICATION message }

then { UE starts a recovery procedure, transmits a SIP UPDATE message and successfully completes the MO call on the E-UTRA }

}

13.4.3.22.2 Conformance requirements

References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 23.216 clause 6.2.2.1 and clause 8.1.3, TS 24.301 clause 6.6.2.2, TS 24.237 clauses 12.1, 12.2.3B.1, 12.2.3B.1A, 12.2.3B.2, clause 12.2.3B.3.3 and clause 12.2.4.2. Unless otherwise stated these are Rel-12 requirements.

[TS 23.216, clause 6.2.2.1]

Depicted in figure 6.2.2.1-1 is a call flow for SRVCC from E-UTRAN to GERAN without DTM support. The flow requires that eNB can determine that the target is GERAN without DTM support or that the UE is without DTM support.

Figure 6.2.2.1-1: SRVCC from E-UTRAN to GERAN without DTM support

1. UE sends measurement reports to E-UTRAN.

2. Based on UE measurement reports the source E‑UTRAN decides to trigger an SRVCC handover to GERAN.

3. Source E‑UTRAN sends Handover Required (Target ID, generic Source to Target Transparent Container, SRVCC HO Indication) message to the source MME. The E‑UTRAN places the "old BSS to new BSS information IE" for the CS domain in the generic Source to Target Transparent Container. The SRVCC HO indication indicates to the MME that target is only CS capable, hence this is a SRVCC handover operation only towards the CS domain. The message includes an indication that the UE is not available for the PS service in the target cell.

4. Based on the QCI associated with the voice bearer (QCI 1) and the SRVCC HO indication, the source MME splits the voice bearer from the non voice bearers and initiates the PS-CS handover procedure for the voice bearer only towards MSC Server.

5. The MME sends a SRVCC PS to CS Request (IMSI, Target ID, STN-SR, C‑MSISDN, generic Source to Target Transparent Container, MM Context, Emergency Indication) message to the MSC Server. The Emergency Indication and the equipment identifier are is included if the ongoing session is emergency session. Authenticated IMSI and C‑MSISDN shall also be included, if available. The MME received STN-SR and C‑MSISDN from the HSS as part of the subscription profile downloaded during the E‑UTRAN attach procedure. The MM Context contains security related information. CS security key is derived by the MME from the E‑UTRAN/EPS domain key as defined in TS 33.401 [22]. The CS Security key is sent in the MM Context.

6. The MSC Server interworks the PS-CS handover request with a CS inter‑MSC handover request by sending a Prepare Handover Request message to the target MSC. The MSC Server assigns a default SAI as Source ID on the interface to the target BSS and uses BSSMAP encapsulated for the Prepare Handover Request.

NOTE 1: The value of the default SAI is configured in the MSC and allows a release 8 and later BSC to identify that the source for the SRVCC Handover is E-UTRAN. To ensure correct statistics in the target BSS the default SAI should be different from the SAIs used in UTRAN.

7. Target MSC performs resource allocation with the target BSS by exchanging Handover Request/ Acknowledge messages.

8. Target MSC sends a Prepare Handover Response message to the MSC Server.

9. Establishment of circuit connection between the target MSC and the MGW associated with the MSC Server e.g. using ISUP IAM and ACM messages.

10. For non-emergency session, the MSC Server initiates the Session Transfer by using the STN-SR e.g. by sending an ISUP IAM (STN-SR) message towards the IMS. For emergency session, the MSC Server initiates the Session Transfer by using the locally configured E-STN-SR and by including the equipment identifier. Standard IMS Service Continuity or Emergency IMS Service Continuity procedures are applied for execution of the Session Transfer, see TS 23.237 [14].

NOTE 2: This step can be started after step 8.

NOTE 3: If the MSC Server is using an ISUP interface, then the initiation of the session transfer for non-emergency session may fail if the subscriber profile including CAMEL triggers is not available prior handover (see clause 7.3.2.1.3 in TS 23.292 [13]).

11. During the execution of the Session Transfer procedure the remote end is updated with the SDP of the CS access leg. The downlink flow of VoIP packets is switched towards the CS access leg at this point.

12. Source IMS access leg is released as per TS 23.237 [14].

NOTE 4: Steps 11 and 12 are independent of step 13.

13. MSC Server sends a SRVCC PS to CS Response (Target to Source Transparent Container) message to the source MME.

14. Source MME sends a Handover Command (Target to Source Transparent Container) message to the source E-UTRAN. The message includes information about the voice component only.

15. Source E-UTRAN sends a Handover from E-UTRAN Command message to the UE.

16. UE tunes to GERAN.

17. Handover Detection at the target BSS occurs. The UE sends a Handover Complete message via the target BSS to the target MSC. If the target MSC is not the MSC Server, then the Target MSC sends an SES (Handover Complete) message to the MSC Server.

18. The UE starts the Suspend procedure specified in TS 23.060 [10], clause 16.2.1.1.2. The TLLI and RAI pair are derived from the GUTI as described in TS 23.003 [27]. This triggers the Target SGSN to send a Suspend Notification message to the Source MME. The MME returns a Suspend Acknowledge to the Target SGSN.

NOTE 5: The MME might not be able to derive the GUTI from the received P-TMSI and RAI pair and therefore it might not be able to identify which UE context is associated with the Suspend Notification message. Also in this case the bearers are deactivated and/or suspended as in step 22a.

19. Target BSS sends a Handover Complete message to the target MSC.

20. Target MSC sends an SES (Handover Complete) message to the MSC Server. The speech circuit is through connected in the MSC Server/MGW according to TS 23.009 [18].

21. Completion of the establishment procedure with ISUP Answer message to the MSC Server according to TS 23.009 [18].

22. MSC Server sends a SRVCC PS to CS Complete Notification message to the source MME, informing it that the UE has arrived on the target side. Source MME acknowledges the information by sending a SRVCC PS to CS Complete Acknowledge message to the MSC Server.

22a. The MME deactivates bearers used for voice and other GBR bearers. All GBR bearers are deactivated towards S-GW and P-GW by initiating MME-initiated Dedicated Bearer Deactivation procedure as specified in TS 23.401 [2]. The MME does not send deactivation request toward the eNodeB on receiving PS-to-CS Complete Notification in step 22. PS-to-CS handover indicator is notified to P-GW for voice bearer during the bearer deactivation procedure. For GTP-based S5/S8, the S-GW requests the P-GW to delete all GBR bearer contexts by sending a Delete Bearer Command message. If dynamic PCC is deployed, the P‑GW may interact with PCRF as defined in TS 23.203 [31]. For PMIP-based S5/S8, S-GW interacts with the PCRF which in turn updates PCC rules for GBR traffic in the P-GW.

The MME starts preservation and suspension of non-GBR bearers by sending Suspend Notification message towards S-GW. For these non-GBR bearers, the S-GW releases S1-U bearers for the UE and sends Suspend Notification message to the P-GW(s). The MME stores in the UE context that UE is in suspended status. All the preserved non-GBR bearers are marked as suspended status in the S-GW and P-GW. The P-GW should discard packets if received for the suspended UE.

23a. If the HLR is to be updated, i.e. if the IMSI is authenticated but unknown in the VLR, the MSC Server performs a TMSI reallocation towards the UE using its own non-broadcast LAI and, if the MSC Server and other MSC/VLRs serve the same (target) LAI, with its own Network Resource Identifier (NRI).

NOTE 5: The TMSI reallocation is performed by the MSC Server towards the UE via target MSC.

23b. If the MSC Server performed a TMSI reallocation in step 23a, and if this TMSI reallocation was completed successfully, the MSC Server performs a MAP Update Location to the HSS/HLR.

NOTE 6: This Update Location is not initiated by the UE.

24. For an emergency services session after handover is complete, the source MME or the MSC Server may send a Subscriber Location Report carrying the identity of the MSC Server to a GMLC associated with the source or target side, respectively, as defined in TS 23.271 [29] to support location continuity.

NOTE 7: Any configuration of the choice between a source MME versus MSC Server update to a GMLC needs to ensure that a single update occurs from one of these entities when the control plane location solution is used on the source and/or target sides.

[TS 23.216, clause 8.1.3]

If the source E-UTRAN/UTRAN decides to terminate the handover procedure before its completion, the MME/SGSN shall return to its state before the handover procedure was triggered. The MME/SGSN attempts to trigger, at the MSC Server enhanced for SRVCC, handover cancellation procedures according to TS 23.009 [18]. The MSC Server enhanced for SRVCC shall take no SRVCC-specific action towards IMS.

The MME/SGSN shall also send a session reestablishment trigger notification to UE to start the recovery procedure if it receives notification from the MSC Server that the Session Transfer procedure is in progress. Figure 8.1.3-1 shows the overall procedure for SRVCC handover cancellation.

Figure 8.1.3-1: SRVCC Handover Cancellation Procedure

6. Due to the Session Transfer procedure in progress indication, the source SGSN/MME sends a Session Reestablishment trigger notification to UE to start the session re-establishment procedure

7. UE starts the re-establishment procedure, by attempting to return to E-UTRAN/UTRAN by sending a re-INVITE towards IMS for the related session. If the session is no longer active, then this session transfer request shall be rejected by the IMS.

[TS 24.301, clause 6.6.2.2]

The network initiates the notification procedure by sending a NOTIFICATION message to the UE (see example in figure 6.6.2.2.1).

Figure 6.6.2.2.1: Notification procedure

[TS 24.237, clause 12.1]

In order to fulfil the requirements for PS-CS access transfer in SR-VCC for calls in alerting state, the SC UE needs to be engaged in a session with speech media component in early dialog state according to the following conditions before SR-VCC access transfer is performed:

– a SIP 180 (Ringing) response for the initial SIP INVITE request to establish this session has been sent or received; and

– a SIP final response for the initial SIP INVITE request to establish this session has not been sent or received.

[TS 24.237, clause 12.2.3B.1]

The SC UE shall apply the procedures in subclauses 12.2.3B.3.3 if one of the following is true:

1) there are zero, one or more dialogs supporting a session with speech media component and a SIP INVITE request was sent by SC UE such that:

A) all dialogs are early dialogs created by a SIP response to the SIP INVITE request;

B) a final SIP response to the SIP INVITE request has not been received yet;

C) a SIP 180 (Ringing) response to the SIP INVITE request has not been received yet in any existing early dialog created by a SIP response to the SIP INVITE request;

D) the SC UE included in the SIP INVITE request a Contact header field containing the g.3gpp.ps2cs-srvcc-orig-pre-alerting media feature tag as described in annex C; and

E) a SIP 1xx response to the SIP INVITE request was received where the SIP 1xx response contained a Feature-Caps header field with the g.3gpp.ps2cs-srvcc-orig-pre-alerting feature-capability indicator as described in annex C; or

NOTE: UE can have zero dialogs if all the early dialogs were terminated by 199 (Early Dialog Terminated) as described in RFC 6228 [80].

2) there are one or more dialogs supporting a session with speech media component such that:

A) there are zero, one or more early dialogs and the remaining dialogs are confirmed dialogs;

B) all the confirmed dialogs support sessions with inactive speech media component;

C) the UE does not apply the MSC server assisted mid-call feature according to subclause 12.2.3A;

D) a SIP INVITE request was sent by SC UE such that:

a) all early dialogs are created by a SIP response to the SIP INVITE request;

b) a final SIP response to the SIP INVITE request has not been received yet;

c) a SIP 180 (Ringing) response to the SIP INVITE request has not been received yet in any existing early dialog created by a SIP response to the SIP INVITE request;

d) the SC UE included in the SIP INVITE request a Contact header field containing the g.3gpp.ps2cs-srvcc-orig-pre-alerting media feature tag as described in annex C; and

e) a SIP 1xx response to the SIP INVITE request was received where the SIP 1xx response contained a Feature-Caps header field with the g.3gpp.ps2cs-srvcc-orig-pre-alerting feature-capability indicator as described in annex C.

[TS 24.237, clause 12.2.3B.1A]

2) there are one or more dialogs supporting sessions with speech media component according to the following conditions:

A) there are zero, one or more early dialogs and the remaining dialog(s) are confirmed dialog(s);

B) all the confirmed dialogs support sessions with inactive speech media component;

C) the UE applies the MSC server assisted mid-call feature according to subclause 12.2.3A;

D) a SIP INVITE request was sent by SC UE such that:

a) all the early dialogs are created by a SIP response to the SIP INVITE request;

b) a final SIP response to the SIP INVITE request has not been received yet;

c) a SIP 180 (Ringing) response to the SIP INVITE request has not been received yet in any existing early dialog created by a SIP response to the SIP INVITE request;

d) the SC UE included in the SIP INVITE request a Contact header field containing the g.3gpp.ps2cs-srvcc-orig-pre-alerting media feature tag as described in annex C; and

e) a SIP 1xx response to the SIP INVITE request was received where the SIP 1xx response contained a Feature-Caps header field with the g.3gpp.ps2cs-srvcc-orig-pre-alerting feature-capability indicator as described in annex C.

[TS 24.237, clause 12.2.3B.2]

If the SC UE applies the procedures in subclause 12.2.3B.3 and the SC UE only has a single call:

– in alerting phase following access transfer; or

– in pre-alerting phase and the SC UE supports the PS to CS SRVCC for originating calls in pre-alerting phase;

the SC UE shall associate this session with transaction identifier value and TI flag as described in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8].

If the SC UE applies the procedures in subclause 12.2.3B.4 and the SC UE has an established session and an additional session in alerting phase or pre-alerting phase following access transfer, then the SC UE shall associate the transferred session that was in alerting phase or pre-alerting phase with CS call with transaction identifier 1 and TI flag value as in mobile terminated call.

NOTE: For the procedures in subclause 12.2.3B.4.2, the held transaction identifier value is described in subclause 12.2.3A as for single inactive session transfer and the active session transaction identifier value is described in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8]

[TS 24.237, clause 12.2.4.2]

If the SC UE is engaged in a session in early dialog state and:

– receives a SM NOTIFICATION message containing an "SRVCC handover cancelled, IMS session re-establishment required" as described in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8] or 3GPP TS 24.301 [52] depending on the access in use; or

then if the SC UE the SC UE shall send a SIP UPDATE request containing:

1) an SDP offer, including the media characteristics as used in the existing dialog; and

2) a Reason header field containing protocol "SIP" and reason parameter "cause" with value "487" as specified in IETF RFC 3326 [57], and with reason-text set to either "handover cancelled" or "failure to transition to CS domain";

by following the rules of 3GPP TS 24.229 [2] in each transferred session.

13.4.3.22.3 Test description

13.4.3.22.3.1 Pre-test conditions

System Simulator:

– Cell 1 and Cell 24.

– System information combination 5 as defined in TS 36.508 [18] clause 4.4.3.1 is used in E-UTRA cell.

UE:

None.

Preamble:

– The UE is in state Registered, Idle mode (state 2) on Cell 1 according to [18].

13.4.3.22.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Table 13.4.3.22.3.2-1 illustrates the downlink power levels and other changing parameters to be applied for the cells at various time instants of the test execution. Row marked "T0" denotes the initial conditions after preamble, while columns marked "T1" is to be applied subsequently. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause.

Table 13.4.3.22.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes

Parameter

Unit

Cell 1

Cell 24

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B2 are not satisfied.

RSSI

dBm

-85

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-100

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B2 are satisfied.

RSSI

dBm

-65

Table 13.4.3.22.3.2-2: Main behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1-12

Steps 1 to 12 of the generic test procedure for IMS MO speech call (TS 36.508 4.5A.6.3-1).

EXCEPTION: In parallel to the events described in steps 13 to 14 the steps specified in Table 13.4.3.22.3.2-3 should take place.

13

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message on Cell 1 to confirm the establishment of the new data radio bearer, associated with the dedicated EPS bearer.

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

14

The UE transmits an ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT message on Cell 1.

–>

ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT

15

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message on Cell 1 to setup inter-RAT measurement and reporting for event B2.

<–

RRCConnectionReconfiguration

16

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message on Cell 1.

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

17

The SS changes the power level for Cell 1 and Cell 24 according to the row "T1" in Table 13.4.3.22.3.2-1.

18

The UE transmits a MeasurementReport message on Cell 1 to report event B2 for Cell 24.

–>

MeasurementReport

20

The SS transmits a NOTIFICATION message.

<–

NOTIFICATION

21

Check: Does the UE start the procedure for SIP UPDATE after bSRVCC handover is cancelled?

Note: Step 1 of the Generic test procedure for SIP UPDATE after bSRVCC handover failure/cancelled defined in annex C.28 of TS 34.229-1 [35] is performed (UE sends UPDATE).

1

P

22

SS Sends 200 OK message.

Note: Step 2 of the Generic test procedure for SIP UPDATE after bSRVCC handover failure/cancelled defined in annex C.28 of TS 34.229-1 [35].

22A-22C

Steps 9-11 expected sequence defined in annex C.21 of TS 34.229-1 [35].

NOTE: IMS MO speech call establishment gets to alerting phase.

23

SS sends 200 OK message.

Note: Step 12 of the expected sequence defined in annex C.21 of TS 34.229-1 [35].

24

Check: Does the UE send ACK message?

Note: Steps 13 of the expected sequence defined in annex C.21 of TS 34.229-1 [35].

1

P

25

Generic test procedure for MO Call release of IMS call as described in annex C.32 of TS 34.229-1 [35] takes place.

Table 13.4.3.22.3.2-3: Parallel behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1-4

Steps 5-8 expected sequence defined in annex C.21 of TS 34.229-1 [35].

NOTE: IMS MO speech call establishment gets to pre-alerting phase.

13.4.3.22.3.3 Specific message contents

Table 13.4.3.22.3.3-1: ATTACH REQUEST (preamble)

Derivation path: 36.508 Table 4.7.2-4

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MS network capability

SRVCC from UTRAN HSPA or E-UTRAN to GERAN/UTRAN supported

Mobile station classmark 2

Any allowed value

Supported Codecs

Any allowed value

Table 13.4.3.22.3.3-2: RRCConnectionReconfiguration (step 15, Table 13.4.3.22.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.1-8, condition MEAS

Table 13.4.3.22.3.3-3: MeasConfig (step 15, Table 13.4.3.22.3.2-2)

Derivation path: 36.508 clause 4.6.6 table 4.6.6-1 with condition GERAN

Information Element

Value/Remark

Comment

Condition

measurementConfiguration ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModifyList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF SEQUENCE {

2 entries

measObjectId[1]

IdMeasObject-f11

measObject[1]

MeasObjectGERAN-GENERIC(f11)

measObjectId[2]

IdMeasObject-f1

measObject[2]

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(f1)

measObject[2]

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(maxEARFCN)

Band > 64

}

reportConfigToAddModifyList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

reportConfigId[1]

IdReportConfigInterRAT-B2-GERAN

reportConfig[1]

ReportConfigInterRAT-B2-GERAN ( -69, -90)

}

measIdToAddModifyList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMeasId)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

measId[1]

1

measObjectId[1]

IdMeasObject-f11

reportConfigId[1]

IdReportConfigInterRAT-B2-GERAN

}

measObjectToAddModList-v9e0 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF {

2 entries

Band > 64

measObjectEUTRA-v9e0[1] ::= SEQUENCE {}

measObjectEUTRA-v9e0[1] ::= SEQUENCE {

carrierFreq-v9e0

Same downlink EARFCN as used for f1

}

}

}

Condition

Explanation

Band > 64

If band > 64 is selected

Table 13.4.3.22.3.3-4: MeasurementReport (step 18, Table 13.4.3.22.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, table 4.6.1-5

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasurementReport ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE{

measurementReport-r8 SEQUENCE {

measResults SEQUENCE {

measId

1

measResultServCell SEQUENCE {

rsrpResult

(0..97)

rsrqResult

(0..34)

}

measResultNeighCells CHOICE {

measResultListGERAN SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

physCellId

PhysicalCellIdentity of Cell 24

cgi-Info[1]

Not present

measResult[1] SEQUENCE {

rssi

The value of rssi is present but contents not checked

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.22.3.3-5: NOTIFICATION (step20, Table 13.4.3.22.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508 [18], table 4.7.3-18A, condition SRVCC-HO-CANCELLED

13.4.3.23 Inter-system mobility / E-UTRA voice to GSM CS voice / bSRVCC / MO call / SRVCC HO failure

13.4.3.23.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE in E-UTRA RRC_CONNECTED state and an MO IMS PS voice is in pre-alerting state with a SRVCC procedure started over an GSM cell}

ensure that {

when { the UE detects handover failure procedure before its completion }

then { UE transmits a SIP UPDATE message after RRC connection re-establishment procedure }

}

(2)

with { UE having transmitted a SIP UPDATE message after RRC connection re-establishment }

ensure that {

when { the UE receives 180 Ringing for INVITE from the SS }

then { UE transits to alerting state }

}

13.4.3.23.2 Conformance requirements

References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 23.216 clause 6.2.2.1, TS 24.237 clauses 12.1, 12.2.3B.1, 12.2.3B.1A, 12.2.3B.2, clause 12.2.3B.3.3 and clause 12.2.4.2. Unless otherwise stated these are Rel-12 requirements.

[TS 23.216, clause 6.2.2.1]

Depicted in figure 6.2.2.1-1 is a call flow for SRVCC from E-UTRAN to GERAN without DTM support. The flow requires that eNB can determine that the target is GERAN without DTM support or that the UE is without DTM support.

Figure 6.2.2.1-1: SRVCC from E-UTRAN to GERAN without DTM support

1. UE sends measurement reports to E-UTRAN.

2. Based on UE measurement reports the source E‑UTRAN decides to trigger an SRVCC handover to GERAN.

3. Source E‑UTRAN sends Handover Required (Target ID, generic Source to Target Transparent Container, SRVCC HO Indication) message to the source MME. The E‑UTRAN places the "old BSS to new BSS information IE" for the CS domain in the generic Source to Target Transparent Container. The SRVCC HO indication indicates to the MME that target is only CS capable, hence this is a SRVCC handover operation only towards the CS domain. The message includes an indication that the UE is not available for the PS service in the target cell.

4. Based on the QCI associated with the voice bearer (QCI 1) and the SRVCC HO indication, the source MME splits the voice bearer from the non voice bearers and initiates the PS-CS handover procedure for the voice bearer only towards MSC Server.

5. The MME sends a SRVCC PS to CS Request (IMSI, Target ID, STN-SR, C‑MSISDN, generic Source to Target Transparent Container, MM Context, Emergency Indication) message to the MSC Server. The Emergency Indication and the equipment identifier are is included if the ongoing session is emergency session. Authenticated IMSI and C‑MSISDN shall also be included, if available. The MME received STN-SR and C‑MSISDN from the HSS as part of the subscription profile downloaded during the E‑UTRAN attach procedure. The MM Context contains security related information. CS security key is derived by the MME from the E‑UTRAN/EPS domain key as defined in TS 33.401 [22]. The CS Security key is sent in the MM Context.

6. The MSC Server interworks the PS-CS handover request with a CS inter‑MSC handover request by sending a Prepare Handover Request message to the target MSC. The MSC Server assigns a default SAI as Source ID on the interface to the target BSS and uses BSSMAP encapsulated for the Prepare Handover Request.

NOTE 1: The value of the default SAI is configured in the MSC and allows a release 8 and later BSC to identify that the source for the SRVCC Handover is E-UTRAN. To ensure correct statistics in the target BSS the default SAI should be different from the SAIs used in UTRAN.

7. Target MSC performs resource allocation with the target BSS by exchanging Handover Request/ Acknowledge messages.

8. Target MSC sends a Prepare Handover Response message to the MSC Server.

9. Establishment of circuit connection between the target MSC and the MGW associated with the MSC Server e.g. using ISUP IAM and ACM messages.

10. For non-emergency session, the MSC Server initiates the Session Transfer by using the STN-SR e.g. by sending an ISUP IAM (STN-SR) message towards the IMS. For emergency session, the MSC Server initiates the Session Transfer by using the locally configured E-STN-SR and by including the equipment identifier. Standard IMS Service Continuity or Emergency IMS Service Continuity procedures are applied for execution of the Session Transfer, see TS 23.237 [14].

NOTE 2: This step can be started after step 8.

NOTE 3: If the MSC Server is using an ISUP interface, then the initiation of the session transfer for non-emergency session may fail if the subscriber profile including CAMEL triggers is not available prior handover (see clause 7.3.2.1.3 in TS 23.292 [13]).

11. During the execution of the Session Transfer procedure the remote end is updated with the SDP of the CS access leg. The downlink flow of VoIP packets is switched towards the CS access leg at this point.

12. Source IMS access leg is released as per TS 23.237 [14].

NOTE 4: Steps 11 and 12 are independent of step 13.

13. MSC Server sends a SRVCC PS to CS Response (Target to Source Transparent Container) message to the source MME.

14. Source MME sends a Handover Command (Target to Source Transparent Container) message to the source E-UTRAN. The message includes information about the voice component only.

15. Source E-UTRAN sends a Handover from E-UTRAN Command message to the UE.

16. UE tunes to GERAN.

17. Handover Detection at the target BSS occurs. The UE sends a Handover Complete message via the target BSS to the target MSC. If the target MSC is not the MSC Server, then the Target MSC sends an SES (Handover Complete) message to the MSC Server.

18. The UE starts the Suspend procedure specified in TS 23.060 [10], clause 16.2.1.1.2. The TLLI and RAI pair are derived from the GUTI as described in TS 23.003 [27]. This triggers the Target SGSN to send a Suspend Notification message to the Source MME. The MME returns a Suspend Acknowledge to the Target SGSN.

NOTE 5: The MME might not be able to derive the GUTI from the received P-TMSI and RAI pair and therefore it might not be able to identify which UE context is associated with the Suspend Notification message. Also in this case the bearers are deactivated and/or suspended as in step 22a.

19. Target BSS sends a Handover Complete message to the target MSC.

20. Target MSC sends an SES (Handover Complete) message to the MSC Server. The speech circuit is through connected in the MSC Server/MGW according to TS 23.009 [18].

21. Completion of the establishment procedure with ISUP Answer message to the MSC Server according to TS 23.009 [18].

22. MSC Server sends a SRVCC PS to CS Complete Notification message to the source MME, informing it that the UE has arrived on the target side. Source MME acknowledges the information by sending a SRVCC PS to CS Complete Acknowledge message to the MSC Server.

22a. The MME deactivates bearers used for voice and other GBR bearers. All GBR bearers are deactivated towards S-GW and P-GW by initiating MME-initiated Dedicated Bearer Deactivation procedure as specified in TS 23.401 [2]. The MME does not send deactivation request toward the eNodeB on receiving PS-to-CS Complete Notification in step 22. PS-to-CS handover indicator is notified to P-GW for voice bearer during the bearer deactivation procedure. For GTP-based S5/S8, the S-GW requests the P-GW to delete all GBR bearer contexts by sending a Delete Bearer Command message. If dynamic PCC is deployed, the P‑GW may interact with PCRF as defined in TS 23.203 [31]. For PMIP-based S5/S8, S-GW interacts with the PCRF which in turn updates PCC rules for GBR traffic in the P-GW.

The MME starts preservation and suspension of non-GBR bearers by sending Suspend Notification message towards S-GW. For these non-GBR bearers, the S-GW releases S1-U bearers for the UE and sends Suspend Notification message to the P-GW(s). The MME stores in the UE context that UE is in suspended status. All the preserved non-GBR bearers are marked as suspended status in the S-GW and P-GW. The P-GW should discard packets if received for the suspended UE.

23a. If the HLR is to be updated, i.e. if the IMSI is authenticated but unknown in the VLR, the MSC Server performs a TMSI reallocation towards the UE using its own non-broadcast LAI and, if the MSC Server and other MSC/VLRs serve the same (target) LAI, with its own Network Resource Identifier (NRI).

NOTE 5: The TMSI reallocation is performed by the MSC Server towards the UE via target MSC.

23b. If the MSC Server performed a TMSI reallocation in step 23a, and if this TMSI reallocation was completed successfully, the MSC Server performs a MAP Update Location to the HSS/HLR.

NOTE 6: This Update Location is not initiated by the UE.

24. For an emergency services session after handover is complete, the source MME or the MSC Server may send a Subscriber Location Report carrying the identity of the MSC Server to a GMLC associated with the source or target side, respectively, as defined in TS 23.271 [29] to support location continuity.

NOTE 7: Any configuration of the choice between a source MME versus MSC Server update to a GMLC needs to ensure that a single update occurs from one of these entities when the control plane location solution is used on the source and/or target sides.

[TS 24.237, clause 12.1]

In order to fulfil the requirements for PS-CS access transfer in SR-VCC for calls in alerting state, the SC UE needs to be engaged in a session with speech media component in early dialog state according to the following conditions before SR-VCC access transfer is performed:

– a SIP 180 (Ringing) response for the initial SIP INVITE request to establish this session has been sent or received; and

– a SIP final response for the initial SIP INVITE request to establish this session has not been sent or received.

[TS 24.237, clause 12.2.3B.1]

The SC UE shall apply the procedures in subclauses 12.2.3B.3.3 if one of the following is true:

1) there are zero, one or more dialogs supporting a session with speech media component and a SIP INVITE request was sent by SC UE such that:

A) all dialogs are early dialogs created by a SIP response to the SIP INVITE request;

B) a final SIP response to the SIP INVITE request has not been received yet;

C) a SIP 180 (Ringing) response to the SIP INVITE request has not been received yet in any existing early dialog created by a SIP response to the SIP INVITE request;

D) the SC UE included in the SIP INVITE request a Contact header field containing the g.3gpp.ps2cs-srvcc-orig-pre-alerting media feature tag as described in annex C; and

E) a SIP 1xx response to the SIP INVITE request was received where the SIP 1xx response contained a Feature-Caps header field with the g.3gpp.ps2cs-srvcc-orig-pre-alerting feature-capability indicator as described in annex C; or

NOTE: UE can have zero dialogs if all the early dialogs were terminated by 199 (Early Dialog Terminated) as described in RFC 6228 [80].

2) there are one or more dialogs supporting a session with speech media component such that:

A) there are zero, one or more early dialogs and the remaining dialogs are confirmed dialogs;

B) all the confirmed dialogs support sessions with inactive speech media component;

C) the UE does not apply the MSC server assisted mid-call feature according to subclause 12.2.3A;

D) a SIP INVITE request was sent by SC UE such that:

a) all early dialogs are created by a SIP response to the SIP INVITE request;

b) a final SIP response to the SIP INVITE request has not been received yet;

c) a SIP 180 (Ringing) response to the SIP INVITE request has not been received yet in any existing early dialog created by a SIP response to the SIP INVITE request;

d) the SC UE included in the SIP INVITE request a Contact header field containing the g.3gpp.ps2cs-srvcc-orig-pre-alerting media feature tag as described in annex C; and

e) a SIP 1xx response to the SIP INVITE request was received where the SIP 1xx response contained a Feature-Caps header field with the g.3gpp.ps2cs-srvcc-orig-pre-alerting feature-capability indicator as described in annex C.

[TS 24.237, clause 12.2.3B.1A]

2) there are one or more dialogs supporting sessions with speech media component according to the following conditions:

A) there are zero, one or more early dialogs and the remaining dialog(s) are confirmed dialog(s);

B) all the confirmed dialogs support sessions with inactive speech media component;

C) the UE applies the MSC server assisted mid-call feature according to subclause 12.2.3A;

D) a SIP INVITE request was sent by SC UE such that:

a) all the early dialogs are created by a SIP response to the SIP INVITE request;

b) a final SIP response to the SIP INVITE request has not been received yet;

c) a SIP 180 (Ringing) response to the SIP INVITE request has not been received yet in any existing early dialog created by a SIP response to the SIP INVITE request;

d) the SC UE included in the SIP INVITE request a Contact header field containing the g.3gpp.ps2cs-srvcc-orig-pre-alerting media feature tag as described in annex C; and

e) a SIP 1xx response to the SIP INVITE request was received where the SIP 1xx response contained a Feature-Caps header field with the g.3gpp.ps2cs-srvcc-orig-pre-alerting feature-capability indicator as described in annex C.

[TS 24.237, clause 12.2.3B.2]

If the SC UE applies the procedures in subclause 12.2.3B.3 and the SC UE only has a single call:

– in alerting phase following access transfer; or

– in pre-alerting phase and the SC UE supports the PS to CS SRVCC for originating calls in pre-alerting phase;

the SC UE shall associate this session with transaction identifier value and TI flag as described in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8].

If the SC UE applies the procedures in subclause 12.2.3B.4 and the SC UE has an established session and an additional session in alerting phase or pre-alerting phase following access transfer, then the SC UE shall associate the transferred session that was in alerting phase or pre-alerting phase with CS call with transaction identifier 1 and TI flag value as in mobile terminated call.

NOTE: For the procedures in subclause 12.2.3B.4.2, the held transaction identifier value is described in subclause 12.2.3A as for single inactive session transfer and the active session transaction identifier value is described in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8]

[TS 24.237, clause 12.2.3B.3.3]

If the SC UE supports the PS to CS SRVCC for originating calls in pre-alerting phase and this subclause is invoked according to the conditions in subclause 12.2.3B.1 and the SC UE successfully performs access transfer to the CS domain, then the UE continues the call in the CS domain in the "Mobile originating call proceeding" (U3) call state as described in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8].

If the SC UE has generated and rendered the locally generated communication progress information before the access transfer to the CS domain, the UE keeps generating and rending the locally generated communication progress information after the access transfer to the CS domain.

If the SC UE has rendered received early media before the access transfer to the CS domain, the UE attaches the user connection, as specified in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8].

[TS 24.237, clause 12.2.4.2]

If the SC UE is engaged in a session in early dialog state and:

– does not successfully retune to the 3GPP UTRAN or 3GPP GERAN after it receives the handover command from the eNodeB (as described in 3GPP TS 36.331 [62])

then if the SC UE the SC UE shall send a SIP UPDATE request containing:

1) an SDP offer, including the media characteristics as used in the existing dialog; and

2) a Reason header field containing protocol "SIP" and reason parameter "cause" with value "487" as specified in IETF RFC 3326 [57], and with reason-text set to either "handover cancelled" or "failure to transition to CS domain";

by following the rules of 3GPP TS 24.229 [2] in each transferred session.

13.4.3.23.3 Test description

13.4.3.23.3.1 Pre-test conditions

System Simulator:

– Cell 1 and Cell 24.

– System information combination 5 as defined in TS 36.508 [18] clause 4.4.3.1 is used in E-UTRA cell.

UE:

None.

Preamble:

– The UE is in state Registered, Idle mode (state 2) on Cell 1 according to [18].

13.4.3.23.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Table 13.4.3.23.3.2-1 illustrates the downlink power levels and other changing parameters to be applied for the cells at various time instants of the test execution. Row marked "T0" denotes the initial conditions after preamble, while columns marked "T1" is to be applied subsequently. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause.

Table 13.4.3.23.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes

Parameter

Unit

Cell 1

Cell 24

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B2 are not satisfied.

RSSI

dBm

-85

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-100

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B2 are satisfied.

RSSI

dBm

-65

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

Only Cell 1 is available

RSSI

dBm

“OFF”

Table 13.4.3.23.3.2-2: Main behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1-12

Steps 1 to 12 of the generic test procedure for IMS MO speech call (TS 36.508 4.5A.6.3-1).

EXCEPTION: In parallel to the events described in steps 13 to 14 the steps specified in Table 13.4.3.23.3.2-3 should take place.

13

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message on Cell 1 to confirm the establishment of the new data radio bearer, associated with the dedicated EPS bearer.

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

14

The UE transmits an ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT message on Cell 1.

–>

ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT

15

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message on Cell 1 to setup inter-RAT measurement and reporting for event B2.

<–

RRCConnectionReconfiguration

16

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message on Cell 1.

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

17

The SS changes the power level for Cell 1 and Cell 24 according to the row "T1" in Table 13.4.3.23.3.2-1.

18

The UE transmits a MeasurementReport message on Cell 1 to report event B2 for Cell 24.

–>

MeasurementReport

19

The SS changes the power level for Cell 1 and Cell 24 according to the row "T2" in Table 13.4.3.23.3.2-1.

20

The SS transmits a MobilityFromEUTRACommand message on Cell 1.

<–

MobilityFromEUTRACommand

21

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest message on Cell 1.

–>

RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest

22

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReestablishment message on Cell 1.

<–

RRCConnectionReestablishment

23

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete message on Cell 1.

–>

RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete

24

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message on Cell 1.

<–

RRCConnectionReconfiguration

EXCEPTION: In parallel to the events described in step 25 the steps specified in Table 13.4.3.23.3.2-4 should take place.

25

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message on Cell 1.

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

26-30

Steps 9-13 expected sequence defined in annex C.21 of TS 34.229-1 [35].

2

P

31

Generic test procedure for MO Call release of IMS call as described in annex C.32 of TS 34.229-1 [35] takes place.

Table 13.4.3.23.3.2-3: Parallel behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1-4

Steps 5-8 expected sequence defined in annex C.21 of TS 34.229-1 [35].

NOTE: IMS MO speech call establishment gets to pre-alerting phase.

Table 13.4.3.23.3.2-4: Parallel behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

Check: Does the UE transmit SIP UPDATE request on Cell 1?

NOTE: Step 1 defined in annex C.28 of TS 34.229-1 [35] is performed.

1

P

2

Step 2 expected sequence defined in annex C.28 of TS 34.229-1 [35].

13.4.3.23.3.3 Specific message contents

Table 13.4.3.23.3.3-1: ATTACH REQUEST (preamble)

Derivation path: 36.508 Table 4.7.2-4

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MS network capability

SRVCC from UTRAN HSPA or E-UTRAN to GERAN/UTRAN supported

Mobile station classmark 2

Any allowed value

Supported Codecs

Any allowed value

Table 13.4.3.23.3.3-2: RRCConnectionReconfiguration (step 15, Table 13.4.3.23.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.1-8, condition MEAS

Table 13.4.3.23.3.3-3: MeasConfig (step 15, Table 13.4.3.23.3.2-2)

Derivation path: 36.508 clause 4.6.6 table 4.6.6-1 with condition GERAN

Information Element

Value/Remark

Comment

Condition

measurementConfiguration ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModifyList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF SEQUENCE {

2 entries

measObjectId[1]

IdMeasObject-f11

measObject[1]

MeasObjectGERAN-GENERIC(f11)

measObjectId[2]

IdMeasObject-f1

measObject[2]

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(f1)

measObject[2]

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(maxEARFCN)

Band > 64

}

reportConfigToAddModifyList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

reportConfigId[1]

IdReportConfigInterRAT-B2-GERAN

reportConfig[1]

ReportConfigInterRAT-B2-GERAN ( -69, -90)

}

measIdToAddModifyList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMeasId)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

measId[1]

1

measObjectId[1]

IdMeasObject-f11

reportConfigId[1]

IdReportConfigInterRAT-B2-GERAN

}

measObjectToAddModList-v9e0 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF {

2 entries

Band > 64

measObjectEUTRA-v9e0[1] ::= SEQUENCE {}

measObjectEUTRA-v9e0[1] ::= SEQUENCE {

carrierFreq-v9e0

Same downlink EARFCN as used for f1

}

}

}

Condition

Explanation

Band > 64

If band > 64 is selected

Table 13.4.3.23.3.3-4: MeasurementReport (step 18, Table 13.4.3.23.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, table 4.6.1-5

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasurementReport ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE{

measurementReport-r8 SEQUENCE {

measResults SEQUENCE {

measId

1

measResultServCell SEQUENCE {

rsrpResult

(0..97)

rsrqResult

(0..34)

}

measResultNeighCells CHOICE {

measResultListGERAN SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

physCellId

PhysicalCellIdentity of Cell 24

cgi-Info[1]

Not present

measResult[1] SEQUENCE {

rssi

The value of rssi is present but contents not checked

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.23.3.3-5: MobilityFromEUTRACommand (step 20, Table 13.4.3.23.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.1-6

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MobilityFromEUTRACommand ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE{

mobilityFromEUTRACommand-r8 SEQUENCE {

cs-FallbackIndicator

False

purpose CHOICE{

handover SEQUENCE {

targetRAT-Type

GERAN

targetRAT-MessageContainer

HANDOVER COMMAND(GERAN RR message) , see Table 13.4.3.23.3.3-5a

nas-SecurityParamFromEUTRA

The 4 least significant bits of the NAS downlink COUNT value

systemInformation

Not present

}

}

}

}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.23.3.3-6: HANDOVER COMMAND (step 19, Table 13.4.3.23.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 51.010, Table 40.2.4.33

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

Cell Description

Network Colour Code

1

Base Station Colour Code

5

BCCH Carrier Number

The BCCH Carrier ARFCN as per table in clause 40.1.1 of 51.010-1.

Description of the First Channel, after time

Channel Description

Channel Type and TDMA offset

TCH/F + ACCH’s

Timeslot Number

Chosen arbitrarily, but not Zero.

Training Sequence Code

Same as the BCCH

Hopping channel

Single RF channel

ARFCN

The first ARFCN in the cell allocation as per table in clause 40.2.1.1.1 of 51.010-1

Cipher Mode Setting

1001xxxy

See TS 44.018 §9.1.15.10

xxx – px_GSM_CipherAlg

y – px_GSM_CipheringOnOff

Table 13.4.3.23.3.3-7: RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest (step 21, Table 13.4.3.23.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.1-13

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

rrcConnectionReestablishmentRequest-r8 SEQUENCE {

ue-Identity SEQUENCE {

c-RNTI

the value of the C-RNTI of the UE

physCellId

PhysicalCellIdentity of Cell 1

shortMAC-I

The same value as the 16 least significant bits of the XMAC-I value calculated by SS

}

reestablishmentCause

handoverFailure

}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.23.3.3-8: RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete (step 23, Table 13.4.3.23.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.1-11

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

rrcConnectionReestablishmentComplete-r8 = SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension

Not present or any allowed value

}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.23.3.3-9: RRCConnectionReconfiguration (step 24, Table 13.4.3.23.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.1-8

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

RRCConnectionReconfiguration ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE{

rrcConnectionReconfiguration-r8 SEQUENCE {

radioResourceConfigDedicated

RadioResourceConfigDedicated-HO

}

}

}

}

13.4.3.24 Inter-system mobility / E-UTRA voice to GSM CS voice / aSRVCC / MO call

13.4.3.24.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE is in E-UTRA RRC_CONNECTED state and an IMS MO speech call is in alerting phase }

ensure that {

when { UE receives a MobilityFromEUTRACommand message }

then { UE transmits a HANDOVER COMPLETE message on the geran cell }

}

(2)

with { UE is in GERAN Dedicated mode and an SRVCC procedure for MO call in alerting phase is completed }

ensure that {

when { UE receives a CONNECT message }

then { UE transmits a CONNECT ACKNOWLEDGE message }

}

13.4.3.24.2 Conformance requirements

References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 36.331, clause 5.4.3.3, TS 23.237, clause 6.3.2.1.4d, TS 23.216, clause 6.2.2.1, TS 24.237, clauses 12.1, 12.2.3B.1, 12.2.3B.2, 12.2.3B.3.2, and TS 24.008, clause 5.2.4.2. Unless otherwise stated these are Rel-10 requirements.

[TS 36.331, clause 5.4.3.3]

The UE shall:

1> stop timer T310, if running;

1> if the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message includes the purpose set to handover:

2> if the targetRAT-Type is set to utra or geran:

3> consider inter-RAT mobility as initiated towards the RAT indicated by the targetRAT-Type included in the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message;

3> forward the nas-SecurityParamFromEUTRA to the upper layers;

3> access the target cell indicated in the inter-RAT message in accordance with the specifications of the target RAT;

[TS 23.237, clause 6.3.2.1.4d]

Figure 6.3.2.1.4d-1 PS-CS: PS to CS – Single Radio, outgoing call in alerting phase, provides an information flow for Access Transfer of media of an IMS session in PS to CS direction for Access Transfers as specified in TS 23.216 [10].

The flow requires that the user is active in an outgoing IMS session and that the SIP session is in alerting state and there is no other ongoing session; procedures and capabilities specified in TS 23.216 [10], clause 6.2.1 are used for the switching of access networks at the transport layer. It further requires that the MSC Server supports I2 reference point.

Figure 6.3.2.1.4d-1: PS-CS: PS to CS – Single Radio, outgoing call in alerting phase

1-4. Standard procedures are used to initiate a SIP session from the UE towards the remote end. The remote end is alerting the user for the incoming voice session.

10. The MSC moves to the corresponding CS call state, e.g. Call Delivered in TS 24.008 [24].

10b. In parallel to step 10, the UE has received the HO command as described in TS 23.216 [10]. The UE determines the local call state in the SIP session, and creates the corresponding CS call state, e.g. Call Delivered in TS 24.008 [24]. The UE ensures that the same ring back tone is played to the end user.

14. The MSC uses the standard procedure to send the CS connect message to UE as e.g. described in TS 24.008 [24].

15. The MSC moves to Active state.

16. The UE moves to Active state.

[TS 23.216, clause 6.2.2.1]

Depicted in figure 6.2.2.1-1 is a call flow for SRVCC from E-UTRAN to GERAN without DTM support. The flow requires that eNB can determine that the target is GERAN without DTM support or that the UE is without DTM support.

Figure 6.2.2.1-1: SRVCC from E-UTRAN to GERAN without DTM support

1. UE sends measurement reports to E-UTRAN.

2. Based on UE measurement reports the source E‑UTRAN decides to trigger an SRVCC handover to GERAN.

3. Source E‑UTRAN sends Handover Required (Target ID, generic Source to Target Transparent Container, SRVCC HO Indication) message to the source MME. The E‑UTRAN places the "old BSS to new BSS information IE" for the CS domain in the generic Source to Target Transparent Container. The SRVCC HO indication indicates to the MME that target is only CS capable, hence this is a SRVCC handover operation only towards the CS domain. The message includes an indication that the UE is not available for the PS service in the target cell.

4. Based on the QCI associated with the voice bearer (QCI 1) and the SRVCC HO indication, the source MME splits the voice bearer from the non voice bearers and initiates the PS-CS handover procedure for the voice bearer only towards MSC Server.

5. The MME sends a SRVCC PS to CS Request (IMSI, Target ID, STN-SR, C‑MSISDN, generic Source to Target Transparent Container, MM Context, Emergency Indication) message to the MSC Server. The Emergency Indication and the equipment identifier are included if the ongoing session is emergency session. Authenticated IMSI and C‑MSISDN shall also be included, if available. The MME received STN-SR and C‑MSISDN from the HSS as part of the subscription profile downloaded during the E‑UTRAN attach procedure. The MM Context contains security related information. CS security key is derived by the MME from the E‑UTRAN/EPS domain key as defined in TS 33.401 [22]. The CS Security key is sent in the MM Context.

6. The MSC Server interworks the PS-CS handover request with a CS inter‑MSC handover request by sending a Prepare Handover Request message to the target MSC. The MSC Server assigns a default SAI as Source ID on the interface to the target BSS and uses BSSMAP encapsulated for the Prepare Handover Request.

NOTE 1: The value of the default SAI is configured in the MSC and allows a release 8 and later BSC to identify that the source for the SRVCC Handover is E-UTRAN. To ensure correct statistics in the target BSS the default SAI should be different from the SAIs used in UTRAN.

7. Target MSC performs resource allocation with the target BSS by exchanging Handover Request/ Acknowledge messages.

8. Target MSC sends a Prepare Handover Response message to the MSC Server.

9. Establishment of circuit connection between the target MSC and the MGW associated with the MSC Server e.g. using ISUP IAM and ACM messages.

10. For non-emergency session, the MSC Server initiates the Session Transfer by using the STN-SR e.g. by sending an ISUP IAM (STN-SR) message towards the IMS. For emergency session, the MSC Server initiates the Session Transfer by using the locally configured E-STN-SR and by including the equipment identifier. Standard IMS Service Continuity or Emergency IMS Service Continuity procedures are applied for execution of the Session Transfer, see TS 23.237 [14].

NOTE 2: This step can be started after step 8.

NOTE 3: If the MSC Server is using an ISUP interface, then the initiation of the session transfer for non-emergency session may fail if the subscriber profile including CAMEL triggers is not available prior handover (see clause 7.3.2.1.3 in TS 23.292 [13]).

11. During the execution of the Session Transfer procedure the remote end is updated with the SDP of the CS access leg. The downlink flow of VoIP packets is switched towards the CS access leg at this point.

12. Source IMS access leg is released as per TS 23.237 [14].

NOTE 4: Steps 11 and 12 are independent of step 13.

13. MSC Server sends a SRVCC PS to CS Response (Target to Source Transparent Container) message to the source MME.

14. Source MME sends a Handover Command (Target to Source Transparent Container) message to the source E-UTRAN. The message includes information about the voice component only.

15. Source E-UTRAN sends a Handover from E-UTRAN Command message to the UE.

16. UE tunes to GERAN.

17. Handover Detection at the target BSS occurs. The UE sends a Handover Complete message via the target BSS to the target MSC. If the target MSC is not the MSC Server, then the Target MSC sends an SES (Handover Complete) message to the MSC Server.

18. The UE starts the Suspend procedure specified in TS 23.060 [10], clause 16.2.1.1.2. The TLLI and RAI pair are derived from the GUTI as described in TS 23.003 [27]. This triggers the Target SGSN to send a Suspend Notification message to the Source MME. The MME returns a Suspend Acknowledge to the Target SGSN.

NOTE 5: The MME might not be able to derive the GUTI from the received P-TMSI and RAI pair and therefore it might not be able to identify which UE context is associated with the Suspend Notification message. Also in this case the bearers are deactivated and/or suspended as in step 22a.

19. Target BSS sends a Handover Complete message to the target MSC.

20. Target MSC sends an SES (Handover Complete) message to the MSC Server. The speech circuit is through connected in the MSC Server/MGW according to TS 23.009 [18].

21. Completion of the establishment procedure with ISUP Answer message to the MSC Server according to TS 23.009 [18].

22. MSC Server sends a SRVCC PS to CS Complete Notification message to the source MME, informing it that the UE has arrived on the target side. Source MME acknowledges the information by sending a SRVCC PS to CS Complete Acknowledge message to the MSC Server.

22a. The MME deactivates bearers used for voice and other GBR bearers. All GBR bearers are deactivated towards S-GW and P-GW by initiating MME-initiated Dedicated Bearer Deactivation procedure as specified in TS 23.401 [2]. The MME does not send deactivation request toward the eNodeB on receiving PS-to-CS Complete Notification in step 22. PS-to-CS handover indicator is notified to P-GW for voice bearer during the bearer deactivation procedure. For GTP-based S5/S8, the S-GW requests the P-GW to delete all GBR bearer contexts by sending a Delete Bearer Command message. If dynamic PCC is deployed, the P‑GW may interact with PCRF as defined in TS 23.203 [31]. For PMIP-based S5/S8, S-GW interacts with the PCRF which in turn updates PCC rules for GBR traffic in the P-GW.

The MME starts preservation and suspension of non-GBR bearers by sending Suspend Notification message towards S-GW. For these non-GBR bearers, the S-GW releases S1-U bearers for the UE and sends Suspend Notification message to the P-GW(s). The MME stores in the UE context that UE is in suspended status. All the preserved non-GBR bearers are marked as suspended status in the S-GW and P-GW. The P-GW should discard packets if received for the suspended UE.

23a. If the HLR is to be updated, i.e. if the IMSI is authenticated but unknown in the VLR, the MSC Server performs a TMSI reallocation towards the UE using its own non-broadcast LAI and, if the MSC Server and other MSC/VLRs serve the same (target) LAI, with its own Network Resource Identifier (NRI).

NOTE 5: The TMSI reallocation is performed by the MSC Server towards the UE via target MSC.

23b. If the MSC Server performed a TMSI reallocation in step 23a, and if this TMSI reallocation was completed successfully, the MSC Server performs a MAP Update Location to the HSS/HLR.

NOTE 6: This Update Location is not initiated by the UE.

24. For an emergency services session after handover is complete, the source MME or the MSC Server may send a Subscriber Location Report carrying the identity of the MSC Server to a GMLC associated with the source or target side, respectively, as defined in TS 23.271 [29] to support location continuity.

NOTE 7: Any configuration of the choice between a source MME versus MSC Server update to a GMLC needs to ensure that a single update occurs from one of these entities when the control plane location solution is used on the source and/or target sides.

[TS 24.237, clause 12.2.3B.2]

If the SC UE applies the procedures in subclause 12.2.3B.3 and the SC UE only has a single call in alerting state following access transfer, then the SC UE shall associate this session with transaction identifier value and TI flag as described in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8].

[TS 24.237, clause 12.2.3B.3.2]

If the SC UE has initiated an outgoing call which is in the early dialog state according to the conditions in subclauses 12.1 and 12.2.3B.1 and the SC UE successfully performs access transfer to the CS domain, then the UE continues in Ringing state in CS, i.e. UE moves to Call Delivered (U4) state as described in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8].

[TS 24.008, clause 5.2.4.2]

If the MS supports single radio PS to CS access transfer for calls in alerting state as specified in 3GPP TS 24.237 [136] subclause 12.2.3B, and the MS has a single voice media stream over the PS domain that is handed over to the CS domain via SRVCC, and the call control entity in "null" state receives an indication "MM connection establishment due to SRVCC handover", then:

– if the voice media stream is associated with a mobile originated session in the "early" state (defined in IETF RFC 3261 [137]) according to the conditions specified in 3GPP TS 24.237 [136] subclause 12.2.3B.3.2, the call control entity of the MS shall enter the "call delivered" state for this transaction. The MS and the network shall locally set the TI value of the call to "000" and the TI flag value as in mobile terminated call; and

If the MS has additional voice media streams carried over the PS domain that are handed over to the CS domain via SRVCC, the state for the transactions and the setting of the TI value and TI flag for these additional media streams is described in 3GPP TS 24.237 [136].

13.4.3.24.3 Test description

13.4.3.24.3.1 Pre-test conditions

System Simulator:

– Cell 1 and Cell 24.

– System information combination 5 as defined in TS 36.508 [18] clause 4.4.3.1 is used in E-UTRA cell.

UE:

None.

Preamble:

– The UE is in state Registered, Idle mode (state 2) on Cell 1 according to [18].

13.4.3.24.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Table 13.4.3.24.3.2-1 illustrates the downlink power levels and other changing parameters to be applied for the cells at various time instants of the test execution. Row marked "T0" denotes the initial conditions after preamble, while columns marked "T1" is to be applied subsequently. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause.

Table 13.4.3.24.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes

Parameter

Unit

Cell 1

Cell 24

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B2 are not satisfied.

RSSI

dBm

-85

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B2 are satisfied.

RSSI

dBm

-65

T2

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

Non-suitable “Off”

RSSI

dBm

-65

Table 13.4.3.24.3.2-2: Main behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1-12

Steps 1 to 12 of the generic test procedure for IMS MO speech call (TS 36.508 4.5A.6.3-1).

EXCEPTION: In parallel to the events described in steps 14 to 15 the steps specified in Table 13.4.3.24.3.2-3 should take place.

13

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message on Cell 1 to confirm the establishment of the new data radio bearer, associated with the dedicated EPS bearer.

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

14

The UE transmits an ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT message on Cell 1.

–>

ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT

15

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message on Cell 1 to setup inter-RAT measurement and reporting for event B2.

<–

RRCConnectionReconfiguration

16

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message on Cell 1.

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

17

The SS changes the power level for Cell 1 and Cell 24 according to the row "T1" in Table 13.4.3.24.3.2-1.

18

The UE transmits a MeasurementReport message on Cell 1 to report event B2 for Cell 24.

–>

MeasurementReport

19

The SS transmits a MobilityFromEUTRACommand message on Cell 1.

<–

MobilityFromEUTRACommand

20

Check: Does the UE transmit a HANDOVER COMPLETE message on cell 24?

–>

HANDOVER COMPLETE

1

P

21

The UE transmits a GPRS SUSPENSION REQUEST message

–>

GPRS SUSPENSION REQUEST

22

The SS transmits a TMSI REALLOCATION COMMAND message.

<–

TMSI REALLOCATION COMMAND

23

The UE transmits a TMSI REALLOCATION COMPLETE message.

–>

TMSI REALLOCATION COMPLETE

23A

SS adjusts cell levels according to row T2 of table 13.4.3.24.3.2-1.

24

The SS transmits a CONNECT message on Cell 24.

<–

CONNECT

25

Check: Does the UE transmit a CONNECT ACKNOWLEDGE message on Cell 24?

–>

CONNECT ACKNOWLEDGE

2

P

26-40

Steps 20 to 34 of the generic test procedure described in TS 36.508 subclause 6.4.3.8.1 are performed on Cell 24.

NOTE: Call is released and UE performs a RAU procedure.

Table 13.4.3.24.3.2-3: Parallel behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1-7

Steps 5-11 expected sequence defined in annex C.21 of TS 34.229-1 [35].

NOTE: IMS MO speech call is in alerting phase.

13.4.3.24.3.3 Specific message contents

Table 13.4.3.24.3.3-1: ATTACH REQUEST (preamble)

Derivation path: 36.508 Table 4.7.2-4

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MS network capability

SRVCC from UTRAN HSPA or E-UTRAN to GERAN/UTRAN supported

Mobile station classmark 2

Any allowed value

Supported Codecs

Any allowed value

Table 13.4.3.24.3.3-2: RRCConnectionReconfiguration (step 15, Table 13.4.3.24.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.1-8, condition MEAS

Table 13.4.3.24.3.3-3: MeasConfig (step 15, Table 13.4.3.24.3.2-2)

Derivation path: 36.508 clause 4.6.6 table 4.6.6-1 with condition GERAN

Information Element

Value/Remark

Comment

Condition

measurementConfiguration ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModifyList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF SEQUENCE {

2 entries

measObjectId[1]

IdMeasObject-f11

measObject[1]

MeasObjectGERAN-GENERIC(f11)

measObjectId[2]

IdMeasObject-f1

measObject[2]

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(f1)

measObject[2]

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(maxEARFCN)

Band > 64

}

reportConfigToAddModifyList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

reportConfigId[1]

IdReportConfigInterRAT-B2-GERAN

reportConfig[1]

ReportConfigInterRAT-B2-GERAN (-69, -75)

}

measIdToAddModifyList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMeasId)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

measId[1]

1

measObjectId[1]

IdMeasObject-f11

reportConfigId[1]

IdReportConfigInterRAT-B2-GERAN

}

measObjectToAddModList-v9e0 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF {

2 entries

Band > 64

measObjectEUTRA-v9e0[1] ::= SEQUENCE {}

measObjectEUTRA-v9e0[1] ::= SEQUENCE {

carrierFreq-v9e0

Same downlink EARFCN as used for f1

}

}

}

Condition

Explanation

Band > 64

If band > 64 is selected

Table 13.4.3.24.3.3-4: MeasurementReport (step 18, Table 13.4.3.24.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, table 4.6.1-5

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasurementReport ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE{

measurementReport-r8 SEQUENCE {

measResults SEQUENCE {

measId

1

measResultServCell SEQUENCE {

rsrpResult

(0..97)

rsrqResult

(0..34)

}

measResultNeighCells CHOICE {

measResultListGERAN SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

physCellId

PhysicalCellIdentity of Cell 24

cgi-Info[1]

Not present

measResult[1] SEQUENCE {

rssi

The value of rssi is present but contents not checked

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.24.3.3-5: MobilityFromEUTRACommand (step 19, Table 13.4.3.24.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.1-6

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MobilityFromEUTRACommand ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE{

mobilityFromEUTRACommand-r8 SEQUENCE {

cs-FallbackIndicator

False

purpose CHOICE{

handover SEQUENCE {

targetRAT-Type

GERAN

targetRAT-MessageContainer

HANDOVER COMMAND(GERAN RR message) , see Table 13.4.3.24.3.3-5a

nas-SecurityParamFromEUTRA

The 4 least significant bits of the NAS downlink COUNT value

systemInformation

Not present

}

}

}

}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.24.3.3-6: HANDOVER COMMAND (step 19, Table 13.4.3.3.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 51.010, Table 40.2.4.33

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

Cell Description

Network Colour Code

1

Base Station Colour Code

5

BCCH Carrier Number

The BCCH Carrier ARFCN as per table in clause 40.1.1 of 51.010-1.

Description of the First Channel, after time

Channel Description

Channel Type and TDMA offset

TCH/F + ACCH’s

Timeslot Number

Chosen arbitrarily, but not Zero.

Training Sequence Code

Same as the BCCH

Hopping channel

Single RF channel

ARFCN

The first ARFCN in the cell allocation as per table in clause 40.2.1.1.1 of 51.010-1

Cipher Mode Setting

1001xxxy

See TS 44.018 §9.1.15.10

xxx – px_GSM_CipherAlg

y – px_GSM_CipheringOnOff

Table 13.4.3.24.3.3-10: CONNECT (step 24, Table 13.4.3.24.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 24.008 Table 9.59

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

Transaction identifier

TI flag

‘0’B

The message is sent from the side that originates the TI

TIO

‘000’B

TI value 0

Table 13.4.3.24.3.3-11: CONNECT ACKNOWLEDGE (step 25, Table 13.4.3.24.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 24.008 Table 9.60

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

Transaction identifier

TI flag

‘1’B

The message is sent to the side that originates the TI

TIO

‘000’B

TI value 0

Table 13.4.3.24.3.3-12: ROUTING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT (step 38, Table 13.4.3.24.3.2-2)

Derivation path: 36.508, Table 4.7B.2-2

Information Element

Value/Remark

Comment

Condition

PDP context status

0

NSAPI(0) – NSAPI(15) is set to 0, which means that the SM state of all PDP contexts is PDP-INACTIVE

13.4.3.25 Inter-system mobility / E-UTRA voice to GSM CS voice / aSRVCC / MO call / Forked responses

13.4.3.25.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE is in E-UTRA RRC_CONNECTED state, an IMS MO speech call is in alerting phase and UE has received several SIP forked responses }

ensure that {
when { UE receives a MobilityFromEUTRACommand message }

then { UE transmits a HANDOVER COMPLETE message on the GSM cell }

}

(2)

with { UE is in GSM dedicated mode and an SRVCC procedure for MO call in alerting phase is completed }

ensure that {
when { UE receives a CONNECT message }

then { UE transmits a CONNECT ACKNOWLEDGE message }

}

13.4.3.25.2 Conformance requirements

References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 36.331, clause 5.4.3.3, TS 23.237, clause 6.3.2.1.4d, TS 23.216, clause 6.2.2.1, TS 24.237, clauses 12.1, 12.2.3B.1, 12.2.3B.2, 12.2.3B.3.2, A.17.6 and TS 24.008, clause 5.2.4.2. Unless otherwise stated these are Rel-10 requirements.

[TS 36.331, clause 5.4.3.3]

The UE shall:

1> stop timer T310, if running;

1> if the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message includes the purpose set to handover:

2> if the targetRAT-Type is set to utra or geran:

3> consider inter-RAT mobility as initiated towards the RAT indicated by the targetRAT-Type included in the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message;

3> forward the nas-SecurityParamFromEUTRA to the upper layers;

3> access the target cell indicated in the inter-RAT message in accordance with the specifications of the target RAT;

[TS 23.237, clause 6.3.2.1.4d]

Figure 6.3.2.1.4d-1 PS-CS: PS to CS – Single Radio, outgoing call in alerting phase, provides an information flow for Access Transfer of media of an IMS session in PS to CS direction for Access Transfers as specified in TS 23.216 [10].

The flow requires that the user is active in an outgoing IMS session and that the SIP session is in alerting state and there is no other ongoing session; procedures and capabilities specified in TS 23.216 [10], clause 6.2.1 are used for the switching of access networks at the transport layer. It further requires that the MSC Server supports I2 reference point.

Figure 6.3.2.1.4d-1: PS-CS: PS to CS – Single Radio, outgoing call in alerting phase

1-4. Standard procedures are used to initiate a SIP session from the UE towards the remote end. The remote end is alerting the user for the incoming voice session.

10. The MSC moves to the corresponding CS call state, e.g. Call Delivered in TS 24.008 [24].

10b. In parallel to step 10, the UE has received the HO command as described in TS 23.216 [10]. The UE determines the local call state in the SIP session, and creates the corresponding CS call state, e.g. Call Delivered in TS 24.008 [24]. The UE ensures that the same ring back tone is played to the end user.

14. The MSC uses the standard procedure to send the CS connect message to UE as e.g. described in TS 24.008 [24].

15. The MSC moves to Active state.

16. The UE moves to Active state.

[TS 23.216, clause 6.2.2.1]

Depicted in figure 6.2.2.1-1 is a call flow for SRVCC from E-UTRAN to GERAN without DTM support. The flow requires that eNB can determine that the target is GERAN without DTM support or that the UE is without DTM support.

Figure 6.2.2.1-1: SRVCC from E-UTRAN to GERAN without DTM support

1. UE sends measurement reports to E-UTRAN.

2. Based on UE measurement reports the source E‑UTRAN decides to trigger an SRVCC handover to GERAN.

3. Source E‑UTRAN sends Handover Required (Target ID, generic Source to Target Transparent Container, SRVCC HO Indication) message to the source MME. The E‑UTRAN places the "old BSS to new BSS information IE" for the CS domain in the generic Source to Target Transparent Container. The SRVCC HO indication indicates to the MME that target is only CS capable, hence this is a SRVCC handover operation only towards the CS domain. The message includes an indication that the UE is not available for the PS service in the target cell.

4. Based on the QCI associated with the voice bearer (QCI 1) and the SRVCC HO indication, the source MME splits the voice bearer from the non voice bearers and initiates the PS-CS handover procedure for the voice bearer only towards MSC Server.

5. The MME sends a SRVCC PS to CS Request (IMSI, Target ID, STN-SR, C‑MSISDN, generic Source to Target Transparent Container, MM Context, Emergency Indication) message to the MSC Server. The Emergency Indication and the equipment identifier are is included if the ongoing session is emergency session. Authenticated IMSI and C‑MSISDN shall also be included, if available. The MME received STN-SR and C‑MSISDN from the HSS as part of the subscription profile downloaded during the E‑UTRAN attach procedure. The MM Context contains security related information. CS security key is derived by the MME from the E‑UTRAN/EPS domain key as defined in TS 33.401 [22]. The CS Security key is sent in the MM Context.

6. The MSC Server interworks the PS-CS handover request with a CS inter‑MSC handover request by sending a Prepare Handover Request message to the target MSC. The MSC Server assigns a default SAI as Source ID on the interface to the target BSS and uses BSSMAP encapsulated for the Prepare Handover Request.

NOTE 1: The value of the default SAI is configured in the MSC and allows a release 8 and later BSC to identify that the source for the SRVCC Handover is E-UTRAN. To ensure correct statistics in the target BSS the default SAI should be different from the SAIs used in UTRAN.

7. Target MSC performs resource allocation with the target BSS by exchanging Handover Request/ Acknowledge messages.

8. Target MSC sends a Prepare Handover Response message to the MSC Server.

9. Establishment of circuit connection between the target MSC and the MGW associated with the MSC Server e.g. using ISUP IAM and ACM messages.

10. For non-emergency session, the MSC Server initiates the Session Transfer by using the STN-SR e.g. by sending an ISUP IAM (STN-SR) message towards the IMS. For emergency session, the MSC Server initiates the Session Transfer by using the locally configured E-STN-SR and by including the equipment identifier. Standard IMS Service Continuity or Emergency IMS Service Continuity procedures are applied for execution of the Session Transfer, see TS 23.237 [14].

NOTE 2: This step can be started after step 8.

NOTE 3: If the MSC Server is using an ISUP interface, then the initiation of the session transfer for non-emergency session may fail if the subscriber profile including CAMEL triggers is not available prior handover (see clause 7.3.2.1.3 in TS 23.292 [13]).

11. During the execution of the Session Transfer procedure the remote end is updated with the SDP of the CS access leg. The downlink flow of VoIP packets is switched towards the CS access leg at this point.

12. Source IMS access leg is released as per TS 23.237 [14].

NOTE 4: Steps 11 and 12 are independent of step 13.

13. MSC Server sends a SRVCC PS to CS Response (Target to Source Transparent Container) message to the source MME.

14. Source MME sends a Handover Command (Target to Source Transparent Container) message to the source E-UTRAN. The message includes information about the voice component only.

15. Source E-UTRAN sends a Handover from E-UTRAN Command message to the UE.

16. UE tunes to GERAN.

17. Handover Detection at the target BSS occurs. The UE sends a Handover Complete message via the target BSS to the target MSC. If the target MSC is not the MSC Server, then the Target MSC sends an SES (Handover Complete) message to the MSC Server.

18. The UE starts the Suspend procedure specified in TS 23.060 [10], clause 16.2.1.1.2. The TLLI and RAI pair are derived from the GUTI as described in TS 23.003 [27]. This triggers the Target SGSN to send a Suspend Notification message to the Source MME. The MME returns a Suspend Acknowledge to the Target SGSN.

NOTE 5: The MME might not be able to derive the GUTI from the received P-TMSI and RAI pair and therefore it might not be able to identify which UE context is associated with the Suspend Notification message. Also in this case the bearers are deactivated and/or suspended as in step 22a.

19. Target BSS sends a Handover Complete message to the target MSC.

20. Target MSC sends an SES (Handover Complete) message to the MSC Server. The speech circuit is through connected in the MSC Server/MGW according to TS 23.009 [18].

21. Completion of the establishment procedure with ISUP Answer message to the MSC Server according to TS 23.009 [18].

22. MSC Server sends a SRVCC PS to CS Complete Notification message to the source MME, informing it that the UE has arrived on the target side. Source MME acknowledges the information by sending a SRVCC PS to CS Complete Acknowledge message to the MSC Server.

22a. The MME deactivates bearers used for voice and other GBR bearers. All GBR bearers are deactivated towards S-GW and P-GW by initiating MME-initiated Dedicated Bearer Deactivation procedure as specified in TS 23.401 [2]. The MME does not send deactivation request toward the eNodeB on receiving PS-to-CS Complete Notification in step 22. PS-to-CS handover indicator is notified to P-GW for voice bearer during the bearer deactivation procedure. For GTP-based S5/S8, the S-GW requests the P-GW to delete all GBR bearer contexts by sending a Delete Bearer Command message. If dynamic PCC is deployed, the P‑GW may interact with PCRF as defined in TS 23.203 [31]. For PMIP-based S5/S8, S-GW interacts with the PCRF which in turn updates PCC rules for GBR traffic in the P-GW.

The MME starts preservation and suspension of non-GBR bearers by sending Suspend Notification message towards S-GW. For these non-GBR bearers, the S-GW releases S1-U bearers for the UE and sends Suspend Notification message to the P-GW(s). The MME stores in the UE context that UE is in suspended status. All the preserved non-GBR bearers are marked as suspended status in the S-GW and P-GW. The P-GW should discard packets if received for the suspended UE.

23a. If the HLR is to be updated, i.e. if the IMSI is authenticated but unknown in the VLR, the MSC Server performs a TMSI reallocation towards the UE using its own non-broadcast LAI and, if the MSC Server and other MSC/VLRs serve the same (target) LAI, with its own Network Resource Identifier (NRI).

NOTE 5: The TMSI reallocation is performed by the MSC Server towards the UE via target MSC.

23b. If the MSC Server performed a TMSI reallocation in step 23a, and if this TMSI reallocation was completed successfully, the MSC Server performs a MAP Update Location to the HSS/HLR.

NOTE 6: This Update Location is not initiated by the UE.

24. For an emergency services session after handover is complete, the source MME or the MSC Server may send a Subscriber Location Report carrying the identity of the MSC Server to a GMLC associated with the source or target side, respectively, as defined in TS 23.271 [29] to support location continuity.

NOTE 7: Any configuration of the choice between a source MME versus MSC Server update to a GMLC needs to ensure that a single update occurs from one of these entities when the control plane location solution is used on the source and/or target sides.

[TS 24.237, clause 12.1]

In order to fulfil the requirements for PS-CS access transfer in SR-VCC for calls in alerting state, the SC UE needs to be engaged in a session with speech media component in early dialog state according to the following conditions before SR-VCC access transfer is performed:

– a SIP 180 (Ringing) response for the initial SIP INVITE request to establish this session has been sent or received; and

– a SIP final response for the initial SIP INVITE request to establish this session has not been sent or received.

[TS 24.237, clause 12.2.3B.1]

The SC UE shall apply the procedures in subclauses 12.2.3B.3 for access transfer for calls in alerting state if:

1) the SC UE supports single radio PS to CS access transfer for calls in alerting state; and

2) there are one or more early dialogs created by the same SIP INVITE request with at least one dialog that is an early dialog supporting a session with active speech media component where the SC UE:

– has sent a Contact header field in a SIP INVITE request or 180 (Ringing) response containing the g.3gpp.srvcc-alerting media feature tag (as described in annex C); and

– has received a Feature-Caps header field in a SIP INVITE request or 180 (Ringing) response containing the g.3gpp.srvcc-alerting feature capability indicator (as described in annex C).

[TS 24.237, clause 12.2.3B.2]

If the SC UE applies the procedures in subclause 12.2.3B.3 and the SC UE only has a single call in alerting state following access transfer, then the SC UE shall associate this session with transaction identifier value and TI flag as described in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8].

[TS 24.237, clause 12.2.3B.3.2]

If the SC UE has initiated an outgoing call which is in the early dialog state according to the conditions in subclauses 12.1 and 12.2.3B.1 and the SC UE successfully performs access transfer to the CS domain, then the UE continues in Ringing state in CS, i.e. UE moves to Call Delivered (U4) state as described in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8].

[TS 24.237, clause A.17.6]

In the example flow at the figure A.17.6-1, SC UE A initiates an originating session with speech media component which has received several forked responses. The call is anchored at SCC AS and in alerting phase. Based upon measurement reports sent from the UE to E-UTRAN, the source E-UTRAN decides to trigger a SRVCC handover to CS access.

Figure A.17.6-1: PS-CS SRVCC, incoming call in alerting phase with forked responses

[TS 24.008, clause 5.2.4.2]

If the MS supports single radio PS to CS access transfer for calls in alerting state as specified in 3GPP TS 24.237 [136] subclause 12.2.3B, and the MS has a single voice media stream over the PS domain that is handed over to the CS domain via SRVCC, and the call control entity in "null" state receives an indication "MM connection establishment due to SRVCC handover", then:

– if the voice media stream is associated with a mobile originated session in the "early" state (defined in IETF RFC 3261 [137]) according to the conditions specified in 3GPP TS 24.237 [136] subclause 12.2.3B.3.2, the call control entity of the MS shall enter the "call delivered" state for this transaction. The MS and the network shall locally set the TI value of the call to "000" and the TI flag value as in mobile terminated call; and

If the MS has additional voice media streams carried over the PS domain that are handed over to the CS domain via SRVCC, the state for the transactions and the setting of the TI value and TI flag for these additional media streams is described in 3GPP TS 24.237 [136].

13.4.3.25.3 Test description

13.4.3.25.3.1 Pre-test conditions

System Simulator:

– Cell 1 and Cell 24.

– System information combination 5 as defined in TS 36.508 [18] clause 4.4.3.1 is used in E-UTRA cell.

UE:

None.

Preamble:

– The UE is in state Registered, Idle mode (state 2) on Cell 1 according to [18].

13.4.3.25.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Table 13.4.3.25.3.2-1 illustrates the downlink power levels and other changing parameters to be applied for the cells at various time instants of the test execution. Row marked "T0" denotes the initial conditions after preamble, while columns marked "T1" is to be applied subsequently. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause.

Table 13.4.3.25.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes

Parameter

Unit

Cell 1

Cell 24

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-60

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B2 are not satisfied.

RSSI

dBm

-85

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-80

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B2 are satisfied.

RSSI

dBm

-65

T2

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

Non-suitable “Off”

RSSI

dBm

-65

Table 13.4.3.25.3.2-2: Main behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1-12

Steps 1 to 12 of the generic test procedure for IMS MO speech call (TS 36.508 4.5A.6.3-1).

EXCEPTION: In parallel to the events described in steps 13 to 14 the steps specified in Table 13.4.3.25.3.2-3 should take place.

13

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message on Cell 1 to confirm the establishment of the new data radio bearer, associated with the dedicated EPS bearer.

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

14

The UE transmits an ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT message on Cell 1.

–>

ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT

15

Expected sequence defined in annex C.27 of TS 34.229-1 [35].

NOTE: The UE receives forked response.

16

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message on Cell 1 to setup inter-RAT measurement and reporting for event B2.

<–

RRCConnectionReconfiguration

17

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message on Cell 1.

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

18

The SS changes the power level for Cell 1 and Cell 24 according to the row "T1" in Table 13.4.3.25.3.2-1.

19

The UE transmits a MeasurementReport message on Cell 1 to report event B2 for Cell 24.

–>

MeasurementReport

20

The SS transmits a MobilityFromEUTRACommand message on Cell 1.

<–

MobilityFromEUTRACommand

The following messages are to be observed on Cell 24 unless explicitly stated otherwise.

21

Check: Does the UE transmit a HANDOVER COMPLETE message?

–>

HANDOVER COMPLETE

1

P

22

The UE transmits a GPRS SUSPENSION REQUEST message

–>

GPRS SUSPENSION REQUEST

23

The SS transmits a TMSI REALLOCATION COMMAND message.

<–

TMSI REALLOCATION COMMAND

24

The UE transmits a TMSI REALLOCATION COMPLETE message.

–>

TMSI REALLOCATION COMPLETE

24A

SS adjusts cell levels according to row T2 of table 13.4.3.25.3.2-1.

25

The SS transmits a CONNECT message.

<–

CONNECT

26

Check: Does the UE transmit a CONNECT ACKNOWLEDGE message?

–>

CONNECT ACKNOWLEDGE

2

P

27-41

Steps 20 to 34 of the generic test procedure described in TS 36.508 subclause 6.4.3.8.1 are performed on Cell 24.

NOTE: Call is released and UE performs a RAU procedure.

Table 13.4.3.25.3.2-3: Parallel behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1-7

Steps 5-11 expected sequence defined in annex C.21 of TS 34.229-1 [35].

NOTE: IMS MO speech call is in alerting phase.

13.4.3.25.3.3 Specific message contents

Table 13.4.3.25.3.3-1: ATTACH REQUEST (preamble)

Derivation path: 36.508 Table 4.7.2-4

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MS network capability

SRVCC from UTRAN HSPA or E-UTRAN to GERAN/UTRAN supported

Mobile station classmark 2

Any allowed value

Supported Codecs

Any allowed value

Table 13.4.3.25.3.3-2: RRCConnectionReconfiguration (step 16, Table 13.4.3.25.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.1-8, condition MEAS

Table 13.4.3.25.3.3-3: MeasConfig (Table 13.4.3.25.3.3-2)

Derivation path: 36.508 clause 4.6.6 table 4.6.6-1 with condition GERAN

Information Element

Value/Remark

Comment

Condition

measurementConfiguration ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModifyList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF SEQUENCE {

2 entries

measObjectId[1]

IdMeasObject-f1

measObject[1]

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(f1)

measObject[1]

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(maxEARFCN)

Band > 64

measObjectId[2]

IdMeasObject-f11

measObject[2]

MeasObjectGERAN-GENERIC(f11)

}

reportConfigToAddModifyList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

reportConfigId[1]

IdReportConfigInterRAT-B2-GERAN

reportConfig[1]

ReportConfigInterRAT-B2-GERAN(-69, -75)

}

measIdToAddModifyList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMeasId)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

measId[1]

1

measObjectId[1]

IdMeasObject-f11

reportConfigId[1]

IdReportConfigInterRAT-B2-GERAN

}

measObjectToAddModList-v9e0 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF {

2 entries

Band > 64

measObjectEUTRA-v9e0[1] ::= SEQUENCE {

carrierFreq-v9e0

Same downlink EARFCN as used for f1

}

measObjectEUTRA-v9e0[2] ::= SEQUENCE {}

}

}

Condition

Explanation

Band > 64

If band > 64 is selected

Table 13.4.3.25.3.3-4: MeasurementReport (step 19, Table 13.4.3.25.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, table 4.6.1-5

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasurementReport ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE{

measurementReport-r8 SEQUENCE {

measResults SEQUENCE {

measId

1

measResultServCell SEQUENCE {

rsrpResult

(0..97)

rsrqResult

(0..34)

}

measResultNeighCells CHOICE {

measResultListGERAN SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

physCellId

PhysicalCellIdentity of Cell 24

cgi-Info[1]

Not present

measResult[1] SEQUENCE {

rssi

The value of rssi is present but contents not checked

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.25.3.3-5: MobilityFromEUTRACommand (step 20, Table 13.4.3.25.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.1-6

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MobilityFromEUTRACommand ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE{

mobilityFromEUTRACommand-r8 SEQUENCE {

cs-FallbackIndicator

False

purpose CHOICE{

handover SEQUENCE {

targetRAT-Type

GERAN

targetRAT-MessageContainer

HANDOVER COMMAND(GERAN RR message) , see Table 13.4.3.25.3.3-5a

nas-SecurityParamFromEUTRA

The 4 least significant bits of the NAS downlink COUNT value

systemInformation

Not present

}

}

}

}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.25.3.3-6: HANDOVER COMMAND (step 21, Table 13.4.3.25.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 51.010, Table 40.2.4.33

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

Cell Description

Network Colour Code

1

Base Station Colour Code

5

BCCH Carrier Number

The BCCH Carrier ARFCN as per table in clause 40.1.1 of 51.010-1.

Description of the First Channel, after time

Channel Description

Channel Type and TDMA offset

TCH/F + ACCH’s

Timeslot Number

Chosen arbitrarily, but not Zero.

Training Sequence Code

Same as the BCCH

Hopping channel

Single RF channel

ARFCN

The first ARFCN in the cell allocation as per table in clause 40.2.1.1.1 of 51.010-1

Cipher Mode Setting

1001xxxy

See TS 44.018 §9.1.15.10

xxx – px_GSM_CipherAlg

y – px_GSM_CipheringOnOff

Table 13.4.3.25.3.3-7: CONNECT (step 25, Table 13.4.3.25.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 24.008 Table 9.59

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

Transaction identifier

TI flag

‘0’B

The message is sent from the side that originates the TI

TIO

‘000’B

TI value 0

Table 13.4.3.25.3.3-8: CONNECT ACKNOWLEDGE (step 26, Table 13.4.3.25.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 24.008 Table 9.60

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

Transaction identifier

TI flag

‘1’B

The message is sent to the side that originates the TI

TIO

‘000’B

TI value 0

Table 13.4.3.25.3.3-9: ROUTING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT (step 39, Table 13.4.3.25.3.2-2)

Derivation path: 36.508, Table 4.7B.2-2

Information Element

Value/Remark

Comment

Condition

PDP context status

0

NSAPI(0) – NSAPI(15) is set to 0, which means that the SM state of all PDP contexts is PDP-INACTIVE

13.4.3.26 Inter-system mobility / E-UTRA voice to GSM CS voice / aSRVCC / MO call / SRVCC HO failure

13.4.3.26.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE is in E-UTRA RRC_CONNECTED state, an IMS MO speech call is in alerting phase and UE receives a MobilityFromEUTRACommand message }

ensure that {
when { UE detects radio link failure }

then { UE transmits SIP UPDATE message after RRC connection re-establishment procedure }

}

13.4.3.26.2 Conformance requirements

References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 36.331, clauses 5.4.3.3, 5.4.3.5, 5.3.7.2, 5.3.7.3, 5.3.7.4, 5.3.7.5 and TS 24.237, clause 12.2.4.2.

[TS 36.331, clause 5.4.3.3]

The UE shall:

1> stop timer T310, if running;

1> if the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message includes the purpose set to handover:

2> if the targetRAT-Type is set to utra or geran:

3> consider inter-RAT mobility as initiated towards the RAT indicated by the targetRAT-Type included in the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message;

3> forward the nas-SecurityParamFromEUTRA to the upper layers;

3> access the target cell indicated in the inter-RAT message in accordance with the specifications of the target RAT;

[TS 36.331, clause 5.4.3.5]

The UE shall:

1> if T304 expires (mobility from E-UTRA failure); or

1> if the UE does not succeed in establishing the connection to the target radio access technology; or

1> if the UE is unable to comply with (part of) the configuration included in the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message; or

1> if there is a protocol error in the inter RAT information included in the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message, causing the UE to fail the procedure according to the specifications applicable for the target RAT:

2> stop T304, if running;

2> if the cs-FallbackIndicator in the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message was set to TRUE:

3> indicate to upper layers that the CS Fallback procedure has failed;

2> revert back to the configuration used in the source PCell, excluding the configuration configured by the physicalConfigDedicated, mac-MainConfig and sps-Config;

2> initiate the connection re-establishment procedure as specified in 5.3.7;

[TS 36.331, clause 5.3.7.2]

The UE shall only initiate the procedure when AS security has been activated. The UE initiates the procedure when one of the following conditions is met:

1> upon mobility from E-UTRA failure, in accordance with 5.4.3.5; or

Upon initiation of the procedure, the UE shall:

1> stop timer T310, if running;

1> start timer T311;

1> suspend all RBs except SRB0;

1> reset MAC;

1> release the SCell(s), if configured, in accordance with 5.3.10.3a;

1> apply the default physical channel configuration as specified in 9.2.4;

1> apply the default semi-persistent scheduling configuration as specified in 9.2.3;

1> apply the default MAC main configuration as specified in 9.2.2;

1> release reportProximityConfig and clear any associated proximity status reporting timer;

1> release measSubframePatternPCell, if configured;

1> perform cell selection in accordance with the cell selection process as specified in TS 36.304 [4];

[TS 36.331, clause 5.3.7.3]

Upon selecting a suitable E-UTRA cell, the UE shall:

1> stop timer T311;

1> start timer T301;

1> apply the timeAlignmentTimerCommon included in SystemInformationBlockType2;

1> initiate transmission of the RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest message in accordance with 5.3.7.4;

[TS 36.331, clause 5.3.7.4]

If the procedure was initiated due to radio link failure or handover failure, the UE shall:

1> set the reestablishmentCellId in the VarRLF-Report to the global cell identity of the selected cell;

The UE shall set the contents of RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest message as follows:

1> set the ue-Identity as follows:

2> set the c-RNTI to the C-RNTI used in the source PCell (handover and mobility from E-UTRA failure) or used in the PCell in which the trigger for the re-establishment occurred (other cases);

2> set the physCellId to the physical cell identity of the source PCell (handover and mobility from E-UTRA failure) or of the PCell in which the trigger for the re-establishment occurred (other cases);

2> set the shortMAC-I to the 16 least significant bits of the MAC-I calculated:

3> over the ASN.1 encoded as per section 8 (i.e., a multiple of 8 bits) VarShortMAC-Input;

3> with the KRRCint key and integrity protection algorithm that was used in the source PCell (handover and mobility from E-UTRA failure) or of the PCell in which the trigger for the re-establishment occurred (other cases); and

3> with all input bits for COUNT, BEARER and DIRECTION set to binary ones;

1> set the reestablishmentCause as follows:

2> else if the re-establishment procedure was initiated due to handover failure as specified in 5.3.5.6 (intra-LTE handover failure) or 5.4.3.5 (inter-RAT mobility from EUTRA failure):

3> set the reestablishmentCause to the value handoverFailure;

The UE shall submit the RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest message to lower layers for transmission.

[TS 36.331, clause 5.3.7.5]

The UE shall:

1> stop timer T301;

1> consider the current cell to be the PCell;

1> re-establish PDCP for SRB1;

1> re-establish RLC for SRB1;

1> perform the radio resource configuration procedure in accordance with the received radioResourceConfigDedicated and as specified in 5.3.10;

1> resume SRB1;

NOTE: E-UTRAN should not transmit any message on SRB1 prior to receiving the RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete message.

1> update the KeNB key based on the KASME key to which the current KeNB is associated, using the nextHopChainingCount value indicated in the RRCConnectionReestablishment message, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];

1> store the nextHopChainingCount value;

1> derive the KRRCint key associated with the previously configured integrity algorithm, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];

1> derive the KRRCenc key and the KUPenc key associated with the previously configured ciphering algorithm, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];

1> configure lower layers to activate integrity protection using the previously configured algorithm and the KRRCint key immediately, i.e., integrity protection shall be applied to all subsequent messages received and sent by the UE, including the message used to indicate the successful completion of the procedure;

1> configure lower layers to apply ciphering using the previously configured algorithm, the KRRCenc key and the KUPenc key immediately, i.e., ciphering shall be applied to all subsequent messages received and sent by the UE, including the message used to indicate the successful completion of the procedure;

1> set the content of RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete message as follows:

2> if the UE has radio link failure or handover failure information available in VarRLF-Report and plmn-Identity stored in VarRLF-Report is equal to the RPLMN:

3> include the rlf-InfoAvailable;

1> perform the measurement related actions as specified in 5.5.6.1;

1> perform the measurement identity autonomous removal as specified in 5.5.2.2a;

1> submit the RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete message to lower layers for transmission, upon which the procedure ends;

[TS 24.237, clause 12.2.4.2]

If the SC UE is engaged in a session in early dialog state and:

– does not successfully retune to the 3GPP UTRAN or 3GPP GERAN after it receives the handover command from the eNodeB (as described in 3GPP TS 36.331 [62])

then if the SC UE the SC UE shall send a SIP UPDATE request containing:

1) an SDP offer, including the media characteristics as used in the existing dialog; and

2) a Reason header field containing protocol "SIP" and reason parameter "cause" with value "487" as specified in IETF RFC 3326 [57], and with reason-text set to either "handover cancelled" or "failure to transition to CS domain";

by following the rules of 3GPP TS 24.229 [2] in each transferred session.

13.4.3.26.3 Test description

13.4.3.26.3.1 Pre-test conditions

System Simulator:

– Cell 1 and Cell 24.

– System information combination 5 as defined in TS 36.508 [18] clause 4.4.3.1 is used in E-UTRA cell.

UE:

None.

Preamble:

– The UE is in state Registered, Idle mode (state 2) on Cell 1 according to [18].

13.4.3.26.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Table 13.4.3.26.3.2-1 illustrates the downlink power levels and other changing parameters to be applied for the cells at various time instants of the test execution. Row marked "T0" denotes the initial conditions after preamble, while columns marked "T1" and "T2" are to be applied subsequently. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause.

Table 13.4.3.26.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes

Parameter

Unit

Cell 1

Cell 24

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RSEPRE

dBm/15kHz

-65

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B2 are not satisfied.

RSSI

dBm

-85

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B2 are satisfied.

RSSI

dBm

-65

T2

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

Only Cell 1 is available.

RSSI

dBm

"Off"

Table 13.4.3.26.3.2-2: Main behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

The SS configures GERAN Cell 24 to reference configuration according 36.508 Table 4.8.4-1, condition GERAN Speech.

2-13

Steps 1 to 12 of the generic test procedure for IMS MO speech call (TS 36.508 4.5A.6.3-1)

EXCEPTION: In parallel to the events described in steps 14 to 15 the steps specified in Table 13.4.3.26.3.2-3 should take place.

14

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message on Cell 1 to confirm the establishment of the new data radio bearer, associated with the dedicated EPS bearer.

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

15

The UE transmits an ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT message on Cell 1.

–>

ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT

16

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message on Cell 1 to setup inter-RAT measurement and reporting for event B2.

<–

RRCConnectionReconfiguration

17

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message on Cell 1.

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

18

The SS changes the power level for Cell 1 and Cell 24 according to the row "T1" in Table 13.4.3.26.3.2-1.

19

The UE transmits a MeasurementReport message on Cell 1 to report event B2 for Cell 24.

–>

MeasurementReport

20

The SS changes the power level for Cell 1 and Cell 24 according to the row "T2" in Table 13.4.3.26.3.2-1.

21

Void

22

Void

23

The SS transmits a MobilityFromEUTRACommand message on Cell 1.

<–

MobilityFromEUTRACommand

24

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest message on Cell 1.

–>

RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest

25

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReestablishment message on Cell 1.

<–

RRCConnectionReestablishment

26

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete message on Cell 1.

–>

RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete

27

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message on Cell 1.

<–

RRCConnectionReconfiguration

EXCEPTION: In parallel to the events described in step 28 the steps specified in Table 13.4.3.26.3.2-4 should take place.

28

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message on Cell 1.

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

29-30

Steps 12-13 expected sequence defined in annex C.21 of TS 34.229-1 [35].

31

Generic test procedure for MO release of IMS call as described in annex C.32 of TS 34.229-1 [35] takes place.

Table 13.4.3.26.3.2-3: Parallel behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1-7

Steps 5-11 expected sequence defined in annex C.21 of TS 34.229-1 [35].

NOTE: IMS MO speech call is in alerting phase.

Table 13.4.3.26.3.2-4: Parallel behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

Check: Does the UE transmit SIP UPDATE request on Cell 1?

NOTE: Step 1 defined in annex C.28 of TS 34.229-1 [35] is performed.

1

P

2

Step 2 expected sequence defined in annex C.28 of TS 34.229-1 [35].

13.4.3.26.3.3 Specific message contents

Table 13.4.3.26.3.3-1: ATTACH REQUEST (preamble)

Derivation path: 36.508 Table 4.7.2-4

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MS network capability

SRVCC from UTRAN HSPA or E-UTRAN to GERAN/UTRAN supported

Mobile station classmark 2

Any allowed value

Supported Codecs

Any allowed value

Table 13.4.3.26.3.3-2: RRCConnectionReconfiguration (step 16, Table 13.4.3.26.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.1-8, condition MEAS

Table 13.4.3.26.3.3-3: MeasConfig (step 16 Table 13.4.3.26.3.3-2)

Derivation path: 36.508 clause 4.6.6 table 4.6.6-1 with condition GERAN

Information Element

Value/Remark

Comment

Condition

measurementConfiguration ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModifyList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF SEQUENCE {

2 entries

measObjectId[1]

IdMeasObject-f11

measObject[1]

MeasObjectGERAN-GENERIC(f11)

measObjectId[2]

IdMeasObject-f1

measObject[2]

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(f1)

measObject[2]

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(maxEARFCN)

Band > 64

}

reportConfigToAddModifyList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

reportConfigId[1]

IdReportConfigInterRAT-B2-GERAN

reportConfig[1]

ReportConfigInterRAT-B2-GERAN (-69, -75)

}

measIdToAddModifyList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMeasId)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

measId[1]

1

measObjectId[1]

IdMeasObject-f11

reportConfigId[1]

IdReportConfigInterRAT-B2-GERAN

}

measObjectToAddModList-v9e0 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF {

2 entries

Band > 64

measObjectEUTRA-v9e0[1] ::= SEQUENCE {}

measObjectEUTRA-v9e0[1] ::= SEQUENCE {

carrierFreq-v9e0

Same downlink EARFCN as used for f1

}

}

}

Condition

Explanation

Band > 64

If band > 64 is selected

Table 13.4.3.26.3.3-4: MeasObjectGERAN-f11(Table 13.4.3.26.3.3-3)

Derivation Path: 36.508clause 6.3.5

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasObjectGERAN-GENERIC(Freq) ::= SEQUENCE {

carrierFreqs SEQUENCE {

startingARFCN

Downlink GERAN ARFCN of Freq

bandIndicator

Set according to the band used for cell24

followingARFCNs CHOICE {

explicitListOfARFCNs

Set the corresponding ARFCN of cell24

}

}

offsetFreq

0 (dB 0)

ncc-Permitted

‘01000000’B

NCC=1 permitted

cellForWhichToReportCGI

Not present

}

Table 13.4.3.26.3.3-5: MeasurementReport (step 19, Table 13.4.3.26.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, table 4.6.1-5

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasurementReport ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE{

measurementReport-r8 SEQUENCE {

measResults SEQUENCE {

measId

1

measResultServCell SEQUENCE {

rsrpResult

(0..97)

rsrqResult

(0..34)

}

measResultNeighCells CHOICE {

measResultListGERAN SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

physCellId

PhysicalCellIdentity of Cell 24

cgi-Info[1]

Not present

measResult[1] SEQUENCE {

rssi

The value of rssi is present but contents not checked

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.26.3.3-6: Void

Table 13.4.3.26.3.3-7: MobilityFromEUTRACommand (step 23, Table 13.4.3.26.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.1-6

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MobilityFromEUTRACommand ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {

mobilityFromEUTRACommand-r8 SEQUENCE {

cs-FallbackIndicator

False

purpose CHOICE {

handover SEQUENCE {

targetRAT-Type

GERAN

targetRAT-MessageContainer

HANDOVER COMMAND

(GERAN RR message)

nas-SecurityParamFromEUTRA

The 4 least significant bits of the NAS downlink COUNT value

systemInformation

Not present

}

}

}

}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.26.3.3-8: HANDOVER COMMAND (step 23, Table 13.4.3.26.3.3-7)

Derivation Path: 51.010, Table 40.2.4.33

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

Cell Description

Network Colour Code

1

Base Station Colour Code

5

BCCH Carrier Number

The BCCH Carrier ARFCN as per table in clause 40.1.1 of 51.010-1

Description of the First Channel, after time

Channel Description

Channel Type and TDMA offset

TCH/F + ACCH’s

Timeslot Number

Chosen arbitrarily, but not Zero.

Training Sequence Code

Same as the BCCH

Hopping channel

Single RF channel

ARFCN

The first ARFCN in the cell allocation as per table in clause 40.2.1.1.1 of 51.010-1

Cipher Mode Setting

1001xxxy

See TS 44.018 §9.1.15.10

xxx – px_GSM_CipherAlg

y – px_GSM_CipheringOnOff

Table 13.4.3.26.3.3-9: RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest (step 24, Table 13.4.3.26.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.1-13

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

rrcConnectionReestablishmentRequest-r8 SEQUENCE {

ue-Identity SEQUENCE {

c-RNTI

the value of the C-RNTI of the UE

physCellId

PhysicalCellIdentity of Cell 1

shortMAC-I

The same value as the 16 least significant bits of the XMAC-I value calculated by SS

}

reestablishmentCause

handoverFailure

}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.26.3.3-10: RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete (step 26, Table 13.4.3.26.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.1-11

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

rrcConnectionReestablishmentComplete-r8 = SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension

Not present or any allowed value

}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.26.3.3-11: RRCConnectionReconfiguration (step 27, Table 13.4.3.26.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.1-8

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

RRCConnectionReconfiguration ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE{

rrcConnectionReconfiguration-r8 SEQUENCE {

radioResourceConfigDedicated

RadioResourceConfigDedicated-HO

}

}

}

}

13.4.3.27 Inter-system mobility / E-UTRA voice to GSM CS voice / aSRVCC / MT call

13.4.3.27.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE is in E-UTRA RRC_CONNECTED state and an IMS MT speech call is in alerting phase }

ensure that {
when { UE receives a MobilityFromEUTRACommand message }

then { UE transmits a HANDOVER COMPLETE message on the geran cell }

}

(2)

with { UE is in GERAN Dedicated mode and an SRVCC procedure for MT call in alerting phase is completed }

ensure that {
when { User answers the MT call }

then { UE transmits a CONNECT message }

}

13.4.3.27.2 Conformance requirements

References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 36.331, clause 5.4.3.3, TS 23.237, clause 6.3.2.1.4c, TS 23.216, clause 6.2.2.1, TS 24.237, clauses 12.1, 12.2.3B.1, 12.2.3B.2, 12.2.3B.3.1, and TS 24.008 clause 5.2.4.2. Unless otherwise stated these are Rel-10 requirements.

[TS 36.331, clause 5.4.3.3]

The UE shall:

1> stop timer T310, if running;

1> if the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message includes the purpose set to handover:

2> if the targetRAT-Type is set to utra or geran:

3> consider inter-RAT mobility as initiated towards the RAT indicated by the targetRAT-Type included in the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message;

3> forward the nas-SecurityParamFromEUTRA to the upper layers;

3> access the target cell indicated in the inter-RAT message in accordance with the specifications of the target RAT;

[TS 23.237, clause 6.3.2.1.4c]

Figure 6.3.2.1.4c-1 PS-CS: PS to CS – Single Radio, incoming call in alerting phase, provides an information flow for Access Transfer of media of an IMS session in PS to CS direction for Access Transfers as specified in TS 23.216 [10].

The flow requires that the user is active in a terminating IMS session and that the SIP session is in alerting state there is no other ongoing session and the UE has not responded over the access leg; procedures and capabilities specified in TS 23.216 [10], clause 6.2.1 are used for the switching of access networks at the transport layer. It further requires that the MSC Server supports I2 reference point.

Figure 6.3.2.1.4c-1: PS-CS: PS to CS – Single Radio, incoming call in alerting phase

1-4. Standard procedures are used to initiate a SIP session towards the UE. The UE is alerting the user for the incoming voice session.

10. The MSC moves to the corresponding CS call state, e.g. Call Received in TS 24.008 [24].

NOTE 2: In call received state the MSC does not generate an in-band ring tone to the calling party.

10b. In parallel to step 10, the UE has received the HO command as described in TS 23.216 [10]. The UE determines the local call state in the SIP session, and creates the corresponding CS call state, e.g. Call Received in TS 24.008 [24]. The UE continues to alert the user for incoming call.

11. The user answers to the call.

11a. UE moves to Active state.

12. The UE uses the standard procedure to send the CS connect message to MSC as e.g. described in TS 24.008 [24].

[TS 23.216, clause 6.2.2.1]

Depicted in figure 6.2.2.1-1 is a call flow for SRVCC from E-UTRAN to GERAN without DTM support. The flow requires that eNB can determine that the target is GERAN without DTM support or that the UE is without DTM support.

Figure 6.2.2.1-1: SRVCC from E-UTRAN to GERAN without DTM support

1. UE sends measurement reports to E-UTRAN.

2. Based on UE measurement reports the source E‑UTRAN decides to trigger an SRVCC handover to GERAN.

3. Source E‑UTRAN sends Handover Required (Target ID, generic Source to Target Transparent Container, SRVCC HO Indication) message to the source MME. The E‑UTRAN places the "old BSS to new BSS information IE" for the CS domain in the generic Source to Target Transparent Container. The SRVCC HO indication indicates to the MME that target is only CS capable, hence this is a SRVCC handover operation only towards the CS domain. The message includes an indication that the UE is not available for the PS service in the target cell.

4. Based on the QCI associated with the voice bearer (QCI 1) and the SRVCC HO indication, the source MME splits the voice bearer from the non voice bearers and initiates the PS-CS handover procedure for the voice bearer only towards MSC Server.

5. The MME sends a SRVCC PS to CS Request (IMSI, Target ID, STN-SR, C‑MSISDN, generic Source to Target Transparent Container, MM Context, Emergency Indication) message to the MSC Server. The Emergency Indication and the equipment identifier are included if the ongoing session is emergency session. Authenticated IMSI and C‑MSISDN shall also be included, if available. The MME received STN-SR and C‑MSISDN from the HSS as part of the subscription profile downloaded during the E‑UTRAN attach procedure. The MM Context contains security related information. CS security key is derived by the MME from the E‑UTRAN/EPS domain key as defined in TS 33.401 [22]. The CS Security key is sent in the MM Context.

6. The MSC Server interworks the PS-CS handover request with a CS inter‑MSC handover request by sending a Prepare Handover Request message to the target MSC. The MSC Server assigns a default SAI as Source ID on the interface to the target BSS and uses BSSMAP encapsulated for the Prepare Handover Request.

NOTE 1: The value of the default SAI is configured in the MSC and allows a release 8 and later BSC to identify that the source for the SRVCC Handover is E-UTRAN. To ensure correct statistics in the target BSS the default SAI should be different from the SAIs used in UTRAN.

7. Target MSC performs resource allocation with the target BSS by exchanging Handover Request/ Acknowledge messages.

8. Target MSC sends a Prepare Handover Response message to the MSC Server.

9. Establishment of circuit connection between the target MSC and the MGW associated with the MSC Server e.g. using ISUP IAM and ACM messages.

10. For non-emergency session, the MSC Server initiates the Session Transfer by using the STN-SR e.g. by sending an ISUP IAM (STN-SR) message towards the IMS. For emergency session, the MSC Server initiates the Session Transfer by using the locally configured E-STN-SR and by including the equipment identifier. Standard IMS Service Continuity or Emergency IMS Service Continuity procedures are applied for execution of the Session Transfer, see TS 23.237 [14].

NOTE 2: This step can be started after step 8.

NOTE 3: If the MSC Server is using an ISUP interface, then the initiation of the session transfer for non-emergency session may fail if the subscriber profile including CAMEL triggers is not available prior handover (see clause 7.3.2.1.3 in TS 23.292 [13]).

11. During the execution of the Session Transfer procedure the remote end is updated with the SDP of the CS access leg. The downlink flow of VoIP packets is switched towards the CS access leg at this point.

12. Source IMS access leg is released as per TS 23.237 [14].

NOTE 4: Steps 11 and 12 are independent of step 13.

13. MSC Server sends a SRVCC PS to CS Response (Target to Source Transparent Container) message to the source MME.

14. Source MME sends a Handover Command (Target to Source Transparent Container) message to the source E-UTRAN. The message includes information about the voice component only.

15. Source E-UTRAN sends a Handover from E-UTRAN Command message to the UE.

16. UE tunes to GERAN.

17. Handover Detection at the target BSS occurs. The UE sends a Handover Complete message via the target BSS to the target MSC. If the target MSC is not the MSC Server, then the Target MSC sends an SES (Handover Complete) message to the MSC Server.

18. The UE starts the Suspend procedure specified in TS 23.060 [10], clause 16.2.1.1.2. The TLLI and RAI pair are derived from the GUTI as described in TS 23.003 [27]. This triggers the Target SGSN to send a Suspend Notification message to the Source MME. The MME returns a Suspend Acknowledge to the Target SGSN.

NOTE 5: The MME might not be able to derive the GUTI from the received P-TMSI and RAI pair and therefore it might not be able to identify which UE context is associated with the Suspend Notification message. Also in this case the bearers are deactivated and/or suspended as in step 22a.

19. Target BSS sends a Handover Complete message to the target MSC.

20. Target MSC sends an SES (Handover Complete) message to the MSC Server. The speech circuit is through connected in the MSC Server/MGW according to TS 23.009 [18].

21. Completion of the establishment procedure with ISUP Answer message to the MSC Server according to TS 23.009 [18].

22. MSC Server sends a SRVCC PS to CS Complete Notification message to the source MME, informing it that the UE has arrived on the target side. Source MME acknowledges the information by sending a SRVCC PS to CS Complete Acknowledge message to the MSC Server.

22a. The MME deactivates bearers used for voice and other GBR bearers. All GBR bearers are deactivated towards S-GW and P-GW by initiating MME-initiated Dedicated Bearer Deactivation procedure as specified in TS 23.401 [2]. The MME does not send deactivation request toward the eNodeB on receiving PS-to-CS Complete Notification in step 22. PS-to-CS handover indicator is notified to P-GW for voice bearer during the bearer deactivation procedure. For GTP-based S5/S8, the S-GW requests the P-GW to delete all GBR bearer contexts by sending a Delete Bearer Command message. If dynamic PCC is deployed, the P‑GW may interact with PCRF as defined in TS 23.203 [31]. For PMIP-based S5/S8, S-GW interacts with the PCRF which in turn updates PCC rules for GBR traffic in the P-GW.

The MME starts preservation and suspension of non-GBR bearers by sending Suspend Notification message towards S-GW. For these non-GBR bearers, the S-GW releases S1-U bearers for the UE and sends Suspend Notification message to the P-GW(s). The MME stores in the UE context that UE is in suspended status. All the preserved non-GBR bearers are marked as suspended status in the S-GW and P-GW. The P-GW should discard packets if received for the suspended UE.

23a. If the HLR is to be updated, i.e. if the IMSI is authenticated but unknown in the VLR, the MSC Server performs a TMSI reallocation towards the UE using its own non-broadcast LAI and, if the MSC Server and other MSC/VLRs serve the same (target) LAI, with its own Network Resource Identifier (NRI).

NOTE 5: The TMSI reallocation is performed by the MSC Server towards the UE via target MSC.

23b. If the MSC Server performed a TMSI reallocation in step 23a, and if this TMSI reallocation was completed successfully, the MSC Server performs a MAP Update Location to the HSS/HLR.

NOTE 6: This Update Location is not initiated by the UE.

24. For an emergency services session after handover is complete, the source MME or the MSC Server may send a Subscriber Location Report carrying the identity of the MSC Server to a GMLC associated with the source or target side, respectively, as defined in TS 23.271 [29] to support location continuity.

NOTE 7: Any configuration of the choice between a source MME versus MSC Server update to a GMLC needs to ensure that a single update occurs from one of these entities when the control plane location solution is used on the source and/or target sides.

[TS 24.237, clause 12.1]

In order to fulfil the requirements for PS-CS access transfer in SR-VCC for calls in alerting state, the SC UE needs to be engaged in a session with speech media component in early dialog state according to the following conditions before SR-VCC access transfer is performed:

– a SIP 180 (Ringing) response for the initial SIP INVITE request to establish this session has been sent or received; and

– a SIP final response for the initial SIP INVITE request to establish this session has not been sent or received.

[TS 24.237, clause 12.2.3B.1]

The SC UE shall apply the procedures in subclauses 12.2.3B.3 for access transfer for calls in alerting state if:

1) the SC UE supports single radio PS to CS access transfer for calls in alerting state; and

2) there are one or more early dialogs created by the same SIP INVITE request with at least one dialog that is an early dialog supporting a session with active speech media component where the SC UE:

– has sent a Contact header field in a SIP INVITE request or 180 (Ringing) response containing the g.3gpp.srvcc-alerting media feature tag (as described in annex C); and

– has received a Feature-Caps header field in a SIP INVITE request or 180 (Ringing) response containing the g.3gpp.srvcc-alerting feature capability indicator (as described in annex C).

[TS 24.237, clause 12.2.3B.2]

If the SC UE applies the procedures in subclause 12.2.3B.3 and the SC UE only has a single call in alerting state following access transfer, then the SC UE shall associate this session with transaction identifier value and TI flag as described in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8].

[TS 24.237, clause 12.2.3B.3.1]

If the SC UE:

– has received a terminating call which is in the early dialog state according to the conditions in subclauses 12.1 and 12.2.3B.1; and

– successfully performs access transfer to the CS domain;

then the UE continues in Ringing state in CS, i.e. UE moves to Call Received (U7) state as described in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8].

[TS 24.008, clause 5.2.4.2]

If the MS supports single radio PS to CS access transfer for calls in alerting state as specified in 3GPP TS 24.237 [136] subclause 12.2.3B, and the MS has a single voice media stream over the PS domain that is handed over to the CS domain via SRVCC, and the call control entity in "null" state receives an indication "MM connection establishment due to SRVCC handover", then:

– if the voice media stream is associated with a mobile terminating session in the "early" state (defined in IETF RFC 3261 [137]) according to the conditions specified in 3GPP TS 24.237 [136] subclause 12.2.3B.3.1, the call control entity of the MS shall enter the "call received" state for this transaction. The MS and the network shall locally set the TI value of the call to "000" and the TI flag value as in mobile terminated call.

If the MS has additional voice media streams carried over the PS domain that are handed over to the CS domain via SRVCC, the state for the transactions and the setting of the TI value and TI flag for these additional media streams is described in 3GPP TS 24.237 [136].

13.4.3.27.3 Test description

13.4.3.27.3.1 Pre-test conditions

System Simulator:

– Cell 1 and Cell 24

– System information combination 5 as defined in TS 36.508 [18] clause 4.4.3.1 is used in E-UTRA cell.

UE:

None.

Preamble:

– The UE is in state Registered, Idle mode (state 2) on Cell 1 according to [18].

13.4.3.27.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Table 13.4.3.27.3.2-1 illustrates the downlink power levels and other changing parameters to be applied for the cells at various time instants of the test execution. Row marked "T0" denotes the initial conditions after preamble, while columns marked "T1" is to be applied subsequently. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause.

Table 13.4.3.27.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes

Parameter

Unit

Cell 1

Cell 24

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B2 are not satisfied.

RSSI

dBm

-85

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B2 are satisfied.

RSSI

dBm

-65

T2

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

Non-suitable “Off”

RSSI

dBm

-65

Table 13.4.3.27.3.2-2: Main behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1-22

Steps 1 to 22 of the generic test procedure for IMS MT speech call (TS 36.508 4.5A.7.3-1).

23

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message on Cell 1 to setup inter-RAT measurement and reporting for event B2.

<–

RRCConnectionReconfiguration

24

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message on Cell 1.

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

25

The SS changes the power level for Cell 1 and Cell 24 according to the row "T1" in Table 13.4.3.27.3.2-1

26

The UE transmits a MeasurementReport message on Cell 1 to report event B2 for Cell 24.

–>

MeasurementReport

27

The SS transmits a MobilityFromEUTRACommand message on Cell 1.

<–

MobilityFromEUTRACommand

28

Check: Does the UE transmit a HANDOVER COMPLETE message on cell 24?

–>

HANDOVER COMPLETE

1

P

29

The UE transmits a GPRS SUSPENSION REQUEST message

–>

GPRS SUSPENSION REQUEST

30

The SS transmits a TMSI REALLOCATION COMMAND message.

<–

TMSI REALLOCATION COMMAND

31

The UE transmits a TMSI REALLOCATION COMPLETE message.

–>

TMSI REALLOCATION COMPLETE

31A

SS adjusts cell levels according to row T2 of table 13.4.3.27.3.2-1.

32

Cause the UE to answer an MT call. (NOTE 1)

33

Check: Does the UE transmit a CONNECT message on Cell 24?

–>

CONNECT

2

P

34

The SS transmits a CONNECT ACKNOWLEDGE message on Cell 24.

<–

CONNECT ACKNOWLEDGE

35-37

Void

38-52

Steps 20 to 34 of the generic test procedure described in TS 36.508 subclause 6.4.3.8.1 are performed on Cell 24.

NOTE: Call is released and UE performs a RAU procedure.

NOTE 1: The request may be triggered by MMI or by AT command A.

13.4.3.27.3.3 Specific message contents

Table 13.4.3.27.3.3-1: ATTACH REQUEST (preamble)

Derivation path: 36.508 Table 4.7.2-4

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MS network capability

SRVCC from UTRAN HSPA or E-UTRAN to GERAN/UTRAN supported

Mobile station classmark 2

Any allowed value

Supported Codecs

Any allowed value

Table 13.4.3.27.3.3-2: RRCConnectionReconfiguration (step 23, Table 13.4.3.27.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.1-8, condition MEAS

Table 13.4.3.27.3.3-3: MeasConfig (step 23, Table 13.4.3.27.3.2-2)

Derivation path: 36.508 clause 4.6.6 table 4.6.6-1 with condition GERAN

Information Element

Value/Remark

Comment

Condition

measurementConfiguration ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModifyList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF SEQUENCE {

2 entries

measObjectId[1]

IdMeasObject-f11

measObject[1]

MeasObjectGERAN-GENERIC(f11)

measObjectId[2]

IdMeasObject-f1

measObject[2]

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(f1)

measObject[2]

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(maxEARFCN)

Band > 64

}

reportConfigToAddModifyList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

reportConfigId[1]

IdReportConfigInterRAT-B2-GERAN

reportConfig[1]

ReportConfigInterRAT-B2-GERAN (-69, -75)

}

measIdToAddModifyList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMeasId)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

measId[1]

1

measObjectId[1]

IdMeasObject-f11

reportConfigId[1]

IdReportConfigInterRAT-B2-GERAN

}

measObjectToAddModList-v9e0 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF {

2 entries

Band > 64

measObjectEUTRA-v9e0[1] ::= SEQUENCE {}

measObjectEUTRA-v9e0[1] ::= SEQUENCE {

carrierFreq-v9e0

Same downlink EARFCN as used for f1

}

}

}

Condition

Explanation

Band > 64

If band > 64 is selected

Table 13.4.3.27.3.3-4: MeasurementReport (step 26, Table 13.4.3.27.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, table 4.6.1-5

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasurementReport ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE{

measurementReport-r8 SEQUENCE {

measResults SEQUENCE {

measId

1

measResultServCell SEQUENCE {

rsrpResult

(0..97)

rsrqResult

(0..34)

}

measResultNeighCells CHOICE {

measResultListGERAN SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

physCellId

PhysicalCellIdentity of Cell 24

cgi-Info[1]

Not present

measResult[1] SEQUENCE {

rssi

The value of rssi is present but contents not checked

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.27.3.3-5: MobilityFromEUTRACommand (step 27, Table 13.4.3.27.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.1-6

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MobilityFromEUTRACommand ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE{

mobilityFromEUTRACommand-r8 SEQUENCE {

cs-FallbackIndicator

False

purpose CHOICE{

handover SEQUENCE {

targetRAT-Type

GERAN

targetRAT-MessageContainer

HANDOVER COMMAND(GERAN RR message) , see Table 13.4.3.27.3.3-5a

nas-SecurityParamFromEUTRA

The 4 least significant bits of the NAS downlink COUNT value

systemInformation

Not present

}

}

}

}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.27.3.3-6: HANDOVER COMMAND (step 27, Table 13.4.3.3.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 51.010, Table 40.2.4.33

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

Cell Description

Network Colour Code

1

Base Station Colour Code

5

BCCH Carrier Number

The BCCH Carrier ARFCN as per table in clause 40.1.1 of 51.010-1.

Description of the First Channel, after time

Channel Description

Channel Type and TDMA offset

TCH/F + ACCH’s

Timeslot Number

Chosen arbitrarily, but not Zero.

Training Sequence Code

Same as the BCCH

Hopping channel

Single RF channel

ARFCN

The first ARFCN in the cell allocation as per table in clause 40.2.1.1.1 of 51.010-1

Cipher Mode Setting

10020xxy

See TS 44.018 §9.1.15.10

xxx – px_GSM_CipherAlg

y – px_GSM_CipheringOnOff

Table 13.4.3.27.3.3-10: CONNECT (step 36, Table 13.4.3.27.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 24.008 Table 9.59a

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

Transaction identifier

TI flag

‘1’B

The message is sent to the side that originates the TI

TIO

‘000’B

TI value 0

Table 13.4.3.27.3.3-11: CONNECT ACKNOWLEDGE (step 37, Table 13.4.3.27.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 24.008 Table 9.60

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

Transaction identifier

TI flag

‘0’B

The message is sent from the side that originates the TI

TIO

‘000’B

TI value 0

Table 13.4.3.27.3.3-12: ROUTING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT (step 50, Table 13.4.3.27.3.2-2)

Derivation path: 36.508, Table 4.7B.2-2

Information Element

Value/Remark

Comment

Condition

PDP context status

0

NSAPI(0) – NSAPI(15) is set to 0, which means that the SM state of all PDP contexts is PDP-INACTIVE

13.4.3.28 Inter-system mobility / E-UTRA voice to GERAN CS voice / aSRVCC / MT call / SRVCC HO failure

13.4.3.28.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE is in E-UTRA RRC_CONNECTED state, an IMS MT speech call is in alerting phase and UE receives a MobilityFromEUTRACommand message }

ensure that {
when { UE detects radio link failure }

then { UE transmits SIP UPDATE message after RRC connection re-establishment procedure }

}

13.4.3.28.2 Conformance requirements

References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 36.331, clauses 5.4.3.3, 5.4.3.5, 5.3.7.2, 5.3.7.3, 5.3.7.4, 5.3.7.5 and TS 24.237, clause 12.2.4.2.

[TS 36.331, clause 5.4.3.3]

The UE shall:

1> stop timer T310, if running;

1> if the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message includes the purpose set to handover:

2> if the targetRAT-Type is set to utra or geran:

3> consider inter-RAT mobility as initiated towards the RAT indicated by the targetRAT-Type included in the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message;

3> forward the nas-SecurityParamFromEUTRA to the upper layers;

3> access the target cell indicated in the inter-RAT message in accordance with the specifications of the target RAT;

[TS 36.331, clause 5.4.3.5]

The UE shall:

1> if T304 expires (mobility from E-UTRA failure); or

1> if the UE does not succeed in establishing the connection to the target radio access technology; or

1> if the UE is unable to comply with (part of) the configuration included in the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message; or

1> if there is a protocol error in the inter RAT information included in the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message, causing the UE to fail the procedure according to the specifications applicable for the target RAT:

2> stop T304, if running;

2> if the cs-FallbackIndicator in the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message was set to TRUE:

3> indicate to upper layers that the CS Fallback procedure has failed;

2> revert back to the configuration used in the source PCell, excluding the configuration configured by the physicalConfigDedicated, mac-MainConfig and sps-Config;

2> initiate the connection re-establishment procedure as specified in 5.3.7;

[TS 36.331, clause 5.3.7.2]

The UE shall only initiate the procedure when AS security has been activated. The UE initiates the procedure when one of the following conditions is met:

1> upon mobility from E-UTRA failure, in accordance with 5.4.3.5; or

Upon initiation of the procedure, the UE shall:

1> stop timer T310, if running;

1> start timer T311;

1> suspend all RBs except SRB0;

1> reset MAC;

1> release the SCell(s), if configured, in accordance with 5.3.10.3a;

1> apply the default physical channel configuration as specified in 9.2.4;

1> apply the default semi-persistent scheduling configuration as specified in 9.2.3;

1> apply the default MAC main configuration as specified in 9.2.2;

1> release reportProximityConfig and clear any associated proximity status reporting timer;

1> release measSubframePatternPCell, if configured;

1> perform cell selection in accordance with the cell selection process as specified in TS 36.304 [4];

[TS 36.331, clause 5.3.7.3]

Upon selecting a suitable E-UTRA cell, the UE shall:

1> stop timer T311;

1> start timer T301;

1> apply the timeAlignmentTimerCommon included in SystemInformationBlockType2;

1> initiate transmission of the RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest message in accordance with 5.3.7.4;

[TS 36.331, clause 5.3.7.4]

If the procedure was initiated due to radio link failure or handover failure, the UE shall:

1> set the reestablishmentCellId in the VarRLF-Report to the global cell identity of the selected cell;

The UE shall set the contents of RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest message as follows:

1> set the ue-Identity as follows:

2> set the c-RNTI to the C-RNTI used in the source PCell (handover and mobility from E-UTRA failure) or used in the PCell in which the trigger for the re-establishment occurred (other cases);

2> set the physCellId to the physical cell identity of the source PCell (handover and mobility from E-UTRA failure) or of the PCell in which the trigger for the re-establishment occurred (other cases);

2> set the shortMAC-I to the 16 least significant bits of the MAC-I calculated:

3> over the ASN.1 encoded as per section 8 (i.e., a multiple of 8 bits) VarShortMAC-Input;

3> with the KRRCint key and integrity protection algorithm that was used in the source PCell (handover and mobility from E-UTRA failure) or of the PCell in which the trigger for the re-establishment occurred (other cases); and

3> with all input bits for COUNT, BEARER and DIRECTION set to binary ones;

1> set the reestablishmentCause as follows:

2> else if the re-establishment procedure was initiated due to handover failure as specified in 5.3.5.6 (intra-LTE handover failure) or 5.4.3.5 (inter-RAT mobility from EUTRA failure):

3> set the reestablishmentCause to the value handoverFailure;

The UE shall submit the RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest message to lower layers for transmission.

[TS 36.331, clause 5.3.7.5]

The UE shall:

1> stop timer T301;

1> consider the current cell to be the PCell;

1> re-establish PDCP for SRB1;

1> re-establish RLC for SRB1;

1> perform the radio resource configuration procedure in accordance with the received radioResourceConfigDedicated and as specified in 5.3.10;

1> resume SRB1;

NOTE: E-UTRAN should not transmit any message on SRB1 prior to receiving the RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete message.

1> update the KeNB key based on the KASME key to which the current KeNB is associated, using the nextHopChainingCount value indicated in the RRCConnectionReestablishment message, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];

1> store the nextHopChainingCount value;

1> derive the KRRCint key associated with the previously configured integrity algorithm, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];

1> derive the KRRCenc key and the KUPenc key associated with the previously configured ciphering algorithm, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];

1> configure lower layers to activate integrity protection using the previously configured algorithm and the KRRCint key immediately, i.e., integrity protection shall be applied to all subsequent messages received and sent by the UE, including the message used to indicate the successful completion of the procedure;

1> configure lower layers to apply ciphering using the previously configured algorithm, the KRRCenc key and the KUPenc key immediately, i.e., ciphering shall be applied to all subsequent messages received and sent by the UE, including the message used to indicate the successful completion of the procedure;

1> set the content of RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete message as follows:

2> if the UE has radio link failure or handover failure information available in VarRLF-Report and plmn-Identity stored in VarRLF-Report is equal to the RPLMN:

3> include the rlf-InfoAvailable;

1> perform the measurement related actions as specified in 5.5.6.1;

1> perform the measurement identity autonomous removal as specified in 5.5.2.2a;

1> submit the RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete message to lower layers for transmission, upon which the procedure ends;

[TS 24.237, clause 12.2.4.2]

If the SC UE is engaged in a session in early dialog state and:

– does not successfully retune to the 3GPP UTRAN or 3GPP GERAN after it receives the handover command from the eNodeB (as described in 3GPP TS 36.331 [62]) or from the NodeB (as described in 3GPP TS 25.331 [61]);

then if the SC UE the SC UE shall send a SIP UPDATE request containing:

1) an SDP offer, including the media characteristics as used in the existing dialog; and

2) a Reason header field containing protocol "SIP" and reason parameter "cause" with value "487" as specified in IETF RFC 3326 [57], and with reason-text set to either "handover cancelled" or "failure to transition to CS domain";

by following the rules of 3GPP TS 24.229 [2] in each transferred session.

13.4.3.28.3 Test description

13.4.3.28.3.1 Pre-test conditions

System Simulator:

– Cell 1 and Cell 24.

– System information combination 5 as defined in TS 36.508 [18] clause 4.4.3.1 is used in E-UTRA cell.

UE:

None.

Preamble:

– The UE is in state Registered, Idle mode (state 2) on Cell 1 according to [18].

13.4.3.28.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Table 13.4.3.28.3.2-1 illustrates the downlink power levels and other changing parameters to be applied for the cells at various time instants of the test execution. Row marked "T0" denotes the initial conditions after preamble, while columns marked "T1" and "T2" are to be applied subsequently. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause.

Table 13.4.3.28.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes

Parameter

Unit

Cell 1

Cell 24

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RSEPRE

dBm/15kHz

-65

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B2 are not satisfied.

RSSI

dBm

-85

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B2 are satisfied.

RSSI

dBm

-65

T2

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

Only Cell 1 is available.

RSSI

dBm

"Off"

Table 13.4.3.28.3.2-2: Main behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

The SS configures GERAN Cell 24 to reference configuration according 36.508 Table 4.8.4-1, condition GERAN Speech.

2-23

Steps 1 to 22 of the generic test procedure for IMS MT speech call (TS 36.508 4.5A.7.3-1).

24

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message on Cell 1 to setup inter-RAT measurement and reporting for event B2.

<–

RRCConnectionReconfiguration

25

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message on Cell 1.

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

26

The SS changes the power level for Cell 1 and Cell 24 according to the row "T1" in Table 13.4.3.28.3.2-1

27

The UE transmits a MeasurementReport message on Cell 1 to report event B2 for Cell 24.

–>

MeasurementReport

28

The SS changes the power level for Cell 1 and Cell 24 according to the row "T2" in Table 13.4.3.28.3.2-1.

29

Void

30

Void

31

The SS transmits a MobilityFromEUTRACommand message on Cell 1.

<–

MobilityFromEUTRACommand

32

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest message on Cell 1.

–>

RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest

33

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReestablishment message on Cell 1.

<–

RRCConnectionReestablishment

34

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete message on Cell 1.

–>

RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete

35

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message on Cell 1.

<–

RRCConnectionReconfiguration

EXCEPTION: In parallel to the events described in step 36 the steps specified in Table 13.4.3.28.3.2-3 should take place.

36

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message on Cell 1.

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

36A

Make UE to accept the session

37-38

Steps 12-13 expected sequence defined in annex C.21 of TS 34.229-1 [35].

39

Generic test procedure for MT release of IMS call as described in annex C.33 of TS 34.229-1 [35] takes place.

Table 13.4.3.28.3.2-3: Parallel behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

Check: Does the UE transmit SIP UPDATE request on Cell 1?

NOTE: Step 1 defined in annex C.28 of TS 34.229-1 [35] is performed.

1

P

2

Step 2 expected sequence defined in annex C.28 of TS 34.229-1 [35].

13.4.3.28.3.3 Specific message contents

Table 13.4.3.28.3.3-1: ATTACH REQUEST (preamble)

Derivation path: 36.508 Table 4.7.2-4

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MS network capability

SRVCC from UTRAN HSPA or E-UTRAN to GERAN/UTRAN supported

Mobile station classmark 2

Any allowed value

Supported Codecs

Any allowed value

Table 13.4.3.28.3.3-2: RRCConnectionReconfiguration (step 24, Table 13.4.3.28.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.1-8, condition MEAS

Table 13.4.3.28.3.3-3: MeasConfig (Table 13.4.3.28.3.3-2)

Derivation path: 36.508 clause 4.6.6 table 4.6.6-1 with condition GERAN

Information Element

Value/Remark

Comment

Condition

measurementConfiguration ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModifyList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF SEQUENCE {

2 entries

measObjectId[1]

IdMeasObject-f11

measObject[1]

MeasObjectGERAN-GENERIC(f11)

measObjectId[2]

IdMeasObject-f1

measObject[2]

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(f1)

measObject[2]

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(maxEARFCN)

Band > 64

}

reportConfigToAddModifyList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

reportConfigId[1]

IdReportConfigInterRAT-B2-GERAN

reportConfig[1]

ReportConfigInterRAT-B2-GERAN (-69, -75)

}

measIdToAddModifyList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMeasId)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

measId[1]

1

measObjectId[1]

IdMeasObject-f11

reportConfigId[1]

IdReportConfigInterRAT-B2-GERAN

}

measObjectToAddModList-v9e0 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF {

2 entries

Band > 64

measObjectEUTRA-v9e0[1] ::= SEQUENCE {}

measObjectEUTRA-v9e0[1] ::= SEQUENCE {

carrierFreq-v9e0

Same downlink EARFCN as used for f1

}

}

}

Condition

Explanation

Band > 64

If band > 64 is selected

Table 13.4.3.28.3.3-4: MeasObjectGERAN-f11 (Table 13.4.3.28.3.3-3)

Derivation Path: 36.508clause 6.3.5

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasObjectGERAN-GENERIC(Freq) ::= SEQUENCE {

carrierFreqs SEQUENCE {

startingARFCN

Downlink GERAN ARFCN of Freq

bandIndicator

Set according to the band used for cell24

followingARFCNs CHOICE {

explicitListOfARFCNs

Set the corresponding ARFCN of cell24

}

}

offsetFreq

0 (dB 0)

ncc-Permitted

‘01000000’B

NCC=1 permitted

cellForWhichToReportCGI

Not present

}

Table 13.4.3.28.3.3-5: MeasurementReport (step 27, Table 13.4.3.28.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, table 4.6.1-5

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasurementReport ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE{

measurementReport-r8 SEQUENCE {

measResults SEQUENCE {

measId

1

measResultServCell SEQUENCE {

rsrpResult

(0..97)

rsrqResult

(0..34)

}

measResultNeighCells CHOICE {

measResultListGERAN SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

physCellId

PhysicalCellIdentity of Cell 24

cgi-Info[1]

Not present

measResult[1] SEQUENCE {

rssi

The value of rssi is present but contents not checked

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.28.3.3-6: Void

Table 13.4.3.28.3.3-7: MobilityFromEUTRACommand (step 31, Table 13.4.3.28.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.1-6

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MobilityFromEUTRACommand ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {

mobilityFromEUTRACommand-r8 SEQUENCE {

cs-FallbackIndicator

False

purpose CHOICE {

handover SEQUENCE {

targetRAT-Type

Geran

targetRAT-MessageContainer

HANDOVER COMMAND(GERAN RR message)

nas-SecurityParamFromEUTRA

The 4 least significant bits of the NAS downlink COUNT value

systemInformation

Not present

}

}

}

}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.28.3.3-8: HANDOVER COMMAND (Table 13.4.3.28.3.3-7)

Derivation Path: 51.010, Table 40.2.4.33

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

Cell Description

Network Colour Code

1

Base Station Colour Code

5

BCCH Carrier Number

The BCCH Carrier ARFCN as per table in clause 40.1.1 of 51.010-1.

Description of the First Channel, after time

Channel Description

Channel Type and TDMA offset

TCH/F + ACCH’s

Timeslot Number

Chosen arbitrarily, but not Zero.

Training Sequence Code

Same as the BCCH

Hopping channel

Single RF channel

ARFCN

The first ARFCN in the cell allocation as per table in clause 40.2.1.1.1 of 51.010-1

Cipher Mode Setting

1001xxxy

See TS 44.018 §9.1.15.10

xxx – px_GSM_CipherAlg

y – px_GSM_CipheringOnOff

Table 13.4.3.28.3.3-9: RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest (step 32, Table 13.4.3.28.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.1-13

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

rrcConnectionReestablishmentRequest-r8 SEQUENCE {

ue-Identity SEQUENCE {

c-RNTI

the value of the C-RNTI of the UE

physCellId

PhysicalCellIdentity of Cell 1

shortMAC-I

The same value as the 16 least significant bits of the XMAC-I value calculated by SS

}

reestablishmentCause

handoverFailure

}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.28.3.3-10: RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete (step 34, Table 13.4.3.28.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.1-11

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

rrcConnectionReestablishmentComplete-r8 = SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension

Not present or any allowed value

}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.28.3.3-11: RRCConnectionReconfiguration (step 35, Table 13.4.3.28.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.1-8

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

RRCConnectionReconfiguration ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE{

rrcConnectionReconfiguration-r8 SEQUENCE {

radioResourceConfigDedicated

RadioResourceConfigDedicated-HO

}

}

}

}

13.4.3.29 Void

13.4.3.30 Inter-system mobility / E-UTRA voice to GSM CS voice / aSRVCC / MT call / SRVCC HO cancelled / User answers in PS domain

13.4.3.30.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE is in E-UTRA RRC_CONNECTED state and an IMS MT speech call is in alerting phase and UE has answered the call }

ensure that {
when { UE receives a NOTIFICATION message }

then { UE transmits a UPDATE message on the E-UTRA cell and successfully completes the MT call on the E-UTRA }

}

13.4.3.30.2 Conformance requirements

References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 23.216, clause 6.2.2.1, clause 8.1.3, TS 24.237, clauses 12.1, 12.2.3B.1, clause 12.2.4.2 and TS 24.301, clause 6.6.2.2, clause 6.6.2.3. Unless otherwise stated these are Rel-10 requirements.

[TS 23.216, clause 6.2.2.1]

Depicted in figure 6.2.2.1-1 is a call flow for SRVCC from E-UTRAN to GERAN without DTM support. The flow requires that eNB can determine that the target is GERAN without DTM support or that the UE is without DTM support.

Figure 6.2.2.1-1: SRVCC from E-UTRAN to GERAN without DTM support

1. UE sends measurement reports to E-UTRAN.

2. Based on UE measurement reports the source E‑UTRAN decides to trigger an SRVCC handover to GERAN.

3. Source E‑UTRAN sends Handover Required (Target ID, generic Source to Target Transparent Container, SRVCC HO Indication) message to the source MME. The E‑UTRAN places the "old BSS to new BSS information IE" for the CS domain in the generic Source to Target Transparent Container. The SRVCC HO indication indicates to the MME that target is only CS capable, hence this is a SRVCC handover operation only towards the CS domain. The message includes an indication that the UE is not available for the PS service in the target cell.

4. Based on the QCI associated with the voice bearer (QCI 1) and the SRVCC HO indication, the source MME splits the voice bearer from the non voice bearers and initiates the PS-CS handover procedure for the voice bearer only towards MSC Server.

5. The MME sends a SRVCC PS to CS Request (IMSI, Target ID, STN-SR, C‑MSISDN, generic Source to Target Transparent Container, MM Context, Emergency Indication) message to the MSC Server. The Emergency Indication and the equipment identifier are is included if the ongoing session is emergency session. Authenticated IMSI and C‑MSISDN shall also be included, if available. The MME received STN-SR and C‑MSISDN from the HSS as part of the subscription profile downloaded during the E‑UTRAN attach procedure. The MM Context contains security related information. CS security key is derived by the MME from the E‑UTRAN/EPS domain key as defined in TS 33.401 [22]. The CS Security key is sent in the MM Context.

6. The MSC Server interworks the PS-CS handover request with a CS inter‑MSC handover request by sending a Prepare Handover Request message to the target MSC. The MSC Server assigns a default SAI as Source ID on the interface to the target BSS and uses BSSMAP encapsulated for the Prepare Handover Request.

NOTE 1: The value of the default SAI is configured in the MSC and allows a release 8 and later BSC to identify that the source for the SRVCC Handover is E-UTRAN. To ensure correct statistics in the target BSS the default SAI should be different from the SAIs used in UTRAN.

7. Target MSC performs resource allocation with the target BSS by exchanging Handover Request/ Acknowledge messages.

8. Target MSC sends a Prepare Handover Response message to the MSC Server.

9. Establishment of circuit connection between the target MSC and the MGW associated with the MSC Server e.g. using ISUP IAM and ACM messages.

10. For non-emergency session, the MSC Server initiates the Session Transfer by using the STN-SR e.g. by sending an ISUP IAM (STN-SR) message towards the IMS. For emergency session, the MSC Server initiates the Session Transfer by using the locally configured E-STN-SR and by including the equipment identifier. Standard IMS Service Continuity or Emergency IMS Service Continuity procedures are applied for execution of the Session Transfer, see TS 23.237 [14].

NOTE 2: This step can be started after step 8.

NOTE 3: If the MSC Server is using an ISUP interface, then the initiation of the session transfer for non-emergency session may fail if the subscriber profile including CAMEL triggers is not available prior handover (see clause 7.3.2.1.3 in TS 23.292 [13]).

11. During the execution of the Session Transfer procedure the remote end is updated with the SDP of the CS access leg. The downlink flow of VoIP packets is switched towards the CS access leg at this point.

12. Source IMS access leg is released as per TS 23.237 [14].

NOTE 4: Steps 11 and 12 are independent of step 13.

13. MSC Server sends a SRVCC PS to CS Response (Target to Source Transparent Container) message to the source MME.

14. Source MME sends a Handover Command (Target to Source Transparent Container) message to the source E-UTRAN. The message includes information about the voice component only.

15. Source E-UTRAN sends a Handover from E-UTRAN Command message to the UE.

16. UE tunes to GERAN.

17. Handover Detection at the target BSS occurs. The UE sends a Handover Complete message via the target BSS to the target MSC. If the target MSC is not the MSC Server, then the Target MSC sends an SES (Handover Complete) message to the MSC Server.

18. The UE starts the Suspend procedure specified in TS 23.060 [10], clause 16.2.1.1.2. The TLLI and RAI pair are derived from the GUTI as described in TS 23.003 [27]. This triggers the Target SGSN to send a Suspend Notification message to the Source MME. The MME returns a Suspend Acknowledge to the Target SGSN.

NOTE 5: The MME might not be able to derive the GUTI from the received P-TMSI and RAI pair and therefore it might not be able to identify which UE context is associated with the Suspend Notification message. Also in this case the bearers are deactivated and/or suspended as in step 22a.

19. Target BSS sends a Handover Complete message to the target MSC.

20. Target MSC sends an SES (Handover Complete) message to the MSC Server. The speech circuit is through connected in the MSC Server/MGW according to TS 23.009 [18].

21. Completion of the establishment procedure with ISUP Answer message to the MSC Server according to TS 23.009 [18].

22. MSC Server sends a SRVCC PS to CS Complete Notification message to the source MME, informing it that the UE has arrived on the target side. Source MME acknowledges the information by sending a SRVCC PS to CS Complete Acknowledge message to the MSC Server.

22a. The MME deactivates bearers used for voice and other GBR bearers. All GBR bearers are deactivated towards S-GW and P-GW by initiating MME-initiated Dedicated Bearer Deactivation procedure as specified in TS 23.401 [2]. The MME does not send deactivation request toward the eNodeB on receiving PS-to-CS Complete Notification in step 22. PS-to-CS handover indicator is notified to P-GW for voice bearer during the bearer deactivation procedure. For GTP-based S5/S8, the S-GW requests the P-GW to delete all GBR bearer contexts by sending a Delete Bearer Command message. If dynamic PCC is deployed, the P‑GW may interact with PCRF as defined in TS 23.203 [31]. For PMIP-based S5/S8, S-GW interacts with the PCRF which in turn updates PCC rules for GBR traffic in the P-GW.

The MME starts preservation and suspension of non-GBR bearers by sending Suspend Notification message towards S-GW. For these non-GBR bearers, the S-GW releases S1-U bearers for the UE and sends Suspend Notification message to the P-GW(s). The MME stores in the UE context that UE is in suspended status. All the preserved non-GBR bearers are marked as suspended status in the S-GW and P-GW. The P-GW should discard packets if received for the suspended UE.

23a. If the HLR is to be updated, i.e. if the IMSI is authenticated but unknown in the VLR, the MSC Server performs a TMSI reallocation towards the UE using its own non-broadcast LAI and, if the MSC Server and other MSC/VLRs serve the same (target) LAI, with its own Network Resource Identifier (NRI).

NOTE 5: The TMSI reallocation is performed by the MSC Server towards the UE via target MSC.

23b. If the MSC Server performed a TMSI reallocation in step 23a, and if this TMSI reallocation was completed successfully, the MSC Server performs a MAP Update Location to the HSS/HLR.

NOTE 6: This Update Location is not initiated by the UE.

24. For an emergency services session after handover is complete, the source MME or the MSC Server may send a Subscriber Location Report carrying the identity of the MSC Server to a GMLC associated with the source or target side, respectively, as defined in TS 23.271 [29] to support location continuity.

NOTE 7: Any configuration of the choice between a source MME versus MSC Server update to a GMLC needs to ensure that a single update occurs from one of these entities when the control plane location solution is used on the source and/or target sides.

[TS 23.216, clause 8.1.3]

If the source E-UTRAN/UTRAN decides to terminate the handover procedure before its completion, the MME/SGSN shall return to its state before the handover procedure was triggered. The MME/SGSN attempts to trigger, at the MSC Server enhanced for SRVCC, handover cancellation procedures according to TS 23.009 [18]. The MSC Server enhanced for SRVCC shall take no SRVCC-specific action towards IMS.

The MME/SGSN shall also send a session reestablishment trigger notification to UE to start the recovery procedure if it receives notification from the MSC Server that the Session Transfer procedure is in progress. Figure 8.1.3-1 shows the overall procedure for SRVCC handover cancellation.

Figure 8.1.3-1: SRVCC Handover Cancellation Procedure

1. Network has started the SRVCC procedure. SGSN/MME has sent the SRVCC PS to CS request to MSC Server.

2. MSC Server is performing the CS HO procedure with target network, and has also started the Session Transfer procedure with IMS with STN-SR, see TS 23.237 [14].

3. Source UTRAN/E-UTRAN decides to cancel the SRVCC HO Procedure by sending a Cancel message to SGSN/MME.

4. Source SGSN/MME indicates SRVCC PS to CS Cancel Notification to MSC Server to start the HO cancellation procedure as according to TS 23.009 [18].

5. MSC Server acks the PS to CS Cancel Notification with an indication that Session Transfer procedure is in progress.

6. Due to the Session Transfer procedure in progress indication, the source SGSN/MME sends a Session Reestablishment trigger notification to UE to start the session re-establishment procedure

7. UE starts the re-establishment procedure, by attempting to return to E-UTRAN/UTRAN by sending a re-INVITE towards IMS for the related session. If the session is no longer active, then this session transfer request shall be rejected by the IMS.

[TS 24.237, clause 12.1]

In order to fulfil the requirements for PS-CS access transfer in SR-VCC for calls in alerting state, the SC UE needs to be engaged in a session with speech media component in early dialog state according to the following conditions before SR-VCC access transfer is performed:

– a SIP 180 (Ringing) response for the initial SIP INVITE request to establish this session has been sent or received; and

– a SIP final response for the initial SIP INVITE request to establish this session has not been sent or received.

[TS 24.237, clause 12.2.3B.1]

The SC UE shall apply the procedures in subclauses 12.2.3B.3 for access transfer for calls in alerting state if:

1) the SC UE supports single radio PS to CS access transfer for calls in alerting state; and

2) there are one or more early dialogs created by the same SIP INVITE request with at least one dialog that is an early dialog supporting a session with active speech media component where the SC UE:

– has sent a Contact header field in a SIP INVITE request or 180 (Ringing) response containing the g.3gpp.srvcc-alerting media feature tag (as described in annex C); and

– has received a Feature-Caps header field in a SIP INVITE request or 180 (Ringing) response containing the g.3gpp.srvcc-alerting feature capability indicator (as described in annex C).

[TS 24.237, clause 12.2.4.2]

If the SC UE is engaged in a session in early dialog state and:

– receives a SM NOTIFICATION message containing an "SRVCC handover cancelled, IMS session re-establishment required" as described in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8] or 3GPP TS 24.301 [52] depending on the access in use; or

– does not successfully retune to the 3GPP UTRAN or 3GPP GERAN after it receives the handover command from the eNodeB (as described in 3GPP TS 36.331 [62]) or from the NodeB (as described in 3GPP TS 25.331 [61]);

then if the SC UE the SC UE shall send a SIP UPDATE request containing:

1) an SDP offer, including the media characteristics as used in the existing dialog; and

2) a Reason header field containing protocol "SIP" and reason parameter "cause" with value "487" as specified in IETF RFC 3326 [57], and with reason-text set to either "handover cancelled" or "failure to transition to CS domain";

by following the rules of 3GPP TS 24.229 [2] in each transferred session.

[TS 24.301, clause 6.6.2.2]

The network initiates the notification procedure by sending a NOTIFICATION message to the UE (see example in figure 6.6.2.2.1).

Figure 6.6.2.2.1: Notification procedure

[TS 24.301, clause 6.6.2.3]

When the UE receives a NOTIFICATION message, the ESM protocol entity in the UE shall provide the notification indicator to the upper layer.

The notification indicator can have the following value:

– #1: SRVCC handover cancelled, IMS session re-establishment required.

13.4.3.30.3 Test description

13.4.3.30.3.1 Pre-test conditions

System Simulator:

– Cell 1 and Cell 24.

– System information combination 5 as defined in TS 36.508 [18] clause 4.4.3.1 is used in E-UTRA cell.

UE:

None.

Preamble:

– The UE is in state Registered, Idle mode (state 2) on Cell 1 according to [18].

13.4.3.30.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Table 13.4.3.30.3.2-1 illustrates the downlink power levels and other changing parameters to be applied for the cells at various time instants of the test execution. Row marked "T0" denotes the initial conditions after preamble, while columns marked "T1" is to be applied subsequently. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause.

Table 13.4.3.30.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes

Parameter

Unit

Cell 1

Cell 24

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-60

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B2 are not satisfied.

RSSI

dBm

-85

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-80

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B2 are satisfied.

RSSI

dBm

-65

Table 13.4.3.30.3.2-2: Main behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1-22

Steps 1 to 22 of the generic test procedure for IMS MT speech call (TS 36.508 4.5A.7.3-1).

23

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message on Cell 1 to setup inter-RAT measurement and reporting for event B2.

<–

RRCConnectionReconfiguration

24

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message on Cell 1.

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

25

The SS changes the power level for Cell 1 and Cell 24 according to the row "T1" in Table 13.4.3.30.3.2-1.

26

The UE transmits a MeasurementReport message on Cell 1 to report event B2 for Cell 24.

–>

MeasurementReport

27

The SS transmits a NOTIFICATION message on Cell 1.

<–

NOTIFICATION

28

Check: Does the UE transmit SIP UPDATE request on Cell 1?

NOTE: Step 1 defined in annex C.28 of TS 34.229-1 [35] is performed.

1

P

29

Step 2 expected sequence defined in annex C.28 of TS 34.229-1 [35].

30-32

Step 11A to 13 of the generic test procedure for IMS MT speech call (TS 34.229-1 annex C.11).

33

Generic test procedure for MT release of IMS call as described in annex C.33 of TS 34.229-1 [35] takes place.

13.4.3.30.3.3 Specific message contents

Table 13.4.3.30.3.3-1: ATTACH REQUEST (preamble)

Derivation path: 36.508 Table 4.7.2-4

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MS network capability

SRVCC from UTRAN HSPA or E-UTRAN to GERAN/UTRAN supported

Mobile station classmark 2

Any allowed value

Supported Codecs

Any allowed value

Table 13.4.3.30.3.3-2: RRCConnectionReconfiguration (step 23, Table 13.4.3.30.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.6.1-8, condition MEAS

Table 13.4.3.30.3.3-3: MeasConfig (step 24, Table 13.4.3.30.3.2-2)

Derivation path: 36.508 clause 4.6.6 table 4.6.6-1 with condition GERAN

Information Element

Value/Remark

Comment

Condition

measurementConfiguration ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModifyList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF SEQUENCE {

2 entries

measObjectId[1]

IdMeasObject-f1

measObject[1]

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(f1)

measObject[1]

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(maxEARFCN)

Band > 64

measObjectId[2]

IdMeasObject-f11

measObject[2]

MeasObjectGERAN-GENERIC(f11)

}

reportConfigToAddModifyList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

reportConfigId[1]

IdReportConfigInterRAT-B2-GERAN

reportConfig[1]

ReportConfigInterRAT-B2-GERAN(-69, -79)

}

measIdToAddModifyList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMeasId)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

measId[1]

1

measObjectId[1]

IdMeasObject-f11

reportConfigId[1]

IdReportConfigInterRAT-B2-GERAN

}

measObjectToAddModList-v9e0 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF {

2 entries

Band > 64

measObjectEUTRA-v9e0[1] ::= SEQUENCE {

carrierFreq-v9e0

Same downlink EARFCN as used for f1

}

measObjectEUTRA-v9e0[2] ::= SEQUENCE {}

}

}

Condition

Explanation

Band > 64

If band > 64 is selected

Table 13.4.3.30.3.3-4: MeasurementReport (step 26, Table 13.4.3.30.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, table 4.6.1-5

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasurementReport ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE{

measurementReport-r8 SEQUENCE {

measResults SEQUENCE {

measId

1

measResultServCell SEQUENCE {

rsrpResult

(0..97)

rsrqResult

(0..34)

}

measResultNeighCells CHOICE {

measResultListGERAN SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

physCellId

PhysicalCellIdentity of Cell 24

cgi-Info[1]

Not present

measResult[1] SEQUENCE {

rssi

The value of rssi is present but contents not checked

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.30.3.3-5: NOTIFICATION (step 27, Table 13.4.3.30.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.7.3-19A, condition SRVCC-HO-CANCELLED

13.4.3.31 Inter-system mobility / GERAN CS voice to E-UTRA voice / rSRVCC

13.4.3.31.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE in the GERAN U10 call active state }

ensure that {

when { UE receives a INTER SYSTEM TO E-UTRAN HANDOVER COMMAND message }

then { UE transmits a RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message and performs Tracking Area update on EUTRAN }

}

13.4.3.31.2 Conformance requirements

References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 24.237, clauses 6.5.4, 12.2B.2, clause A.20.2 and TS44.018 clause3.4.4d.1.

[TS 24.237, clause 6.5.4]

If the ATCF supports the CS to PS SRVCC, in order to send the ATGW information for CS to PS SRVCC to the SC UE within a registration path, the ATCF shall:

1) generate the ATGW information for CS to PS SRVCC. When generating the SDP, the ATCF shall:

A) set c-line to the unspecified address (0.0.0.0), if IPv4, or to a domain name within the ".invalid" DNS top-level domain as described in IETF RFC 6157 [74], if IPv6; and

B) set port number of the media line to 9;

2) set the ATGW information for CS to PS SRVCC bound to the registration path (see subclause 6A.3.1) to the generated ATGW information for CS to PS SRVCC; and

3) send SIP MESSAGE request according to 3GPP TS 24.229 [2]. The ATCF shall populate the SIP MESSAGE request with:

A) Request-URI containing the contact address of the SC UE bound to the registration path (see subclause 6A.3.1);

B) Route header fields containing the route set towards the SC UE of the registration path (see subclause 6A.3.1);

C) P-Asserted-Identity header field containing the STI-rSR allocated by ATCF;

D) Content-Disposition header field with value "render"; and

E) application/sdp MIME body containing the generated ATGW information for CS to PS SRVCC.

[TS 24.237, clause 12.2B.2]

If SC UE supports the CS to PS SRVCC, upon receiving information from the lower layers that the CS to PS SRVCC access transfer is initiated, the SC UE shall:

1) if a CS call in Active (U10) state (defined in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8]) and Idle auxiliary state (defined in 3GPP TS 24.083 [43]) exists and if the ATGW transfer details were received from the lower layers:

A) determine the active call being transferred as a CS call in Active (U10) state (defined in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8]) and Idle auxiliary state (defined in 3GPP TS 24.083 [43]);

B) start rendering speech media of the determined active call being transferred received according to the UE information for CS to PS SRVCC sent to the network (see subclause 6.2.3); and

C) start sending speech media of the determined active call being transferred according to the ATGW information for CS to PS SRVCC received from the network (see subclause 6.2.3) where the address type, the connection address and the transport port to which the media stream is sent are replaced with the ATGW transfer details received from the lower layers; and

2) send a SIP INVITE request to STI-rSR according to 3GPP TS 24.229 [2]. The SC UE shall populate the SIP INVITE request with:

A) Request-URI set to the STI-rSR received during registration (see subclause 6.2.1);

B) SDP offer set to the UE information for CS to PS SRVCC sent to the network (see subclause 6.2.3);

C) if a GRUU was received at registration, include the public GRUU or temporary GRUU in the Contact header field;

D) if the SC UE supports the PS to CS SRVCC with the MSC server assisted mid-call feature, include the g.3gpp.mid-call media feature tag in the Contact header field; and

E) if the SC UE supports the PS to CS SRVCC for calls in alerting phase, include the g.3gpp.srvcc-alerting media feature tag in the Contact header field;

F) if the SC UE supports the CS to PS SRVCC with the assisted mid-call feature:

a) the Supported header field containing the option-tag "norefersub" specified in IETF RFC 4488 [20]; and

b) the Accept header field containing the application/vnd.3gpp.mid-call+xml MIME type; and

G) if the SC UE supports CS to PS SRVCC for calls in alerting phase:

a) the Supported header field containing the option-tag "norefersub" specified in IETF RFC 4488 [20], if not inserted already;

b) an Accept header field containing the application/vnd.3gpp.state-and-event-info+xml MIME type;

c) a Recv-Info header field containing the g.3gpp.state-and-event package name; and

d) a Supported header field with "100rel" option tag.

Upon receiving a SIP 1xx or 2xx response to the SIP INVITE request to STI-rSR, the SC UE shall associate the dialog of the SIP 1xx or 2xx response with the CS call where the transaction identifier sent by MSC server equals to the value of the g.3gpp.ti feature-capability indicator of a Feature-Caps header field of the SIP response.

If the SC UE is not aware of such CS call, or the CS call is the "disconnect request" (U11) call state, the "disconnect indication" (U12) call state, the "release request" (U19) call state or the "null" (U0) call state as described in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8], the SC UE shall release or cancel the dialog established by the SIP 1xx or 2xx response to the SIP INVITE request to STI-rSR. If the CS call is the "disconnect request" (U11) call state as described in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8], the SC UE shall populate the SIP CANCEL request or the SIP BYE request with a Reason header field with the protocol field set to "SIP", the "cause" header field parameter indicating the selected status code and the "text" header field parameter indicating the selected reason phrase according to IETF RFC 3326 [57].

[TS 24.237, clause A.20.2]

The signalling flow shown in figure A.20.2-1 gives an example for CS to PS access transfer when using CS to PS SRVCC. The call is established, contains active speech media component and has been anchored in ATGW during the establishment of the call.

The call may have been established either via the MSC server or as the result of the CS to PS SRVCC procedure.

Figure A.20.2-1: Signalling flows for CS to PS Access Transfer: CS to PS SRVCC occurs during a call

NOTE: For clarity, the SIP 100 (Trying) responses are not shown in the signalling flow.

[TS44.018, clause 3.4.4d.1]

The network initiates the CS to PS SRVCC procedure by sending an INTER SYSTEM TO E-UTRAN HANDOVER COMMAND or INTER SYSTEM TO UTRAN HANDOVER COMMAND message to the mobile station on the main DCCH. The network then starts timer T3121.

If the INTER SYSTEM TO UTRAN HANDOVER COMMAND refers to an unknown cell (see 3GPP TS 25.133 and 3GPP TS 25.123), this shall not be considered as an error.

When sending one of these messages on the network side, and when receiving it on the mobile station side, all transmission of signalling layer messages, except for those RR messages needed for this procedure and for abnormal cases, is suspended until resumption is indicated. These RR messages can be deduced from sub-clause 3.4.3 and 8.5.1 "Radio Resource management".

Upon receipt of the INTER SYSTEM TO E-UTRAN HANDOVER COMMAND or INTER SYSTEM TO UTRAN HANDOVER COMMAND message, the mobile station initiates, as described in sub-clause 3.1.4, the release of link layer connections and disconnects the physical channels (including the packet resources, if applicable).

Switching to the assigned cell(s) and physical channel establishment in E-UTRAN or UTRAN is described in 3GPP TS 36.331 and 3GPP TS 25.331.

13.4.3.31.3 Test description

13.4.3.31.3.1 Pre-test conditions

System Simulator:

– Cell 1 and Cell 24.

– System information combination 5 as defined in TS 36.508 [18] clause 4.4.3.1 is used in E-UTRA cells.

UE:

None.

Preamble:

– The UE is in state Generic RB Established (state 3) on Cell 1 according to [18].

13.4.3.31.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Table 13.4.3.31.3.2-1 illustrates the downlink power levels and other changing parameters to be applied for the cells at various time instants of the test execution. Row marked "T0" denotes the initial conditions after preamble, while columns marked "T1" is to be applied subsequently. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause.

Table 13.4.3.31.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes

Parameter

Unit

Cell 1

Cell 24

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-60

OFF

RSSI

dBm

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

RSSI

dBm

-65

T2

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-60

RSSI

dBm

-85

Table 13.4.3.31.3.2-2: Main behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

The SS configures GERAN cell 24 to reference configuration according 36.508 table 4.8.4-1, condition GPRS.

2-5

Steps 1-4 of expected sequence defined in annex C.42 of TS 34.229-1. UE receives ATGW details.

6

SS transmits an RRCConnectionRelease message to release the RRC connection.

<–

RRCConnectionRelease

7

The SS changes the power level for Cell 1 and Cell 24 according to the row "T1" in table 13.4.3.31.3.2-1

8

Call the generic test procedure in TS 36.508 subclause 6.4.2.9 to make the UE camp on GERAN Cell 24.

9

Make the UE attempt a speech call

10

Establish a CS call according to procedure in section 10.2.3 of TS 51.010

11

SS adjusts cell levels according to row “T2” of table 13.4.3.31.3.2-1.

12

The SS transmit a INTER SYSTEM TO E-UTRAN HANDOVER COMMAND on Cell 24.

<–

INTER SYSTEM TO E-UTRAN HANDOVER COMMAND

13

Check: Does the UE transmit an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message on Cell 1.

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

1

P

14-14F

Steps 1-6 of the generic test procedure in TS 36.508 subclause 6.4.2.10 are performed on Cell 1.

NOTE: The UE performs tracking area updating procedure without ISR and security reconfiguration after successful completion of handover from GERAN.

14G

Step 2 of the expected sequence defined in Annex C.39 of TS 34.229-1. UE sends INVITE.

14H-14I

Steps 7-8 of the generic test procedure in TS 36.508 subclause 6.4.2.10 are performed on Cell 1.

15

The SS configures a new RLC-UM data radio bearer with condition DRB (0,1), associated with the dedicated EPS bearer context. RRCConnectionReconfiguration message contains the ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST message. EPS bearer context #4 (QCI 1) according to table 6.6.2-1: Reference dedicated EPS bearer contexts.

<–

RRC: RRCConnectionReconfiguration

NAS:

ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST

EXCEPTION: In parallel to the events described in steps 16-17 below, the behaviour in table 13.4.3.31.3.2-4 occurs.

16

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message to confirm the establishment of the new data radio bearer, associated with the dedicated EPS bearer.

–>

RRC: RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

17

The UE transmits an ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT message.

–>

RRC: ULInformationTransfer

NAS:ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT

Table 13.4.3.31.3.2-3: Void

Table 13.4.3.31.3.2-4: Parallel behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

Step 3-5 of expected sequence defined in annex C.39 of TS 34.229-1. IMS speech call setup.

13.4.3.31.3.3 Specific message contents

Table 13.4.3.31.3.3-1: INTER SYSTEM TO E-UTRAN HANDOVER COMMAND (step 12, Table 13.4.3.31.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 44.018, Table Table 9.1.15d.1

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

DL-DCCH-Message

RRCConnectionReconfiguration using condition HO-TO-EUTRA(1,0)

CN to MS transparent information

ATGW information

The same address type, connection address and transport port as used in step 4 in annex C.39 of TS 34.229-1

13.4.3.32 Inter-system mobility / UTRA CS voice to E-UTRA voice / rSRVCC

13.4.3.32.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE in UTRA CC state U10 }

ensure that {

when { UE receives a HANDOVER FROM UTRAN COMMAND }

then { UE transmits a RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message and performs Tracking Area update on EUTRAN }

}

13.4.3.32.2 Conformance requirements

References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 24.237, clauses 6.5.4, 12.2B.2 and clause A.20.2.

[TS 24.237, clause 6.5.4]

If the ATCF supports the CS to PS SRVCC, in order to send the ATGW information for CS to PS SRVCC to the SC UE within a registration path, the ATCF shall:

1) generate the ATGW information for CS to PS SRVCC. When generating the SDP, the ATCF shall:

A) set c-line to the unspecified address (0.0.0.0), if IPv4, or to a domain name within the ".invalid" DNS top-level domain as described in IETF RFC 6157 [74], if IPv6; and

B) set port number of the media line to 9;

2) set the ATGW information for CS to PS SRVCC bound to the registration path (see subclause 6A.3.1) to the generated ATGW information for CS to PS SRVCC; and

3) send SIP MESSAGE request according to 3GPP TS 24.229 [2]. The ATCF shall populate the SIP MESSAGE request with:

A) Request-URI containing the contact address of the SC UE bound to the registration path (see subclause 6A.3.1);

B) Route header fields containing the route set towards the SC UE of the registration path (see subclause 6A.3.1);

C) P-Asserted-Identity header field containing the STI-rSR allocated by ATCF;

D) Content-Disposition header field with value "render"; and

E) application/sdp MIME body containing the generated ATGW information for CS to PS SRVCC.

[TS 24.237, clause 12.2B.2]

If SC UE supports the CS to PS SRVCC, upon receiving information from the lower layers that the CS to PS SRVCC access transfer is initiated, the SC UE shall:

1) if a CS call in Active (U10) state (defined in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8]) and Idle auxiliary state (defined in 3GPP TS 24.083 [43]) exists and if the ATGW transfer details were received from the lower layers:

A) determine the active call being transferred as a CS call in Active (U10) state (defined in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8]) and Idle auxiliary state (defined in 3GPP TS 24.083 [43]);

B) start rendering speech media of the determined active call being transferred received according to the UE information for CS to PS SRVCC sent to the network (see subclause 6.2.3); and

C) start sending speech media of the determined active call being transferred according to the ATGW information for CS to PS SRVCC received from the network (see subclause 6.2.3) where the address type, the connection address and the transport port to which the media stream is sent are replaced with the ATGW transfer details received from the lower layers; and

2) send a SIP INVITE request to STI-rSR according to 3GPP TS 24.229 [2]. The SC UE shall populate the SIP INVITE request with:

A) Request-URI set to the STI-rSR received during registration (see subclause 6.2.1);

B) SDP offer set to the UE information for CS to PS SRVCC sent to the network (see subclause 6.2.3);

C) if a GRUU was received at registration, include the public GRUU or temporary GRUU in the Contact header field;

D) if the SC UE supports the PS to CS SRVCC with the MSC server assisted mid-call feature, include the g.3gpp.mid-call media feature tag in the Contact header field; and

E) if the SC UE supports the PS to CS SRVCC for calls in alerting phase, include the g.3gpp.srvcc-alerting media feature tag in the Contact header field;

F) if the SC UE supports the CS to PS SRVCC with the assisted mid-call feature:

a) the Supported header field containing the option-tag "norefersub" specified in IETF RFC 4488 [20]; and

b) the Accept header field containing the application/vnd.3gpp.mid-call+xml MIME type; and

G) if the SC UE supports CS to PS SRVCC for calls in alerting phase:

a) the Supported header field containing the option-tag "norefersub" specified in IETF RFC 4488 [20], if not inserted already;

b) an Accept header field containing the application/vnd.3gpp.state-and-event-info+xml MIME type;

c) a Recv-Info header field containing the g.3gpp.state-and-event package name; and

d) a Supported header field with "100rel" option tag.

Upon receiving a SIP 1xx or 2xx response to the SIP INVITE request to STI-rSR, the SC UE shall associate the dialog of the SIP 1xx or 2xx response with the CS call where the transaction identifier sent by MSC server equals to the value of the g.3gpp.ti feature-capability indicator of a Feature-Caps header field of the SIP response.

If the SC UE is not aware of such CS call, or the CS call is the "disconnect request" (U11) call state, the "disconnect indication" (U12) call state, the "release request" (U19) call state or the "null" (U0) call state as described in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8], the SC UE shall release or cancel the dialog established by the SIP 1xx or 2xx response to the SIP INVITE request to STI-rSR. If the CS call is the "disconnect request" (U11) call state as described in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8], the SC UE shall populate the SIP CANCEL request or the SIP BYE request with a Reason header field with the protocol field set to "SIP", the "cause" header field parameter indicating the selected status code and the "text" header field parameter indicating the selected reason phrase according to IETF RFC 3326 [57].

[TS 24.237, clause A.20.2]

The signalling flow shown in figure A.20.2-1 gives an example for CS to PS access transfer when using CS to PS SRVCC. The call is established, contains active speech media component and has been anchored in ATGW during the establishment of the call.

The call may have been established either via the MSC server or as the result of the CS to PS SRVCC procedure.

Figure A.20.2-1: Signalling flows for CS to PS Access Transfer: CS to PS SRVCC occurs during a call

NOTE: For clarity, the SIP 100 (Trying) responses are not shown in the signalling flow.

13.4.3.32.3 Test description

13.4.3.32.3.1 Pre-test conditions

System Simulator:

– Cell 1 and Cell 5.

– System information combination 4 as defined in TS 36.508 [18] clause 4.4.3.1 is used in E-UTRA cells.

UE:

None.

Preamble:

– The UE is in state Generic RB Established (state 3) on Cell 1 according to [18].

13.4.3.32.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Table 13.4.3.32.3.2-1 illustrates the downlink power levels and other changing parameters to be applied for the cells at various time instants of the test execution. Row marked "T0" denotes the initial conditions after preamble, while columns marked "T1" is to be applied subsequently. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause.

Table 13.4.3.32.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes

Parameter

Unit

Cell 1

Cell 5

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-60

CPICH_Ec (UTRA FDD)

dBm/3.84 MHz

-88

PCCPCH_Ec (UTRA LCR TDD)

dBm/1.28 MHz

-88

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

OFF

CPICH_Ec (UTRA FDD)

dBm/3.84 MHz

-64

PCCPCH_Ec (UTRA LCR TDD)

dBm/1.28 MHz

-64

T2

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-60

CPICH_Ec (UTRA FDD)

dBm/3.84 MHz

-88

PCCPCH_Ec (UTRA LCR TDD)

dBm/1.28 MHz

-88

Table 13.4.3.32.3.2-2: Main behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

Void

2-5

Steps 1-4 of expected sequence defined in annex C.42 of TS 34.229-1. UE receives ATGW details.

6

SS transmits an RRCConnectionRelease message to release the RRC connection.

<–

RRCConnectionRelease

7

The SS changes the power level for Cell 1 and Cell 5 according to the row "T1" in table 13.4.3.32.3.2-1

8

Check: Does the test result of generic test procedure in TS 36.508 subclause 6.4.2.8 indicate that the UE is camped on UTRAN Cell 5?

NOTE: The UE performs an RAU procedure and the RRC connection is released.

9

Make the UE attempt a speech call

10

Establish a CS call according to procedure in section 7.2.3.2 of TS 34.108, using the UTRA reference radio bearer parameters and combination "UTRA Speech" according to TS 36.508 subclause 4.8.3 and Table 4.8.3-1.

11

SS adjusts cell levels according to row “T2” of table 13.4.3.32.3.2-1.

12

The SS transmit a HANDOVER FROM UTRAN COMMAND including rSRVCC details on Cell 5.

<–

HANDOVER FROM UTRAN COMMAND

13

Check: Does the UE transmit an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message on Cell 1.

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

1

P

14-14F

Steps 1-6 of the generic test procedure in TS 36.508 subclause 6.4.2.10 are performed on Cell 1.

NOTE: The UE performs tracking area updating procedure without ISR and security reconfiguration after successful completion of handover from UTRA.

14G

Step 2 of the expected sequence defined in Annex C.39 of TS 34.229-1. UE sends INVITE.

14H-14I

Steps 7-8 of the generic test procedure in TS 36.508 subclause 6.4.2.10 are performed on Cell 1.

15

The SS configures a new RLC-UM data radio bearer with condition DRB (0,1), associated with the dedicated EPS bearer context. RRCConnectionReconfiguration message contains the ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST message. EPS bearer context #4 (QCI 1) according to table 6.6.2-1: Reference dedicated EPS bearer contexts.

<–

RRC: RRCConnectionReconfiguration

NAS:

ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST

EXCEPTION: In parallel to the events described in steps 16-17 below, the behaviour in table 13.4.3.32.3.2-4 occurs.

16

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message to confirm the establishment of the new data radio bearer, associated with the dedicated EPS bearer.

–>

RRC: RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

17

The UE transmits an ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT message.

–>

RRC: ULInformationTransfer

NAS:ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT

Table 13.4.3.32.3.2-3: Void

Table 13.4.3.32.3.2-4: Parallel behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

Step 3-5 of expected sequence defined in annex C.39 of TS 34.229-1. IMS speech call setup.

13.4.3.32.3.3 Specific message contents

Table 13.4.3.32.3.3-1: HANDOVER FROM UTRAN COMMAND (step 12, Table 13.4.3.32.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.7B.1-2

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

rSR-VCC info

IMS information

ATGW transfer details

The same address type, connection address and transport port as used in step 4 in annex C.39 of TS 34.229-1

– E-UTRA message

RRCConnectionReconfiguration using condition HO-TO-EUTRA(1,0)

See TS 36.508, Table 4.6.1-8

13.4.3.33 Inter-system mobility / GERAN CS voice to E-UTRA voice / alerting / rSRVCC / MO call

13.4.3.33.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE in GERAN CC state U4 }

ensure that {

when { UE receives a INTER SYSTEM TO E-UTRAN HANDOVER COMMAND }

then { UE transmits a RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message and performs Tracking Area update on EUTRAN }

}

13.4.3.33.2 Conformance requirements

References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 24.237, clauses 6.5.4, 12.2B.2, clause A.20.2 and TS44.018 clause3.4.4d.1.

[TS 24.237, clause 6.5.4]

If the ATCF supports the CS to PS SRVCC, in order to send the ATGW information for CS to PS SRVCC to the SC UE within a registration path, the ATCF shall:

1) generate the ATGW information for CS to PS SRVCC. When generating the SDP, the ATCF shall:

A) set c-line to the unspecified address (0.0.0.0), if IPv4, or to a domain name within the ".invalid" DNS top-level domain as described in IETF RFC 6157 [74], if IPv6; and

B) set port number of the media line to 9;

2) set the ATGW information for CS to PS SRVCC bound to the registration path (see subclause 6A.3.1) to the generated ATGW information for CS to PS SRVCC; and

3) send SIP MESSAGE request according to 3GPP TS 24.229 [2]. The ATCF shall populate the SIP MESSAGE request with:

A) Request-URI containing the contact address of the SC UE bound to the registration path (see subclause 6A.3.1);

B) Route header fields containing the route set towards the SC UE of the registration path (see subclause 6A.3.1);

C) P-Asserted-Identity header field containing the STI-rSR allocated by ATCF;

D) Content-Disposition header field with value "render"; and

E) application/sdp MIME body containing the generated ATGW information for CS to PS SRVCC.

[TS 24.237, clause 12.2B.2]

If SC UE supports the CS to PS SRVCC, upon receiving information from the lower layers that the CS to PS SRVCC access transfer is initiated, the SC UE shall:

1) if a CS call in Active (U10) state (defined in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8]) and Idle auxiliary state (defined in 3GPP TS 24.083 [43]) exists and if the ATGW transfer details were received from the lower layers:

A) determine the active call being transferred as a CS call in Active (U10) state (defined in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8]) and Idle auxiliary state (defined in 3GPP TS 24.083 [43]);

B) start rendering speech media of the determined active call being transferred received according to the UE information for CS to PS SRVCC sent to the network (see subclause 6.2.3); and

C) start sending speech media of the determined active call being transferred according to the ATGW information for CS to PS SRVCC received from the network (see subclause 6.2.3) where the address type, the connection address and the transport port to which the media stream is sent are replaced with the ATGW transfer details received from the lower layers; and

2) send a SIP INVITE request to STI-rSR according to 3GPP TS 24.229 [2]. The SC UE shall populate the SIP INVITE request with:

A) Request-URI set to the STI-rSR received during registration (see subclause 6.2.1);

B) SDP offer set to the UE information for CS to PS SRVCC sent to the network (see subclause 6.2.3);

C) if a GRUU was received at registration, include the public GRUU or temporary GRUU in the Contact header field;

D) if the SC UE supports the PS to CS SRVCC with the MSC server assisted mid-call feature, include the g.3gpp.mid-call media feature tag in the Contact header field; and

E) if the SC UE supports the PS to CS SRVCC for calls in alerting phase, include the g.3gpp.srvcc-alerting media feature tag in the Contact header field;

F) if the SC UE supports the CS to PS SRVCC with the assisted mid-call feature:

a) the Supported header field containing the option-tag "norefersub" specified in IETF RFC 4488 [20]; and

b) the Accept header field containing the application/vnd.3gpp.mid-call+xml MIME type; and

G) if the SC UE supports CS to PS SRVCC for calls in alerting phase:

a) the Supported header field containing the option-tag "norefersub" specified in IETF RFC 4488 [20], if not inserted already;

b) an Accept header field containing the application/vnd.3gpp.state-and-event-info+xml MIME type;

c) a Recv-Info header field containing the g.3gpp.state-and-event package name; and

d) a Supported header field with "100rel" option tag.

Upon receiving a SIP 1xx or 2xx response to the SIP INVITE request to STI-rSR, the SC UE shall associate the dialog of the SIP 1xx or 2xx response with the CS call where the transaction identifier sent by MSC server equals to the value of the g.3gpp.ti feature-capability indicator of a Feature-Caps header field of the SIP response.

If the SC UE is not aware of such CS call, or the CS call is the "disconnect request" (U11) call state, the "disconnect indication" (U12) call state, the "release request" (U19) call state or the "null" (U0) call state as described in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8], the SC UE shall release or cancel the dialog established by the SIP 1xx or 2xx response to the SIP INVITE request to STI-rSR. If the CS call is the "disconnect request" (U11) call state as described in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8], the SC UE shall populate the SIP CANCEL request or the SIP BYE request with a Reason header field with the protocol field set to "SIP", the "cause" header field parameter indicating the selected status code and the "text" header field parameter indicating the selected reason phrase according to IETF RFC 3326 [57].

[TS 24.237, clause A.20.2]

The signalling flow shown in figure A.20.2-1 gives an example for CS to PS access transfer when using CS to PS SRVCC. The call is established, contains active speech media component and has been anchored in ATGW during the establishment of the call.

The call may have been established either via the MSC server or as the result of the CS to PS SRVCC procedure.

Figure A.20.2-1: Signalling flows for CS to PS Access Transfer: CS to PS SRVCC occurs during a call

NOTE: For clarity, the SIP 100 (Trying) responses are not shown in the signalling flow.

[TS44.018, clause 3.4.4d.1]

The network initiates the CS to PS SRVCC procedure by sending an INTER SYSTEM TO E-UTRAN HANDOVER COMMAND or INTER SYSTEM TO UTRAN HANDOVER COMMAND message to the mobile station on the main DCCH. The network then starts timer T3121.

If the INTER SYSTEM TO UTRAN HANDOVER COMMAND refers to an unknown cell (see 3GPP TS 25.133 and 3GPP TS 25.123), this shall not be considered as an error.

When sending one of these messages on the network side, and when receiving it on the mobile station side, all transmission of signalling layer messages, except for those RR messages needed for this procedure and for abnormal cases, is suspended until resumption is indicated. These RR messages can be deduced from sub-clause 3.4.3 and 8.5.1 "Radio Resource management".

Upon receipt of the INTER SYSTEM TO E-UTRAN HANDOVER COMMAND or INTER SYSTEM TO UTRAN HANDOVER COMMAND message, the mobile station initiates, as described in sub-clause 3.1.4, the release of link layer connections and disconnects the physical channels (including the packet resources, if applicable).

Switching to the assigned cell(s) and physical channel establishment in E-UTRAN or UTRAN is described in 3GPP TS 36.331 and 3GPP TS 25.331.

13.4.3.33.3 Test description

13.4.3.33.3.1 Pre-test conditions

System Simulator:

– Cell 1 and Cell 24.

– System information combination 5 as defined in TS 36.508 [18] clause 4.4.3.1 is used in E-UTRA cells.

UE:

None.

Preamble:

– The UE is in state Generic RB Established (state 3) on Cell 1 according to [18].

13.4.3.33.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Table 13.4.3.33.3.2-1 illustrates the downlink power levels and other changing parameters to be applied for the cells at various time instants of the test execution. Row marked "T0" denotes the initial conditions after preamble, while columns marked "T1" is to be applied subsequently. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause.

Table 13.4.3.33.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes

Parameter

Unit

Cell 1

Cell 24

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-60

RSSI

dBm

OFF

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

RSSI

dBm

-65

T2

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-60

RSSI

dBm

-85

Table 13.4.3.33.3.2-2: Main behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

The SS configures GERAN cell 24 to reference configuration according 36.508 table 4.8.4-1, condition GPRS.

2-5

Steps 1-4 of expected sequence defined in annex C.42 of TS 34.229-1. UE receives ATGW details.

6

SS transmits an RRCConnectionRelease message to release the RRC connection.

<–

RRCConnectionRelease

7

The SS changes the power level for Cell 1 and Cell 24 according to the row "T1" in table 13.4.3.33.3.2-1

8

Call the generic test procedure in TS 36.508 subclause 6.4.2.9 to make the UE camp on GERAN Cell 24.

9

Make the UE attempt a speech call

10

Step 1 to 13 of expected sequence in section 10.2.3 of TS 51.010. UE in alerting CC state U4.

11

SS adjusts cell levels according to row “T2” of table 13.4.3.33.3.2-1.

12

The SS transmit an INTER SYSTEM TO E-UTRAN HANDOVER COMMAND on Cell 24.

<–

INTER SYSTEM TO E-UTRAN HANDOVER COMMAND

13

Check: Does the UE transmit an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message on Cell 1.

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

1

P

14-14F

Steps 1-6 of the generic test procedure in TS 36.508 subclause 6.4.2.10 are performed on Cell 1.

NOTE: The UE performs tracking area updating procedure without ISR and security reconfiguration after successful completion of handover from GERAN.

14G

Step 2 of the expected sequence defined in Annex C.39 of TS 34.229-1. UE sends INVITE.

14H-14I

Steps 7-8 of the generic test procedure in TS 36.508 subclause 6.4.2.10 are performed on Cell 1.

15

The SS configures a new RLC-UM data radio bearer with condition DRB (0,1), associated with the dedicated EPS bearer context. RRCConnectionReconfiguration message contains the ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST message. EPS bearer context #4 (QCI 1) according to table 6.6.2-1: Reference dedicated EPS bearer contexts.

<–

RRC: RRCConnectionReconfiguration

NAS:

ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST

EXCEPTION: In parallel to the events described in steps 16-17 below, the behaviour in table 13.4.3.33.3.2-4 occurs.

16

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message to confirm the establishment of the new data radio bearer, associated with the dedicated EPS bearer.

–>

RRC: RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

17

The UE transmits an ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT message.

–>

RRC: ULInformationTransfer

NAS:ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT

Table 13.4.3.33.3.2-3: Void

Table 13.4.3.33.3.2-4: Parallel behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

Step 3-5 of expected sequence defined in annex C.39 of TS 34.229-1. IMS speech call setup.

13.4.3.33.3.3 Specific message contents

Table 13.4.3.33.3.3-1: INTER SYSTEM TO E-UTRAN HANDOVER COMMAND (step 12, Table 13.4.3.33.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 44.018, Table Table 9.1.15d.1

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

DL-DCCH-Message

RRCConnectionReconfiguration using condition HO-TO-EUTRA(1,0)

CN to MS transparent information

ATGW information

The same address type, connection address and transport port as used in step 4 in annex C.39 of TS 34.229-1

13.4.3.34 Inter-system mobility / UTRA CS voice to E-UTRA voice / alerting / rSRVCC / MO call

13.4.3.34.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE in UTRA CC state U4 }

ensure that {

when { UE receives a HANDOVER FROM UTRAN COMMAND }

then { UE transmits a RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message and performs Tracking Area update on EUTRAN }

}

13.4.3.34.2 Conformance requirements

References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 24.237, clauses 6.5.4, 12.2B.2 and clause A.20.2.

[TS 24.237, clause 6.5.4]

If the ATCF supports the CS to PS SRVCC, in order to send the ATGW information for CS to PS SRVCC to the SC UE within a registration path, the ATCF shall:

1) generate the ATGW information for CS to PS SRVCC. When generating the SDP, the ATCF shall:

A) set c-line to the unspecified address (0.0.0.0), if IPv4, or to a domain name within the ".invalid" DNS top-level domain as described in IETF RFC 6157 [74], if IPv6; and

B) set port number of the media line to 9;

2) set the ATGW information for CS to PS SRVCC bound to the registration path (see subclause 6A.3.1) to the generated ATGW information for CS to PS SRVCC; and

3) send SIP MESSAGE request according to 3GPP TS 24.229 [2]. The ATCF shall populate the SIP MESSAGE request with:

A) Request-URI containing the contact address of the SC UE bound to the registration path (see subclause 6A.3.1);

B) Route header fields containing the route set towards the SC UE of the registration path (see subclause 6A.3.1);

C) P-Asserted-Identity header field containing the STI-rSR allocated by ATCF;

D) Content-Disposition header field with value "render"; and

E) application/sdp MIME body containing the generated ATGW information for CS to PS SRVCC.

[TS 24.237, clause 12.2B.2]

If SC UE supports the CS to PS SRVCC, upon receiving information from the lower layers that the CS to PS SRVCC access transfer is initiated, the SC UE shall:

1) if a CS call in Active (U10) state (defined in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8]) and Idle auxiliary state (defined in 3GPP TS 24.083 [43]) exists and if the ATGW transfer details were received from the lower layers:

A) determine the active call being transferred as a CS call in Active (U10) state (defined in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8]) and Idle auxiliary state (defined in 3GPP TS 24.083 [43]);

B) start rendering speech media of the determined active call being transferred received according to the UE information for CS to PS SRVCC sent to the network (see subclause 6.2.3); and

C) start sending speech media of the determined active call being transferred according to the ATGW information for CS to PS SRVCC received from the network (see subclause 6.2.3) where the address type, the connection address and the transport port to which the media stream is sent are replaced with the ATGW transfer details received from the lower layers; and

2) send a SIP INVITE request to STI-rSR according to 3GPP TS 24.229 [2]. The SC UE shall populate the SIP INVITE request with:

A) Request-URI set to the STI-rSR received during registration (see subclause 6.2.1);

B) SDP offer set to the UE information for CS to PS SRVCC sent to the network (see subclause 6.2.3);

C) if a GRUU was received at registration, include the public GRUU or temporary GRUU in the Contact header field;

D) if the SC UE supports the PS to CS SRVCC with the MSC server assisted mid-call feature, include the g.3gpp.mid-call media feature tag in the Contact header field; and

E) if the SC UE supports the PS to CS SRVCC for calls in alerting phase, include the g.3gpp.srvcc-alerting media feature tag in the Contact header field;

F) if the SC UE supports the CS to PS SRVCC with the assisted mid-call feature:

a) the Supported header field containing the option-tag "norefersub" specified in IETF RFC 4488 [20]; and

b) the Accept header field containing the application/vnd.3gpp.mid-call+xml MIME type; and

G) if the SC UE supports CS to PS SRVCC for calls in alerting phase:

a) the Supported header field containing the option-tag "norefersub" specified in IETF RFC 4488 [20], if not inserted already;

b) an Accept header field containing the application/vnd.3gpp.state-and-event-info+xml MIME type;

c) a Recv-Info header field containing the g.3gpp.state-and-event package name; and

d) a Supported header field with "100rel" option tag.

Upon receiving a SIP 1xx or 2xx response to the SIP INVITE request to STI-rSR, the SC UE shall associate the dialog of the SIP 1xx or 2xx response with the CS call where the transaction identifier sent by MSC server equals to the value of the g.3gpp.ti feature-capability indicator of a Feature-Caps header field of the SIP response.

If the SC UE is not aware of such CS call, or the CS call is the "disconnect request" (U11) call state, the "disconnect indication" (U12) call state, the "release request" (U19) call state or the "null" (U0) call state as described in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8], the SC UE shall release or cancel the dialog established by the SIP 1xx or 2xx response to the SIP INVITE request to STI-rSR. If the CS call is the "disconnect request" (U11) call state as described in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8], the SC UE shall populate the SIP CANCEL request or the SIP BYE request with a Reason header field with the protocol field set to "SIP", the "cause" header field parameter indicating the selected status code and the "text" header field parameter indicating the selected reason phrase according to IETF RFC 3326 [57].

[TS 24.237, clause A.20.2]

The signalling flow shown in figure A.20.2-1 gives an example for CS to PS access transfer when using CS to PS SRVCC. The call is established, contains active speech media component and has been anchored in ATGW during the establishment of the call.

The call may have been established either via the MSC server or as the result of the CS to PS SRVCC procedure.

Figure A.20.2-1: Signalling flows for CS to PS Access Transfer: CS to PS SRVCC occurs during a call

NOTE: For clarity, the SIP 100 (Trying) responses are not shown in the signalling flow.

13.4.3.34.3 Test description

13.4.3.34.3.1 Pre-test conditions

System Simulator:

– Cell 1 and Cell 5.

– System information combination 4 as defined in TS 36.508 [18] clause 4.4.3.1 is used in E-UTRA cells.

UE:

None.

Preamble:

– The UE is in state Generic RB Established (state 3) on Cell 1 according to [18].

13.4.3.34.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Table 13.4.3.34.3.2-1 illustrates the downlink power levels and other changing parameters to be applied for the cells at various time instants of the test execution. Row marked "T0" denotes the initial conditions after preamble, while columns marked "T1" is to be applied subsequently. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause.

Table 13.4.3.34.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes

Parameter

Unit

Cell 1

Cell 5

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-60

CPICH_Ec (UTRA FDD)

dBm/3.84 MHz

-88

PCCPCH_Ec (UTRA LCR TDD)

dBm/1.28 MHz

-88

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

OFF

CPICH_Ec (UTRA FDD)

dBm/3.84 MHz

-64

PCCPCH_Ec (UTRA LCR TDD)

dBm/1.28 MHz

-64

T2

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-60”

CPICH_Ec (UTRA FDD)

dBm/3.84 MHz

-88

PCCPCH_Ec (UTRA LCR TDD)

dBm/1.28 MHz

-88

Table 13.4.3.34.3.2-2: Main behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

Void

2-5

Steps 1-4 of expected sequence defined in annex C.42 of TS 34.229-1. UE receives ATGW details.

6

SS transmits an RRCConnectionRelease message to release the RRC connection.

<–

RRCConnectionRelease

7

The SS changes the power level for Cell 1 and Cell 5 according to the row "T1" in table 13.4.3.34.3.2-1

8

Check: Does the test result of generic test procedure in TS 36.508 subclause 6.4.2.8 indicate that the UE is camped on UTRAN Cell 5?

NOTE: The UE performs an RAU procedure and the RRC connection is released.

9

Make the UE attempt a speech call

10

Step 1 to 14 of expected sequence in section 7.2.3.2 of TS 34.108 using the UTRA reference radio bearer parameters and combination "UTRA Speech" according to TS 36.508 subclause 4.8.3 and Table 4.8.3-1

. UE in alerting CC state U4.

11

SS adjusts cell levels according to row “T2” of table 13.4.3.34.3.2-1.

12

The SS transmit a HANDOVER FROM UTRAN COMMAND including rSRVCC details on Cell 5.

<–

HANDOVER FROM UTRAN COMMAND

13

Check: Does the UE transmit an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message on Cell 1.

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

1

P

14-14F

Steps 1-6 of the generic test procedure in TS 36.508 subclause 6.4.2.10 are performed on Cell 1.

NOTE: The UE performs tracking area updating procedure without ISR and security reconfiguration after successful completion of handover from UTRA.

14G

Step 2 of the expected sequence defined in Annex C.39 of TS 34.229-1. UE sends INVITE.

14H-14I

Steps 7-8 of the generic test procedure in TS 36.508 subclause 6.4.2.10 are performed on Cell 1.

15

The SS configures a new RLC-UM data radio bearer with condition DRB (0,1), associated with the dedicated EPS bearer context. RRCConnectionReconfiguration message contains the ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST message. EPS bearer context #4 (QCI 1) according to table 6.6.2-1: Reference dedicated EPS bearer contexts.

<–

RRC: RRCConnectionReconfiguration

NAS:

ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST

EXCEPTION: In parallel to the events described in steps 16-17 below, the behaviour in table 13.4.3.34.3.2-4 occurs.

16

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message to confirm the establishment of the new data radio bearer, associated with the dedicated EPS bearer.

–>

RRC: RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

17

The UE transmits an ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT message.

–>

RRC: ULInformationTransfer

NAS:ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT

Table 13.4.3.34.3.2-3: Void

Table 13.4.3.34.3.2-4: Parallel behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

Step 3-5 of expected sequence defined in annex C.39 of TS 34.229-1. IMS speech call setup.

13.4.3.34.3.3 Specific message contents

Table 13.4.3.34.3.3-1: HANDOVER FROM UTRAN COMMAND (step 12, Table 13.4.3.34.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.7B.1-2

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

rSR-VCC info

IMS information

ATGW transfer details

The same address type, connection address and transport port as used in step 4 in annex C.39 of TS 34.229-1

– E-UTRA message

RRCConnectionReconfiguration using condition HO-TO-EUTRA(1,0)

See TS 36.508, Table 4.6.1-8

13.4.3.35 Inter-system mobility / GERAN CS voice to E-UTRA voice / alerting / rSRVCC / MT call

13.4.3.35.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE in GERAN CC state U9 }

ensure that {

when { UE receives a INTER SYSTEM TO E-UTRAN HANDOVER COMMAND message }

then { UE transmits a RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message and performs Tracking Area update on EUTRAN }

}

13.4.3.35.2 Conformance requirements

References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 24.237, clauses 6.5.4, 12.2B.2, 12.2B.2.5, clause A.20.2 and TS44.018 clause3.4.4d.1.

[TS 24.237, clause 6.5.4]

If the ATCF supports the CS to PS SRVCC, in order to send the ATGW information for CS to PS SRVCC to the SC UE within a registration path, the ATCF shall:

1) generate the ATGW information for CS to PS SRVCC. When generating the SDP, the ATCF shall:

A) set c-line to the unspecified address (0.0.0.0), if IPv4, or to a domain name within the ".invalid" DNS top-level domain as described in IETF RFC 6157 [74], if IPv6; and

B) set port number of the media line to 9;

2) set the ATGW information for CS to PS SRVCC bound to the registration path (see subclause 6A.3.1) to the generated ATGW information for CS to PS SRVCC; and

3) send SIP MESSAGE request according to 3GPP TS 24.229 [2]. The ATCF shall populate the SIP MESSAGE request with:

A) Request-URI containing the contact address of the SC UE bound to the registration path (see subclause 6A.3.1);

B) Route header fields containing the route set towards the SC UE of the registration path (see subclause 6A.3.1);

C) P-Asserted-Identity header field containing the STI-rSR allocated by ATCF;

D) Content-Disposition header field with value "render"; and

E) application/sdp MIME body containing the generated ATGW information for CS to PS SRVCC.

[TS 24.237, clause 12.2B.2]

If SC UE supports the CS to PS SRVCC, upon receiving information from the lower layers that the CS to PS SRVCC access transfer is initiated, the SC UE shall:

1) if a CS call in Active (U10) state (defined in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8]) and Idle auxiliary state (defined in 3GPP TS 24.083 [43]) exists and if the ATGW transfer details were received from the lower layers:

A) determine the active call being transferred as a CS call in Active (U10) state (defined in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8]) and Idle auxiliary state (defined in 3GPP TS 24.083 [43]);

B) start rendering speech media of the determined active call being transferred received according to the UE information for CS to PS SRVCC sent to the network (see subclause 6.2.3); and

C) start sending speech media of the determined active call being transferred according to the ATGW information for CS to PS SRVCC received from the network (see subclause 6.2.3) where the address type, the connection address and the transport port to which the media stream is sent are replaced with the ATGW transfer details received from the lower layers; and

2) send a SIP INVITE request to STI-rSR according to 3GPP TS 24.229 [2]. The SC UE shall populate the SIP INVITE request with:

A) Request-URI set to the STI-rSR received during registration (see subclause 6.2.1);

B) SDP offer set to the UE information for CS to PS SRVCC sent to the network (see subclause 6.2.3);

C) if a GRUU was received at registration, include the public GRUU or temporary GRUU in the Contact header field;

D) if the SC UE supports the PS to CS SRVCC with the MSC server assisted mid-call feature, include the g.3gpp.mid-call media feature tag in the Contact header field; and

E) if the SC UE supports the PS to CS SRVCC for calls in alerting phase, include the g.3gpp.srvcc-alerting media feature tag in the Contact header field;

F) if the SC UE supports the CS to PS SRVCC with the assisted mid-call feature:

a) the Supported header field containing the option-tag "norefersub" specified in IETF RFC 4488 [20]; and

b) the Accept header field containing the application/vnd.3gpp.mid-call+xml MIME type; and

G) if the SC UE supports CS to PS SRVCC for calls in alerting phase:

a) the Supported header field containing the option-tag "norefersub" specified in IETF RFC 4488 [20], if not inserted already;

b) an Accept header field containing the application/vnd.3gpp.state-and-event-info+xml MIME type;

c) a Recv-Info header field containing the g.3gpp.state-and-event package name; and

d) a Supported header field with "100rel" option tag.

Upon receiving a SIP 1xx or 2xx response to the SIP INVITE request to STI-rSR, the SC UE shall associate the dialog of the SIP 1xx or 2xx response with the CS call where the transaction identifier sent by MSC server equals to the value of the g.3gpp.ti feature-capability indicator of a Feature-Caps header field of the SIP response.

If the SC UE is not aware of such CS call, or the CS call is the "disconnect request" (U11) call state, the "disconnect indication" (U12) call state, the "release request" (U19) call state or the "null" (U0) call state as described in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8], the SC UE shall release or cancel the dialog established by the SIP 1xx or 2xx response to the SIP INVITE request to STI-rSR. If the CS call is the "disconnect request" (U11) call state as described in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8], the SC UE shall populate the SIP CANCEL request or the SIP BYE request with a Reason header field with the protocol field set to "SIP", the "cause" header field parameter indicating the selected status code and the "text" header field parameter indicating the selected reason phrase according to IETF RFC 3326 [57].

[TS 24.237, clause 12.2B.2.5]

If SC UE supports the CS to PS SRVCC and if the SC UE supports the CS to PS SRVCC for calls in alerting phase, in addition to the procedures in subclause 12.2B.2.1, upon receiving the SIP INFO request for transfer of incoming early session inside an early dialog created with the SIP INVITE request due to STI-rSR, the SC UE shall:

1) send SIP 200 (OK) response to the SIP INFO request; and

2) consider the SIP dialog to be the transferred incoming early session.

When the served user accepts the transferred incoming early session or if the user has accepted it already (i.e. the CS call which was associated with the dialog of the SIP 1xx response or SIP 2xx response to the SIP INVITE request to STI-rSR in subclause 12.2B.2.1 is in the "connect request" (U8) call state or the "active" (U10) call state as described in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8]), the SC UE shall send a SIP INFO request accepting the session inside the early dialog created with the SIP INVITE request due to STI-rSR according to 3GPP TS 24.229 [2]. The SC UE shall populate the SIP INFO request with:

1) an Info-Package header field with 3gpp.state-and-event info package name; and

2) application/vnd.3gpp.state-and-event-info+xml XML body associated with the info package according to IETF RFC 6086 [54] and compliant to the XML schema specified in the annex D.2 with the event XML element containing "call-accepted".

When the served user rejects the transferred incoming early session, the SC UE shall send a SIP CANCEL request cancelling the SIP INVITE request due to STI-rSR according to 3GPP TS 24.229 [2]. The SC UE shall populate the SIP CANCEL request with a Reason header field containing protocol "SIP" and the "cause" parameter indicating the selected status code and the "text" parameter indicating the selected reason phrase.

[TS 24.237, clause A.20.2]

The signalling flow shown in figure A.20.2-1 gives an example for CS to PS access transfer when using CS to PS SRVCC. The call is established, contains active speech media component and has been anchored in ATGW during the establishment of the call.

The call may have been established either via the MSC server or as the result of the CS to PS SRVCC procedure.

Figure A.20.2-1: Signalling flows for CS to PS Access Transfer: CS to PS SRVCC occurs during a call

NOTE: For clarity, the SIP 100 (Trying) responses are not shown in the signalling flow.

[TS44.018, clause 3.4.4d.1]

The network initiates the CS to PS SRVCC procedure by sending an INTER SYSTEM TO E-UTRAN HANDOVER COMMAND or INTER SYSTEM TO UTRAN HANDOVER COMMAND message to the mobile station on the main DCCH. The network then starts timer T3121.

If the INTER SYSTEM TO UTRAN HANDOVER COMMAND refers to an unknown cell (see 3GPP TS 25.133 and 3GPP TS 25.123), this shall not be considered as an error.

When sending one of these messages on the network side, and when receiving it on the mobile station side, all transmission of signalling layer messages, except for those RR messages needed for this procedure and for abnormal cases, is suspended until resumption is indicated. These RR messages can be deduced from sub-clause 3.4.3 and 8.5.1 "Radio Resource management".

Upon receipt of the INTER SYSTEM TO E-UTRAN HANDOVER COMMAND or INTER SYSTEM TO UTRAN HANDOVER COMMAND message, the mobile station initiates, as described in sub-clause 3.1.4, the release of link layer connections and disconnects the physical channels (including the packet resources, if applicable).

Switching to the assigned cell(s) and physical channel establishment in E-UTRAN or UTRAN is described in 3GPP TS 36.331 and 3GPP TS 25.331.

13.4.3.35.3 Test description

13.4.3.35.3.1 Pre-test conditions

System Simulator:

– Cell 1 and Cell 24.

– System information combination 5 as defined in TS 36.508 [18] clause 4.4.3.1 is used in E-UTRA cells.

UE:

None.

Preamble:

– The UE is in state Generic RB Established (state 3) on Cell 1 according to [18].

13.4.3.35.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Table 13.4.3.35.3.2-1 illustrates the downlink power levels and other changing parameters to be applied for the cells at various time instants of the test execution. Row marked "T0" denotes the initial conditions after preamble, while columns marked "T1" is to be applied subsequently. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause.

Table 13.4.3.35.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes

Parameter

Unit

Cell 1

Cell 24

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-60

RSSI

dBm

-85

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

OFF

RSSI

dBm

-65

T2

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-60

RSSI

dBm

-85

Table 13.4.3.35.3.2-2: Main behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

The SS configures GERAN cell 24 to reference configuration according 36.508 table 4.8.4-1, condition GPRS.

2-5

Steps 1-4 of expected sequence defined in annex C.42 of TS 34.229-1. UE receives ATGW details.

6

SS transmits an RRCConnectionRelease message to release the RRC connection.

<–

RRCConnectionRelease

7

The SS changes the power level for Cell 1 and Cell 24 according to the row "T1" in table 13.4.3.35.3.2-1

8

Call the generic test procedure in TS 36.508 subclause 6.4.2.9 to make the UE camp on GERAN Cell 24.

9

Step 1 to B12 of expected sequence in section 10.1.3of TS 51.010. UE in alerting CC state U9.

10

SS adjusts cell levels according to row “T2” of table 13.4.3.35.3.2-1.

11

The SS transmit an INTER SYSTEM TO E-UTRAN HANDOVER COMMAND message on Cell 24.

<–

INTER SYSTEM TO E-UTRAN HANDOVER COMMAND

12

Check: Does the UE transmit an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message on Cell 1.

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

1

P

13-13F

Steps 1-6 of the generic test procedure in TS 36.508 subclause 6.4.2.10 are performed on Cell 1.

NOTE: The UE performs tracking area updating procedure without ISR and security reconfiguration after successful completion of handover from GERAN.

13G

Step 2 of the expected sequence defined in Annex C.39 of TS 34.229-1. UE sends INVITE.

13H-13I

Steps 7-8 of the generic test procedure in TS 36.508 subclause 6.4.2.10 are performed on Cell 1.

14

The SS configures a new RLC-UM data radio bearer with condition DRB (0,1), associated with the dedicated EPS bearer context. RRCConnectionReconfiguration message contains the ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST message. EPS bearer context #4 (QCI 1) according to table 6.6.2-1: Reference dedicated EPS bearer contexts.

<–

RRC: RRCConnectionReconfiguration

NAS:

ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST

EXCEPTION: In parallel to the events described in steps 15-16 below, the behaviour in table 13.4.3.35.3.2-4 occurs.

15

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message to confirm the establishment of the new data radio bearer, associated with the dedicated EPS bearer.

–>

RRC: RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

16

The UE transmits an ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT message.

–>

RRC: ULInformationTransfer

NAS:ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT

Table 13.4.3.35.3.2-3: Void

Table 13.4.3.35.3.2-4: Parallel behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

Step 3-11 of expected sequence defined in annex C.40 of TS 34.229-1. IMS speech call setup.

13.4.3.35.3.3 Specific message contents

Table 13.4.3.35.3.3-1: INTER SYSTEM TO E-UTRAN HANDOVER COMMAND (step 11, Table 13.4.3.35.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 44.018, Table Table 9.1.15d.1

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

DL-DCCH-Message

RRCConnectionReconfiguration using condition HO-TO-EUTRA(1,0)

CN to MS transparent information

ATGW information

The same address type, connection address and transport port as used in step 4 in annex C.40 of TS 34.229-1

13.4.3.36 Inter-system mobility / UTRA CS voice to E-UTRA voice / alerting / rSRVCC / MT call

13.4.3.36.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE in UTRA CC state U9 }

ensure that {

when { UE receives a HANDOVER FROM UTRAN COMMAND }

then { UE transmits a RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message and performs Tracking Area update on EUTRAN }

}

13.4.3.36.2 Conformance requirements

References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 24.237, clauses 6.5.4, 12.2B.2, 12.2B.2.5 and clause A.20.2.

[TS 24.237, clause 6.5.4]

If the ATCF supports the CS to PS SRVCC, in order to send the ATGW information for CS to PS SRVCC to the SC UE within a registration path, the ATCF shall:

1) generate the ATGW information for CS to PS SRVCC. When generating the SDP, the ATCF shall:

A) set c-line to the unspecified address (0.0.0.0), if IPv4, or to a domain name within the ".invalid" DNS top-level domain as described in IETF RFC 6157 [74], if IPv6; and

B) set port number of the media line to 9;

2) set the ATGW information for CS to PS SRVCC bound to the registration path (see subclause 6A.3.1) to the generated ATGW information for CS to PS SRVCC; and

3) send SIP MESSAGE request according to 3GPP TS 24.229 [2]. The ATCF shall populate the SIP MESSAGE request with:

A) Request-URI containing the contact address of the SC UE bound to the registration path (see subclause 6A.3.1);

B) Route header fields containing the route set towards the SC UE of the registration path (see subclause 6A.3.1);

C) P-Asserted-Identity header field containing the STI-rSR allocated by ATCF;

D) Content-Disposition header field with value "render"; and

E) application/sdp MIME body containing the generated ATGW information for CS to PS SRVCC.

[TS 24.237, clause 12.2B.2]

If SC UE supports the CS to PS SRVCC, upon receiving information from the lower layers that the CS to PS SRVCC access transfer is initiated, the SC UE shall:

1) if a CS call in Active (U10) state (defined in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8]) and Idle auxiliary state (defined in 3GPP TS 24.083 [43]) exists and if the ATGW transfer details were received from the lower layers:

A) determine the active call being transferred as a CS call in Active (U10) state (defined in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8]) and Idle auxiliary state (defined in 3GPP TS 24.083 [43]);

B) start rendering speech media of the determined active call being transferred received according to the UE information for CS to PS SRVCC sent to the network (see subclause 6.2.3); and

C) start sending speech media of the determined active call being transferred according to the ATGW information for CS to PS SRVCC received from the network (see subclause 6.2.3) where the address type, the connection address and the transport port to which the media stream is sent are replaced with the ATGW transfer details received from the lower layers; and

2) send a SIP INVITE request to STI-rSR according to 3GPP TS 24.229 [2]. The SC UE shall populate the SIP INVITE request with:

A) Request-URI set to the STI-rSR received during registration (see subclause 6.2.1);

B) SDP offer set to the UE information for CS to PS SRVCC sent to the network (see subclause 6.2.3);

C) if a GRUU was received at registration, include the public GRUU or temporary GRUU in the Contact header field;

D) if the SC UE supports the PS to CS SRVCC with the MSC server assisted mid-call feature, include the g.3gpp.mid-call media feature tag in the Contact header field; and

E) if the SC UE supports the PS to CS SRVCC for calls in alerting phase, include the g.3gpp.srvcc-alerting media feature tag in the Contact header field;

F) if the SC UE supports the CS to PS SRVCC with the assisted mid-call feature:

a) the Supported header field containing the option-tag "norefersub" specified in IETF RFC 4488 [20]; and

b) the Accept header field containing the application/vnd.3gpp.mid-call+xml MIME type; and

G) if the SC UE supports CS to PS SRVCC for calls in alerting phase:

a) the Supported header field containing the option-tag "norefersub" specified in IETF RFC 4488 [20], if not inserted already;

b) an Accept header field containing the application/vnd.3gpp.state-and-event-info+xml MIME type;

c) a Recv-Info header field containing the g.3gpp.state-and-event package name; and

d) a Supported header field with "100rel" option tag.

Upon receiving a SIP 1xx or 2xx response to the SIP INVITE request to STI-rSR, the SC UE shall associate the dialog of the SIP 1xx or 2xx response with the CS call where the transaction identifier sent by MSC server equals to the value of the g.3gpp.ti feature-capability indicator of a Feature-Caps header field of the SIP response.

If the SC UE is not aware of such CS call, or the CS call is the "disconnect request" (U11) call state, the "disconnect indication" (U12) call state, the "release request" (U19) call state or the "null" (U0) call state as described in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8], the SC UE shall release or cancel the dialog established by the SIP 1xx or 2xx response to the SIP INVITE request to STI-rSR. If the CS call is the "disconnect request" (U11) call state as described in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8], the SC UE shall populate the SIP CANCEL request or the SIP BYE request with a Reason header field with the protocol field set to "SIP", the "cause" header field parameter indicating the selected status code and the "text" header field parameter indicating the selected reason phrase according to IETF RFC 3326 [57].

[TS 24.237, clause 12.2B.2.5]

If SC UE supports the CS to PS SRVCC and if the SC UE supports the CS to PS SRVCC for calls in alerting phase, in addition to the procedures in subclause 12.2B.2.1, upon receiving the SIP INFO request for transfer of incoming early session inside an early dialog created with the SIP INVITE request due to STI-rSR, the SC UE shall:

1) send SIP 200 (OK) response to the SIP INFO request; and

2) consider the SIP dialog to be the transferred incoming early session.

When the served user accepts the transferred incoming early session or if the user has accepted it already (i.e. the CS call which was associated with the dialog of the SIP 1xx response or SIP 2xx response to the SIP INVITE request to STI-rSR in subclause 12.2B.2.1 is in the "connect request" (U8) call state or the "active" (U10) call state as described in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8]), the SC UE shall send a SIP INFO request accepting the session inside the early dialog created with the SIP INVITE request due to STI-rSR according to 3GPP TS 24.229 [2]. The SC UE shall populate the SIP INFO request with:

1) an Info-Package header field with 3gpp.state-and-event info package name; and

2) application/vnd.3gpp.state-and-event-info+xml XML body associated with the info package according to IETF RFC 6086 [54] and compliant to the XML schema specified in the annex D.2 with the event XML element containing "call-accepted".

When the served user rejects the transferred incoming early session, the SC UE shall send a SIP CANCEL request cancelling the SIP INVITE request due to STI-rSR according to 3GPP TS 24.229 [2]. The SC UE shall populate the SIP CANCEL request with a Reason header field containing protocol "SIP" and the "cause" parameter indicating the selected status code and the "text" parameter indicating the selected reason phrase.

[TS 24.237, clause A.20.2]

The signalling flow shown in figure A.20.2-1 gives an example for CS to PS access transfer when using CS to PS SRVCC. The call is established, contains active speech media component and has been anchored in ATGW during the establishment of the call.

The call may have been established either via the MSC server or as the result of the CS to PS SRVCC procedure.

Figure A.20.2-1: Signalling flows for CS to PS Access Transfer: CS to PS SRVCC occurs during a call

NOTE: For clarity, the SIP 100 (Trying) responses are not shown in the signalling flow.

13.4.3.36.3 Test description

13.4.3.36.3.1 Pre-test conditions

System Simulator:

– Cell 1 and Cell 5.

– System information combination 4 as defined in TS 36.508 [18] clause 4.4.3.1 is used in E-UTRA cells.

UE:

None.

Preamble:

– The UE is in state Generic RB Established (state 3) on Cell 1 according to [18].

13.4.3.36.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Table 13.4.3.36.3.2-1 illustrates the downlink power levels and other changing parameters to be applied for the cells at various time instants of the test execution. Row marked "T0" denotes the initial conditions after preamble, while columns marked "T1" is to be applied subsequently. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause.

Table 13.4.3.36.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes

Parameter

Unit

Cell 1

Cell 5

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-60

CPICH_Ec (UTRA FDD)

dBm/3.84 MHz

-88

PCCPCH_Ec (UTRA LCR TDD)

dBm/1.28 MHz

-88

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

OFF

CPICH_Ec (UTRA FDD)

dBm/3.84 MHz

-64

PCCPCH_Ec (UTRA LCR TDD)

dBm/1.28 MHz

-64

T2

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-60”

CPICH_Ec (UTRA FDD)

dBm/3.84 MHz

-88

PCCPCH_Ec (UTRA LCR TDD)

dBm/1.28 MHz

-88

Table 13.4.3.36.3.2-2: Main behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

Void

2-5

Steps 1-4 of expected sequence defined in annex C.42 of TS 34.229-1. UE receives ATGW details.

6

SS transmits an RRCConnectionRelease message to release the RRC connection.

<–

RRCConnectionRelease

7

The SS changes the power level for Cell 1 and Cell 5 according to the row "T1" in table 13.4.3.36.3.2-1

8

Check: Does the test result of generic test procedure in TS 36.508 subclause 6.4.2.8 indicate that the UE is camped on UTRAN Cell 5?

NOTE: The UE performs an RAU procedure and the RRC connection is released.

9

Void

10

Step 1 to 15 of expected sequence in section 7.2.3.1 of TS 34.108 using the UTRA reference radio bearer parameters and combination "UTRA Speech" according to TS 36.508 subclause 4.8.3 and Table 4.8.3-1. UE in alerting CC state U9.

11

SS adjusts cell levels according to row “T2” of table 13.4.3.36.3.2-1.

12

The SS transmit a HANDOVER FROM UTRAN COMMAND including rSRVCC details on Cell 5.

<–

HANDOVER FROM UTRAN COMMAND

13

Check: Does the UE transmit an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message on Cell 1.

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

1

P

14-14F

Steps 1-6 of the generic test procedure in TS 36.508 subclause 6.4.2.10 are performed on Cell 1.

NOTE: The UE performs tracking area updating procedure without ISR and security reconfiguration after successful completion of handover from UTRA.

14G

Step 2 of the expected sequence defined in Annex C.39 of TS 34.229-1. UE sends INVITE.

14H-14I

Steps 7-8 of the generic test procedure in TS 36.508 subclause 6.4.2.10 are performed on Cell 1.

15

The SS configures a new RLC-UM data radio bearer with condition DRB (0,1), associated with the dedicated EPS bearer context. RRCConnectionReconfiguration message contains the ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST message. EPS bearer context #4 (QCI 1) according to table 6.6.2-1: Reference dedicated EPS bearer contexts.

<–

RRC: RRCConnectionReconfiguration

NAS:

ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST

EXCEPTION: In parallel to the events described in steps 16-17 below, the behaviour in table 13.4.3.36.3.2-4 occurs.

16

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message to confirm the establishment of the new data radio bearer, associated with the dedicated EPS bearer.

–>

RRC: RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

17

The UE transmits an ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT message.

–>

RRC: ULInformationTransfer

NAS:ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT

Table 13.4.3.36.3.2-3: Void

Table 13.4.3.36.3.2-4: Parallel behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

Step 3-11 of expected sequence defined in annex C.40 of TS 34.229-1. IMS speech call setup.

13.4.3.36.3.3 Specific message contents

Table 13.4.3.36.3.3-1: HANDOVER FROM UTRAN COMMAND (step 12, Table 13.4.3.36.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.7B.1-2

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

rSR-VCC info

IMS information

Address type,

Connection-address for SS,

Transport port for audio

The same address type, connection address and transport port as used in step 4 in annex C.40 of TS 34.229-1

– E-UTRA message

RRCConnectionReconfiguration using condition HO-TO-EUTRA(1,0)

See TS 36.508, Table 4.6.1-8

13.4.3.37 Inter-system mobility / GERAN CS voice to E-UTRA voice / rSRVCC / HO cancelled

13.4.3.37.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE in GERAN CC state U9 }

ensure that {

when { UE receives a HANDOVER FROM UTRAN COMMAND }

then { UE transmits a RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message and performs Tracking Area update on EUTRAN }

}

(2)

with { UE having sent INVITE on E-UTRAN cell}

ensure that {

when { the voice call is declined by the UE }

then { UE send the CANCEL message }

13.4.3.37.2 Conformance requirements

References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 24.237, clauses 6.5.4, 12.2B.2, 12.2B.2.5 and clause A.20.2.

[TS 24.237, clause 6.5.4]

If the ATCF supports the CS to PS SRVCC, in order to send the ATGW information for CS to PS SRVCC to the SC UE within a registration path, the ATCF shall:

1) generate the ATGW information for CS to PS SRVCC. When generating the SDP, the ATCF shall:

A) set c-line to the unspecified address (0.0.0.0), if IPv4, or to a domain name within the ".invalid" DNS top-level domain as described in IETF RFC 6157 [74], if IPv6; and

B) set port number of the media line to 9;

2) set the ATGW information for CS to PS SRVCC bound to the registration path (see subclause 6A.3.1) to the generated ATGW information for CS to PS SRVCC; and

3) send SIP MESSAGE request according to 3GPP TS 24.229 [2]. The ATCF shall populate the SIP MESSAGE request with:

A) Request-URI containing the contact address of the SC UE bound to the registration path (see subclause 6A.3.1);

B) Route header fields containing the route set towards the SC UE of the registration path (see subclause 6A.3.1);

C) P-Asserted-Identity header field containing the STI-rSR allocated by ATCF;

D) Content-Disposition header field with value "render"; and

E) application/sdp MIME body containing the generated ATGW information for CS to PS SRVCC.

[TS 24.237, clause 12.2B.2]

If SC UE supports the CS to PS SRVCC, upon receiving information from the lower layers that the CS to PS SRVCC access transfer is initiated, the SC UE shall:

1) if a CS call in Active (U10) state (defined in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8]) and Idle auxiliary state (defined in 3GPP TS 24.083 [43]) exists and if the ATGW transfer details were received from the lower layers:

A) determine the active call being transferred as a CS call in Active (U10) state (defined in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8]) and Idle auxiliary state (defined in 3GPP TS 24.083 [43]);

B) start rendering speech media of the determined active call being transferred received according to the UE information for CS to PS SRVCC sent to the network (see subclause 6.2.3); and

C) start sending speech media of the determined active call being transferred according to the ATGW information for CS to PS SRVCC received from the network (see subclause 6.2.3) where the address type, the connection address and the transport port to which the media stream is sent are replaced with the ATGW transfer details received from the lower layers; and

2) send a SIP INVITE request to STI-rSR according to 3GPP TS 24.229 [2]. The SC UE shall populate the SIP INVITE request with:

A) Request-URI set to the STI-rSR received during registration (see subclause 6.2.1);

B) SDP offer set to the UE information for CS to PS SRVCC sent to the network (see subclause 6.2.3);

C) if a GRUU was received at registration, include the public GRUU or temporary GRUU in the Contact header field;

D) if the SC UE supports the PS to CS SRVCC with the MSC server assisted mid-call feature, include the g.3gpp.mid-call media feature tag in the Contact header field; and

E) if the SC UE supports the PS to CS SRVCC for calls in alerting phase, include the g.3gpp.srvcc-alerting media feature tag in the Contact header field;

F) if the SC UE supports the CS to PS SRVCC with the assisted mid-call feature:

a) the Supported header field containing the option-tag "norefersub" specified in IETF RFC 4488 [20]; and

b) the Accept header field containing the application/vnd.3gpp.mid-call+xml MIME type; and

G) if the SC UE supports CS to PS SRVCC for calls in alerting phase:

a) the Supported header field containing the option-tag "norefersub" specified in IETF RFC 4488 [20], if not inserted already;

b) an Accept header field containing the application/vnd.3gpp.state-and-event-info+xml MIME type;

c) a Recv-Info header field containing the g.3gpp.state-and-event package name; and

d) a Supported header field with "100rel" option tag.

Upon receiving a SIP 1xx or 2xx response to the SIP INVITE request to STI-rSR, the SC UE shall associate the dialog of the SIP 1xx or 2xx response with the CS call where the transaction identifier sent by MSC server equals to the value of the g.3gpp.ti feature-capability indicator of a Feature-Caps header field of the SIP response.

If the SC UE is not aware of such CS call, or the CS call is the "disconnect request" (U11) call state, the "disconnect indication" (U12) call state, the "release request" (U19) call state or the "null" (U0) call state as described in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8], the SC UE shall release or cancel the dialog established by the SIP 1xx or 2xx response to the SIP INVITE request to STI-rSR. If the CS call is the "disconnect request" (U11) call state as described in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8], the SC UE shall populate the SIP CANCEL request or the SIP BYE request with a Reason header field with the protocol field set to "SIP", the "cause" header field parameter indicating the selected status code and the "text" header field parameter indicating the selected reason phrase according to IETF RFC 3326 [57].

[TS 24.237, clause 12.2B.2.5]

If SC UE supports the CS to PS SRVCC and if the SC UE supports the CS to PS SRVCC for calls in alerting phase, in addition to the procedures in subclause 12.2B.2.1, upon receiving the SIP INFO request for transfer of incoming early session inside an early dialog created with the SIP INVITE request due to STI-rSR, the SC UE shall:

1) send SIP 200 (OK) response to the SIP INFO request; and

2) consider the SIP dialog to be the transferred incoming early session.

When the served user accepts the transferred incoming early session or if the user has accepted it already (i.e. the CS call which was associated with the dialog of the SIP 1xx response or SIP 2xx response to the SIP INVITE request to STI-rSR in subclause 12.2B.2.1 is in the "connect request" (U8) call state or the "active" (U10) call state as described in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8]), the SC UE shall send a SIP INFO request accepting the session inside the early dialog created with the SIP INVITE request due to STI-rSR according to 3GPP TS 24.229 [2]. The SC UE shall populate the SIP INFO request with:

1) an Info-Package header field with 3gpp.state-and-event info package name; and

2) application/vnd.3gpp.state-and-event-info+xml XML body associated with the info package according to IETF RFC 6086 [54] and compliant to the XML schema specified in the annex D.2 with the event XML element containing "call-accepted".

When the served user rejects the transferred incoming early session, the SC UE shall send a SIP CANCEL request cancelling the SIP INVITE request due to STI-rSR according to 3GPP TS 24.229 [2]. The SC UE shall populate the SIP CANCEL request with a Reason header field containing protocol "SIP" and the "cause" parameter indicating the selected status code and the "text" parameter indicating the selected reason phrase.

[TS 24.237, clause A.20.2]

The signalling flow shown in figure A.20.2-1 gives an example for CS to PS access transfer when using CS to PS SRVCC. The call is established, contains active speech media component and has been anchored in ATGW during the establishment of the call.

The call may have been established either via the MSC server or as the result of the CS to PS SRVCC procedure.

Figure A.20.2-1: Signalling flows for CS to PS Access Transfer: CS to PS SRVCC occurs during a call

NOTE: For clarity, the SIP 100 (Trying) responses are not shown in the signalling flow.

[TS44.018, clause 3.4.4d.1]

The network initiates the CS to PS SRVCC procedure by sending an INTER SYSTEM TO E-UTRAN HANDOVER COMMAND or INTER SYSTEM TO UTRAN HANDOVER COMMAND message to the mobile station on the main DCCH. The network then starts timer T3121.

If the INTER SYSTEM TO UTRAN HANDOVER COMMAND refers to an unknown cell (see 3GPP TS 25.133 and 3GPP TS 25.123), this shall not be considered as an error.

When sending one of these messages on the network side, and when receiving it on the mobile station side, all transmission of signalling layer messages, except for those RR messages needed for this procedure and for abnormal cases, is suspended until resumption is indicated. These RR messages can be deduced from sub-clause 3.4.3 and 8.5.1 "Radio Resource management".

Upon receipt of the INTER SYSTEM TO E-UTRAN HANDOVER COMMAND or INTER SYSTEM TO UTRAN HANDOVER COMMAND message, the mobile station initiates, as described in sub-clause 3.1.4, the release of link layer connections and disconnects the physical channels (including the packet resources, if applicable).

Switching to the assigned cell(s) and physical channel establishment in E-UTRAN or UTRAN is described in 3GPP TS 36.331 and 3GPP TS 25.331.

13.4.3.37.3 Test description

13.4.3.37.3.1 Pre-test conditions

System Simulator:

– Cell 1 and Cell 24.

– System information combination 5 as defined in TS 36.508 [18] clause 4.4.3.1 is used in E-UTRA cells.

UE:

None.

Preamble:

– The UE is in state Generic RB Established (state 3) on Cell 1 according to [18].

13.4.3.37.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Table 13.4.3.37.3.2-1 illustrates the downlink power levels and other changing parameters to be applied for the cells at various time instants of the test execution. Row marked "T0" denotes the initial conditions after preamble, while columns marked "T1" is to be applied subsequently. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause.

Table 13.4.3.37.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes

Parameter

Unit

Cell 1

Cell 24

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-60

RSSI

dBm

-85

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

OFF

RSSI

dBm

-65

T2

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-60

RSSI

dBm

-85

Table 13.4.3.37.3.2-2: Main behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

The SS configures GERAN cell 24 to reference configuration according 36.508 table 4.8.4-1, condition GPRS.

2-5

Steps 1-4 of expected sequence defined in annex C.42 of TS 34.229-1. UE receives ATGW details.

6

SS transmits an RRCConnectionRelease message to release the RRC connection.

<–

RRCConnectionRelease

7

The SS changes the power level for Cell 1 and Cell 24 according to the row "T1" in table 13.4.3.37.3.2-1

8

Call the generic test procedure in TS 36.508 subclause 6.4.2.9 to make the UE camp on GERAN Cell 24.

9

Void

10

Step 1 to B12 of expected sequence in section 10. 1.3 of TS 51.010. UE in alerting CC state U9.

11

SS adjusts cell levels according to row “T2” of table 13.4.3.37.3.2-1.

12

The SS transmit an INTER SYSTEM TO E-UTRAN HANDOVER COMMAND on Cell 24.

<–

INTER SYSTEM TO E-UTRAN HANDOVER COMMAND

13

Check: Does the UE transmit an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message on Cell 1.

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

1

P

14-14F

Steps 1-6 of the generic test procedure in TS 36.508 subclause 6.4.2.10 are performed on Cell 1.

NOTE: The UE performs tracking area updating procedure without ISR and security reconfiguration after successful completion of handover from GERAN.

14G

Step 2 of the expected sequence defined in Annex C.39 of TS 34.229-1. UE sends INVITE.

14H-14I

Steps 7-8 of the generic test procedure in TS 36.508 subclause 6.4.2.10 are performed on Cell 1.

15

The SS configures a new RLC-UM data radio bearer with condition DRB (0,1), associated with the dedicated EPS bearer context. RRCConnectionReconfiguration message contains the ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST message. EPS bearer context #4 (QCI 1) according to table 6.6.2-1: Reference dedicated EPS bearer contexts.

<–

RRC: RRCConnectionReconfiguration

NAS:

ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST

EXCEPTION: In parallel to the events described in steps 16-17 below, the behaviour in table 13.4.3.37.3.2-4 occurs.

16

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message to confirm the establishment of the new data radio bearer, associated with the dedicated EPS bearer.

–>

RRC: RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

17

The UE transmits an ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT message.

–>

RRC: ULInformationTransfer

NAS:ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT

Table 13.4.3.37.3.2-3: Void

Table 13.4.3.37.3.2-4: Parallel behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

Step 1-4 of expected sequence defined in annex C.41 of TS 34.229-1. IMS speech call reject.

2

P

13.4.3.37.3.3 Specific message contents

Table 13.4.3.37.3.3-1: INTER SYSTEM TO E-UTRAN HANDOVER COMMAND (step 12, Table 13.4.3.37.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 44.018, Table Table 9.1.15d.1

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

DL-DCCH-Message

RRCConnectionReconfiguration using condition HO-TO-EUTRA(1,0)

CN to MS transparent information

Address type,

Connection-address for SS,

Transport port for audio

The same address type, connection address and transport port as used in step 4 in annex C.39 of TS 34.229-1

13.4.3.38 Inter-system mobility / UTRA CS voice to E-UTRA voice / rSRVCC / HO cancelled

13.4.3.38.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE in UTRA CC state U9 }

ensure that {

when { UE receives a HANDOVER FROM UTRAN COMMAND }

then { UE transmits a RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message and performs Tracking Area update on EUTRAN }

}

(2)

with { UE having sent INVITE on E-UTRAN cell}

ensure that {

when { the voice call is declined by the UE }

then { UE send the CANCEL message }

13.4.3.38.2 Conformance requirements

References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 24.237, clauses 6.5.4, 12.2B.2, 12.2B.2.5 and clause A.20.2.

[TS 24.237, clause 6.5.4]

If the ATCF supports the CS to PS SRVCC, in order to send the ATGW information for CS to PS SRVCC to the SC UE within a registration path, the ATCF shall:

1) generate the ATGW information for CS to PS SRVCC. When generating the SDP, the ATCF shall:

A) set c-line to the unspecified address (0.0.0.0), if IPv4, or to a domain name within the ".invalid" DNS top-level domain as described in IETF RFC 6157 [74], if IPv6; and

B) set port number of the media line to 9;

2) set the ATGW information for CS to PS SRVCC bound to the registration path (see subclause 6A.3.1) to the generated ATGW information for CS to PS SRVCC; and

3) send SIP MESSAGE request according to 3GPP TS 24.229 [2]. The ATCF shall populate the SIP MESSAGE request with:

A) Request-URI containing the contact address of the SC UE bound to the registration path (see subclause 6A.3.1);

B) Route header fields containing the route set towards the SC UE of the registration path (see subclause 6A.3.1);

C) P-Asserted-Identity header field containing the STI-rSR allocated by ATCF;

D) Content-Disposition header field with value "render"; and

E) application/sdp MIME body containing the generated ATGW information for CS to PS SRVCC.

[TS 24.237, clause 12.2B.2]

If SC UE supports the CS to PS SRVCC, upon receiving information from the lower layers that the CS to PS SRVCC access transfer is initiated, the SC UE shall:

1) if a CS call in Active (U10) state (defined in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8]) and Idle auxiliary state (defined in 3GPP TS 24.083 [43]) exists and if the ATGW transfer details were received from the lower layers:

A) determine the active call being transferred as a CS call in Active (U10) state (defined in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8]) and Idle auxiliary state (defined in 3GPP TS 24.083 [43]);

B) start rendering speech media of the determined active call being transferred received according to the UE information for CS to PS SRVCC sent to the network (see subclause 6.2.3); and

C) start sending speech media of the determined active call being transferred according to the ATGW information for CS to PS SRVCC received from the network (see subclause 6.2.3) where the address type, the connection address and the transport port to which the media stream is sent are replaced with the ATGW transfer details received from the lower layers; and

2) send a SIP INVITE request to STI-rSR according to 3GPP TS 24.229 [2]. The SC UE shall populate the SIP INVITE request with:

A) Request-URI set to the STI-rSR received during registration (see subclause 6.2.1);

B) SDP offer set to the UE information for CS to PS SRVCC sent to the network (see subclause 6.2.3);

C) if a GRUU was received at registration, include the public GRUU or temporary GRUU in the Contact header field;

D) if the SC UE supports the PS to CS SRVCC with the MSC server assisted mid-call feature, include the g.3gpp.mid-call media feature tag in the Contact header field; and

E) if the SC UE supports the PS to CS SRVCC for calls in alerting phase, include the g.3gpp.srvcc-alerting media feature tag in the Contact header field;

F) if the SC UE supports the CS to PS SRVCC with the assisted mid-call feature:

a) the Supported header field containing the option-tag "norefersub" specified in IETF RFC 4488 [20]; and

b) the Accept header field containing the application/vnd.3gpp.mid-call+xml MIME type; and

G) if the SC UE supports CS to PS SRVCC for calls in alerting phase:

a) the Supported header field containing the option-tag "norefersub" specified in IETF RFC 4488 [20], if not inserted already;

b) an Accept header field containing the application/vnd.3gpp.state-and-event-info+xml MIME type;

c) a Recv-Info header field containing the g.3gpp.state-and-event package name; and

d) a Supported header field with "100rel" option tag.

Upon receiving a SIP 1xx or 2xx response to the SIP INVITE request to STI-rSR, the SC UE shall associate the dialog of the SIP 1xx or 2xx response with the CS call where the transaction identifier sent by MSC server equals to the value of the g.3gpp.ti feature-capability indicator of a Feature-Caps header field of the SIP response.

If the SC UE is not aware of such CS call, or the CS call is the "disconnect request" (U11) call state, the "disconnect indication" (U12) call state, the "release request" (U19) call state or the "null" (U0) call state as described in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8], the SC UE shall release or cancel the dialog established by the SIP 1xx or 2xx response to the SIP INVITE request to STI-rSR. If the CS call is the "disconnect request" (U11) call state as described in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8], the SC UE shall populate the SIP CANCEL request or the SIP BYE request with a Reason header field with the protocol field set to "SIP", the "cause" header field parameter indicating the selected status code and the "text" header field parameter indicating the selected reason phrase according to IETF RFC 3326 [57].

[TS 24.237, clause 12.2B.2.5]

If SC UE supports the CS to PS SRVCC and if the SC UE supports the CS to PS SRVCC for calls in alerting phase, in addition to the procedures in subclause 12.2B.2.1, upon receiving the SIP INFO request for transfer of incoming early session inside an early dialog created with the SIP INVITE request due to STI-rSR, the SC UE shall:

1) send SIP 200 (OK) response to the SIP INFO request; and

2) consider the SIP dialog to be the transferred incoming early session.

When the served user accepts the transferred incoming early session or if the user has accepted it already (i.e. the CS call which was associated with the dialog of the SIP 1xx response or SIP 2xx response to the SIP INVITE request to STI-rSR in subclause 12.2B.2.1 is in the "connect request" (U8) call state or the "active" (U10) call state as described in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8]), the SC UE shall send a SIP INFO request accepting the session inside the early dialog created with the SIP INVITE request due to STI-rSR according to 3GPP TS 24.229 [2]. The SC UE shall populate the SIP INFO request with:

1) an Info-Package header field with 3gpp.state-and-event info package name; and

2) application/vnd.3gpp.state-and-event-info+xml XML body associated with the info package according to IETF RFC 6086 [54] and compliant to the XML schema specified in the annex D.2 with the event XML element containing "call-accepted".

When the served user rejects the transferred incoming early session, the SC UE shall send a SIP CANCEL request cancelling the SIP INVITE request due to STI-rSR according to 3GPP TS 24.229 [2]. The SC UE shall populate the SIP CANCEL request with a Reason header field containing protocol "SIP" and the "cause" parameter indicating the selected status code and the "text" parameter indicating the selected reason phrase.

[TS 24.237, clause A.20.2]

The signalling flow shown in figure A.20.2-1 gives an example for CS to PS access transfer when using CS to PS SRVCC. The call is established, contains active speech media component and has been anchored in ATGW during the establishment of the call.

The call may have been established either via the MSC server or as the result of the CS to PS SRVCC procedure.

Figure A.20.2-1: Signalling flows for CS to PS Access Transfer: CS to PS SRVCC occurs during a call

NOTE: For clarity, the SIP 100 (Trying) responses are not shown in the signalling flow.

13.4.3.38.3 Test description

13.4.3.38.3.1 Pre-test conditions

System Simulator:

– Cell 1 and Cell 5.

– System information combination 4 as defined in TS 36.508 [18] clause 4.4.3.1 is used in E-UTRA cells.

UE:

None.

Preamble:

– The UE is in state Generic RB Established (state 3) on Cell 1 according to [18].

13.4.3.38.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Table 13.4.3.38.3.2-1 illustrates the downlink power levels and other changing parameters to be applied for the cells at various time instants of the test execution. Row marked "T0" denotes the initial conditions after preamble, while columns marked "T1" is to be applied subsequently. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause.

Table 13.4.3.38.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes

Parameter

Unit

Cell 1

Cell 5

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-60

CPICH_Ec (UTRA FDD)

dBm/3.84 MHz

-88

PCCPCH_Ec (UTRA LCR TDD)

dBm/1.28 MHz

-88

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

OFF

CPICH_Ec (UTRA FDD)

dBm/3.84 MHz

-64

PCCPCH_Ec (UTRA LCR TDD)

dBm/1.28 MHz

-64

T2

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-60”

CPICH_Ec (UTRA FDD)

dBm/3.84 MHz

-88

PCCPCH_Ec (UTRA LCR TDD)

dBm/1.28 MHz

-88

Table 13.4.3.38.3.2-2: Main behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

Void

2-5

Steps 1-4 of expected sequence defined in annex C.42 of TS 34.229-1. UE receives ATGW details.

6

SS transmits an RRCConnectionRelease message to release the RRC connection.

<–

RRCConnectionRelease

7

The SS changes the power level for Cell 1 and Cell 5 according to the row "T1" in table 13.4.3.38.3.2-1

8

Check: Does the test result of generic test procedure in TS 36.508 subclause 6.4.2.8 indicate that the UE is camped on UTRAN Cell 5?

NOTE: The UE performs an RAU procedure and the RRC connection is released.

9

Void

10

Step 1 to 15 of expected sequence in section 7.2.3.1 of TS 34.108 using the UTRA reference radio bearer parameters and combination "UTRA Speech" according to TS 36.508 subclause 4.8.3 and Table 4.8.3-1. UE in alerting CC state U9.

11

SS adjusts cell levels according to row “T2” of table 13.4.3.38.3.2-1.

12

The SS transmit a HANDOVER FROM UTRAN COMMAND including rSRVCC details on Cell 5.

<–

HANDOVER FROM UTRAN COMMAND

13

Check: Does the UE transmit an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message on Cell 1.

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

1

P

14-14F

Steps 1-6 of the generic test procedure in TS 36.508 subclause 6.4.2.10 are performed on Cell 1.

NOTE: The UE performs tracking area updating procedure without ISR and security reconfiguration after successful completion of handover from UTRA.

14G

Step 2 of the expected sequence defined in Annex C.39 of TS 34.229-1. UE sends INVITE.

14H-14I

Steps 7-8 of the generic test procedure in TS 36.508 subclause 6.4.2.10 are performed on Cell 1.

15

The SS configures a new RLC-UM data radio bearer with condition DRB (0,1), associated with the dedicated EPS bearer context. RRCConnectionReconfiguration message contains the ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST message. EPS bearer context #4 (QCI 1) according to table 6.6.2-1: Reference dedicated EPS bearer contexts.

<–

RRC: RRCConnectionReconfiguration

NAS:

ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST

EXCEPTION: In parallel to the events described in steps 16-17 below, the behaviour in table 13.4.3.38.3.2-4 occurs.

16

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message to confirm the establishment of the new data radio bearer, associated with the dedicated EPS bearer.

–>

RRC: RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

17

The UE transmits an ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT message.

–>

RRC: ULInformationTransfer

NAS:ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT

Table 13.4.3.38.3.2-3: Void

Table 13.4.3.38.3.2-4: Parallel behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

Step 1-4 of expected sequence defined in annex C.41 of TS 34.229-1. IMS speech call reject.

2

P

13.4.3.38.3.3 Specific message contents

Table 13.4.3.38.3.3-1: HANDOVER FROM UTRAN COMMAND (step 12, Table 13.4.3.38.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.7B.1-2

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

rSR-VCC info

IMS information

Address type,

Connection-address for SS,

Transport port for audio

The same address type, connection address and transport port as used in step 4 in annex C.39 of TS 34.229-1

– E-UTRA message

RRCConnectionReconfiguration using condition HO-TO-EUTRA(1,0)

See TS 36.508, Table 4.6.1-8

13.4.3.39 Inter-system mobility / UTRA CS voice + PS data to E-UTRA voice + PS data / rSRVCC

13.4.3.39.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE in UTRA CC state U10 }

ensure that {

when { UE receives a HANDOVER FROM UTRAN COMMAND and an CS call+ PS data is ongoing, PS bearer + Speech combination is configured for an E-UTRA cell }

then { UE transmits a RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message and performs Tracking Area update on EUTRAN }

}

13.4.3.39.2 Conformance requirements

References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 24.237, clauses 6.5.4, 12.2B.2 and clause A.20.2 and TS 23.216 clause 6.4.3.2.

[TS 24.237, clause 6.5.4]

If the ATCF supports the CS to PS SRVCC, in order to send the ATGW information for CS to PS SRVCC to the SC UE within a registration path, the ATCF shall:

1) generate the ATGW information for CS to PS SRVCC. When generating the SDP, the ATCF shall:

A) set c-line to the unspecified address (0.0.0.0), if IPv4, or to a domain name within the ".invalid" DNS top-level domain as described in IETF RFC 6157 [74], if IPv6; and

B) set port number of the media line to 9;

2) set the ATGW information for CS to PS SRVCC bound to the registration path (see subclause 6A.3.1) to the generated ATGW information for CS to PS SRVCC; and

3) send SIP MESSAGE request according to 3GPP TS 24.229 [2]. The ATCF shall populate the SIP MESSAGE request with:

A) Request-URI containing the contact address of the SC UE bound to the registration path (see subclause 6A.3.1);

B) Route header fields containing the route set towards the SC UE of the registration path (see subclause 6A.3.1);

C) P-Asserted-Identity header field containing the STI-rSR allocated by ATCF;

D) Content-Disposition header field with value "render"; and

E) application/sdp MIME body containing the generated ATGW information for CS to PS SRVCC.

[TS 24.237, clause 12.2B.2]

If SC UE supports the CS to PS SRVCC, upon receiving information from the lower layers that the CS to PS SRVCC access transfer is initiated, the SC UE shall:

1) if a CS call in Active (U10) state (defined in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8]) and Idle auxiliary state (defined in 3GPP TS 24.083 [43]) exists and if the ATGW transfer details were received from the lower layers:

A) determine the active call being transferred as a CS call in Active (U10) state (defined in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8]) and Idle auxiliary state (defined in 3GPP TS 24.083 [43]);

B) start rendering speech media of the determined active call being transferred received according to the UE information for CS to PS SRVCC sent to the network (see subclause 6.2.3); and

C) start sending speech media of the determined active call being transferred according to the ATGW information for CS to PS SRVCC received from the network (see subclause 6.2.3) where the address type, the connection address and the transport port to which the media stream is sent are replaced with the ATGW transfer details received from the lower layers; and

2) send a SIP INVITE request to STI-rSR according to 3GPP TS 24.229 [2]. The SC UE shall populate the SIP INVITE request with:

A) Request-URI set to the STI-rSR received during registration (see subclause 6.2.1);

B) SDP offer set to the UE information for CS to PS SRVCC sent to the network (see subclause 6.2.3);

C) if a GRUU was received at registration, include the public GRUU or temporary GRUU in the Contact header field;

D) if the SC UE supports the PS to CS SRVCC with the MSC server assisted mid-call feature, include the g.3gpp.mid-call media feature tag in the Contact header field; and

E) if the SC UE supports the PS to CS SRVCC for calls in alerting phase, include the g.3gpp.srvcc-alerting media feature tag in the Contact header field;

F) if the SC UE supports the CS to PS SRVCC with the assisted mid-call feature:

a) the Supported header field containing the option-tag "norefersub" specified in IETF RFC 4488 [20]; and

b) the Accept header field containing the application/vnd.3gpp.mid-call+xml MIME type; and

G) if the SC UE supports CS to PS SRVCC for calls in alerting phase:

a) the Supported header field containing the option-tag "norefersub" specified in IETF RFC 4488 [20], if not inserted already;

b) an Accept header field containing the application/vnd.3gpp.state-and-event-info+xml MIME type;

c) a Recv-Info header field containing the g.3gpp.state-and-event package name; and

d) a Supported header field with "100rel" option tag.

Upon receiving a SIP 1xx or 2xx response to the SIP INVITE request to STI-rSR, the SC UE shall associate the dialog of the SIP 1xx or 2xx response with the CS call where the transaction identifier sent by MSC server equals to the value of the g.3gpp.ti feature-capability indicator of a Feature-Caps header field of the SIP response.

If the SC UE is not aware of such CS call, or the CS call is the "disconnect request" (U11) call state, the "disconnect indication" (U12) call state, the "release request" (U19) call state or the "null" (U0) call state as described in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8], the SC UE shall release or cancel the dialog established by the SIP 1xx or 2xx response to the SIP INVITE request to STI-rSR. If the CS call is the "disconnect request" (U11) call state as described in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8], the SC UE shall populate the SIP CANCEL request or the SIP BYE request with a Reason header field with the protocol field set to "SIP", the "cause" header field parameter indicating the selected status code and the "text" header field parameter indicating the selected reason phrase according to IETF RFC 3326 [57].

[TS 24.237, clause A.20.2]

The signalling flow shown in figure A.20.2-1 gives an example for CS to PS access transfer when using CS to PS SRVCC. The call is established, contains active speech media component and has been anchored in ATGW during the establishment of the call.

The call may have been established either via the MSC server or as the result of the CS to PS SRVCC procedure.

Figure A.20.2-1: Signalling flows for CS to PS Access Transfer: CS to PS SRVCC occurs during a call

NOTE: For clarity, the SIP 100 (Trying) responses are not shown in the signalling flow.

[TS 23.216, clause 6.4.3.3]

The call flow for this scenario is similar to the call flow depicted in figure 6.4.3.1-1, with the clarification that the BSC/RNC shall only send CS to PS HO required to MSC Server when CS to PS HO is supposed to be triggered. The PS to PS HO required shall not be sent to the old SGSN. Hence, no PS HO signalling is initiated. The target MME/SGSN shall send Context Request using P-TMSI and RAI to find the old SGSN to obtain the bearer contexts of the UE.

13.4.3.39.3 Test description

13.4.3.39.3.1 Pre-test conditions

System Simulator:

– Cell 1 and Cell 5.

– System information combination 4 as defined in TS 36.508 [18] clause 4.4.3.1 is used in E-UTRA cells.

UE:

None.

Preamble:

– The UE is in state Registered, Idle mode (state 2) on Cell 1 according to [18].

13.4.3.39.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Table 13.4.3.39.3.2-1 illustrates the downlink power levels and other changing parameters to be applied for the cells at various time instants of the test execution. Row marked "T0" denotes the initial conditions after preamble, while columns marked "T1" is to be applied subsequently. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause.

Table 13.4.3.39.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes

Parameter

Unit

Cell 1

Cell 5

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-60

CPICH_Ec (UTRA FDD)

dBm/3.84 MHz

-88

PCCPCH_Ec (UTRA LCR TDD)

dBm/1.28 MHz

-88

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

OFF

CPICH_Ec (UTRA FDD)

dBm/3.84 MHz

-64

PCCPCH_Ec (UTRA LCR TDD)

dBm/1.28 MHz

-64

T2

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-60

CPICH_Ec (UTRA FDD)

dBm/3.84 MHz

-88

PCCPCH_Ec (UTRA LCR TDD)

dBm/1.28 MHz

-88

Table 13.4.3.39.3.2-2: Main behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

void

2-5

Steps 1-4 of expected sequence defined in annex C.42 of TS 34.229-1. UE receives ATGW details.

6

SS transmits an RRCConnectionRelease message to release the RRC connection.

<–

RRCConnectionRelease

7

The SS changes the power level for Cell 1 and Cell 5 according to the row "T1" in table 13.4.3.39.3.2-1

8

Check: Does the test result of generic test procedure in TS 36.508 subclause 6.4.2.8 indicate that the UE is camped on UTRAN Cell 5?

NOTE: The UE performs an RAU procedure and the RRC connection is released.

9

Make the UE attempt a speech call

10

Establish a CS call according to procedure in section 7.2.3.2 of TS 34.108 using the UTRA reference radio bearer parameters and combination "UTRA Speech" according to TS 36.508 subclause 4.8.3 and Table 4.8.3-1.

11

SS adjusts cell levels according to row “T2” of table 13.4.3.39.3.2-1.

12

Make the UE initiate a packet switched session according to procedure 7.2.4.2 of TS 34.108 and that events as per steps 5-13 in table 7.2.4.2.3 occur (Note 1)

13

The SS transmit a HANDOVER FROM UTRAN COMMAND including rSRVCC details on Cell 5.

<–

HANDOVER FROM UTRAN COMMAND

14

Check: Does the UE transmit an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message on Cell 1.

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

1

P

15-15F

Steps 1-6 of the generic test procedure in TS 36.508 subclause 6.4.2.10 are performed on Cell 1.

NOTE: The UE performs tracking area updating procedure without ISR and security reconfiguration after successful completion of handover from UTRA.

15G

Step 2 of the expected sequence defined in Annex C.39 of TS 34.229-1. UE sends INVITE.

15H-15I

Steps 7-8 of the generic test procedure in TS 36.508 subclause 6.4.2.10 are performed on Cell 1.

16

The SS configures a new RLC-UM data radio bearer with condition DRB (0,1), associated with the dedicated EPS bearer context. RRCConnectionReconfiguration message contains the ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST message. EPS bearer context #4 (QCI 1) according to table 6.6.2-1: Reference dedicated EPS bearer contexts.

<–

RRC: RRCConnectionReconfiguration

NAS:

ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST

EXCEPTION: In parallel to the events described in steps 17-18 below, the behaviour in table 13.4.3.39.3.2-4 occurs.

17

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message to confirm the establishment of the new data radio bearer, associated with the dedicated EPS bearer.

–>

RRC: RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

18

The UE transmits an ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT message.

–>

RRC: ULInformationTransfer

NAS:ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT

Note 1: PS RAB shall be configured on APN other than default IMS APN.

Table 13.4.3.39.3.2-3: Void

Table 13.4.3.39.3.2-4: Parallel behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

Step 3-5 of expected sequence defined in annex C.39 of TS 34.229-1. IMS speech call setup.

13.4.3.32.3.3 Specific message contents

Table 13.4.3.39.3.3-1: HANDOVER FROM UTRAN COMMAND (step 13, Table 13.4.3.39.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.7B.1-2

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

rSR-VCC info

IMS information

ATGW transfer details

The same address type, connection address and transport port as used in step4 in annex C.39 of TS 34.229-1

– E-UTRA message

RRCConnectionReconfiguration using condition HO-TO-EUTRA(1,0)

See TS 36.508, Table 4.6.1-8

13.4.3.40 Inter-system mobility / UTRA CS voice to E-UTRA voice / rSRVCC / Multiple voice calls with mid-call feature

13.4.3.40.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE in UTRA CC state U10 }

ensure that {

when { UE receives a HANDOVER FROM UTRAN COMMAND and an active CS call and held call is configured for an E-UTRAN cell}

then { UE transmits a RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message and performs Tracking Area update on EUTRAN }

}

13.4.3.40.2 Conformance requirements

References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 24.237, clauses 6.5.4, 12.2B.2, clause A.20.2 & section 12.2B.3.1.

[TS 24.237, clause 6.5.4]

If the ATCF supports the CS to PS SRVCC, in order to send the ATGW information for CS to PS SRVCC to the SC UE within a registration path, the ATCF shall:

1) generate the ATGW information for CS to PS SRVCC. When generating the SDP, the ATCF shall:

A) set c-line to the unspecified address (0.0.0.0), if IPv4, or to a domain name within the ".invalid" DNS top-level domain as described in IETF RFC 6157 [74], if IPv6; and

B) set port number of the media line to 9;

2) set the ATGW information for CS to PS SRVCC bound to the registration path (see subclause 6A.3.1) to the generated ATGW information for CS to PS SRVCC; and

3) send SIP MESSAGE request according to 3GPP TS 24.229 [2]. The ATCF shall populate the SIP MESSAGE request with:

A) Request-URI containing the contact address of the SC UE bound to the registration path (see subclause 6A.3.1);

B) Route header fields containing the route set towards the SC UE of the registration path (see subclause 6A.3.1);

C) P-Asserted-Identity header field containing the STI-rSR allocated by ATCF;

D) Content-Disposition header field with value "render"; and

E) application/sdp MIME body containing the generated ATGW information for CS to PS SRVCC.

[TS 24.237, clause 12.2B.2]

If SC UE supports the CS to PS SRVCC, upon receiving information from the lower layers that the CS to PS SRVCC access transfer is initiated, the SC UE shall:

1) if a CS call in Active (U10) state (defined in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8]) and Idle auxiliary state (defined in 3GPP TS 24.083 [43]) exists and if the ATGW transfer details were received from the lower layers:

A) determine the active call being transferred as a CS call in Active (U10) state (defined in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8]) and Idle auxiliary state (defined in 3GPP TS 24.083 [43]);

B) start rendering speech media of the determined active call being transferred received according to the UE information for CS to PS SRVCC sent to the network (see subclause 6.2.3); and

C) start sending speech media of the determined active call being transferred according to the ATGW information for CS to PS SRVCC received from the network (see subclause 6.2.3) where the address type, the connection address and the transport port to which the media stream is sent are replaced with the ATGW transfer details received from the lower layers; and

2) send a SIP INVITE request to STI-rSR according to 3GPP TS 24.229 [2]. The SC UE shall populate the SIP INVITE request with:

A) Request-URI set to the STI-rSR received during registration (see subclause 6.2.1);

B) SDP offer set to the UE information for CS to PS SRVCC sent to the network (see subclause 6.2.3);

C) if a GRUU was received at registration, include the public GRUU or temporary GRUU in the Contact header field;

D) if the SC UE supports the PS to CS SRVCC with the MSC server assisted mid-call feature, include the g.3gpp.mid-call media feature tag in the Contact header field; and

E) if the SC UE supports the PS to CS SRVCC for calls in alerting phase, include the g.3gpp.srvcc-alerting media feature tag in the Contact header field;

F) if the SC UE supports the CS to PS SRVCC with the assisted mid-call feature:

a) the Supported header field containing the option-tag "norefersub" specified in IETF RFC 4488 [20]; and

b) the Accept header field containing the application/vnd.3gpp.mid-call+xml MIME type; and

G) if the SC UE supports CS to PS SRVCC for calls in alerting phase:

a) the Supported header field containing the option-tag "norefersub" specified in IETF RFC 4488 [20], if not inserted already;

b) an Accept header field containing the application/vnd.3gpp.state-and-event-info+xml MIME type;

c) a Recv-Info header field containing the g.3gpp.state-and-event package name; and

d) a Supported header field with "100rel" option tag.

Upon receiving a SIP 1xx or 2xx response to the SIP INVITE request to STI-rSR, the SC UE shall associate the dialog of the SIP 1xx or 2xx response with the CS call where the transaction identifier sent by MSC server equals to the value of the g.3gpp.ti feature-capability indicator of a Feature-Caps header field of the SIP response.

If the SC UE is not aware of such CS call, or the CS call is the "disconnect request" (U11) call state, the "disconnect indication" (U12) call state, the "release request" (U19) call state or the "null" (U0) call state as described in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8], the SC UE shall release or cancel the dialog established by the SIP 1xx or 2xx response to the SIP INVITE request to STI-rSR. If the CS call is the "disconnect request" (U11) call state as described in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8], the SC UE shall populate the SIP CANCEL request or the SIP BYE request with a Reason header field with the protocol field set to "SIP", the "cause" header field parameter indicating the selected status code and the "text" header field parameter indicating the selected reason phrase according to IETF RFC 3326 [57].

[TS 24.237, clause A.20.2]

The signalling flow shown in figure A.20.2-1 gives an example for CS to PS access transfer when using CS to PS SRVCC. The call is established, contains active speech media component and has been anchored in ATGW during the establishment of the call.

The call may have been established either via the MSC server or as the result of the CS to PS SRVCC procedure.

Figure A.20.2-1: Signalling flows for CS to PS Access Transfer: CS to PS SRVCC occurs during a call

NOTE: For clarity, the SIP 100 (Trying) responses are not shown in the signalling flow.

[TS 24.237 Section 12.2B.3.1]

12.2B.3.1 General

If SC UE supports the CS to PS SRVCC, if the SC UE supports the CS to PS SRVCC with the assisted mid-call feature or the CS to PS SRVCC for calls in alerting phase then upon receiving a SIP REFER request for transfer of an additional session within dialog established by the SIP INVITE request to STI-rSR, the SC UE shall:

1) handle the SIP REFER request as specified in 3GPP TS 24.229 [2], IETF RFC 3515 [13] and IETF RFC 4488 [20];

2) send a SIP INVITE request for transfer of an additional session according to 3GPP TS 24.229 [2] and IETF RFC 3515 [13]. The SC UE shall populate the SIP INVITE request as follows:

A) header fields which were included as URI header fields in the URI in the Refer-To header field of the received SIP REFER request as specified in IETF RFC 3261 [19] except the "body" URI header field;

B) the SDP offer with:

a) the same amount of the media descriptions as in the "body" URI header field in the URI in the Refer-To header field of the received SIP REFER request;

b) each "m=" line having the same media type as the corresponding "m=" line in the "body" URI header field in the URI in the Refer-To header field of the received SIP REFER request;

c) port set to zero value in each "m=" line whose corresponding "m=" line in the "body" URI header field in the URI in the Refer-To header field of the received SIP REFER request has port with zero value;

d) media directionality as in the "body" URI header field in the URI in the Refer-To header field of the received SIP REFER request; and

e) all or a subset of payload type numbers and their mapping to codecs and media parameters not conflicting with those in the "body" URI header field in the URI in the Refer-To header field of the received SIP REFER request;

NOTE: port can be sent to zero or non zero value for the offered "m=" line whose corresponding "m=" line in the "body" URI header field in the URI in the Refer-To header field of the received SIP REFER request has port with nonzero value.

C) if a GRUU was received at registration, include the public GRUU or temporary GRUU in the Contact header field;

D) if the SC UE supports the PS to CS SRVCC with the MSC server assisted mid-call feature, include the g.3gpp.mid-call media feature tag in the Contact header field;

E) if the SC UE supports the PS to CS SRVCC for calls in alerting phase, include the g.3gpp.srvcc-alerting media feature tag in the Contact header field; and

F) if the SC UE supports the CS to PS SRVCC for calls in alerting phase:

a) a Supported header field with "100rel" option tag.; and

3) if the SC UE supports the CS to PS SRVCC for calls in alerting phase and if the REFER request contains a XML body compliant to the XML schema specified in the annex D.2 with the state-info XML element containing "early" and direction set to "receiver" then consider the SIP dialog to be transferred incoming early session.

Upon receiving a SIP 1xx or 2xx response to the SIP INVITE request for transfer of an additional session, the SC UE shall associate the dialog of the SIP 1xx or 2xx response with the CS call where the transaction identifier sent by MSC server equals to the value of the g.3gpp.ti feature-capability indicator of a Feature-Caps header field of the SIP response. If the SC UE is not aware of such CS call, the SC UE shall release or cancel the dialog established by SIP 1xx or 2xx response to the SIP INVITE request for transfer of an additional session.

12.2B.3.2 Transfer of call with active speech media component

No additional procedures in addition to the procedures in subclause 12.2B.3.1 apply.

13.4.3.40.3 Test description

13.4.3.40.3.1 Pre-test conditions

System Simulator:

– Cell 1 and Cell 5.

– System information combination 4 as defined in TS 36.508 [18] clause 4.4.3.1 is used in E-UTRA cells.

UE:

None.

Preamble:

– The UE is in state Registered, Idle mode (state 2) on Cell 1 according to [18].

13.4.3.40.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Table 13.4.3.40.3.2-1 illustrates the downlink power levels and other changing parameters to be applied for the cells at various time instants of the test execution. Row marked "T0" denotes the initial conditions after preamble, while columns marked "T1" is to be applied subsequently. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause.

Table 13.4.3.40.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes

Parameter

Unit

Cell 1

Cell 5

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-60

CPICH_Ec (UTRA FDD)

dBm/3.84 MHz

-88

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

OFF

CPICH_Ec (UTRA FDD)

dBm/3.84 MHz

-64

T2

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-60

CPICH_Ec (UTRA FDD)

dBm/3.84 MHz

-88

Table 13.4.3.40.3.2-2: Main behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

Void

2-5

Steps 1-4 of expected sequence defined in annex C.42 of TS 34.229-1. UE receives ATGW details.

5A

SS releases the RRC connection.

<–

RRCConnectionRelease

6

The SS changes the power level for Cell 1 and Cell 5 according to the row "T1" in table 13.4.3.32.3.2-1

7

Check: Does the test result of generic test procedure in TS 36.508 subclause 6.4.2.8 indicate that the UE is camped on UTRAN Cell 5?

NOTE: The UE performs an RAU procedure and the RRC connection is released

8

The UE is brought into U10, Call Active, Held state in call A and U10, Call Active state in call B, using generic test procedure in TS 34.108 clause 7.2.3.3.1.4.

–>

HOLD

9-11

void

12

SS adjusts cell levels according to row “T2” of table 13.4.3.40.3.2-1.

13

The SS transmit a HANDOVER FROM UTRAN COMMAND including rSRVCC details on Cell 5.

<–

HANDOVER FROM UTRAN COMMAND

14

Check: Does the UE transmit an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message on Cell 1?

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

1

P

15-15F

Steps 1-6 of the generic test procedure in TS 36.508 subclause 6.4.2.10 are performed on Cell 1.

NOTE: The UE performs tracking area updating procedure without ISR and security reconfiguration after successful completion of handover from UTRA.

15H

Step 2 of the expected sequence defined in Annex C.39 of TS 34.229-1. UE sends INVITE.

15G-15I

Steps 7-8 of the generic test procedure in TS 36.508 subclause 6.4.2.10 are performed on Cell 1.

16

The SS configures a new RLC-UM data radio bearer with condition DRB (0,1), associated with the dedicated EPS bearer context. RRCConnectionReconfiguration message contains the ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST message. EPS bearer context #4 (QCI 1) according to table 6.6.2-1: Reference dedicated EPS bearer contexts.

<–

RRC: RRCConnectionReconfiguration

NAS:

ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST

EXCEPTION: In parallel to the events described in steps 17-18 below, the behaviour in table 13.4.3.40.3.2-4 occurs.

17

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message to confirm the establishment of the new data radio bearer, associated with the dedicated EPS bearer.

–>

RRC: RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

18

The UE transmits an ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT message.

–>

RRC: ULInformationTransfer

NAS:ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT

19

Generic test procedure for transfer of additional CS to PS call described in annex C.43 of TS 34.229-1 takes place

20

Generic test procedure for MO release of IMS call as described in annex C.32 of TS 34.229-1 takes place.

Table 13.4.3.40.3.2-3: Void

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

Step 1-2 of expected sequence defined in annex C.39 of TS 34.229-1. UE sends INVITE.

Table 13.4.3.40.3.2-4: Parallel behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

Step 3-5 of expected sequence defined in annex C.39 of TS 34.229-1. IMS speech call setup.

13.4.3.40.3.3 Specific message contents

Table 13.4.3.40.3.2-6: HANDOVER FROM UTRAN COMMAND (step 10, Table 13.4.3.40.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.7B.1-2

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

rSR-VCC info

IMS information

Address type,

Connection-address for SS,

Transport port for audio

The same address type, connection address and transport port as used in step 4 in annex C.39 of TS 34.229-1

– E-UTRA message

RRCConnectionReconfiguration using condition HO-TO-EUTRA(1,0)

See TS 36.508, Table 4.6.1-8

13.4.3.41 Inter-system mobility / E-UTRA PS voice to GSM CS voice / HO cancelled / Notification procedure / SRVCC

13.4.3.41.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE in E-UTRA RRC_CONNECTED state }

ensure that {

when { UE receives a NOTIFICATION message and an IMS voice call is ongoing and an GERAN Speech RAB combination is configured for an GERAN cell }

then { UE transmits a SIP re-INVITE message on the e-utra cell }

}

13.4.3.41.2 Conformance requirements

References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 23.216, clauses 8.1.3; TS 24.237, clause 12.2.4.1, 12.2.4.2; TS 24.301, clause 6.6.2.2; TS 24.301, clause 6.6.2.3. Unless otherwise stated these are Rel-9 requirements.

[TS 23.216, clause 8.1.3]

If the source E-UTRAN/UTRAN decides to terminate the handover procedure before its completion, the MME/SGSN shall return to its state before the handover procedure was triggered. The MME/SGSN attempts to trigger, at the MSC Server enhanced for SRVCC, handover cancellation procedures according to TS 23.009 [18]. The MSC Server enhanced for SRVCC shall take no SRVCC-specific action towards IMS.

The MME/SGSN shall also send a session reestablishment trigger notification to UE to start the recovery procedure if it receives notification from the MSC Server that the Session Transfer procedure is in progress. Figure 8.1.3-1 shows the overall procedure for SRVCC handover cancellation.

For vSRVCC the MME and MSC also behave the same way as in the case of SRVCC handover cancellation.

Figure 8.1.3-1: SRVCC Handover Cancellation Procedure

1. Network has started the SRVCC procedure. SGSN/MME has sent the SRVCC PS to CS request to MSC Server.

2. MSC Server is performing the CS HO procedure with target network, and has also started the Session Transfer procedure with IMS with STN-SR, see TS 23.237 [14].

3. Source UTRAN/E-UTRAN decides to cancel the SRVCC HO Procedure by sending a Cancel message to SGSN/MME.

4. Source SGSN/MME indicates SRVCC PS to CS Cancel Notification to MSC Server to start the HO cancellation procedure as according to TS 23.009 [18].

5. MSC Server acks the PS to CS Cancel Notification with an indication that Session Transfer procedure is in progress.

6. Due to the Session Transfer procedure in progress indication, the source SGSN/MME sends a Session Reestablishment trigger notification to UE to start the session re-establishment procedure

7. UE starts the re-establishment procedure, by attempting to return to E-UTRAN/UTRAN by sending a re-INVITE towards IMS for the related session. If the session is no longer active, then this session transfer request shall be rejected by the IMS.

[TS 24.237, clause 12.2.4.1]

If the SC UE engaged in one or more ongoing IMS sessions and:

– receives a SM NOTIFICATION message containing an "SRVCC handover cancelled, IMS session re-establishment required" as described in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8] or 3GPP TS 24.301 [52] depending on the access in use; or

– does not successfully retune to the 3GPP UTRAN or 3GPP GERAN after it receives the handover command from the eNodeB (as described in 3GPP TS 36.331 [62]) or from the NodeB (as described in 3GPP TS 25.331 [61]);

then the SC UE shall send a SIP re-INVITE request containing:

1) an SDP offer, including the media characteristics as used in the existing dialog; and

2) a Reason header field containing protocol "SIP" and reason parameter "cause" with value "487" as specified in IETF RFC 3326 [57] and with reason-text text set to either "handover cancelled" or "failure to transition to CS domain";

by following the rules of 3GPP TS 24.229 [2] in each transferred session.

[TS 24.237, clause 12.2.4.2]

If the SC UE is engaged in a session in early dialog state and:

– receives a SM NOTIFICATION message containing an "SRVCC handover cancelled, IMS session re-establishment required" as described in 3GPP TS 24.008 [8] or 3GPP TS 24.301 [52] depending on the access in use; or

– does not successfully retune to the 3GPP UTRAN or 3GPP GERAN after it receives the handover command from the eNodeB (as described in 3GPP TS 36.331 [62]) or from the NodeB (as described in 3GPP TS 25.331 [61]);

then the SC UE shall send a SIP UPDATE request containing:

1) an SDP offer, including the media characteristics as used in the existing dialog; and

2) a Reason header field containing protocol "SIP" and reason parameter "cause" with value "487" as specified in IETF RFC 3326 [57], and with reason-text set to either "handover cancelled" or "failure to transition to CS domain";

by following the rules of 3GPP TS 24.229 [2] in each transferred session.

[TS 24.301, clause 6.6.2.2]

The network initiates the notification procedure by sending a NOTIFICATION message to the UE (see example in figure 6.6.2.2.1).

Figure 6.6.2.2.1: Notification procedure

[TS 24.301, clause 6.6.2.3]

When the UE receives a NOTIFICATION message, the ESM protocol entity in the UE shall provide the notification indicator to the upper layer.

The notification indicator can have the following value:

#1: SRVCC handover cancelled, IMS session re-establishment required.

13.4.3.41.3 Test description

13.4.3.41.3.1 Pre-test conditions

System Simulator:

– Cell 1 and Cell 24.

– System information combination 5 as defined in TS 36.508 [18] clause 4.4.3.1 is used in E-UTRA cells.

UE:

None.

Preamble:

– The UE is in state Registered, Idle mode (state 2) on Cell 1 according to [18].

13.4.3.41.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Table 13.4.3.41.3.2-1 illustrates the downlink power levels and other changing parameters to be applied for the cells at various time instants of the test execution. Row marked "T0" denotes the initial conditions after preamble, while columns marked "T1" is to be applied subsequently. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause.

Table 13.4.3.41.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes

Parameter

Unit

Cell 1

Cell 24

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-65

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B2 are not satisfied.

RSSI

dBm

-85

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B2 are satisfied.

RSSI

dBm

-65

Table 13.4.3.41.3.2-2: Main behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1-26

Steps 1 to 26 of the generic test procedure for IMS MT speech call (TS 36.508 4.5A.7.3-1).

27

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message on Cell 1 to setup inter RAT measurement and reporting for event B2.

<–

RRCConnectionReconfiguration

28

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message on Cell 1.

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

29

The SS changes the power level for Cell 1 and Cell 24 according to the row "T1" in table 13.4.3.41.3.2-1

30

The UE transmits a MeasurementReport message on Cell 1 to report event B2 for Cell 24.

–>

MeasurementReport

31

The SS transmits a NOTIFICATION message on Cell 1.

<–

NOTIFICATION

32-35

Check: Does the UE perform steps 1 to 4 of the generic test procedure for media re-establishment after unsuccessful SRVCC handover (TS 34.229-1 [35], C31) and subsequently continues the call on EUTRA ?

Note: Verdict assigned if SIP re-INVITE message is received in step 1 of TS 34.229-1, C.31

1

P

36

Generic test procedure for MT release of IMS call as described in annex C.33 of TS 34.229-1 [35] takes place.

13.4.3.41.3.3 Specific message contents

Table 13.4.3.41.3.3-1: ATTACH REQUEST (preamble)

Derivation path: 36.508 table 4.7.2-4

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MS network capability

SRVCC from UTRAN HSPA or E-UTRAN to GERAN/UTRAN supported

Mobile station classmark 2

Any allowed value

Supported Codecs

Any allowed value

Table 13.4.3.41.3.3-2: RRCConnectionReconfiguration (step 27, Table 13.4.3.41.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.1 table 4.6.1-8 with condition MEAS

Table 13.4.3.41.3.3-3: MeasConfig (Table 13.4.3.41.3.3-2)

Derivation path: 36.508 clause 4.6.6 table 4.6.6-1 with condition GERAN

Information Element

Value/Remark

Comment

Condition

measurementConfiguration ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModifyList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF SEQUENCE {

2 entries

measObjectId[1]

IdMeasObject-f11

measObject[1]

MeasObjectGERAN-GENERIC(f11)

measObjectId[2]

IdMeasObject-f1

measObject[2]

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(f1)

measObject[2]

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(maxEARFCN)

Band > 64

}

reportConfigToAddModifyList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

reportConfigId[1]

IdReportConfigInterRAT-B2-GERAN

reportConfig[1]

ReportConfigInterRAT-B2-GERAN (-69, -94)

}

measIdToAddModifyList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMeasId)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

measId[1]

1

measObjectId[1]

IdMeasObject-f11

reportConfigId[1]

IdReportConfigInterRAT-B2-GERAN

}

measObjectToAddModList-v9e0 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF SEQUENCE {

2 entries

Band > 64

measObjectEUTRA-v9e0[1] SEQUENCE {}

measObjectEUTRA-v9e0[2] SEQUENCE {

carrierFreq-v9e0

Same downlink EARFCN as used for f1

}

}

}

Condition

Explanation

Band > 64

If band > 64 is selected

Table 13.4.3.41.3.3-4: MeasurementReport (step 30, Table 13.4.3.41.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: 36.508, table 4.6.1-5

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasurementReport ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE{

measurementReport-r8 SEQUENCE {

measResults SEQUENCE {

measId

1

measResultServCell SEQUENCE {

rsrpResult

(0..97)

rsrqResult

(0..34)

}

measResultNeighCells CHOICE {

measResultListGERAN SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

physCellId

PhysicalCellIdentity of Cell 24

cgi-Info[1]

Not present

measResult[1] SEQUENCE {

rssi

The value of rssi is present but contents not checked

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

Table 13.4.3.41.3.3-5: NOTIFICATION (step31, Table 13.4.3.41.3.2-2)

Notification Indicator

01 “SRVCC handover cancelled, IMS session re-establishment required”